Skip to primary navigation Skip to content Skip to footer

Customer Questions

Read the Questions asked by Antelope Canyon customers!

Regina Yacko

December 23, 2024 at 6:43 AM

I want to book a time or get a permit to see the wave

Abbey Grooms

December 03, 2024 at 1:37 AM

Hello may I be added to this list for 2025 bookings?

Jenifer

November 30, 2024 at 9:16 PM

Is there any way to speak with someone about booking, or is this the only form of communication?
My problem is we want to do upper and lower it looks like the lower only shows 1 left for many of the times. With not being from the area I see a lot of other sites to get the lower from but not sure who is legit to purchase from. I would like to still get the upper from you guys but not sure if there is recommendations for the lower since your sold out.

michael

November 27, 2024 at 12:55 PM

Hello,I am interested in visiting Antelope Canyon on January 2nd. Could you please let me know the opening hours for that day?

Meredith Webb

November 26, 2024 at 3:38 PM

Hello there! I just decided to plan a trip last minute for the last week of December or first week of January of this year. We’d love to see slot canyons, national parks, and seeing anything relating to dinosaurs would be amazing. Our dates, locations, flights, etc. are flexible. Any tips for a week-ish long itinerary? Thank you so much in advance!

Abhishek

November 24, 2024 at 8:04 PM

I am planning to visit Upper Antelope Canyon with my wife and 2 year old daughter on 23rd Dec. When I am trying to select the ticket, it says no children ages 0-5 years. Could you please confirm if my 2 year old daughter will be allowed for the tour and do I need to book the ticket for her as well ?

Karen

November 18, 2024 at 2:19 AM

Is upper Antelope Canyon open on January 1 or January 2, 2025? Where can I buy the tickets because I can’t find them in the calendar dates.

Gerry

November 14, 2024 at 7:13 PM

Hello. Are knee scooter allowed in the lower antelope? thanks.

Cassie Alongi

November 12, 2024 at 1:19 AM

Hello! I was reading the comments and thought the tours were available now, but I see it is just November and December. Could you please place me on the list for booking. I am opening to a time. We just want to go. Can you please advise, do you have a rainy season in the winter and when is a less crowded time? I want to do both and I saw very detailed answers, so I will read through those so you don’t have to resend. Thank you for your help!

Michelle Couture

November 11, 2024 at 11:53 PM

Hello. We will be visiting sometime between Dec 21-29. Looking into a Lower canyon tour but wondering if we need to worry at all about snow and what time of day would be best that late in the year? Thank you.

Jenifer

November 11, 2024 at 10:30 PM

Hello I’m trying to book the Upper and Lower for Dec this year however not sure what times to pick since it has you book them separate, and it also looks like it has you pay separate? Is there something I’m missing on booking this together?

Wil

November 11, 2024 at 4:43 PM

Hi!

We are flying to AZ this month and thinking to book a tour with my family and a friend. My wife is 5 months pregnant. Is it possible or safe for her to join the tour?

Judy

November 11, 2024 at 2:58 PM

When is the best time to tour the canyons? My husband and I would like to come in spring. When will appointments be available to book? Very excited about seeing this in person I have seen many beautiful pictures!

Calvin Yukihiro

November 10, 2024 at 11:02 PM

Can I get on a waiting list for March 2025 tours? Thanks

Mel Lee

November 09, 2024 at 10:01 PM

anything in Jan 2025?? i am planning for Jan 5

Nattalia Paterson

November 08, 2024 at 11:14 PM

When will reservations for March/April 2025 be available for booking?

Margaret Kallal

November 08, 2024 at 10:44 PM

We are planning to visit Antelope Canyon the first week in May 2025. Can you notify me of when we can book our tour of the upper and lower canyon.

ANDY PLESTED

November 08, 2024 at 2:49 PM

Hi
We are travelling from the UK in February and want to book the Antelope Canyon trail. Could you please let me know when this will be possible. I have seen from your other responses that this may be a few weeks.
Thank you

Peggy Braman

November 06, 2024 at 6:35 PM

Hello,

I am visiting from Vermont in February and would like to visit both canyons. Will there be openings available on or about the 15th of February?

Eric

November 06, 2024 at 3:42 PM

Hi! we plan to visit both Upper/Lower Antelope Canyon on 1/1/2025, can you notify me once the reservations can be made?

Vanessa

November 05, 2024 at 7:17 AM

Hi! I am planning to visit Upper Antelope Canyon in early January 2025 with my toddler. Any idea when will the tickets be launched?

Jennifer

October 29, 2024 at 5:59 AM

Hi! We are planning on visiting antelope canyon in January 2025. Is it possible to visit both the upper and lower canyon on the same day? Thanks!

Judy Horel

October 27, 2024 at 4:08 PM

When do the reservations open to book in April 2025. Thanks

Holly P

October 24, 2024 at 11:38 AM

I would love to be put on a list when June 2025 reservations are able to be made!

Julie Bassett

October 21, 2024 at 2:51 PM

Hi, how far in advance are we able to book tours to Antelope Canyon, both upper and lower?

Christine Shoop

October 16, 2024 at 8:09 PM

Hi, I am brining my family for spring break and would like to book a tour through upper & lower canyon Sunday March 30th. Is it open on Sunday? When would I be able to book tickets for that time & what is the cost?

Susan Clark

October 14, 2024 at 7:21 PM

My 52-year old son & I (a fit 78-year old) would like to visit the wave, antelope canyon & horseshoe bend in the fall 2025. We can stay in the area for a week or 10 days to hike some 3-mile or under hikes. We will, of course, try for permits; but, if they are not available, can you suggest some hikes & similar scenery that do not require permits in that area. We have stayed in Page, rented a houseboat on Lake Powell. We are free to fly out anytime in the fall after August. Please advise an itinerary for us & also suggestions of where to make hotel reservations in the area. Thank so much.

Jessica Wilson

October 11, 2024 at 5:01 PM

Hello team, I will be 8 months pregnant at the time of the tour and am trying to book my babymoon event here. Is there any restrictions to allowing me to visit on this Upper Canyon tour? Thank you!

Zheng

October 06, 2024 at 5:27 PM

May I know the price for the 5 year old kid? Thank you!

Lisa Laube

October 03, 2024 at 5:31 PM

Hi. We are coming to Las Vegas in January and would like to book a tour but I see no availability in January. Is that right or when do you open up that month? Thanks

Cha David Chongyull

October 03, 2024 at 6:32 AM

I made a mistake of paying fee by Korean credit card. So I want to pay by American credit card at the gate. Is it possible?

Chris B Zimmer

September 29, 2024 at 9:16 PM

I book my upper & lower tours back to back. Lower from 11:45 -1:15 Upper from 2:30 -4:10 on the same day.
Will I have enough time in between?
Thank you
Chris Zimmer

Chris

September 29, 2024 at 6:31 PM

Is the canyon still over crowded from tour groups? I have not been to antelope in years and I am shocked at the pics I see online of the crowds!
Is there any day or time that is not so crowded? I live in Scottsdale and can go anytime of the year.

Tuhina

September 26, 2024 at 12:51 PM

Hi, We will be traveling to lower antelope in mid Oct . What time of the day is the best for photographs and lights? We wont be able to do early morning because we have a 2 hour drive to reach the canyon. So anything between 11am – 3pm would be great. Please suggest what time slot tour should we buy for a great experience?

Charlie Jones

September 18, 2024 at 3:22 AM

Hi Alley,
I am a teacher in Phoenix and would like to visit during my fall break, the first week of October (9/30-10/4). I am a female in my 50s in good shape and very adventurous, but I will visit alone. I would appreciate guidance on the best place to stay and book my tour to the lower canyon and possibly a horse ride near Horseshoe Bend. Can you help me with where I should stay and who I should book with? I’d genuinely appreciate your insight and guidance.
Thank you,
Charli Jones

Terrie Rogers

September 15, 2024 at 11:31 PM

Are you open in December

Avi D.

September 10, 2024 at 11:26 PM

Could you please provide your contact phone number in case we need to communicate with you.

Tenzin

September 05, 2024 at 3:12 PM

Hi, I am planning to visit Upper Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend, and Monument Valley in a day. Could you clarify whether the tour package includes all necessary permits, or does it only cover the tour itself? If not, what additional permits or requirements are needed for visiting these sites?

Susan

August 24, 2024 at 1:35 AM

Hello, I am planning a trip to visit in January 2025 but I don’t see that 2025 dates are available yet. When will they open up?

Gail Duncan

August 20, 2024 at 8:24 PM

I booked a Lower Canyon tour for Thursday, October 3 for 10:30. But checking driving times, I don’t think we’ll be able to get there on time. Can I change to the 11:30 tour?

–Gail Duncan

VP

August 20, 2024 at 8:05 PM

Hi Alley,
Your responses are quite in detail, thank you for that.

I am planning a trip from Dec 18th (PHX) to Dec 22nd (LAS).
Reaching at Flagstaff by 6 pm. Dec 19th planning to cover South Rim.
On Dec 20th go to covering Lower Antelope and Horseshoe bend and stay at Page. –> Do you suggest any additional activities.
On Dec 21st morning leave for Las Vegas.

Please suggest how should I plan for Dec 19th to see South Rim if I am coming from and staying at Flagstaff. What all can be covered in South Rim.
Also, if you may help suggest what to do in Las Vegas with kids on Dec 21st and 22nd.

Thank You,
VP

Trace

August 20, 2024 at 12:17 PM

Would a guide need a permit as well?

Rita Tracy

August 18, 2024 at 5:29 PM

Hi,
How far in advance can you book tours for March 2025? I know it will be busy then and want to get our preferred times.
Thanks!

John Wuu

August 05, 2024 at 8:48 PM

First time organizing a trip for 3 adults, got several questions.
When: Mid-October
Would want to join Lower canyon + Canyon X + Lake Powell tour
Which tour companies have all 3 tours above?
If not, which companies are recommended for the above itinerary?
Will 3 above in one day possible? (assuming we will be staying in hotel in Page the night before)
Thanks for your help in advance

James

August 04, 2024 at 3:54 PM

trying to organize a tour for a group of 4 to 6 visiting the Upper Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend, Lower Antelope Canyon and Canyon X. Would it be too rush to do all of these in one day? Also would it be better to visit in late September or early October? thanks

Mei

July 29, 2024 at 4:09 PM

Hi
Do you offer hotel pick up and drop off from Page ?
Thanks
Mei

Elaine

July 23, 2024 at 5:50 PM

I have a group of 12 who want to visit Lower canyon. On the official site it says the timeslot I want is sold out. You are showing availability for August 21. If I book through you, do I just show up to Dixie’s or Ken’s and show them a confirmation from you?

Hana Murray

July 14, 2024 at 2:09 AM

Hello! I booked earlier today and didn’t receive a confirmation email. I may have typed in the wrong email address?

It is for Hana Murray on 14JUL for a party of 4 for 12:25pm

Im preparing for tomorrow and just wanted to make sure I have the tickets and

Yuku Kano

July 12, 2024 at 10:25 AM

Hello, My name is Yuki.I am planning a trip from Japan to the United States, and I am planning to book a tour of Antelope.I would like to join the tour at 8:15 AM on July 28th, but I saw on the reservation page that the maximum number of participants is 20.We are a group of 21 people who wish to participate.Therefore, I would like to book an additional spot for one more person. Is this possible? Or, is the limit strictly 20 people, making it difficult to accommodate more participants?I apologize for the sudden question. I would appreciate your response.

Gail Benshabat

July 07, 2024 at 2:41 PM

Maybe I’m over-thinking this but I’ve been reading about flash floods, lightening, and other natural disasters online. Yes, I realize that the most tragic loss of lives happened in 1997. There have been a lot of changes as far as safety protocols since then. Do you offer tours to smaller canyons like Deer Canyon? I’ve heard that the experience and photography is just as amazing as any other canyons in the area. I haven’t booked anything yet. I’m (possibly) flying with Contour Airlines from Phoenix to Page in late Aug. and flying back the next day. I need to catch a flight home the next day. My time is limited because I’m at a conference in Phoenix that ends on Aug. 25th. I only have Mon., Aug. 26th to do one tour of one of the canyons. Any thoughts?

Tuan Nguyen

July 05, 2024 at 4:29 AM

Hello Alley,
We’re going to purchase 8:15 am Upper Antelope tour online. Where and when should we go for check-in?

엔 텔롭 캐년 예약 | 어퍼 Vs 로어 앤텔로프 캐년, 어디로 갈까? (비교분석) | Upper Vs Lower Antelope Canyon, Which Should I Go First? 모든 답변

June 27, 2024 at 9:52 PM

[…] + 여기에 자세히 보기 […]

엔 텔롭 캐년 투어 | [Arizona] 엔텔롭캐년 투어 Vlog 281 개의 새로운 답변이 업데이트되었습니다.

June 27, 2024 at 8:58 PM

[…] + 자세한 내용은 여기를 클릭하십시오 […]

Billy Wong

June 05, 2024 at 5:32 AM

Hi,

I have a group of people in total 13 who like to go to the Upper and Lower Antelope on 22nd June. Since we will be staying in Clear Sky Resort on 21st and plan to drive to Upper Antelope. Do you think you can arrange a tour for my group in 13?

Regards,
Billy

luca

June 03, 2024 at 12:56 PM

Hi,
I’m planning to book the “Antelope Canyon Kayak + HIKE Tour” but I would like to know which canyon is included.
Is it the Lower one? in this case, is it possible to have the hike tour at 10:45 am to have the best sun light and then the kayak?
thanks
Luca

Laura

May 30, 2024 at 3:43 PM

Why are there time available on this site for certain tours and when you go to the tour site directly, those times aren’t available?

Jessica Yeomans

May 30, 2024 at 12:35 PM

Good Morning,
Do you have any upper antelope canyon tours available this morning around 10am for 2 adults?
Thank you,
Jessica

WILLIAM G BUCHANAN

May 27, 2024 at 2:00 PM

Would I be able to take the Upper Antelope tour at 8:15am and the Lower tour at 10:45am on the same day????

Jessica

May 23, 2024 at 12:14 AM

If we can purchase tickets online, why do we need tour guide?

Yatin Wadhwani

May 21, 2024 at 2:51 PM

Hello, I have booked a tour for the lower antelope already for July. But I would like to cancel that and book a bundle. How can I do this? Is there a way to reach you guys buy email?

Dan Burghelea

May 16, 2024 at 6:30 PM

My wife had a knee replacement surgery (two years ago) and a patella fracture a few month ago, but has recovered. We like to take the Upper Antelope Canyon tour. Is it possible or better asked, is it too dangerous?

A Hisir

May 16, 2024 at 12:54 AM

Hi, I would love to book a tour with you for tomorrow as I just hot into Page. Problem is that my credit card got compromised and blocked and it has not been easy to see any parks without booking. Could I pay you cash for the tour as I saw on the booking site that there is 1 opening at 11:15 and 1 open for 11:45. Either time would work for me as I’M a72 year woman traveling alone . Please respond to my email if its possible. Thank you. Anna

rizalina cinquegrani

May 15, 2024 at 5:17 PM

Hello , I am interested to book for June 17 but I didn’t know which is better tge upper or lower and when is the best time

Christine Twilley

May 10, 2024 at 12:51 AM

I need to cancel my reservation for May 12 2024 for 4pp at 2 or 2:30 pm Lower Antelope Canyon. Cannot seem to find the email. Please let me know what need to do to make this happen. It is under Chrisy (Christine) Twilley.

Vyom

May 05, 2024 at 6:41 AM

Hello,
I have booked 3 tickets and want to shift it to slots that are available for the day before. Is it possible? I did pay for the protection fee.

Thank you!

Ashley Lee

April 23, 2024 at 6:26 PM

Hello,

Can you accommodate a group of 10+? When booking, I noticed the limit goes up to 5 people. Thank you!

Ana

April 22, 2024 at 11:02 PM

HI Alley , is the lower antelope canyon good for a 4 year old?
I see there are stairs going down the canyon how do we go back up to the tour vehicle? We are taking a 3:45 pm m tour for the lower antelope canyon and a 7 am tour for the upper antelope canyon in a week and were wondering what should we be looking out for

Thanks a lot and appreciate all the help

엔 텔롭 캐년 예약 | 어퍼 Vs 로어 앤텔로프 캐년, 어디로 갈까? (비교분석) | Upper Vs Lower Antelope Canyon, Which Should I Go First? 103 개의 자세한 답변 - Ro.taphoamini.com

April 22, 2024 at 12:52 PM

[…] + 여기에 더 보기 […]

Francis Guevarra

March 29, 2024 at 1:20 PM

Hi,

We are interested in making a reservation for the Lower Antelope Canyon tour. However, this website is not listed under the Lower Canyon tour operators under the official Navajo Nation Parks website. Is this company associated with either Ken or Dixie tour operators to fulfill the time slot that you guys have offered on the site?

Thank you

SUSAN B DELISO

March 27, 2024 at 1:50 PM

Please clarify cancellation policy. I just booked 3 people on a Lover Antelope Canyon Hiking Tour and purchased additional trip protection for 6.50 per person. The trip protection said ” Trip Protection provides peace of mind for the unexpected need to cancel. With Trip Protection, you can cancel anytime at any reason for a full refund, less the cost of Trip Protection” But the reservation says cancellations made within 72 hours of tour departure incur a 100% cancellation fee. I am assuming that is without trip protection.
Please clarify – with trip protection can I cancel at any time (even within 72 hours) for a full refund.

Heather P.

March 22, 2024 at 1:22 AM

Hello,
We plan on coming June of 2024 and drive from Las Vegas, make a stop in Zion National Park, and then drive on to Page arriving in the evening to a hotel for a few days – is this reasonable and doable? Also, I was planning on bringing my Camelbak water backpack to the canyons – is that allowed? Is there a section on this website that goes over regulations like this?

Andy

March 19, 2024 at 11:54 AM

Is it possible to book both upper and lower together? Ideally one ticket for both canyons to be visited in a straight?
If so how can I just do it? I didn’t see the options, just to book separately.

No purse/bag at all policy still apply?

Thanks
Andy

Jaye Querubin-Fernandez

March 19, 2024 at 9:04 AM

Hello! I am trying to book for upper or lower antelope canyon but we have a toddler with us. It’s not allowing me to add a child. Is a toddler still allowed to go here? We really want to go but we have a toddler with us. We came from another country and just went to AZ for this place

Dafni

March 15, 2024 at 2:07 PM

Hi Alley, I accidentally booked an Upper Canyon Tour for 8.15 this Saturday instead of Sunday, I mixed up the calendar. 🙁 Is there any chance I can change the dates? <3 Thank you, Dafni

Laura Sophya Rios

March 11, 2024 at 11:53 PM

hiii, im looking for a tour, we wanna go to antelope canyon, gran canyon, horse bend, the wave, lake powell and maybe sleep over flagstaff, could you help me please

Radka Landsmann

March 06, 2024 at 8:12 PM

Hello, is it possible to cancel purchased tickets free of charge and if so, under what conditions and by what date before the tour. Thanks for your answer, have nice day, Radka

Meta

March 05, 2024 at 8:12 PM

We have two bookings for Friday March 8. We’ve received no email confirmations. I’ve been able to track down the upper canyon booking but not the lower canyon one. Please send me confirmation ASAP. I show the charges on my card.

HIROSHI WAKAMATSU

March 03, 2024 at 3:26 PM

Hello.
I made a reservation on the internet for April 1 at 10:20 am, is it done?
I have not received any confirmation email, so please let me know.

Emerson

February 13, 2024 at 8:23 PM

Hi! Would choosing an 8:15 time slot for the upper Antelope Canyon tour and then an 11:45 lower Antelope Canyon tour time work out? Or is this timing in between too short?

Also do you suggest doing upper first and then lower or vice versa?

Phong

February 07, 2024 at 9:04 AM

Can I buy veteran discount ticket for my wife as well or is it just for me?

Lorence

February 06, 2024 at 1:18 PM

Hi we will visiting the first week of June. Is it worth to combine a tour in the Antelope Canyon by kayak and hike?

Seow Wei Chung

February 05, 2024 at 2:26 PM

Hi,

is there a package for lower antelope canyon together with a lake powell cruise? Looking at 17th February

Ellen Rogers

February 02, 2024 at 2:39 PM

Alley knows this town…trust her and follow really everything she says. I’m not joking. Recently worked with Alley planning my daughters 30th birthday trip to Page and I was a bit overwhelmed with all the possible tours and need to reserve. Alley’s a wealth of information and experience and timeliness. I started email directly to her and boom she’d return my emails within the hour. No kidding. Her suggestions were right on and I felt she really listened to my concerns and my need to get the most out of my visit. Thank you so much for answering all my questions and really just planning these three days for me, right down to remembering to have breakfast and where to go. Appreciate all your help!

Connie Ng

January 27, 2024 at 1:11 PM

Hi Alley,
I am planning a visit to Las Vegas, Grand Canyon, (visit antelope) San Francisco and LA(for a week or more) this coming June 2024. We’re planning to rent a car or ride a bus from one place to another, whatever is easier. Can you suggest an itinerary for us? I am totally helpless and no idea on how and where to start. Thank you so much!!!

Stephanie

January 23, 2024 at 11:13 PM

We will be visiting the first week of March 2024. We plan to tour both the Upper and Lower Canyons. Do you recommend the Upper Canyon tour first (10:20 tour) for the greatest chance at seeing the beam of light or is it too early in the year to see that anyway? If it doesn’t make much of a difference, we might opt to book the 10:45 Lower Canyon tour first as that will give us a little extra time to get there driving from Sedona. Thank you!

Flaviana

January 21, 2024 at 9:17 PM

Hello, I’m from Brazil and I’m planning a solo trip to Zion and Antelope Canyon in september/2024. Is there a reasonable way to go from Springdale to Antelope in a one-day trip (didn’t want to drive alone)? Couldn’t find any excursion departuring from Springdale so far…

The 7 Best Slot Canyons in Arizona That Will Blow Your Mind

January 10, 2024 at 9:48 PM

[…] the beginning, climb down a ladder, and maneuver under and around large boulders, the walk through Cathedral Canyon won’t be too difficult. You don’t have to have canyoneering experience, but you do have […]

엔 텔롭 캐년 예약 | 어퍼 Vs 로어 앤텔로프 캐년, 어디로 갈까? (비교분석) | Upper Vs Lower Antelope Canyon, Which Should I Go First? 191 개의 새로운 답변이 업데이트되었습니다. - Ar.taphoamini.com

January 06, 2024 at 11:55 PM

[…] + 여기를 클릭 […]

Tracey Sharp

January 02, 2024 at 10:39 PM

Hi Alley – this is such a fantastic resource! Family of four (grown up kids) visiting from New Zealand, leaving New York on 1 Feb to fly to see GC et al. Currently we are thinking of flying into Phoenix, picking up a car and travelling to Sedona for 1 night. Then to GC for 1 night. Then to Page for 1 night. Springdale 1 night then to Las Vegas which we will fly out of. We could possibly do another night somewhere along this. We’re aware the weather might be tricky, and that daylight hours will be much shorter and will definitely heed your advice not to be out in the dark 🙂 Is this itinerary the best use of five days in the area? TIA 🙂

Heather

December 27, 2023 at 1:23 PM

The website says there are bundle deals, but I’m seeing no way to book it! I’d like to do both the upper & lower canyon tour. To buy each separately would cost $170 per person. But the website won’t even let me put both tours into the cart. How do I bundle?

Ohsung Kwon

December 24, 2023 at 8:21 AM

Hello! This was my first visit to Texas. We were planning to tour on December 25th, 26th, 27th. When I tried to make a reservation on the Antelope Canyon Tour website, it said that all reservations were completed. if. Is there no way?? I was really looking forward to it. I sincerely ask you to do so.

Kristen Steffens

November 29, 2023 at 5:35 PM

I’m going to be booking a lower canyon tour for January 26th for 4 people. There’s an additional person that may be visiting Arizona but hasn’t been confirmed to us yet. If I book a tour for 4 and we need to book another person at a later date and there aren’t any spots left on that tour, is it possible for you to add an extra person on that tour? We’d like to book very soon for the 4 of us but don’t want the 5th person left out if the tours are full when we know if the 5th person is coming or not.

Thanks for your help!

Gary

November 15, 2023 at 2:36 PM

Is there an advantage to booking a Lower Antelope Canyon tour on your site vs Dixie’s or Ken’s tour sites directly?

Coni

October 25, 2023 at 2:31 AM

Guten Tag
Dass ihr Einschränkungen machen müsst, verstehen wir.
Doch wie kann jemand Monate im Voraus den genauen Termin für einen Besuch festlegen, wenn er auf Reisen ist und nicht in den Ferien??
Es sollte eine Möglichkeit geben für Spontanbesuche, ungeplant.
Zudem sollte euer System täglich funktionieren….
Tat es NICHT.
Schade

GG

October 21, 2023 at 8:52 PM

Hello,
Are the videos on this site from a specific tour company? Or do they all use the same sets of stairs/ramps etc.? I am trying to book for someone with mobility issues.

엔 텔롭 캐년 투어 | 미서부 최고 핫플레이스 앤텔롭캐년 홀슈밴드 1부 #앤텔롭캐년 #Antelope #미국여행 인기 답변 업데이트 - Sk.taphoamini.com

October 21, 2023 at 3:02 PM

[…] + 더 읽기 […]

Galit Itkin

October 11, 2023 at 6:52 PM

I purchased the Upper Antelope Canyon Tour and paid extra for refund protection. Our trip to the US was cancelled but I can’t find an option for canceling this tour online. I sent an email but have not received a response. Please advise how I can cancel and receive my refund.

Amy Nguyen

October 04, 2023 at 10:54 PM

Hi, we have a group of 7 people. Do you offer a private tour for the upper and lower Canyon? Thank you

Melnita

October 04, 2023 at 4:11 PM

I’m looking to book upper canyon for Oct 8th or 9th, but I see all slots allow only 1 booking, I want to book for a party of 5. Is this because there are no slots available, or does the booking for each person have to be made individually? Thanks!

Andy Burke

October 03, 2023 at 6:31 PM

Good day,

I want to book the Upper tour Oct 22 (with friends who have already registered) for the 10:20 time. I also want to book the Lower tour for that afternoon. Do you have a process to registar for both? Which Lower tour (time wise) should I book? Thank you, Andy

mike machado

September 18, 2023 at 3:45 AM

Hello, is mid March good to do the suggested tour ?

thanks 🙂
Mike

Jessica

September 13, 2023 at 11:33 PM

Hi! My husband is a bigger, taller guy but fit enough. He is concerned about the lower canyon due to his size. The video looks like it may be a challenge for him to get through. Are there many 6’5 320lb guys that participate? This is a once in a lifetime trip for us so he doesn’t want to miss out if it’s possible. Or would the upper be better suited? Thanks for any assistance!

Long Pham

September 10, 2023 at 8:44 PM

Hi, what time of day is the best light when visiting Lower Canyon on November 4 ? Thanks.

ian

September 09, 2023 at 6:11 PM

Hi, we’re planning to visit Antelope Canyon the week of Thanksgiving 2023. I’m thinking about doing both lower and upper canyon tours, which means we’ll have to do the first one early in the morning, finish before lunch, then grab a quick lunch, and do the second tour. My question is which tour will be better to do first in the morning considering shorter daylight for the afternoon tour? And in November, how cold will it be inside the canyon? Thanks very much!

Planning For: Arizona - The Checklist Travelers

September 08, 2023 at 10:15 PM

[…] Antelope Canyon Tour: https://antelopecanyon.az/how-to-book-a-tour-for-antelope-canyon/ […]

Jerry

September 08, 2023 at 12:00 AM

I have read about a required PERMIT to enter the canyon and various TOURS for the canyon. Do you need BOTH a permit to enter AND a separate booking for a tour OR are they BOTH the same thing? We are planning on a trip for 3 in early November 2023 but have not booked anything yet.
Thanks.

Can You Conquer Both Upper and Lower Antelope Canyon in One Day? - Holding Hands Nature

September 07, 2023 at 11:22 AM

[…] sell out quickly, especially during peak travel seasons. To ensure you get the chance to explore both Upper and Lower Antelope Canyon in one day, it’s best to book your tour well in advance, especially if you’re traveling […]

Martin

September 03, 2023 at 10:12 AM

Hello,
We are from Australia and planning to visit the Antelope in December. What will be the road condition during winter time at Grand Canyon as I’m thinking to drive from Las Vegas. Would you suggest which part, Upper or Lower Anterlope, is the best for the Winter time? Do I have to get the entrance ticket for horseshoe? Thanks

Antelope Canyon & Horseshoe Bend - Liebe im Gepäck

September 01, 2023 at 7:46 PM

[…] Canyon, einer der meist besuchten Canyons Nordamerikas. Er teilt sich auf in den Upper- und Lower Canyon, für den wir uns entschieden haben. Entstanden ist der Canyon durch den knapp 30 km langen Fluss […]

40 of the most beautiful places in the US – Dikla Akrat

August 28, 2023 at 3:54 PM

[…] included an image of The Wave in their desktop wallpaper options in 2009, skyrocketing what was once a little-known local gem into a worldwide phenomenon. Visiting The Wave […]

Naw Nilar Lynn Myint

August 28, 2023 at 2:27 AM

We are 4 girls group and not very good at hiking but we are physically fit. Do you think we can hike the wave in December?

Haley

August 24, 2023 at 7:39 PM

Hi there! Would you be able to point me in the right direction for getting permission to do a non-commercial photoshoot in Antelope Canyon? There would be a group with us for a creative retreat taking photos, but they are not for commercial use.

benjaminsmith3002

August 23, 2023 at 8:48 AM

Fly to Grand Canyon’s Marvel: Nearest Airport Unveiled!
Ready for an epic journey? Discover the closest airport to grand canyon and kickstart your adventure.
Get set to explore! Unveil the secrets of this natural wonder and make memories that will last a lifetime. From breathtaking vistas to practical travel tips, our blog has you covered. Don’t miss out on the adventure of a lifetime.

eunae kim

August 22, 2023 at 6:44 AM

can i change my tour time from 9.13 10:45 to 9.14 10:45?

Lisa Zimmerman

August 16, 2023 at 3:30 PM

Hi,
I think I’m a little late in planning. Want to do North and South Rim, Zion and Bryce in 9-10 days mid October. Some hiking, mo more than 3 miles at a time. Thinking flying into Flagstaff and home via Vegas. Advi e on timeline and hotels.

John W Newbold

August 16, 2023 at 3:25 PM

On Thursday, October 19, we will be driving from Monument Valley to Zion NP. Is it possible to book an Antelope Canyon boat tour for three adults in advance? If so, what is the approximate cost and what number should I call or what website should I visit?

Jose

August 11, 2023 at 8:54 AM

Hello couple of questions 1) what’s the difference between the express shuttle tour and the one with out it? 2) what are the best hours if I am wanting to do both tours on the same day? Thank you

chen Ben Shabat

August 06, 2023 at 11:27 AM

Hello,
I was wondering if this itinerary is good for the end of November?

cristina

August 05, 2023 at 5:01 PM

Hello!

I want to do a reservation for both Upper and Lower, i was thinking on going to the Lower Antelope Canyon + Express Shuttle at 6:40-9:30 am. Should i be able to go into the 10:20 am Upper? or should i reserve a later tour?

hope you can recommend what would be the best

thank you!!

Glenda Thompson

August 04, 2023 at 2:36 PM

I have read that if parking is full, there is additional parking 1.6 miles away, and that a shuttle will take you from this point to the parking at horseshoe bend for $5 per person. Shuttle runs every 15 mins.

Is this service no longer available?

ROchel

August 03, 2023 at 11:13 AM

Hi, I’m getting confused with the time zone. Don’t want to miss my tour. Is there a number I can call to verify what time the tour is?

Jean Ralston

July 31, 2023 at 6:12 PM

Is a permit needed for the Lower Antelope Canyon Hiking Tour 1.5 hrs; 73.00/adult?? I got to it from this link and am needing to book for mid to late September and it was allowing me to see the availability and times etc. So makes me wonder if that particular tour doesn’t need a permit??
Thank you

martha

July 25, 2023 at 6:54 PM

Hi,
We are coming to Arizona for 1 week in August. Staying in Scottsdale first and then 4 nights in Flagstaff [coming with the kids so we don’t want to move around]. Hope to do day trips to Grand Canyon, Sedona and Page from Flagstaff. Few questions please. Which trip is my best bet for a Sunday [crowd-wise]? Also, about our Page itinerary- we hope to drive in from Flagstaff early in the day. Hoping to go to Horseshoe Bend, Glen Canyon Dam & do a tour of Antelope Slot Canyon. Deciding between the Lower Canyon tour & Canyon X- which do you think the children enjoy more? They are all school age and up. And what order should we do those 3 activities?

Thank you so much for any help you can give me!

Cynthia Stirns

July 14, 2023 at 10:03 AM

Hi – Are there any spots for October 12 or 13? It looks like I needed to apply last month.

Robert Ackley

July 09, 2023 at 2:17 PM

I have a 25 ft class C RV. I don’t tow a car and use the RV for local travel. I plan to book an upper canyon tour in October. Is there parking that would accommodate my RV? Thanks, Robert

Dawn Nader

July 07, 2023 at 6:39 PM

Hi Ally-
We are RVing the Month of August 2023. Planning to Drive from Eagle Nest / Angel Fire, NM to Antelope Canyon, AZ. What roads are popular routes to you?

Marnie Graves

July 02, 2023 at 6:50 PM

Are group tour permits available for a group of 4 still for Sept 6 or 7 for the Wave ?

ted

June 25, 2023 at 5:59 PM

Hiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii Seems the most I can book for the 14th of August is 4 adults, there are 5 in my group??

Telkom Jakarta

June 25, 2023 at 6:13 AM

Can all family members register?

미국 아리조나와 유타: The Wave, Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend, Lake Powell, Natural Bridges를 한눈에!

June 23, 2023 at 3:41 AM

[…] 위해 사전 예약을 받고 있으며, 예약 없이는 입장이 불가능합니다. 예약은 공식 웹사이트나 지역 여행사를 통해 할 수 있습니다.투어 가격은 일반적으로 구역과 […]

미국 아리조나와 유타: The Wave, Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend, Lake Powell, Natural Bridges를 한눈에!

June 23, 2023 at 3:40 AM

[…] 돌무지 “The Wave”를 직접 경험할 수 있는 기회를 제공합니다.투어는 웹사이트를 통해 쉽게 예약할 수 있습니다. 투어 가격은 개인 당 $225로, 이는 투어에 […]

Alessia Cimmino

June 22, 2023 at 9:15 AM

Hi! Is it possible to visit Upper Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend in the same tour? I gave a look at tours available and could not find this option.

Fuchsia

June 21, 2023 at 1:31 AM

I am thinking of hiring a guide to hike the Wave. Does the guide I hire need a permit too? Will the guide also help me to obtain a permit?

Jen

June 20, 2023 at 9:11 PM

Hello, I’ve read the article about the new normal for upper canyon, mentioning 20-30min walk under the sun to reach. How long is the walk to the stairs for lower canyon in the sun? I’m planning to bring my 5 and 11 year old who are both physically fit, just worried about the heat in mid July. Wondering if upper or lower would be less time under the sun to and from. Thank you!!

PizzAZ - The Class-A Nomads

June 14, 2023 at 6:15 PM

[…] titled “Phantom” for just that much, making it the most expensive photograph ever sold. Click HERE to see what a $6.5M picture looks […]

25 must-visit hidden gems from across the US - hotdays

June 11, 2023 at 11:35 AM

[…] is located five hours from major cities like Las Vegas and Phoenix, the natural splendor of Antelope Canyon more than makes up for the trip. Visitors can tour the Slot Canyon formation’s beautiful red and […]

Alice

May 30, 2023 at 7:52 AM

Hi to all,

I’m Alice and I would like to book a Upper Antelope Canyon tour at 12th of August 2023 at 12.25 but there is 1 ticket left. We are 2 Is it possible to add only one person? Pleaseeee We are I and my mom and we come from Italy

victoria y corson

May 30, 2023 at 2:12 AM

ARE DOGS (LABRADOODLE, 35 LBS) ALLOWED IN UPPER ANTELOPE CANYON?

25 Must-Visit Hidden Gems From Across The US - Cardinal & Pine

May 28, 2023 at 5:45 PM

[…] is located five hours from major cities like Las Vegas and Phoenix, the natural splendor of Antelope Canyon more than makes up for the trip. Visitors can tour the Slot Canyon formation’s beautiful red […]

Stella price

May 23, 2023 at 8:20 PM

I’ve seen contradictory rules about carrying fanny pack/backpacks; and some bring water in canyon or not?

Maria

May 15, 2023 at 1:46 AM

We are a family of 4 (2 adults, 2 kids (2,5)) and want to see upper antelope canyon

Do you have may 28-29 or 30th available ?
And is a 2 year old and a 5 year old ok?

The world’s best walks - Mundana

May 14, 2023 at 4:25 PM

[…] or some of it you’ll need a guide. The number of permits issued each day is strictly limited so reserve as far in advance as possible to ensure you aren’t disappointed. Upper Antelope Canyon is nicknamed “The Crack” and tends […]

Jim Dwyer

May 11, 2023 at 2:13 PM

Three questions. Most importantly, have you reinstated the tour specifically for photographers, where, I assume, there are fewer people and they spend a bit longer time? And secondly, I’ve always admired pictures of shafts of light streaming into the canyon; what time is best to catch that shaft of light? Usually photographers most love sunrise and sunset. Does that apply to both upper and lower Antelope Canyon or, perhaps, not at all?

톱 364 엔 텔롭 캐년 투어 업데이트 146 시간 전

May 11, 2023 at 5:51 AM

[…] 세부 정보를 보려면 여기를 클릭하십시오. […]

톱 583 엔 텔롭 캐년 예약 새로운 업데이트 27 일 전

May 11, 2023 at 5:50 AM

[…] 세부 정보를 보려면 여기를 클릭하십시오. […]

톱 882 엔텔 로프 캐년 예약 새로운 업데이트 59 분 전

May 11, 2023 at 4:39 AM

[…] 세부 정보를 보려면 여기를 클릭하십시오. […]

톱 752 엔텔 로프 캐년 새로운 업데이트 216 시간 전

May 11, 2023 at 4:37 AM

[…] 세부 정보를 보려면 여기를 클릭하십시오. […]

Staci Marino

May 09, 2023 at 2:36 PM

Hi…what would you suggest for a full day or 2 full day tour in July? Will it be too hot to enjoy? I’ve been to AZ once in the summer, Tucson and it was too hot not sure if it is dealable in this part of AZ???

Bea

May 08, 2023 at 1:23 AM

How do weekends work? Do Saturday and Sunday’s get drawn on Friday?

Olwyn

May 05, 2023 at 6:19 AM

I’ve read about a trip leaving (and returning to) Page going to Secret Canyon and Horseshoe Bend for disabled people with limited mobility. I cant find how to book this trip

Aurelio T David

May 03, 2023 at 10:58 AM

I’m a disable veteran. Does my wife qualified for veteran discount?

Antonella Coronel

May 02, 2023 at 7:40 PM

Hello,

I am Antonella and we are a group of 5 people looking to visit Antelope Canyon. We rented an RV for the very first time ever. We are all in good health and shape, would upper or lower be recommended for us?

Also, with a reservation and tickets from this website:
– Does it include parking for the RV?
– What if we arrive late, do we get moved to another time? We have never done this, so we don’t know if we will run into traffic at the entrance of Antelope Canyon or exit of our previous campground
– Do we need additional permits?
– Are there additional fees we need to consider besides the tickets we purchase on this site?
– Are allowed to bring food and drink with us during our walk?

Smruti Kaplish

May 02, 2023 at 3:13 PM

We have a 4th grade National Park Pass. Can we see Antelope Canyon using this pass?

mirta riquelme

May 02, 2023 at 4:14 AM

Hello do you Think can you please tell me if will be ok for a Blind person who walk slow to Access ? Do we have a limit in time to complete it ?

25 Must-Visit Hidden Gems From Across The US - Dogwood

April 29, 2023 at 12:16 PM

[…] is located five hours from major cities like Las Vegas and Phoenix, the natural splendor of Antelope Canyon more than makes up for the trip. Visitors can tour the Slot Canyon formation’s beautiful red […]

Carol

April 27, 2023 at 6:33 PM

Hi, I’m looking for an Upper Antelope Canyon day trip from SEDONA, who do you recommend?
This would be for Oct.

Lalit Patel

April 24, 2023 at 4:00 PM

like upper and lower canyon tour we are 13 people , need help to book it for june 6th. 2023

G. Morales

April 16, 2023 at 6:48 PM

Good afternoon. Is the military rate for both the service member and their spouse? Thanks!

Karla Palmanhani

April 15, 2023 at 10:38 AM

Hi – I am looking for upper and lower tour. What are the combo tours?

Minh

April 07, 2023 at 10:46 AM

Hello there!

What is your cancellation policy?

톱 238 앤텔 로프 캐년 업데이트 30 일 전

April 06, 2023 at 8:33 AM

[…] 세부 정보를 보려면 여기를 클릭하십시오. […]

엔 텔롭 캐년 | 미서부 최고 핫플레이스 앤텔롭캐년 홀슈밴드 1부 #앤텔롭캐년 #Antelope #미국여행 5 개의 새로운 답변이 업데이트되었습니다.

April 05, 2023 at 1:22 AM

[…] + 더 읽기 […]

10 grand canyon and antelope canyon in one day Ideas

April 03, 2023 at 3:13 AM

[…] Source: https://antelopecanyon.az/ultimate-one-day-itinerary-in-page-az-antelope-canyon-lake-powell-horsesho… […]

Joyceeee

March 31, 2023 at 5:30 AM

Hi Alley
I am looking for a tour that provides hotel pick up and drop off.
For lower we will be 5 pax,
Upper 9 pax.

Thank you

35 of the most beautiful places in the US – Dikla Akrat

March 29, 2023 at 4:27 PM

[…] included an image of The Wave in their desktop wallpaper options in 2009, skyrocketing what was once a little-known local gem into a worldwide phenomenon. Visiting The Wave […]

25 must-visit hidden gems from across the US · Seasonal Cravings - E-DeshSeba

March 26, 2023 at 3:02 PM

[…] is located five hours from major cities like Las Vegas and Phoenix, the natural splendor of Antelope Canyon more than makes up for the trip. Visitors can tour the Slot Canyon formation’s beautiful red […]

25 Hidden Gems Across the US - Miles with McConkey

March 26, 2023 at 10:47 AM

[…] is located five hours from major cities like Las Vegas and Phoenix, the natural splendor of Antelope Canyon more than makes up for the trip. Visitors can tour the Slot Canyon formation’s beautiful red […]

Rain likely Friday night and snow expected Saturday in Northwest … – The Times of Northwest Indiana - Hoosier Living

March 25, 2023 at 2:22 AM

[…] is located five hours from major cities like Las Vegas and Phoenix, the natural splendor of Antelope Canyon more than makes up for the trip. Visitors can tour the Slot Canyon formation’s beautiful red […]

Julia

March 22, 2023 at 1:43 PM

If I missed the lottery for June, is there any other way to get a permit for the wave

베스트 1385 앤 텔롭 캐년 투어 새로운 업데이트 42 일 전

March 21, 2023 at 4:35 PM

[…] 세부 정보를 보려면 여기를 클릭하십시오. […]

톱 1309 앤텔 로프 캐년 투어 업데이트 178 시간 전

March 21, 2023 at 4:19 PM

[…] 세부 정보를 보려면 여기를 클릭하십시오. […]

Jodi Slomsky

March 20, 2023 at 11:43 PM

I want to know the price for 4 people to fly from Las Vegas to Antelope canyon for a 1 day tour.

Isabel

March 20, 2023 at 8:57 PM

Hi,

We are thinking about going begining of June with our almost two years old daughter. We have seen the video and think she can do it, (we will have to carry her at some point, but we think it’s fine). I have another question. Does any boat tour allowed kids?

Thanks a lot!

베스트 148 앤터 로프 캐년 새로운 업데이트 180 시간 전

March 19, 2023 at 6:55 PM

[…] 세부 정보를 보려면 여기를 클릭하십시오. […]

Sam

March 17, 2023 at 10:48 PM

Hi Alley.
We are staying in Page and would like to visit Upper, Lower Canyon and also visit Horseshoe Bend.
We were thinking of splitting Lower Canyon and Horseshoe Bend on the day we arrive and Upper Canyon next day morning.
Is there a way for us to drive our self and purchase entrance fee and guided tour without local transportation or guided tour booking?

Christina

March 15, 2023 at 12:03 PM

I am looking to travel this year to camp and paddle board Antelope Canyon. Would love best advice on where to stay for accessing easily with paddle board and kayak. We also have a 4 wheel drive and tent. Any advice welcome.

Kerry

March 14, 2023 at 6:43 PM

Hello,

We are interested in your upper, lower Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend on August 13th for four people in one day, but I only see the separate reservation for either upper or lower, but I saw “it can be one reservation for both upper and lower” on your website, could you send me the link for booking the tickets for both?

We hope lower antelope canyon could be in the morning and upper antelope canyon can be at noon, and the Horseband can be in the sunset, is there any one-day tour plan like that? Most importantly, pick us up from hotels in Las Vegas

Thank you and look forward to your reply!

Best,
Kerry

Amtrak preparing to add second passenger train service between Chicago, Twin Cities with stops in La Crosse, Winona - Alex Walia world updates

March 12, 2023 at 5:57 PM

[…] is located five hours from major cities like Las Vegas and Phoenix, the natural splendor of Antelope Canyon more than makes up for the trip. Visitors can tour the Slot Canyon formation’s beautiful red […]

Michelle Weiner

March 12, 2023 at 5:53 PM

I am traveling with 3 friends. We are planning on doing a tour of upper and lower antelope canyon on 5/2/2023 and would like information on booking a private tour of both. Is that a possibility and what would the cost be?

Petty Wong

March 11, 2023 at 7:49 PM

Hi, if I go to lower canyon, are we allow to bring backpack or purse? I saw some site said we are not allow to bring purse, bags Or backpack

25 must-visit hidden gems from across the US - Bulletin Reporter

March 11, 2023 at 7:16 PM

[…] is located five hours from major cities like Las Vegas and Phoenix, the natural splendor of Antelope Canyon more than makes up for the trip. Visitors can tour the Slot Canyon formation’s beautiful […]

Satish Nukala

March 10, 2023 at 11:34 PM

We are a party of 16 arriving on 3/15/23 (9 adults + 6 kids, 1 kid age 3) and are looking to book for the 10.40am tour. It appears there are only 4 tickets available when we try to book online. Is there a way you would be able to accommodate our party on 3/15 at 10.40am?

Maria ocampo

March 10, 2023 at 10:50 PM

Hello. I would like to get email confirmation for booking #153794613. My email address is
angelaocampo551963@gmail.com
Booking is for April 22 @11:45 am.

10 monument valley to page Ideas

March 09, 2023 at 11:36 AM

[…] Source: https://antelopecanyon.az/how-can-i-visit-monument-valley-when-all-the-hotels-are-booked/ […]

25 must-visit hidden gems from across the US - Local News 8

March 03, 2023 at 7:00 PM

[…] is located five hours from major cities like Las Vegas and Phoenix, the natural splendor of Antelope Canyon more than makes up for the trip. Visitors can tour the Slot Canyon formation’s beautiful red […]

Tonya Hansen

March 02, 2023 at 3:38 AM

For the lower tour , do we just hike from our own vehicle? No riding in a shuttle or anything?

Yi

March 01, 2023 at 6:17 AM

Hi Alley,

I booked a lower antelope canyon tour on April 12. However, I entered my email wrong. So I didn’t receive the confirmation email. I’m wondering if you help me to resend the confirmation email again? Sorry I couldn’t find other ways to get in contact with your company. My booking number end in 5405. My email: zoezhouyi@outlook.com Thank you!

Elizabeth

February 27, 2023 at 12:56 PM

I am starting from Phoenix and from there go to Grand Canyon and leave from Phoenix. I want to add Antelope canyon and was wondering what along the way we can do to break up the travel. We are moderate hikers, who live in MA and have not been hiking since early fall.

Christina Shalaby

February 27, 2023 at 1:53 AM

Hi Alley. Considering a family trip and hoping to cover Zion, Bryce, and Antelope Canyon (with a stop at Horseshoe Bend along the way). Dates of travel are Saturday, August 26-Friday, Sept. 1 (depart as early as possible) and we’ll be flying into/out of Vegas from the East Coast. The kids (14 and 13) enjoy hiking, but aren’t the type of kids who want to do it all day. We’ll also want to reward them with a full day of lazy pool time in Vegas on the back end of our trip. What’s your reaction to the following itinerary?

Day 1 (Sat): Arrive Vegas, drive to Zion, Easy hiking in Zion. Overnight in Zion, considering Under Canvas Glamping or Springfield Suites, Springfield
Day 2 (Sun): Hike Zion AM, drive to Bryce, Hike Bryce PM. Overnight in Bryce.
Day 3 (Mon): Hike Bryce AM and depart for Page, AZ. Stop to see Horseshoe Bend on the way. Sleep in Page, AZ
Day 4 (Tue): Antelope Canyon. Sleep in Page, AZ again.
Day 5 (Wed): Antelope Canyon. Depart for Vegas. Hang out in Vegas late afternoon and maybe a show in the evening.
Day 6 (Thurs): Spend the day poolside/relaxing in Vegas
Day 7 (Fri): Depart as early as possible

Antelope Canyon - Horseshoe Bend

February 26, 2023 at 9:57 PM

[…] Express Shuttle / Lower Antelope New Service […]

Antelope Canyon - Horseshoe Bend

February 26, 2023 at 9:47 PM

[…] Lower Antelope Canyon Not Available Book Lower Antelope Canyon […]

Antelope Canyon - Horseshoe Bend

February 26, 2023 at 9:39 PM

[…] Upper / Lower Canyon Bundle Deal Most Popular […]

Kristi

February 24, 2023 at 5:52 PM

Are face masks really required on all of your tours? We are hiking outside right?

Alice

February 22, 2023 at 3:55 PM

Does your tour company pick up from Phoenix hotels to the canyons?

Sam

February 22, 2023 at 3:12 AM

There are two options for the Lower Antelope Canyon Tour – one with the express shuttle and one without. Being unfamiliar with the area, I am not sure when someone would need to book the shuttle or not? I would prefer to book the less expensive option, but I am not finding readily available information about the express shuttle. Thank you!

Tris

February 19, 2023 at 2:17 PM

Hi, i would like to bring my 5 years old kid and 1 infant. Can i check if i need to pay tour fee for both kids?
I plan to visit there in September’23.

Thanks and look forward to hearing from you

Isha

February 12, 2023 at 11:32 PM

Hi! Are kids age 5yrs and above eligible for the hike in waves ?

Nick G

February 11, 2023 at 3:42 PM

Is the permit you squire for the wave, the same permit for antelope canyon? Or do I have to apply for two separate permits?

Angie

January 31, 2023 at 3:23 AM

I’m sorry if this has been answered but I have looked everywhere for the answer and can’t find a clear one. If my husband and I both apply for a daily permit, is there any way we both can be chosen? It seems odd that we would both pay the application fee and only one of us should win. Do we apply as a group of 2? Or is that reserved for 4 or more (which is how it looks everywhere I’ve read)?
Thanks.

Sebastian Rülke

January 27, 2023 at 8:03 PM

Hello, I would like to book an Upper Antelope Canyon tour for me and my partner between 06/13/23 and 06/15/23. Unfortunately, there is no online availability for June 2023 and I can’t call the given number on my phone due to my local network. Who can I contact?

Olena T

January 24, 2023 at 5:08 PM

Hello! I registered for lottery twice by mistake. I really dont want to be disqualified. Is there any chance i can delete one application?

Amy

January 23, 2023 at 10:04 PM

Hello, is July 2023 all booked up for Upper Antelope Canyon Tours? Or have those dates just not been released yet? Thanks for your help.

Vivek

January 14, 2023 at 8:13 PM

Hello, where is the location of the cover photo?

Lacey Pierce

January 14, 2023 at 4:45 PM

Are pregnant women allowed to do the upper and lower tour?

Jawahar

January 14, 2023 at 12:49 AM

hello
I am writing to ask about your cancellation policy.
Is there a refund if you cancel a tour due circumstances ?
if we have to cancel do we get a refund or do we have to rebook , if we have to re-book how long would our payment be valid for ?

I realise that many may have asked this question but I am not able to find any information about a cancellation policy on your sire
Thanks
Jawahar

Rene Garcia

January 09, 2023 at 3:07 PM

Hello,
I want to book a upper level antelope tour but I need additional information. Where do I find this tour company when I arrive in Page? Where do I park my car? When try to book it doesn’t say who I am booking with?

Michelle Drury

January 08, 2023 at 6:42 PM

I am also trying to change reservation and the email listed bounces back. When I contact the Dixie tour company directly for the lower canyon, they say I need to contact the third party (you) that I booked it through. Is there a phone # to call someone? This is ridiculous that we are unable to contact anyone.

Jadie

January 04, 2023 at 6:26 PM

I emailed reservations@antelopecanyon.az to cancel a booking before the 72 hr deadline only to have the email bounce back. I am seeking a refund and to my surprise this is a third party so Dixie cannot refund me. How do I get a refund if I am unable to contact this third party company?

John Webb

January 03, 2023 at 6:56 PM

Hi Alley and Happy 2023!

I am interested in photographing Upper Antelope Canyon.
It will be just me and a camera.
Hopefully…handheld I may get a pic or two good enough to sell.

I went to the Navajo website, on the permit it no longer lists Antelope Canyon!?

Any updates?

Thank You!!!

Shogo Fukuda

January 02, 2023 at 6:37 PM

I had an appointment for the Antelope Canyon X Tours with Honoka Yamaguchi for at 1:00pm. However, due to traffic and time difference, it is unlikely that they will be able to make it by 1:00pm. Is it possible to change the appointment time to 2:30pm or 3:00pm? Thanks.

Jennifer Cameron Blankenship

December 31, 2022 at 6:42 PM

Hi! Wondering how possible it is to add Sedona and Arches National Park to this itinerary? Am I too late to plan for this spring break, April 2023? We have three boys, age 14, 11, and 3. Wondering if this trip would be too much for my three year old. He will be four in June.

Nadja Gandyra

December 30, 2022 at 10:03 PM

Hello,

I got an email over a third party messenger and have to cancel my tour to do it on another day but my emails to the email adress for cancellations/ reservations don’t get through and I have no other means of contacting anyone here. Please someone reach out to me again, with an email adress I can reply to, so I can cancel and get my money refunded.

Best.

Diane SHELTON

December 27, 2022 at 6:51 PM

We are coming in the middle of May 23. Advice for the lower Antelope as far as best time to tour and weather (clothing).

Joseph

December 23, 2022 at 10:52 PM

Hi
Can I share photo and video with face book and you tube when I visited at Antelope Canyon? or need to any permit?

Praj

November 01, 2022 at 1:48 AM

Is February a good time to visit with 5 yr old twins ?

Mandy

October 31, 2022 at 12:25 AM

Can you hike the canyons independently or are they only accessible through a guided tour? Will be there end of November for one night. Thanks in advance!

Melanie

October 30, 2022 at 10:11 PM

Hello,
I’ll be visiting in mid November and would like to do both upper and lower canyons. I’d like to seek your advice on the time to visit to get the best lighting.
I’m thinking about a lower canyon tour around 11 am and then an upper canyon tour around 2-2:30ish. Is this good or would you recommend visiting the upper in the morning instead?
Thank you so much,
Melanie

J

October 19, 2022 at 3:26 AM

Hi Alley,

Does tour company pick us up at the hotel or do we need to rent cars at Page airport? Is it necessary to rent-a-car? Thank you.

Dave Rico

October 17, 2022 at 3:22 PM

We are staying in Tucson the week of March 18-25, 2023 so its at least a 6 hour drive to get to Page. There are four of us, we would like to visit both canyons. I thought we could see one of them in the afternoon on a week day, stay overnight in Page, then see the other one the next morning before traveling back to Tucson. Based on this information do you think we can book both that week?

sandy

October 17, 2022 at 2:54 AM

Hi,

Planning for a canyon tour both upper and lower on Nov 5th for a group of 7 adults. Please advice the good time frames to view both the canyons and options on booking a combined tour ?

Thanks,
Sandy

arlene

October 14, 2022 at 9:20 AM

hi
im at present living in UK
may i join this lottery?
many thankd

Filip Wasiak, PL

October 04, 2022 at 11:01 AM

Dear Colleagues

Could you help me please to arrange a tour of Lower Antelope Canyon for our group of around 40 people in the early morning on Thursday 10/27/22 ?

What earlier time would this be possible?

We need an early hour as the group has already booked a flight over Lake Powell on this day, before noon ?

What price can you offer of such a trip?

With tourist greetings
Filip Wasiak
Tour manager, PL
mob. + 48 601 676 475
mail: fwasiak@2com.pl

sandy

September 29, 2022 at 2:37 AM

Hi Heather ,

I will be coming from Grand Canyon . Wonder if there’s a tour that goes to both Horseshoe bend and antelope canyon from Grand Canyon . If not what is your recommendation if I want to join a tour to Horseshoe bend and antelope canyon . Thanks

Diana

September 27, 2022 at 11:17 PM

Tips on what to wear in March? Thanks!

TAMAR BEERY

September 26, 2022 at 6:26 PM

HELLO, WIIL NOT BE ABLE TO ARRIVE TO OUR TRIP , UNFORTUNATELY MY FATHER DIED 26/9/2022, I WILL LEAVE BACK TO MY COUNTRY ISRAEL,
PLEASE CANCEL OUR RESARVASION 090399642, THANK YOU IF YOU CAN MAKE A REFOUND.

Jessica Jensen

September 25, 2022 at 5:44 PM

I was trying to book the upper and lower tour,

Upper & Lower Antelope Canyon Tours
So you’ve decided to tour both Upper and Lower Antelope Canyon on your upcoming vacation to Northern Arizona. Great Let us help you find the tours that work for you!

When I click the booking info button it takes me to just the lower canyon. I tried to find a number to call, but there are none. How do I book for both of them?

Thanks
Jessica

Corina

September 20, 2022 at 8:21 PM

Is antelope canyon possible during thanksgiving break ?

Casey

September 19, 2022 at 2:34 AM

Hi! I have a permit for a group of 4. I submitted 3 names as alternate permit holders. 2 of the alternate permit holders won’t be able to come. Can I still invite 2 other people to come with me?

Meg Jackson

September 16, 2022 at 10:18 PM

When will dates for March 2023 be published?

Vicki

September 16, 2022 at 9:55 PM

We will be coming from Zion and want to go to both the upper and lower canyons. Is there one tour company that does back to back tours?

Carole Scully

September 09, 2022 at 3:57 AM

My husband & I are visiting Page AZ (lower antelope canyon). we would like to do Horseshoe bend that same afternoon, but I have to be careful of high altitudes; should I be concerned? I was planning on Monument Valley also (sunrise tour but it looks like the distance from Page to there is 2 hrs, am I correct?

Carole Scully

September 05, 2022 at 7:33 PM

We are traveling to Page this weekend sept 10 for a tour of lower Antelope canyon. We were going to go to Utah, Zion & Bryce , but because of eye issues with altitudes, we decided to cancel that. Concerns: I had hip replacement in Feb, but doing great, walking 5 m everyday, doing yoga, aerobics. How steep are the steps to the canyon; I usually walk with hiking poles because I feel more comfortable. Are poles allowed, backpacks??

Heather Horton

September 02, 2022 at 10:25 PM

We are scheduled to tour upper antelope canyon the middle of Sept. I heard that it might be worth it to do both upper and lower if we can fit it in. Would that be advised? If so, could you share the link to the tours for lower antelope canyon? We were told we needed to take a 1 hour break between, but if there are places to eat around there, we will take a 2 hour and have lunch.
(The upper is scheduled at 2:30pm)

Gianni

August 30, 2022 at 7:59 PM

Hi,
Is it possible to book a tour and to visit in one day the upper, the lower and the Antelope Canyon X?
Thank you!

Licia

August 28, 2022 at 3:29 PM

Hi there,

I would like to know if the Canyon is pet friendly?

John

August 26, 2022 at 1:46 PM

Hello,

Are there any tour companies that do both Upper and Lower Antelope Canyon the same day?

Chelsea Sheehan

August 23, 2022 at 12:40 AM

Hello,

Looking to book both an upper and lower trip for November 5th. I feel like I’m doing tons of research and trying to find a combination tour and the site here has me booking them separately? Is that correct? Do we need 2 hours in-between the upper and lower tours to take a break/lunch, etc? Do one around 8-10 and the other 12-2? Also looking at horseshoe bend, anything other than a helicopter tour? Looking for a boating option if available November 5th. We also have Nov 6th, about a half a day to do some sightseeing if anything else in the area you recommend? Thank you!

Aaron Copeland

August 18, 2022 at 4:45 PM

Hi,

Can anyone recommend how one should dress for either canyon during August? Also are these canyons scalable for a 9 year old?

Partha

July 25, 2022 at 8:07 PM

Hi,
I would like to book reservation for upper antelope canyon tour through your website. Could you please provide name of your booking company and the name of the tour operator?
Thanks,
Partha

Erika

July 22, 2022 at 9:32 PM

Hi,

I would like to make a reservation for 7 adults and a toddler for 17th September. Please let me know how I can reserve a spot for toddler?

Maura

July 16, 2022 at 11:09 PM

Hi,

How far in advance can I book tours for April 2023?

Thanks

Frank

July 16, 2022 at 2:03 AM

I registered and confirmed my permit yesterday and submitted a list of names of the party. Today, I find out that one person can’t go and someone else wants to go instead. I’m the permit holder. Does the names of the rest of party matter? Thanks, Frank

Melissa Sohrabi

July 10, 2022 at 4:16 AM

Hello, Family of 4 (kids age 7 and 10) loving the detailed information on this site! We will be flying into Las Vegas the first week of October. Trying to stay budget friendly and wondering your recommendations: hotel/rental car vs RV rental. If we cut out Monument Valley would this trip be possible in 5 or 6 days? Lastly, any thoughts on adding Capital Reef to the itinerary

ryan

July 02, 2022 at 11:49 AM

just want to tell people who are interested in the lottery: me and my friends have been entering the lottery for 3 times paying $9 every time each month, and never got chosen. Now it just feels like throwing money every month in the fire. We decide to not participate any more because it’s not transparent what the winning chance is. Could be 1:10, or 1:1000.

Nipa

June 28, 2022 at 3:39 PM

Hello, we are coming to the 4th of July weekend do you have any openings for 2 adults. we are staying at Grand canyoyn.

Łukasz Supeł

June 22, 2022 at 9:33 AM

Hi,

we booked a tour for 2 persons to the upper canyon on the 16th September, but forgot to print the vouchers.
Now the link is expired.
Can you send us a new link?

Wendy Meyer

June 20, 2022 at 3:12 PM

Is there a shuttle from the campground to the Antelope Canyon, or is uber available?

Maria Damen

June 14, 2022 at 1:14 PM

Hi, we booked a tour for 4 persons to the upper canyon on the 28th off july but forgot to print the waivers. Now the link is expired. Can you send is a new link?

Maria Damen and Hoeblal family

Eva

June 10, 2022 at 10:29 PM

Hello I would like to do a music video very small independent project with five people involved who do I need to contact and how much will it cost

Karen

June 04, 2022 at 9:01 PM

Is it actually true that all these outdoor tours require masks? That’s a big NO for my family, so I want to confirm before we book. Thank you.

Amit

June 04, 2022 at 4:03 PM

Hey There, I have a 5 year old but when I am trying to book it says no children 0-5. I have see videos where even infants have gone there. Is it like only specific tour companies allow children younger than 5.

Also, we can either do upper or lower. Which one would you suggest? Also if I am getting a timeslot around 2:30 PM then which one would make more sense. Since I will be visiting in June end I need to consider crowds as well. Both the canyons are over crowded during this time?

vivienne poole

May 26, 2022 at 2:38 AM

hi looking for the best time to visit in april. apirl 9-11

Sandra Vehabovic

May 24, 2022 at 5:42 PM

hi, I was wondering if – Antelope Canyon Navajo Tours, 928-698-3384 https://navajotours.com is still active operator because when I try to book there is no availability for any of the months. Unless I am doing something wrong.

Kara

May 23, 2022 at 8:41 PM

I would appreciate your help with my itinerary. We will be flying into Las Vegas in early November and wanting to visit Grand Canyon, Zion, Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend and then driving to Phoenix to stay for a few days before flying home. How many days would you recommend to see everything and what tours are a must that you recommend (we are active and enjoy hiking).

Bruce & Cathy Custer

May 22, 2022 at 9:37 PM

We plan to be in Kanab the first two weeks of November..will the temperature be resonable then for an Antelope canyon tour?

Craig

May 20, 2022 at 2:22 PM

Hello – what are the major differences between the upper and lower antelope canyon tours? I’ve done the lower which was amazing, how does the upper compare and is it better in your opinion?

Lynn

May 15, 2022 at 8:25 PM

Hello, after I book a tour for upper canyon, do I still need to buy admission ticket? Where in Page would be to meet? Thanks!

LJ

May 12, 2022 at 1:41 PM

Was just told about Antelope Canyon!!
We have trip already planned for 5/24/22- 6/8/22. 16 days, incl travel/drive days
Going from LAS in this direction: Zion (2 days), Bryce (2), Arches (2), Canyonlands (2) Grand Canyon south rim (2). We now want to include Antelope Canyon. Would you suggest heading there after Canyonlands? (We could cut out Grand Canyon come bsvk to do full Grand Canyon next year).

Pam Bass

May 10, 2022 at 12:20 AM

Hello,

My husband and I will be flying in and out of Phoenix. We will be flying into Phoenix on Wednesday afternoon 10/26/22 and will fly out sometime on Sunday 10/30/22. I would like to drive from Phoenix to Antelope Canyon and stop along the way to see the Chapel of the Holy Cross, Red Rock Crossing, Oak Creek Canyon, Horseshoe Bend, Glen Canon Dam and the Cameron Trading Post. I have seen several day trips from Phoenix to the Antelope Canyon. Do you recommend the guided day trip or would you suggest we rent a car and drive ourselves and then hire a guide at Antelope Canyon? We could spend 1 or 2 nights along the way. Would appreciate any suggestions you might have to plan our trip.

greg

May 09, 2022 at 12:05 AM

Hi,

My wife and I want to reserve a visit for the Antelope Canyon, but I am a bit confused because this website says that the tour will be done with Antelope Slope Canyon but the price here (95) is very different from the price on their website (120)

Could you tell me why this is the case ? and whether I would get the same tour booking from here.

Best regards,

maximo

May 08, 2022 at 7:54 PM

Hi
We want to book both Upper and Lower Antylope tour.
There are two of us and we want to save the tour by the 22th June.
How can we do it?

Sukh

May 07, 2022 at 1:04 PM

Hi! I won the lottery for The Wave and I’m choosing to use a guide service. Do I still need to do the orientation? Also, do I have to pick up permit in person? Thanks.

Rebecca

May 04, 2022 at 4:54 PM

It seems very unethical to rob people of their chance to see the wonders of the world by making them enter a lottery. What if you just never get chosen?

Lina

May 02, 2022 at 2:04 PM

Where can I book a boat tour?

Josephine

May 02, 2022 at 12:05 PM

Hi – I just tried making af booking, and the money has been reserved, but I haven’t recived any confirmation? its says the peyment didnt go thru, but the money is reserved on my bank statement?

Daeyoung

May 02, 2022 at 2:46 AM

We are planning a trip to Upper Antelope Canyon on June 1st.
Can a pregnant woman who is 6 months pregnant also travel?

marni

May 01, 2022 at 1:09 AM

this looks like an amazing itinerary if you are taking a camper do you have recommendation on camp sites that follow this?

Haleh Malek

April 21, 2022 at 8:49 PM

I am a travel advisor, looking to plan a trip for my honeymooners to visit Antelope Canyon
This is the itinerary I was suggesting to them,
9/26-9/29 in Scottsdale
9/29-10/1 in Antelope Canyon
10/1-10/3 Sedona
10/3 Phoenix
10/4 fly home

Need to know what you can do for them during their time in Antelope canyon

Joanne

April 21, 2022 at 7:37 PM

I will be in Las Vegas In July where does this tour meet?

Alex Rofa

April 15, 2022 at 5:01 PM

Hello,

Thanks in advance for your time!

I’m looking for a tour that offers lower AND upper on the same deal and also that’s not an 8 hr option, should be 4 hrs between both at the max, any options? Please contact me thru my email.

Thanks for all your kind help and best regards, ALEX =)

Hope

April 15, 2022 at 1:21 AM

I would like to add white water rafting to our trip. What would you recommend?

Massimo

April 12, 2022 at 3:23 PM

Salutations
I booked and paid and waivers made.
Do I need to get tickets? What should I do?
Thanks

Massimo

April 12, 2022 at 3:21 PM

Ho effettuato la prenotazione, ho pagato e effettuato i waivers.
Ora devo ricevere i biglietti?
Puoi dirmi come funziona ?
Grazie

Horas Toba

April 12, 2022 at 3:11 AM

This article is very interesting. I also want to visit Arizona. if I go there, of course I will get a very interesting experience. There are also a few attractions in the area near where I live, but none compare to the Wave Arizona. I hope one day I can visit Arizona.

Robert Toba

April 10, 2022 at 11:39 PM

Arizona is indeed very amazing, wish i can visit someday 🙂

Nancy Maness

April 08, 2022 at 10:29 PM

Hi, I have taken several photos of Antelope Canyon as I live in Colorado. I was thinking of donating some photos of the Canyon to a non-profit organization. They, of course, will sell them at auction. Do I still need to get a permit? And, if I apply for a permit, does it matter that I am not a professional photographer? (I noticed that the application requests the name of my company).
Thanks

Lakshay

April 07, 2022 at 4:13 PM

Hi,

I am planning to book a tour for May 2, 2022.

While I can find separate bookings for Upper and Lower Antelope canyons, I was wondering if there are options for a package of both upper and lower Antelope canyon tours. The site mentions a bundle deal, but I cannot find any link or specific instructions to book one. Can someone help me get this information?

Thanks
Lakshay

Kymberly

April 06, 2022 at 7:42 PM

Is the reservation/application fee of $9 a one time fee?
What I want to know is if I apply for the lottery and don’t get picked it say try again. So can I try the follow month under the same application request ?
I understand the application is non refundable & I understand additional fee for each person’s tickets, no problem.
However if I have to pay $9 every time just to throw my name in the hat and get nothing out of it it seems like legal extortion.

Michele

April 05, 2022 at 4:42 PM

We are on a tour and have a full day in Page. We will not have a car, obviously. how can we book a tour to Antelope Canyon with pick up from a Page hotel (Courtyard by Marriott?). Thank you

Carine chaix

March 31, 2022 at 3:10 PM

Hello,
We are traveling in the area in April, 22 to 25.
Do you thing it is not too late to attempt the lottery today?
We are a group of 4.
And what is the new wave if we don’t get the chance to see the « real wave »?
Best regards from France!
Carine

tripti khandelwal

March 30, 2022 at 1:43 PM

Hello,
We need the reservation for 4(2 kids and 2 adults) for 19th April 2022 for any slot but are not able to find it online anywhere.
We are coming from the east coast ,so I’m really looking forward to it.

Please help

Julie Griffin

March 26, 2022 at 3:50 PM

We are planning to tour both upper and lower canyons late Sept. How far in advance can I book this? Also what is the cancellation policy if we need to cancel? Thanks!

Dimore Emma

March 24, 2022 at 11:01 PM

Hi! I would like to book upper and lower, is it open? Any tour to get from the start gate?

Angela Jasmine Correa

March 21, 2022 at 6:17 PM

Hello
At the wave is their a place to get wet .

Donna sievert

March 15, 2022 at 12:20 AM

Do you need a permit to go into antelop canyon….I would like to visit but I am just a last min person…can I just show up and be allowed to go in…thank you

Julia

March 10, 2022 at 11:09 PM

Hi,

we are looking for a tour to both or either lower and upper Antilope canyon. We will bring our 2,5 year old. Is this a problem? I saw the video and I think it would be possible to put her in the baby carrier for the ladders if we pay attention to her head. She is small, so should still fit into that carrier.

A question is however what we do with the mask rule (if this is still the case in May) I don’t think that she would wear a mask – or if then not for two hours.

Thanks for a feedback on this! We are looking forward to visiting.

Rhian Bazzi

March 08, 2022 at 2:51 AM

Hi,

I was planning on taking my engagement photoshoot in April at the Antelope Canyon with a freelance photographer. What do I need to do for permits? Is it required for a tour guide company?

ruby rosalin

March 08, 2022 at 2:21 AM

Hello we never been Antelope Canyon, we are planning to Visit May 23 to 24

could u please share me the tour package where i can purchase the ticket?

Valeria

March 08, 2022 at 12:44 AM

Hi! I am happy I stumbled with this page. We will be in AZ next week staying in Phoenix (got caught up in one of those time share visits, so it will be a short trip. We arrive the 15th at night and leave the 18 at night as well. I want to visit Horseshoe Bend and the Wave (or something similar), and the grand cayon. What do you suggest we do since it will be so few days. I appreciate your response!!

Bill Rutkoski

March 05, 2022 at 9:28 PM

Hello Alley,
My wife an I are planning a trip to the canyon on Sept15th or 16th. The lower canyon looks more interesting. Would you agree? Also, when I look to book I keep getting different prices. It ranges from 50.00 to 95.00. Would you tell what the basic tour charge is? One other thing. Should we be cautious of rattlesnakes in the canyon. Thanks ahead of time for you help.
Best,
Bill

Melissa

March 04, 2022 at 2:25 AM

Hi,
HOw would I book the bundle tour with upper/lower and the boat ride?
Thank you.

JIN JEONG

March 03, 2022 at 6:12 PM

I am planning a visit to upperAntelope Canyon.
So, Can I book on 28MAR2022 or 29Mar2022?
I can’t book from your website.

Davonna Attucks

February 25, 2022 at 4:22 PM

Do we have to book a tour to see the antelope canyon

PatelI

February 21, 2022 at 4:45 PM

Hi, we are a family of 4- kids are 13 and 9. We plan to fly into LV night 1. Next day we plan to visit Death Valley for a day trip. Day 3 we plan to drive via Hoover dam to Yavapai lodge where we will stay the night. Not sure if we should do antelope canyon and or horseshoe Bend that day or the next morning? We drive back to LV day 4. We will spend day 5 in LV before leaving early morning day 6. Please advise. Is Zion national park Squeezable?

Kat

February 17, 2022 at 1:54 PM

Hi Alley,

Would loveee to get your opinion on this. We have 5 nights , flying into Vegas Sunday night and flying out of Vegas Friday morning. 2 adults and 3 kids (4-8 years old).

I was thinking of driving out to Springdale Tuesday and staying overnight, next morning wed around 7am visit Zion, then drive to Page before dark and stay there overnight. Next morning Thursday visit lower antelope around 10am and then right after visit horsebend ( do I need to make reservations ? Is it easy to park there any time of the day and visit ?) , and finally drive back to Vegas to sleep there Thursday night and head home Friday morning.

Are any of the places I mentioned not for young kids ?

Thanks so much for reading !

Samantha

February 11, 2022 at 10:43 PM

So glad I found this! I am planning a trip to the are for May 2022. I love this itinerary. I just saw that teh boat tours on Lake Powell to the rainbow bridge are not available and no details on when they might return. DO you have any insight into the reasoning? COVID precautions? Any other tours/tips/things to do during that chunk of time that you’d recommend? is there kayaking? (if thats even feasible to see the bridge)

Elaine Ashton

February 10, 2022 at 1:09 AM

Are visitors allowed to bring their dog? I could easily carry my small dog on my chest in her carrier.

Becky Griffey

February 09, 2022 at 10:32 PM

If staying in Vegas is it possibly to drive and see both Upper and Lower Canyon and Horse show in 1 day?
Also how do you bundle all three?
Do you suggest early drive to horse shoe– (how much time do I allow to enjoy this?
It is my understanding it is a 5 hour drive from Vegas. So I assume a 5- 6am start on the road.
How do you know what tour company to use?
Who is best to bundle ?

Laurel Newson

February 04, 2022 at 5:37 PM

Hello Are you booking for the boat tours in April at this time?

Thanks

Joann Ballard

February 03, 2022 at 1:15 PM

Hello,
I am going to be in the downtown Phoenix area within the next 2 weeks. How can i book a guided tour with transportation for two to Antelope Canyon? Please.

maya

February 01, 2022 at 4:37 PM

Hi, We are looking forward to visit upper antelope canyon on second week of fab 2022. We are traveling with 4 years old so which company allowed kids. Can you please help me with that?

Giulia

January 24, 2022 at 10:43 PM

Hi there! I was wondering if there’s any cancellation policy with the Upper Antelope Canyon. Due to Covid life is so unpredictable….

Thank you!

Brittany

January 12, 2022 at 10:43 PM

My husband and I are planning a visit to Antelope Canyon. We will likely do either the Upper or Lower Canyon, but not both. Would you recommend one over the other? We are planning to visit in late March/early April.

MJC

January 07, 2022 at 4:19 PM

Hi there
We are a family of 5 (3 children aged 10, 8 and 5) and are flying in from the UK in August 2022. My current plan is to fly in to Las Vegas (via Hoover Dam) for 1 night then pick-up a rental car to drive to the Grand Canyon for 2 nights. I then plan to drive to Page for 1 night and would like to visit the Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend. Please could you suggest how best to make this happen? Assuming we can leave GC area early (ish) we could get to Page for about midday. What could we do that afternoon? The next day we hope to fly out of Page/Flagstaff or another local airport (depends where we can drop the rental car) so it would be good to have a morning activity also. Do you have any suggestions for what might work? Any suggestions you may have would be very welcome!
Is Antelope Canyon open now? Are the kayak tours suitable for children? Do you know any good value car rental companies that will do a 1-way rental?
Many thanks for your help!

Kelly H.

January 06, 2022 at 12:06 AM

How far in advance can we book through Antelope Canyon Navajo Tours? It appears they have tours available in February, but nothing in March on. We are looking to book for the beginning of April and we will have two small children on board. Thanks!

Travis

December 15, 2021 at 5:34 AM

Hi Alley,
Lots of good info on here that I’m finding. I had a couple of questions.

1. My wife and I live in Phoenix, so we are somewhat flexible, but we’re hoping to visit the area in April-May-ish. Generally how far in advance does one need to book to have a good chance at getting tickets for both Antelope Canyons. I’d love to book now, but my job is such that I can’t plan so far in advance

2. Does your company lead the actual tours, or are you a company that just helps to book tours? The reason I’m asking is if you are booked up are there still other options. Just trying to get a feel for how it all works.

Thanks!

Nitz

December 09, 2021 at 10:31 PM

Hi,
We want to visit Upper and Lower Antelope Canyon. Do we have to book a guided tour? Is it busy before Christmas?

Lora

December 07, 2021 at 4:00 AM

Hello Alley!
I am planing to visit Antelope canyon, Horseshoe bend, Wave, Bryce canyon, Zion and Grand Canyon.
We are family of 5 – three kids (13,10, 8). I am thinking to fly to Las Vegas and go from there. The time line is March 21-25.
I am thinking to stay in Page and Springdale over night.
Do you think we can do it? And what kind of plan do we need?
Thank you so much!
Lora

Peggy Boekhout

November 08, 2021 at 2:56 PM

Hi Alley,
I have read many many of your replies and have learned a lot. Because of you I booked a Horseshoe Bend/ Secret Canyon tour. Thank you. We have three nights in Page. I have been unable to find an open tour for four people to the Upper Antelope Canyon, probably because my dates are Nov 21, 22, 23. What do you suggest if we would like to spend a day on Lake Powell?
Yours, Peggy

Sophie Lin

November 04, 2021 at 10:06 PM

Does this site (https://antelopecanyon.az/) book Antelope Canyon with the 4 operators or does this site have its own guided tour? The reason I’m asking is that most of the 4 Antelope Canyon operators haven’t opened up for 2022 March or beyond booking yet. But this site already has availability for dates after February 2022.

Varun

October 23, 2021 at 1:00 PM

Me and my family will be staying in Yavapai Lodge from Nov 28th to 30th . Kids are aged 9 and 5 years.
I want to see Upper Antelope Canyon , Lower Antelope Canyon and Horse shoe bend.
Can I drive myself from Yavapai lodge to Upper ,Lower Antelope canyons and Horse shoe bend.
Are they any guided tours from Yavapai lodge ?

GK

October 22, 2021 at 10:40 PM

Are service dogs permitted on the Lower Antelope Canyon tour?

DENISE OBERKFELL

October 12, 2021 at 2:26 PM

I’m having trouble navigating the BLM website. We are traveling out there mid November and we are pulling our 37′ trailer. We’d prefer to camp on BLM property if possible. It sounds like there is definitely enough acreage to do so. However, I am needing to know what the regulations and restrictions are for primitive camping with a trailer. Could you offer any help? Thanks in advance!

Corrie DeCamp

October 09, 2021 at 9:44 PM

Thanks so much for the wonderful suggestions. We will likely do this itinerary the week after Thanksgiving (Nov 26-Dec 4, 2021), in and out of Las Vegas. I have a couple of questions:

1. Any road construction or current closures of which we need to be aware?
2. My husband is afraid of heights / sheer drop offs. I’ve read the advice for the 85 year old father and those with limited mobility, and I know he won’t be out walking on the glass bridge over the Grand Canyon! However, please let us know what else on this itinerary has visible, sheer drop offs within a few feet of the trail?
3. I plan the heck out of everything, while my husband prefers to “wing it” and be more “in the moment.” I believe we will be in low season (and I didn’t even know to try for the Wave permit), but are there any areas / activities safe to “wing it,” as he would like, so that not EVERYTHING is so planned?

Thanks so much for your expertise. We will definitely take your tour(s) at Antelope Canyon!

Corrie

Kamal Boparai

October 05, 2021 at 4:13 AM

Do I need win the permit lottery in order to utilize your tours? I’d also love to see the wave – is there an ideal tour you recommend?

Anke McCown

October 05, 2021 at 3:20 AM

What kind of temperatures can we expect in mid December? Is everything open now despite COVID19? Thanks so much for all this useful information!!

zharmagne galang carbonell

October 03, 2021 at 4:49 PM

Hi there! I’m looking to take the 2 day tour on the weekend of oct 29- where is the best hotel to stay at ? And how much is the 2 day tour?

Darlene

September 30, 2021 at 10:30 AM

I am trying to book both the upper and lower antelope canyon trip during th same weekend I am there. Trying for October 2021 Can you help me

Steve Francis

September 27, 2021 at 1:56 PM

When applying in the online lottery, do all of the names have to be listed, or just the primary applicant? If we receive a permit for 6 (we have a group of 10), can we substitute from other people in our group on “the day of” (depending on who is most excited), or are we locked in to what we wrote on the lottery application months before?

Tammy Mahn

September 18, 2021 at 1:06 PM

we are a group of 8 ppl. How do we best apply for permits for our little group?

Chaniya S

September 17, 2021 at 12:36 AM

This is an amazing itinerary. Thank you! I would love to take my father with me but he’s 85 years old. Are there any easy trails that he can do?

And are there places where you can just sit, rest at a cafe while I go on a hike and come back?

Thanks so much!
Chaniya

Mita Vankawala

September 12, 2021 at 8:29 PM

Hi, We are looking forward to visit upper antelope canyon on 24 Oct. we are 2 families. so total 4 adults and 4 kids. 2 kids are under 6 years old. There is any restriction for kids? is your company allowed kids? What is different visit between 12.30 to 1.30 and 2.30 to 3.30 visit. If we book slot 2.30 one still are we able to see beam light?
Please help make decision.

Stacy Beasley

September 11, 2021 at 2:06 PM

Hello,
How and when should I hire a guide?

Jane

August 30, 2021 at 5:59 PM

Hi there
I was wondering how busy and what are the chances of getting a ticket for 2 people to the wave for the walk in lottery on Thur 30th Sept and Fri 1st Oct are?
Regards

Steph

August 24, 2021 at 9:11 PM

What will antelope canyon and horseshoe bend be like after Christmas? Is the weather to cold and will there be snow that ruins the look of everything?

Carol Parsons

August 23, 2021 at 7:01 PM

Hello, I am a travel agent and booked a tour for 6 adults for Sept. 11, 10:00am. Can you confirm please and send confirmation to me? Booked under Ralph Ford, email mrbill4d@gmail.com. I am putting together an itinerary for their trip and would like to include. Thank you!
Carol Parsons 316-788-9397 Branch office

Simone

August 22, 2021 at 6:08 PM

if i submit an application for say 3 people and it ends up just being me that goes…. will that open up extra slots for other people? I’m not sure if all in my party can go but i dont want to take away from other peoples chances…

Kelly K.

August 20, 2021 at 12:38 AM

I will be traveling with my 70 year old mother & would love for her to be able to experience Upper Antelope Canyon. She can walk but is handicapped (previous leg injury that limits her mobility). Are exceptions ever made to the one-direction flow of traffic, so that she could go back to the vehicle without the 3/4 mile walk up & down stairs & ramps, etc.? I know she could not do that but the canyon itself would be no problem. Thank you!

V

August 17, 2021 at 1:04 PM

Hi there! Any recommendations for a tour of Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend which leaves from Flagstaff?

CRB

August 16, 2021 at 12:11 AM

Are there tours of any of the a lot canyons in March?

Anouk

August 04, 2021 at 8:15 AM

Hello,

Is it possible to make a reservation before November 4 for the waves? We’d love to hear from you!

Kind regrets,

Anouk de Jong

Nandita

August 02, 2021 at 3:01 AM

Hi Alley –
We arrive in Page tomorrow, 8/2 and have a kayak/hike trip booked for Wednesday to see Antelope Canyon. When we first planned our trip that was the only way to see Antelope Canyon as it was closed otherwise. Now that it is open do you also suggest a tour of Lower Antelope Canyon? How does what we see on the kayak trip compare? Which tour company should we book through if we want to add on a lower canyon tour? What do you think about Buckskin Gulch, would it be better to see that rather than a second trip to Antelope Canyon? We leave early Friday and are open to ideas for what to see other than Horseshoe Bend! You’d given us some ideas in the spring but now that more is open let me know if you have other ideas. Thank you so much!!

Lacey

August 02, 2021 at 1:05 AM

I am looking to plan a family vacation during g spring break. We always take family pictures at a beautiful destination to capture the memory!! Any recommendations on local photographers to use?

Joseph Yick

July 30, 2021 at 8:17 PM

What is the cancel policy for the booking?

Sarah Finn

July 25, 2021 at 6:35 PM

Your advice and knowledge about Arizona and the Nat’l park sites are invaluable. You are so detailed and practical and give people options for sightseeing at their level and stamina. So helpful… thanks.
Do you or know someone else who can do the same for us re: Zion and Bryce?
Regards. Sarsh

Georgy

July 24, 2021 at 12:20 PM

Hey Alley,
Still trying to get some update on the bundle tour for upper and lower. We are looking at October 2021. Do you think I should try booking both on my own. Would so prefer to do it thru you. Any advice would be so appreciated.
Thanks,
Georgy

Caroline

July 22, 2021 at 4:00 AM

Hey there! Thanks for all the helpful information on this website. Is the green “Book Now!” button at the top of this website affiliated with the Carol Bigthumb’s Adventurous Antelope Canyon Tours? I am interested in booking an Antelope Canyon tour for September, or maybe one of the alternatives like Rattlesnake, and I saw you mentioned in the blog that those canyons are accessed exclusively by Carol’s company. I just want to make sure I make my reservation in the right place! When I visited their website https://www.navajoantelopecanyon.com just now it said their booking systems are down. But the booking system with your green button on this page seem to be active. Let me know! Thank you.

Skip Harvey

July 21, 2021 at 11:23 PM

Can I make a reservation for 31 people May 23 or 24, 2022 – upper antelope canyon

Christine

July 21, 2021 at 1:58 AM

Hi there! Have you been really crowded since you’ve opened again? Do you anticipate crowds in October 2021 also?

Paige

July 19, 2021 at 8:55 AM

Hi! I’m a photographer and interested in purchasing a photography pass. How do I go about doing that and what is included? Thanks.

Zach Smith

July 12, 2021 at 4:33 PM

Hello, myself and three friends would like to spend a day seeing Upper & Lower Antelope Canyon and the boat ride (the Triple Crown package). We’re planning for Saturday, Sep. 4. I was originally planning to book this with you because it seemed easier and would guarantee we get from one tour to the next without being late.
My friends are concerned that the different tours on that day will book up fast. I can go now and book all three tours individually. What do you recommend? Do you think you’ll have the Triple Crown offered for that day, or should I go and secure the different tours myself. My friends will never forgive me if I mess this up.
Thanks!

Georgy Naimoli

July 12, 2021 at 6:40 PM

Hi Alley,
So happy to see that Antelope Canyon has reopened. Do you have any idea when the package tours, Upper and Lower bundle, will resume? We are looking for dates in October 2021.
Thanks,
Georgy

Beth Wampler

July 11, 2021 at 12:55 AM

Does the military price for all people in party or just the veteran ?

Reshma

June 22, 2021 at 8:27 PM

Hi,
Planning to visit Antelope Canyon area for 2 days a night(after visiting Zion and Bryce). We would love to see Antelope canyon, horseshoe bend etc… With Antelope Canyon closed. Is Kayak the only way to see the Upper/Lower Canyon or there is no way to see them. Someone suggested Boat ride, I am assuming its a ride on Lake Powell and one cant see the Canyon.
What can I expect during our trip during July 6 through 7 and how do we plan it best. Really appreciate all your suggestions and guidance.
Thanks

Paul Bistre

June 14, 2021 at 3:55 AM

Hi.

If we are a family of 4. Do I need to submit 4 online lottery applications?

Cheers

Sunny

June 10, 2021 at 5:56 PM

Hi Alley,
I’m recycled from pre-COVID (thanks for your Q&A from back then!!!!! And hope all your loved ones made it thru the pandemic alright) – we were planning this trip for 2020 spring amd well, now here we are, trying to reactivate. I’ve followed your recent posts and are aware that the tribal lands are still closed, but we’ve got to plan for air tickets and work vacation allowance /approval to deal with so we can’t afford to decide last minute, so we’re gonna bet that it will reopen for mid August.

We are a family of 4- kids 12 yo and 9 but we aren’t too outdoorsy- we enjoy scenery and photography. Here’s our tentative itinerary for mis august :

Day 1 arrive at Las Vegas
Day 2 LV
Day 3 LV
Day 4 Drive out of LV ; Hoover Dam (short stop), geology museum (hopefully make it here before 3pm), overnight stay at Grand Canyon. Hotel: GC
Day 5: Sunrise; short hike; visit other GC village view points, Desert Rim Drive, drive to Monument Valley (probably 6 hours drive?) Stay at Monument Valley
Day 6: Monument Valley guided tour. Other activities? Drive to Page (3h drive). Stay at Page (night #1)
Day 7: Upper and Lower Antelope Canyon – overnight at Page Hotel: Page (nigiht #2)
Day 8: dawn – visit horseshoe bend, – float tour? Drive to Zion National Park (2h?) stay: Zion (outskirts)
Day 9: morning: tour Zion, leave Zion – after lunch drive to Las Vegas (scenic stops- drive time 3h + stops – return car at Vegas and stay 1 night? or not? What time would we get to Vegas by car?
Day 10 fly home from las vegas

A couple of questions:
1. do you think we are spending enough time in GC village? We won’t do any long hikes – maybe half of the south kalbab trail? But the kids would love the museum. I think we would be better off staying 2 nights in GC but there isn’t vacancy, day 5 seems too ambitious time-wise?
2. Should we go GC-monument valley-page, or GC-page-monument valley? Does it matter?
3. Can you please suggest a super easy hike or non hiking activities in Zion? Looks like it will just be a half day there for us on day 9.

Really crossing our fingers that the tribal lands and tours will reopen by then…

Many thanks!

Sunny

Valerie

June 08, 2021 at 6:49 PM

Hi there–
My family and I (5 of us 2 adults, 17, 16 and 11 Year Old) are headed to Horseshoe Bend and Antelope Canyon for the day from Monument Valley. Any suggestions on what to do in that short amount of time? I understand the antelope canyon tours are still closed…. but it doesn’t seem like Monument Valley is? Is that correct?
We would also like to see Horseshoe bend. I”m not exactly sure what it all entails. Weare from Jersey.:)
Thanks for your help.
Valerie

SHILPA

June 05, 2021 at 8:41 PM

Hey planing to visit wave on 15 or 16 july.hpw can I apply for lottery?

Melissa

June 05, 2021 at 1:50 AM

Hello Alley! My husband and I will be arriving in Phoenix on July 3rd and heading back home on June 8th. Each flight to and from is 5 hours (we are coming from Miami, FL). After reading a few of your responses, I realize that I may have unrealistic expectations on how much we can do with the little time we have. We arrive at 10:15 am on the 3rd and will need to rent a car. My hope was to take this kayak tour and see Antelope Canyon that way since there is no certainty that the on foot tours will have reopened by then. Regardless the early morning kayak tour sounds way more magical and serene! This will be my first trip to the Southwest, so the Grand Canyon is a must do as well. I also really want to spend time in Sedona and visit Devil’s bridge and Cathedral Rock. The flight home on the 8th takes off at 1:25 PM. Am I expecting too much? If so can you please suggest a realistic itinerary – even if it means scratching something off my list? Many thanks! This is a very long overdue bucket list trip away from the kids and I want it to be just perfect! Lastly , I know it’s going to be really hot mid-day and that you suggest doing physical activities in the early morning, but what would you suggest doing during that time given the little time we have?

Really appreciate any guidance and tips!

Elisa

June 03, 2021 at 4:17 PM

Hey! I would like to know if can we get the permit to visit The wave between the dates July 05-10 2021. we are 4 persons. Thank you

Elena Fradkin

June 01, 2021 at 3:55 PM

Good morning, I am planning to book a group tour to national parks in late September – early October. We will have a free day in Page. I would like to visit Antelope Canyon (upper, lower and a boat tour). I understand it is still closed due to Covid. Any idea if it may reopen for visits in the fall? Or is it better to reschedule this trip for next year to be on the safe side? Would appreciate your advice. Thank you!

Ashleigh

May 31, 2021 at 2:08 PM

Hi, I’m planning a trip to Arizona June 17 – 23. My original plan was to fly into Phoenix and stay the night. Then drive to Sedona and hike a bit before heading to Page to stay the night. I was hoping to see Antelope Canyon, but sadly I see that it’s still closed. Any advice on the kayak option? We also want to see Horseshoe bend then stay the night near grand Canyon. we haven’t booked anything yet. Do you have any tips on hitting these places considering the closures?

Peter Bokulich

May 30, 2021 at 8:51 PM

Is it still the case that the walk-in lottery on Friday morning gives the permits for Sat., Sun., and Mon.? Or is it now daily (for the following day) on weekends as well? We planning to try for a walk-in permit in a few weeks. Thanks!

Blake

May 27, 2021 at 2:31 PM

Is there a notification system or page we can follow to know when the canyons are opened up again (and reservations can be made again)? How do you recommend staying up-to-date?
Thanks!

Jan Broetsky

May 25, 2021 at 8:28 PM

Hello,
Myself and 2 children, ages 11 and 13 would love to do this tour on 6/24. Do you have any availability?

Meredith S

May 24, 2021 at 7:28 PM

Taking an 11 day road trip starting in Phoenix and ending in Vegas. Hoping to stop at MANY of the parks along the way. I wanted to know which of these parks do you ABSOLUTELY recommend that we have a guided tour (we are pretty adept at directions and trails and looking to do easy to moderate hiking once we park our rental car):
Grand Canyon (1+ day)
Bryce Canyon (1 day)
Antelope (if open)/Vermillion Cliffs (1 day)
Zion (2 days)

We also bought the $80 park pass. Do we need other tickets to enter some of these sites? Or those in between?
What is the best place to find out when Antelope may open?
Thanks so much!

KIET

May 22, 2021 at 6:40 PM

Hi Alley,
sorry. This is a repost from the previous when. I forgot to indicate when we are traveling.

Thank you so much for all the information you have shared. My family is planning a 10-day road trip in LATE JUNE (19-29) to Zion, Bryce Canyon, Page, and Grand Canyon. We have 2 days to spend in Page, Arizona. There will be 5 adults and 5 kids in the traveling party. Adults are in fairly good shape. No health issues. Kids range in age from 9 to 20. All good health. Any idea if Antelope Canyons will be opened by then? Can you please give me your best 2-day itinerary or recommendations while we’re in Page? Debating between Lower vs Upper Canyon tours vs both, boat tours?

Thanks so much!
KH

Russell & Carol Brown

May 22, 2021 at 3:05 PM

Our large Party of 10 secured cabins om for the north rim lodging( two nights)for a rim to rim hike on October 2. We were hoping to experience the lower canyon with our drive on sept 30 staying in page.

There is a waiting list, please Russell Brown for the lower antelope Canyon tour, we’d be happy to accommodate if numbers too large or another time for a summer pre hike training in late august or early September. I can secure with a credit card if necessary.

Best reached is carol Brown (wife) 4802298522.

Or place me on a newsletter for updates.

Thank you.

Rocky

May 20, 2021 at 3:24 PM

How far in advance do you need to book a site? Is it at all possible to just show up and there would be something available?

Sara

May 20, 2021 at 2:34 AM

Hello, does anyone know if Antelope canyon currently open for tours in June/july 2021?
Thank you

Mumax

May 17, 2021 at 11:20 PM

Hi there,

I will be arriving to Flagstaff with my husband May 23rd and would love to visit the antelope canyon although per your previous comments I see its closed. We are considering on doing the kayak and we are planning to spend a night at the canyon so we can see more of it in two days (May 24th & 25th). We would like to do some hiking too. I would like some recommendations on how to get the best canyon experience in two days and suggestions on what to wear the days we’ll be there due to the weather.
I appreciate any help.

Karla

May 06, 2021 at 12:45 AM

If 4 of us want to go, can each person apply individually for a permit for a group of 4? Or do you need to list the other people in your group by name, with only 1 permit application allowed with the same name on it?

Lindsey

May 05, 2021 at 11:26 PM

Does this tour allow you to get out of your kayak and walk around the canyon?
Thanks for your insight in advance!

Kandarp Shah

May 05, 2021 at 11:53 AM

Hi Alley
Reading all your posts and am impressed with the amount of Knowledge and Guidance you have provided.
I am planning to take a 5 – 7 day trip to Arizona and was wondering what will be my best Itinerary to explore due to COVID-19 restrictions.
Was planning on seeing Grand Canyon, Zion Park, Sedona, and any other place that you can suggest.
Planning to take the trip from May31st to June 5th 2021.

Thanks
Kansha

Daina

May 04, 2021 at 4:29 PM

I would love to see the Wave or Antelope Canyon, but cannot walk too far. What do you recommend? Note, I can walk some, a couple miles but not much more.

Jules

May 04, 2021 at 3:46 PM

So if I apply for the lottery and would like a guide, should I I include the guide in the lottery permit count? For example, if my group is 2, but I’m thinking of hiring a guide, should I make my group 3 when applying? Thanks!

Joe

May 02, 2021 at 7:21 PM

Are pets allowed? We will be taking our 2 dogs(60lbs each) with us with a travel trailer & would love be able to take them!
Thanks

Stacey

April 30, 2021 at 12:07 PM

Thank you so much for all this! I was overwhelmed planning until I came upon your blog. What are your thoughts on swapping places on the itinerary Page and Zion specifically? I know it’s not convenient but I can get the half day horseshoe bend tour if I modify 🙂 Thank you for your help!

Caitlin

April 26, 2021 at 12:54 PM

The booking links for the kayak tour don’t work. Is there a phone number I can call or another link?

Ernest

April 26, 2021 at 12:50 AM

Hi Alley – do you guys have a number you can be reached at? My family will in Page in early July and it’d be great if I could discuss various activity options over the phone. Thanks!

Tara

April 16, 2021 at 4:30 PM

I’m reading everywhere that upper and lower Antelope Canyon is closed. I’m looking to visit next weekend. Can you confirm if tours are open or not?

J

April 14, 2021 at 1:56 AM

Hi! My family of four (two girls, age 7 and 5) would love for any chance to visit Antelope Canyon. We are planning to visit towards the end of June and came across this private kayak tour. Would you recommend for kids their age? And if so, what time would be ideal? We will be coming from Flagstaff. Thank you!

JP

April 09, 2021 at 7:42 PM

Alley,
Thanks for all of your tips and the wealth of information you have shared! Someone has suggested renting e-bikes at Zion National Park as a fun family activity. The places I have looked online all have age restrictions of over 12 or over 14. The person who suggested this as an activity said she saw child sized ebikes being used at the park last week. Do you happen to have a recommendation of a reputable company that services Zion National Park and will rent to 10 year olds?

Jackie muno

April 08, 2021 at 3:41 PM

Hello I am wonderful if you have an idea when the lower antelope canyon will open back up for tours? I am coming down that way in June and would love to visit.

Maha

April 06, 2021 at 7:44 PM

Hey Alley,

What do you think of our itinerary for the week of May. Also, does the hidden canyon kayak tour offer a hike onto the antelope canyon at all?

May 21 – Zion National Park
Angels Landing
The Narrows (Maybe)
Canyon overlook trail
May 22 – Bryce Canyon National Park
May 23 – drive to Page
May 24 – Page, AZ
Kayaking at Lake Powell into Antelope Canyon
Horseshoe Bend at sunset

Maribel Gonzalez

March 26, 2021 at 5:03 PM

Hi we are traveling to Page Az/Lake Powell area (our frost time) May 6-May 9th. What would be your top recommendations to do? We have 11 in our group ages 14-50. We want to do some hiking and water activities. What is the best way to experience lake Powell, antelope canyon …. ? Sorry so many questions. Thank you!

Jeff

March 24, 2021 at 10:06 PM

The ad for the Upper and Lower Antelope Canyon has a misspelling – Antelpe

Jeff Robertson

March 20, 2021 at 7:25 PM

Hello are Antelope Canyon reservations being taken for July in the event it opens up? If it doesn’t open do you get a full refund?

jerri brown

March 14, 2021 at 4:02 PM

Hi Alley,
I had a vacation booked for last September, following your itinerary, for my husband and me and two grown children, however had to cancel due to covid. We are going to try and do it again this september 25th (flying into Las Vegas), and leaving out of Las Vegas on October 2.
I have read some of your other e-mails and see that Antelope Canyon and Monument Valley are closed, along with road closures you also mention. And by September, we have no idea if these areas will be open, but being that you have to book everything so early, its hard to know how to plan.
I do have a reservation for a hotel room in the grand canyon for sep 26, as you stated that should be done first. And was just not sure what the itinerary should be, and if you could suggest how to go about the rest of the week with these closures.
I’m really hoping that things will be open by then, but so hard when having to book everything early.
Thanks so much!!!

Liliana

March 11, 2021 at 3:05 AM

Hi Alley, I’m amazed with all your suggestions and deep knowledge about the area. We can feel the passion. Now we’re so excited to plan our summer trip. We have our National Parks Pass, not sure if all this parks are included.
We’re traveling with kids (11 and 8 years old), then we are looking to organize an available trip that all of us enjoy. We’ll start walking again soon to be ready for this. We are planning around 2 weeks, traveling from LA and finish in Las Vegas. Basically one week on your area.
We are planning to go to Grand Canyon, Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend, Zion National Park and Valley of Fire State Park. Any special site / view points that we have to go?
We are not sure the places and sites to visit. If you can help us with a good plan / itinerary with kids, would be really helpful.
I loved this page.

Liliana

March 11, 2021 at 2:31 AM

we’re planning to visit parks during summer time. Do you think parks will be already open to public? What do you recommend?

Carolyn Rogers

March 08, 2021 at 11:22 PM

Hi Ms Keosheyan,
I sent an inquiry yesterday but now we’re wondering if end of March/beginning of April is too cold / windy in the Grand Canyon and surrounding area. We’re wondering if going in late May when our daughter is pretty much done with high school is better. We’ve heard summer is sooo hot 🙂 Anyway, any idea if Antelope Canyon and Monument Valley might open up by then? If so, then we’ll follow your recommended route to visit. If not, we’d love suggestions for a 9-night trip to the area. Thank you so much!

Carolyn Rogers

March 08, 2021 at 5:15 AM

Hi Ms. Keosheyan,

We are going to visit the Grand Canyon area for our daughter’s high school grad trip (have to mark the event and what better way, right?). It’s been suggested we visit Zion National Park, Bryce, Page area, Antelope Canyon, Monument Valley, etc while there. We arrive in Las Vegas at 10am on March 26 and leave 10am on April 4. I’ve heard Antelope Canyon was closed but then restrictions are starting to be lifted in AZ. So, can you please tell us if these areas will still be closed in early April? We’d like to see some of the famous hotels while in Las Vegas, maybe the NY-NY roller coaster and a gondola ride at the Venetian (but not interested in casinos). We are totally into seeing the amazing sights having never visited the area and are in great shape so can hike for many (4+) hours. What itinerary would you suggest and would you suggest going down into the bottom of the Grand Canyon or save our hiking for cool trails we’ve heard of like “the narrows”?
Thank you so much!
Carolyn

Can you please suggest an itinerary. Thank you.

Josef celnar

March 05, 2021 at 7:42 PM

Would like to have permit to hike 1 day hike Wave trail 2 people maximum 6 miles round trip in time window 4.11.2021 to 4.13.2021

thoffmann

March 03, 2021 at 6:12 AM

I have a family that will be going from the Grand Canyon, to Page staying one night, then to St George, UT. Looking to do Antelope, Horseshoe, and some other activities (as many of these as possible….. Glen Canyon Dam, Lake Powell, Rainbow Bridge National Monument, Coyote Buttes/Wave Canyon, Lone Rock, Alstrom Point, Grand Staircase _ Escalante National Monument). I have been told by a supplier that Antelope is closed at least through the end of March, is this true?

Whether or not Antelope can be done, what would you recommend to be able to see Horseshoe and as many of these as possible to maximize the 24-30ish hours there? And any specific route to minimize travel times? Which ones need hiking permits (if any) and where is the best place to get those if so?

Thank you so much!!

Amod

February 24, 2021 at 12:03 AM

Hi Alley,

We are planning to visit the Grand Canyon, Zion National Park, and Bryce from March 27th (arriving late night on March 26th to April 3rd and leaving midnight of April 3rd or morning of April 4th). We are planning to fly in and out of Las Vegas (coming from NJ). We really wanted to also visit Antelope Canyon (thankfully you told us that it is closed and the alternative Peek-a-boo) and Monument Valley. I was wondering if you suggest an itinerary. We are mostly interested in hiking (3-4 hours a day–we are in good physical shape) we also have not visited Las Vegas (but not the gambling or party type) and maybe we could also visit Sedona (since you suggested that it is nice).

Can you please suggest an itinerary. Thank you.

Carlyn Lawson

February 20, 2021 at 8:13 PM

Hello Alley,

I love your site! Super helpful & I’m hoping to receive your advice on our family’s trip to AZ. We will fly into Phoenix- stop in Sedona; then stay in the Grand Canyon Village- after that we will drive up to stay at “Under Canvas” in Big Water, UT. (Grand staircase/Lake Powell)

Grand Canyon to Big Water is the part of our trip I’d like help with. Is it a good idea to stop at Page, AZ on our way to Big Water? I’m thinking we can stop and see Horseshoe Bend before checking into our camp. But would love advice on the best way to experience Lake Powell and nearby slot canyons- especially with COVID closures. We will be driving from Grand Canyon to Big Water on April 5 and leaving Big Water area April 7. So April 6 is our one full day

April 7 we drive to Las Vegas to fly home on April 8. Any suggestions for must do must see while at grand staircase area?? THANK YOU SO MUCH!

Jennifer Castaldo

February 14, 2021 at 3:44 PM

Will Antelope Canyon be open in beginning of April 2021?
I finally got my husband to go with me to Vegas and I wanted to show him Antelope Canyon.

Bersujud

February 03, 2021 at 5:09 PM

Hi! My husband and I are planning a trip at the end of February and are interested in the Antelope Canyon Kayak tour. With the weather and water being so cold, what do you recommend we wear to stay comfortable throughout the tour? Thanks!

Edgar De La Torre

February 02, 2021 at 4:29 AM

Is the antelope canyon still closed due to covid?
What other activities can we do in the area?

Is it the same if I want to go to the grand canyon?

Thank you!

Jennifer Ortiz

February 01, 2021 at 1:55 AM

Hi, is there a date for when Antelope Canyon will be reopened. I’m going to be in Sedona in May and have always wanted to visit.

Brenda Mueller

January 19, 2021 at 9:49 PM

We will be visiting in March. Are the kayak tours available then? When I do a mock registration, it appears so, but I wanted to make sure.
Thank you!
B

Kristen Campbell

January 14, 2021 at 5:46 PM

I’m trying to plan a tour for next week. How long does it take to tour both upper and lower? Just lower? Is it open for tours?

Gregory Hatch

January 12, 2021 at 11:24 PM

Are there any special provisions for Arizona residents who are disabled vets?

Yadira Maria

January 08, 2021 at 5:19 PM

Hi!

Considering a trip with young children in May of 2021. But first, will the Canyon be open for touring then? … as this Covid 19 situation doesn’t seem to be coming to a halt anytime soon.

Thank you in advance for all the information.

Kristina

January 02, 2021 at 4:36 PM

Hi, having a hard time understanding tours. What we would like to do is a guided kayak tour, provided we can meet the tour at the lake and not use a bus system as well as see the upper and lower canyon. It looks like the guided kayak tour is through hidden canyon, where is that in respect to upper/lower canyon? If it helps I have very agile 6 and 8 year olds.

Deb

December 29, 2020 at 4:35 PM

Hi Alley,

We are looking at arriving in Page on Jan 10 and staying until the 13th, then going to the Grand Canyon on the 13th, stay in Sedona 13th through 16th. Do you know if The wave/vermillion cliffs, Horse shoe bend, marble canyon are accessible/open now? In the Sedona area… how about Devils Bridge, Bell rock loop trail, Boynton Canyon trail, Soldier Pass cave…? My daughter has researched these using the All Trails app and she said they are open. Thank you for your comments and advice in advance

Mary L Vandenberg

December 13, 2020 at 1:28 PM

Will antelope canyon be open to tour in March 2021?

andrew jon Lamers

November 28, 2020 at 5:57 PM

We will be visiting in the last week of December. Is there a way to get into the lower Antelope Canyon? I see your kayak tours do not run during this time. Can a person simply park and walk in or is there transportation needed across the river? Lastly, what is your status due to the Coronavirus and lockdowns?

Nay C

November 09, 2020 at 5:31 AM

Hi Alley,

I’m very thankful I stumbled across this page. Your tips were very helpful in trying to narrow down what to do during our upcoming vacation.
We’re planning on being in Phoenix for Thanksgiving, and are extending our stay to visit Horseshoe Bend and the Grand Canyon (we wanted to visit Antelope, but I figured out that it was closed. bummer).
We’re hoping to leave Phoenix early Saturday morning (Nov 28), head to Horseshoe and spend half a day there (from 10am to approx 4pm), drive to Flagstaff and spend the night there, then Sunday morning (Nov 29) head to the Grand Canyon. We would spend the whole day at the Canyon, spend the night, and spend half of Monday Nov 30 there (sunrise and lunch), and then head back to Phoenix.
I know the Canyon is a massive park, but will we be able to see anything in a day and a half? Does the itinerary seem doable, or do you have any other suggestions? If so, are there specific hikes and lodging places that you could recommend? Would it be better if we booked tours? Can we easily drive along those roads? How cold will it be by the end of November?
Sorry for all the questions but from what I’ve read so far, you’re an extremely well-versed resource!

Thanks,
Nay

Tom murray

November 09, 2020 at 2:52 AM

When will Antelope Canyon start excepting reservations for 2021?to.

Lena

October 13, 2020 at 5:02 PM

Alley – You appear to be a true miracle worker in navigating travel during these unique times! I’m getting confused on planning options as we prepare for a one week early November stay. Arriving in Vegas on a Friday, staying one night and departing for Grand Canyon Hotel Sat-Mon. The plan was to head north and visit Page (?) on our way to a three night stay in Zion. But what do you suggest for the one night between GC and Zion (La Verkin)? I’m not sure what we will be able to see and how much time we should plan in the car with our middle grade children. Any insight you can provide would be most appreciated.

Linda

October 12, 2020 at 1:45 AM

How do we go about booking antelope boat tour and also the upper antelope canyon around November 22-23?

Sylvia

September 18, 2020 at 11:03 PM

This is really a great itinerary. Do you have any suggestion of another option because we are flying to Phoenix (. Visit my sister in-law in Mesa, AZ at the end of the trip) We want to see Page, Grand Canyon, Sedona, Bryce and Zion. What do you suggest? We are planning to go there first week of November. Thanks.

Nikki

September 18, 2020 at 4:15 AM

Hello,
I’m planning a trip for my family in late October to Page, AZ and was wondering if we’ll be able to visit Antelope Canyon?
Thanks!

Kim

September 15, 2020 at 1:12 AM

We will be flying into Phoenix on Fri Oct 23, and on the road north to Grand Canyon, Sedona and/or Antelope starting about 2pm. We would like to optimize time on this side excursion lasting until Sun evening (checking into hotel in Scottsdale on Sun around 10pm), and possibly adding Horseshoe Bend. Can you please provide your best ideas and towns to stay optimize our time, but not be rushed? Is it possible to “check it out” in just a little over 2 days?

Alissa Fuentes

September 13, 2020 at 7:53 AM

Hello, my family and I are going on our trip to the Grand Canyon. I mostly want to go to visit the horseshoe bend. We will be there from September 16th, 2020 to September 20, 2020. Any advice?

Colleen johnston

September 06, 2020 at 8:01 PM

Is the upper canyon open for visitors in September

Jayne Shafer

September 04, 2020 at 5:35 PM

I am still trying to get a refund for a tour I booked for July 2, 2020. Can you help me figure out how to get it?

Maribeth Goldsby

August 31, 2020 at 8:28 PM

Hi — We would love to reserve the lower canyon and boat tour when it’s open again. can we be placed on a notification list? Also, Is there a nice RV park close by that we can look into?

Debbie Deavours

August 28, 2020 at 2:22 PM

Alley, this is such amazing info, the best I’ve found. I’m planning my first motorcoach trip from Alabama to the Grand Canyon for senior adults next fall. Would you mind telling me which of the routes you suggested would not be appropriate for a motorcoach? If not, I understand. None of the long hikes will work for my group, but there is so much on your itinerary that is doable for a large group. My problem is always over-planning. Some of my group want to do Tucson at the end as well. I’d appreciate any advise that you can give me. My plan is to drive in on I70 to Moab which will take 3 days, visit the parks, staying in as many lodges as I can, each for 2 nights and staying in Sedona and Tucson each a night and then heading back on I10 AND I40 to Alabama. We are use to long trips. We try to stop along the way to do fun things. The biggest complaint is moving every night, so I like to plan as many stops for 2 nights as I can while still seeing the area. Thanks for your info. I will slap myself on the hand if this is inappropriate. Debbie

Jordan

August 28, 2020 at 1:53 PM

Hi

I am thinking of doing this trip as well. My itinerary would be as follows, at least this is what I am thinking. Would appreciate your thoughts on this.

I am coming from New Jersey and this would be a solo birthday trip.

9/8 – Arrive in Vegas
9/9 – Drive to Page early early in the AM. Do Antelope Canyon Tour & Horsebend.
9/10 – Drive back to Vegas – Relax and Chill
9/11 – Grand Canyon Tour
9/12 – Leave to go back home to Jersey

Mara Safra

August 22, 2020 at 7:46 PM

Hi Alley!!
I would so appreciate help with my itinerary and would be happy to book tours thru you!
Land in Las Vegas 9/10 and drive to page for overnight.
Check into Amangiri 9/11 for 3 nights. During stay take excursions to antelope canyon, horseshoe bend, and lake Powell and hike and enjoy amangiri property.
Depart after lunch 9/14 and head to Grand Canyon south rim. ****Need suggestion for accommodation here in vicinity.
9/15 _ explore south rim and **** suggestion on exploration of Grand Canyon south rim area… we fly home on the 16. Should we stay 2 nights at the south rim? Or is there somewhere else we should go on our way back to Vegas?
Head back to Las Vegas and fly on late flight On 9/16 back home!

Thoughts? Suggestions?. We have a rental car.

karen

August 22, 2020 at 5:25 PM

Hello I’m planning to go to antelope canyon next week and I wonder if its open or do I have to make an reservation, I was reading previous reviews and it says that I need to get a tour in order to go in? Is it true. I’m trying to find a phone number so I can call them and ask, we are not in area and will drive so many hours to go there so I want to be sure I can enjoy the canyon, thanks in advance

Gracie

August 22, 2020 at 9:37 AM

Are dogs allowed? I have a small yorkie that I have with me at all times for Support. She is an ESA dog and is always with me on her sling. It is attached to my shoulders and has her right in front of me. What tour is recommended? I want to do the Upper and I’m planning on being there For 1 hour. Is the Canyon open right now? Due to Covid. Thank you!

John D’Addona

August 20, 2020 at 6:32 PM

My computer got hacked and I didn’t get a response for the reservation I sent on July 31 for a possible visit to the wave on November 1, 2 or 3. Can you please tell me if I was successful or not.3

Terry Carter

August 01, 2020 at 4:50 PM

Hello Alley, great detailed information. My husband and I have a 10 day trip planned September 3-13 driving from Little Rock to Sedona and back. In Page, AZ we plan to see Horseshoe Bend and Antelope Canyon, however, Antelope is closed due to Covid. Understanding it could open at anytime, what would be your suggestions, to add in place of Antelope Canyon, for hiking or white water rafting in Page since we will be there for two days?

John

July 19, 2020 at 1:24 AM

Tried getting to Antelope Canyon, we had GPS the Antelope Canyon but only came upon 2 different touring companies. Is there a national park sign that says welcome to Antelope Canyon? If so where is the location entrance if you don’t mind me asking?

Harry Vine

July 13, 2020 at 4:14 PM

Alley,
You seem to have so much great information. I was wondering if there might be any way I could contact you directly. I’ll be in Page 7/19-7/23 and am in some dire need of guidance due to all of the COVID closures. Any help you could provide would be so greatly appreciated.
Thank you for your time.

mitch burmeister

July 10, 2020 at 8:18 PM

Is Antelope Canyons going to open July 23, 2020 and on? Just want to walk through lower Antelope Cyn, dont really need a guide, is this possible? Who do I call to make reservations or purchase pass??

Nancy Powers

July 09, 2020 at 10:22 PM

Hi, I did not hear back about whether I was selected from the lottery which I applied for in June for October. I understand the lottery was July 1 so assume I did not make it.

Ivette Calderon

July 05, 2020 at 8:54 PM

Hi there! I wanted to ask if the Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe bend are open now. I appreciate any information. Thanks in advance.

Kylie

June 24, 2020 at 8:20 PM

Will you be posting the reopening somewhere specific? We are visiting Arizona the week you (crossing my fingers) could possibly be reopened. I subscribed to the email but want to be sure to know ASAP! Thanks!

Lauri Doxsey

June 23, 2020 at 12:20 PM

We just followed your plan and had an amazing vacation! COVID forced us to make some changes in our original reservations , but we were able to follow the general plan and make some adjustments. We made many of the stops on the way from place to place and loved them! Thank you so much for putting this together🤗🤗

Koba Skelton

June 21, 2020 at 5:20 PM

Hi Alley,
I am in Sedona for a week, and can’t find any slot canyons that I can get to without guides. Been to Peek a Boo , used our Atv’s to get there, any other slot canyon options out there you can point me too ? Thanks,
Koba

Angie

June 21, 2020 at 1:02 AM

We plan to come through Arizona in mid-July. If the Upper Antelope Canyon has reopened for visitors, how much would it cost to just go through the upper canyon and not do a bundle package? Also, will we need to make reservations ahead of time and if so, how far out will we need to reserve?

Olivia

June 10, 2020 at 10:01 PM

Will Antelope Canyon reopen for the 4th of July weekend?

Tara Johansen

June 10, 2020 at 7:45 PM

Hello!
We are planning to visit in July with our kids ages 10, 7, and 3. Is it possible to see both Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend in one day? Based on our kids’ ages, I think we would stick with the upper Canyon. Do you agree? Do we need a tour for both of these places? And are they both currently open to visit? Thank you for any information you can provide! I appreciate it!

Vaughn LaTour

June 05, 2020 at 2:20 PM

Dear Alley-
We would like to make the hike to the Waves next spring. If we book with a tour company, do we still need to apply for the park permits or does the tour companies include them with the tour?

Justyna Jablonski

May 26, 2020 at 3:32 PM

Hi
I have a trip planned to Grand Canyon at the end of June, and the upper and lower Antylope tour booked for June 27…. what is the chance that by than it will reopen… I don’t want to spend all that money to go to Arizona and not see all that I want it, I rather move my vaca there till next year….
Will I get refunded if I will cancel? I am health care worker and as of now, if I fly anywhere, I need to quarantine for 14 days after, so if that will not change- I cannot go on my vacation anyway…… I am so stress about it all….. Any ideas?

Cheryl Frieday

May 15, 2020 at 2:24 PM

Hi So much great info. Would love some suggestions. Hopefully we will be able to travel in October as we are flying into SLC on October 15 and departing LAS on October 21, 2020. Planning on arriving at 11:00 AM and driving to Moah, UT staying two nights will visit Arches and then depart for Canyonland. Spend one night in that area (looking for suggetions) then drive to Antelope Canyon, book a tour visit and spend the night. Once done will head to either Bryce or Zion??? What would you suggest. Will have 2 days left. Other things to see? Spend longer in one of the areas. We will depart at 5:10 on Wed 10/21. The plan would be to drive from final place to LAS (don’t need to spend the night in Vegas…. Love to hear your suggestions… Thanks so much.

Christina WU

May 12, 2020 at 6:34 PM

Hi Will the antelope canyon open during the memorial weekend?

Marrakech

May 04, 2020 at 7:52 PM

awesome! this is extremely helpful thank you !!!!

Karin Bernica

May 01, 2020 at 4:17 AM

Hi ! We would love to visit Antelope Canyon next week May 4th..are you open ??

A-L

April 19, 2020 at 1:37 AM

We will be traveling to the area in mid-October as a day trip from Kanab, UT. What are crowds like at that time, especially for Antelope Canyon (does it still feel likes hordes of people at Disney)? Crowds of people being nudged along doesn’t exactly sound fun, but we don’t know if avoiding the summer would also avoid the crowds.

We will be a party of 9 (8 adults from 20-73 and 1 child, aged 6). The younger and most of the middle-aged adults are very fit and happy to assist others in the party, as needed, but nobody is interested in a slot canyon where assistance is constantly needed (Cardiac Canyon is definitely a no). I saw that Secret Canyon only allows groups up to 6-7. Are there other tours with similarly small requirements which would not allow our entire group to visit together?

Also, if we want to do a slot canyon, the Horseshoe Bend Overlook, and perhaps a boat tour, is there an order in which we should do them?

living

March 26, 2020 at 10:43 AM

Thanks for finally talking about >Antelope Canyon FAQ:
Bringing Kids – Antelope Canyon <Liked it!

Christian Mateo

March 13, 2020 at 10:24 PM

Is the park still open for the public even due to coronavirus issue?

Sarah

March 08, 2020 at 1:57 AM

3/19 – 3/21 Planning a trip to Antelope Canyon with my teenager, flying in and out of Phoenix. We can either fly Wednesday night or Thursday morning into Phoenix and want to fly home Saturday.

Looking for great recommendations of an itinerary, not limited to Antelope Canyon.

Lola

March 06, 2020 at 5:56 PM

Hi! My husband and I are looking to visit Antelope Canyon for a quick baby moon getaway. I have not found any information discouraging pregnant women from hiking either the upper or lower, but I wanted to make sure. Is one tour recommended for pregnant women? I will be 21 weeks at time of visit.

Thank you!

Cindy Haveman

March 05, 2020 at 4:27 PM

I am a travel agent and have a multi-generational family of 9 ( 4 adults and 3 children aged 15,12 and 10) planning to visit over Easter. I hope availability will not be a problem.
Which airport do you suggest and where should they stay to get the best experience? They will have 5 or 6 days.
Do you know if there is a tour company that would book all tours/adventures or do I need to contact several ones ?
Many thanks, Cindy

Marquita

March 04, 2020 at 6:00 AM

I am planning a trip to Antelope Canyon, we have an RV. Is there any transportation that brings you to Antelope Canyon? I would prefer not to drive the RV there if possible as I would like to stay in Page for 2 nights. Thanks for any advice.

Linda

March 02, 2020 at 9:47 PM

Hi Ally

We would like to take our grandson (12 years) for his spring break trip from Scottsdale to Las Vegas, leaving on a Sunday and arriving in Las Vegas on Friday. We are hoping to do Antelope Canyon, Lake Powell and since it looks as though we need to head to Utah to make our way to Las Vegas, add Bryce Canyon. Can you give me an idea of number of days to spend at each destination. Should we stay our first night in either Sedona or Flagstaff? Also what tours do you recommend.

Thanks for any recommendations.

Linda

March 02, 2020 at 9:24 PM

Would like to stay in Page 2 nights first of April — are there any hotel/tour packages? Is it beneficial to take the aerial tour?

Sarah

March 02, 2020 at 8:52 PM

Hi, great help to me in my planning- thinking of reversing things- do you think this might work? Arrive in Phoenix, drive to Sedona- stay there three days to relax and do some hikes, then drive to Page to see Antelope Canyon, stay one night and also see Horseshoe bend and boat tours? then drive to the grand canyon south rim for two days then drive back to phoenix and fly out. Not sure which hotel to get in Grand Canyon near south rim- none of us have ever seen a single national park so this would be a first trip but dont want to drive all day everyday, also need some down time?

Tom

March 02, 2020 at 7:19 PM

Can we just drive our own vehicle to the gate and pay to get in there?

Rachelle Leonardo

February 28, 2020 at 7:58 PM

Hi Alley!
We will be visiting grand canyon in March and staying at a hotel Tusayan after visiting the park. The next day, we plan on a leisurely drive to Page. This To get to Page, do we have to go inside Grand Canyon Park and go through Desert view drive? If so, would you advise checking out early from the hotel so we could avoid the line to the entrance to the park? Is there no other route except through the park?
Than you for all your advice. It has helped us plan our trip.

Kelly

February 28, 2020 at 1:51 AM

Hi there! Thank you for the great information on this website! We have a family of 4 (2 adults and 2 teenagers-17 & 14). We really want to get a sample of Sedona, but I know based on all the other comments and research that it will not be enough time there. I am thinking of this touring plan based on your suggestions, but substituting Monument Valley for Sedona. Is this touring plan realistic or is it unwise to do miss Monument Valley? We are flying into Las Vegas late at night 6/3 and would stay at a hotel in Vegas that night and then we were thinking of doing the following itinerary:
Day 1 (6/4): Hoover Dam, Grand Canyon, stay in Williams, AZ
Day 2 (6/5): Grand Canyon, Sedona, stay in Sedona
Day 3 (6/6): Sedona, drive to Page (Antelope/Horseshoe Bend), AZ, stay in Page
Day 4 (6/7): Page/Glen Canyon, stay in Page
Day 5 (6/8): Bryce Canyon (stay in Bryce/Tropic)
Day 6-7 (6/9-10): Bryce/ Zion National Park (stay in Springdale, UT)
Day 8 (6/11): Drive back to Las Vegas spend day there- see Mount Charleston/Red Rock Canyon; airport by 9 pm
We have a friend that lives on Mt. Charleston, so that is why we thought of visiting there and then we would be closer to the airport for departure. I appreciate your suggestions and input! Thanks so much!!
-Kelly

Michele

February 27, 2020 at 6:18 AM

Hi,
Do all the tours pick up from Vegas?

Michael Slaunwhite

February 27, 2020 at 4:50 PM

Hi, thanks for the great advice !

I am going to be in Page on Thursday, March 12. I’m a family with 4 kids (they can all hike).

From a photography perspective, I am wondering if you can suggest best lighting, during the day, for each of the following:

Horseshoe Bend
Upper Antelope Canyon

Thanks,

Mike

Monique

February 27, 2020 at 2:50 PM

Hi Alley! Thanks so much for providing such cool intel. I plan to hike around Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend, the Grand Canyon, etc with a group of other 50 year olds. We’re pretty active, but not looking for difficult terrain. We like to hike, but would like to rent ATVs too at some point. I think the tipi idea sounds cool, for a night. The ranch talked about in comments sounds fun too. We’re planning a possible June trip. Any suggestions or itenerary would be cool. We’re from SD, and the cheapest way to arrive for us, I think, is to fly into Vegas, where we’ll rent a car. I’ve seen some of the Pinterest suggestions for hitting all the state parks, etc. but I love how you respond to questions with such practical logistical knowledge! We’ll be in the area for about 6 days. Thanks in advance!

Jennifer Blyth

February 26, 2020 at 2:39 AM

Hi – Wow! What a great website. We are visiting in early April (my husband and 2 teenagers) and currently have the following planned and accommodations secured (2 nights Vegas, 2 nights Zion, 2 nights Grand Canyon, 3 nights Scottsdale). Open to adjusting itinerary but we are trying to have some relaxation at the front and back end and maximize our time in between visiting parks, trails, etc.
Friday – Arrive in Vegas
Saturday – Enjoy Vegas
Sunday – Leave for Zion
Monday – Zion
Tuesday – Leave for Grand Canyon (South Rim) – Stop in Page?
Wednesday – Grand Canyon
Thursday – Grand Canyon and drive to Scottsdale
Friday – Enjoy Scottsdale
Saturday – Enjoy Scottsdale
Sunday – Depart Phoenix

Open to any input, suggestions, feedback.
Thanks you!!
Jen

Amber

February 25, 2020 at 4:34 PM

Hi Alley!

I loved your break down of the Upper Canyon only tours that you gave to Andi on 2/17/20. If possible, would you please give info on Lower Canyon only tours that are offered? I appreciate your time! Thank you!

Nikki Doan

February 25, 2020 at 2:15 AM

Hi, I would like more info on the bundle of upper and lower Antelope Canyon on 4/3/2020.
Thank you

Marni

February 24, 2020 at 2:28 AM

Are there any areas close to Antelope Canyon or along Lake Powell that allow for RV camping that are NOT RV parks or campgrounds? We prefer primitive camping but do have a trailer. I appreciate any input or advice!
Thank you!

Lynn

February 23, 2020 at 7:21 PM

Hi Alley, we would be flying in and out of Phoenix. Do you think the following itinerary would work in terms of the logistics? What do we do if it is a rain day?
March 26 – arriving in Phoenix at 1430. Drive to Sedona. Is Flagstaff a reasonable place to stay over for a couple nights? Hotel in Sedona is quite expensive
March 27 – Sedona (assuming staying over at Flagstaff)
March 28 – Sedona. Then drive to Page by 1500h. Staying over at Page
March 29 – Horseshoe Bend, Antelope Canyon. Is there time for Lake Powell before driving to Bryce Canyon? What is the latest time we should leave Page?
March 30 – Bryce Canyon. Staying over at Bryce Canyon
March 31 – leave early for Grand Canyon South Rim. I am not sure if we can find reasonable accommodation at Grand Canyon
April 1 – Grand Canyon, then drive to Scottsdale in the afternoon. Overnight at Scottsdale
April 2 – return flight.

I would be very much interested in knowing what you think. Thank you.

Denise

February 23, 2020 at 2:17 PM

Hi,
my boyfriend and I would love to see both Upper and Lower Antelope Canyon at our vacation in September. I have read that the best time to visit Upper Canyon is at 11.30 am and Lower at the early forenoon as well as early afternoon.
We would prefer to book the bundle “Upper and Lower Canyon tour” but I could not find the exact time when we would be visiting Upper and Lower Canyon at this tour. Of course, we would like to visit both Canyons at the best visiting times. Could you please send us the possible visiting times for this tour?
Thank you very much!

Christiane Bobillier

February 22, 2020 at 4:33 PM

Hello Alley,
Thank you for your web site which I found very well done and giving a lot of information. Specially about booking in advance!
We visited 35 years ago Grand Canyon North Rim (with hike down but not to the river!) Bryce Canyon and Zion. We were camping (not much money !) but it was easy to find accommodation. We even went on a rafting trip from Moab to Lake Powell.
Now we are retired and have 2 months (April, May, June?) to spend in the West and South.
On our list is: Death Valley (with some walks to see flowers, I like flowering in Spring), Grand Canyon South Rim, Antelope Canyon and lake Powell, Monument Valley, Canyon de Chelly, Petrified forest, Sedona? And other places around: what do you recommend? We would be most happy to see again Bryce and Zion.
Is it a good idea to go to Phoenix?
We like to walk in national parks.
As you can see we will not be in an hurry and like to stay a few nights at each place.
I hope to be able to stay if possible in the parks and perhaps modify the itinerary depending on the accommodation we can find. It would be nice to stay in the Grand Canon on the rim if I find something! But most important is to “follow” the flowering and not too hot weather, so we can hike.
We haven’t decide yet where we land. From Switzerland the best places (direct flight) are Los Angeles, San Francisco (and Las Vegas). We could take a car in one place and give it back in another. Even take an internal flight.
Thank you so much for your recommandations.
All the best, Christiane

Stuart

February 21, 2020 at 8:07 PM

Hello- I’m seeing lots of great advice here, thanks!
I’m going to be there on Monday, March 2nd and would like to see all three of: Upper, Lower, Horseshoe Bend.
1. I’ve read a lot of reviews that talked about it being very crowded but those are mostly from October– should I expect crowds on Monday, 3-2?
2. I’ve heard about the “Golden Hour” which I believe is only for Upper– is that right?
3. Any suggestions on order to do all three in one day? I don’t want to start too early as my girlfriend is not really a “morning person!” 🙂

Thanks! Stuart

David

February 20, 2020 at 8:16 PM

Alley,

Very interesting and informative site, glad I stumbled across it. So here’s the same question, worded slightly different, that you’ve answered a hundred times already: I’ll be in Page in early June of this year. I definitely want to experience one or two slot canyons, but like everyone else I’m somewhat put off by the crowds at Upper and Lower Antelope. What I’m looking for ideally is something that is somewhat challenging as far as hiking/experience but also has the opportunity for some nice pictures. From reading your ‘post’ it seems like Upper and Lower are really the best spots for taking pictures, with the other canyons, while still nice, having less opportunity for great pictures. I’m by no means an expert photographer so I don’t need ideal conditions but I’d for sure like to get some spectacular shots if at all possible. I also consider myself (and my S.O.) relatively fit so the idea of doing a bit of scrambling in and around the canyons is also appealing – nothing major but enough to make it interesting. So with that in mind, do you have any specific recommendations for canyon(s) that combine better than average photography with some mild scrambling. We’re looking to probably do two tours max, ideally close enough to each other. Thanks so much for the info!

kerubina

February 20, 2020 at 6:35 AM

Do you need to save money or time during your stay in Page, Arizona? Don’t worry — you can experience some of the most breathtaking sights that the American Southwest has to offer by visiting Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend in a single day. Here’s an itinerary to help you spend a day experiencing the very best of the Canyon and Horseshoe Bend so you can have one of the most exciting day trips imaginable.

Melinda

February 20, 2020 at 4:40 AM

This is such a great resource. I have loved reading through what you have done. We have two families with 4 adults – 5 kids 11,11,9,8, 6.
We will be taking small RVs Sat. April 3 – 10. We are looking at this as our schedule. Not sure on great RV parks or how to book so would love some advice on that too.
Friday – arrive pick up RVs – stop at Hoover Damn on way to South Rim.
Sat. -Grand Canyon
Sun. Page, AZ 11:00 Antelope Canyon tour/ 2:00 Boat tour – fit in Horseshoe Bend
Mon./Tues – We wanted to try to fit in Monument/ Bryce /Buckskin Gultch / pariah Canyon/ Hickman Bridge or Captial Reef – not sure here whats doable and worth fitting in.
Wed/Thurs. – Moab ( we heard there is some sand dune buggies around here??) We will hike Angels and maybe do a bit of the Narrows
Fri – stop in Valley of the Fire on the way back to Vegas.
Any thoughts/ideas would be greatly appreciated.
Melinda

Andrea Morales

February 19, 2020 at 5:50 PM

Hello Ally!

My siblings and I are arriving to Las Vegas on March 12th and plan on visiting Grand Canyon by driving there. We will be approximately there one week, March 12 – March 19, and we are flying back from Las Vegas so we would have to be back on the 7th day.
On Day 2 Driving to Zion and staying the night there.
On Day 3 we want to drive to Page, Arizona visit Antelope Canyon and visit Horse Shoe bend and spending the night in Page, AZ.
On Day 4 we want to drive to Monument Valley and spend the night there.
On Day 5 we want to drive to South Rim Grand Canyon and spend the night there.
On Day 6 we want to drive early to Sedona and spend the night there.
On Day 7 we want to drive back to Vegas.

Carola

February 17, 2020 at 8:44 PM

What a beautiful site you have. You have good information.
We have booked our trip for October and are driving from Sedona to Page. We have 1 night there and drive through to the South Rim.
What time do we have to leave Sedona to visit Lower/upper Antelope Canyon? And the next day to see Horseshoe Bend and have enough time for Dessert view drive and Hermit Road at the South Rim. We’ll sleep in Tusayan that night.
Can we do this in a normal relaxed way.
Early departure from Sedona in the direction of Antelope Canyon and for example early the next day to visit the lower Antelope, continue to Horseshoe and then towards South Rim. Or do we have too little time then?

Claudia Huggins

February 17, 2020 at 5:02 PM

We are 4 adults that would like to tour Upper and Lower Antelope canyons. We would like a 10:30 tour of upper. Can we also reserve a tour of lower after the upper is over? We will be driving to Page May 25 and leaving May 26. What do you suggest?

Andi

February 17, 2020 at 7:40 AM

Hi Alley,
Do you have single tour just for upper Canyon? We are group of 4. How much is for a person? Thank you.

Regards,
Andi

Megon Barry

February 13, 2020 at 2:44 AM

Hi, i want to go to lower canyon for the day tomorrow. Can i buy tickets when i get there?

Zaneta

February 12, 2020 at 9:44 PM

Hey Alley !
I’m going with my friends to visit Horseshoe Bend and Antelope Canyon at the same day.
Can I please have few clues from you ?
Which park should I visit first?
What time of day is the best time to visit Antelope Canyon?
When it’s best time to get to the horseshoe bend to have the biggest chance to find a parking space (because I heard it is difficult)
Thank you for all the tips,
Best regards.

Linda B

February 12, 2020 at 1:29 AM

We’re planning on bringing our RV to Paige in 2nd – 3rd wk of march. I wondered if we can overnite in one of the retail parking lots, or what? And what time needed for upper vs lower canyons. WE don’t have physical issues. Unless we’ld be bent over for half the tour??? What river tour do you recommend, plus how much time involved, an cost? And is there a chance snow storms could be an issue that time of year? Much thanks. Linda B

Liz De Lano

February 11, 2020 at 3:48 PM

Alley,

This is an amazing tour suggestion! We are planning a girls trip (myself and three other women), flying into Las Vegas April 16th, we’re planning to stay the night there and get up early Friday morning to make the trek towards Page. We have booked a tipi stay the first night in Page to really get the full experience of the piece of the vast openness.
If we leave early Friday morning and head over, do you have any suggestions on what and where to stop on our way so we really get the most out of our trip? We will have all day Friday, Saturday, Sunday and Monday to explore, so any additional recommendations would be greatly appreciated!

Thanks, Liz.

lisa

February 09, 2020 at 3:30 PM

We are coming at the end of Feb. If we are staying a page and not an experience hiker, don’t want to slow any group down, would it be the best that we explore ourselves. If you advise a tour is good, which tour would you recommend and we like boat cruise as well but we can do both. We also would like to go to Horseshoe bend. Any fishing trip advice. I like paddle board but would it be too cold? Is there entrance fee to Antelope and Horseshoe Bend? Sorry please disregard the previous message as I added more questions to this one. Thanks.

Lisa

February 09, 2020 at 2:01 PM

I’m trying to decide between the Upper, Lower and “X” tours in Antelope Canyon. There will be 3 adults in our group (ages 58 to 66). Two are day hikers and one gets very little exercise. We are planning to drive from Sedona to Page on Sunday, Feb 23 and spend two nights. Hopefully, we’ll have a day and a half to enjoy the area. We’ll leave for Tucson on the 25th. Based on other comments, we’re adding Horseshoe Bend to our itinerary. Any advice/suggestions will be greatly appreciated.

Ann

February 08, 2020 at 11:43 PM

Hi Alley

We’re planning a trip to Grand Canyon national park and antelope Canyon
from Phoenix in April. We’ll stay in Williams for two nights to see the
Grand Canyon. We’re driving to Page for antelope Canyon on the 3rd day.
Do we need permit to visit horseshoe bend and lake Powell on the way to
Page? Since we’ve to take the tours for most of the day and drive to Sedona
where we’ve booked a hotel, I’m not sure if we have enough time to get there
before dark. Can we get a permit and find a guide right in the park or we’ve
to reserve tour in advance? Thanks Ann

Susan

February 07, 2020 at 10:01 PM

Hi,

Can you tell me how long the ladder is in Lower Antelope Canyon?

jentess

February 05, 2020 at 1:05 PM

Hello Ally. Your help is greatly appreciated by all. My family has this plan.
April 10-12
Leave Vegas at 7am.
2pm slot tour of Secret Canyon
6pm Sunset UTV tour in Page
Sleep in Page
Next day.. Catch sunrise at Horseshoe/ then drive to Grand Canyon
see the sights and then spend the night in Kingman
Drive back to Vegas
Questions:
— Is there any MUST see that we should hit, hate to go all that way and didn’t take the extra mile.
–I would love for my kids to experience a native american “dance” show. Do you have one that you recommend? I am hoping its not hokey but
entertaining and educational.
— Best place to eat in Page
— Best place to sleep in Page

Sagar

February 05, 2020 at 5:06 AM

Hi Alley!
Great information, and really helpful.
Me and my wife are planning a trip to Vegas in April. And we thought let’s do Page as well.
So, how many days do we really really need in Page? Would 2 nights be good?
I have seen photos of Page .. Very artistic. We are not big hikers, and haven’t done much boating, etc.
So, if you could please give your suggestion so I can plan accordingly.
We want to make it a very memorable one! 🙂

Candace

February 04, 2020 at 5:06 PM

I’m driving over in my 36 ft RV. Where are the local RV parks?

Tricia

February 04, 2020 at 3:37 PM

Hello there. We are visiting for the first time in June this year. Can you advise which of the 2 Antelope Canyons you would suggest for a first time visit and how do they differ? Can you walk these along or do you have to book onto a tour please?

Lillian

February 04, 2020 at 4:10 AM

Hi Alley,
Thank you immensely for sharing your knowledge with us! My friends and I are planning on visiting Vegas in early May, and want to see how much of the national parks we can reasonably fit into our itinerary with the limited time we have. Would you be able to comment on the practicality of our schedule and various stays at the different sites?

Day 1: Las Vegas to Grand Canyon South Rim [overnight at Tusayan]
Day 2: Grand Canyon to Page [overnight in Page]
Day 3: Page (Horseshoe Bend/Antelope Canyon) to Zion [overnight in Springdale]
Day 4: Zion (Gateway to Narrows from Temple of Sinawawa) [overnight in Springdale]
Day 5: Zion (Upper Emerald Pools trail) to Las Vegas [evening flight out]

Thank you so much in advance, you are incredible! All the Best!

#TAKE_THE_L!!!!!

February 03, 2020 at 3:11 PM

what is the child price ?!?!

DR

February 02, 2020 at 1:47 PM

I am seeking an option to tour UPPER Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend leaving from Sedona. I only am seeing options to do LOWER and Horseshoe Bend. Any options? Thanks!

Lucy

January 31, 2020 at 3:20 AM

Hi, my husband and I are in Las Vegas the first week of March and would like to tour the upper canyon as we are seniors. Do you have recommendations of dependable tour companies that would transport us to and from LV for this adventure? Thanks in advance!

Komal

January 30, 2020 at 1:42 AM

Hi, I am planning to come to antelope on 4th feb’20. Want to know whether I can book the tour guide tickets now and if so where should I look for the contact number?
Thank You

Anna

January 29, 2020 at 4:07 PM

Can I park my RV at upper antelope canyon or would i be better off getting a tour from page and parking my RV there somewhere! any recommendations would be great thanks

Mariah Ramirez

January 29, 2020 at 2:41 AM

hello! my best-friend and I are planning a trip for the weekend of April 24-25th. We are leaving California around 6 PM Friday night then hitting four corners Saturday morning, and plan on stopping at antelope canyon then finally horseshoe bend. If you have any advice for us that would be great! we should be leaving four corners around 11 maybe 12 the latest so we will be in Page around 2:30pm or 3. what do you recommend? any help will be great! thanks!

Sri

January 28, 2020 at 8:10 PM

Our plan is to visit Las Vegas and GC landing on 29th Jan 10 AM at Vegas and returning back on 1st Feb 7PM
Day 1 (Jan 29): Land at Vegas and stay overnight
Day 2 (Jan 30): Hang around at Vegas overnight stay
Day 3 (Jan 31): Leave Vegas at 7 AM (Vegas time) to Antelope Canyon 1PM (AZ time). Visit Horseshoe bend and reach a hotel at South Rim
Day 4: (Feb 1): Visit GC and start back to Vegas at 12 PM. Reach airport and get the flight at 7:30 PM

Carol moomaw

January 27, 2020 at 4:38 PM

Good morning. We are interested in both the upper and lower canyons as well as canyon x. Our time frame is either early or middle May. What are the best times in May?

Gao

January 27, 2020 at 3:53 AM

Alley,

Wondering if coming with a tour guide is required or suggested? We have limited time and it appears if you want to do both upper and lower that the times in between tours is kind of spaced especially since we like to get an early start and are in good walking/hiking health. Thanks!

sam

January 25, 2020 at 12:25 AM

Hi Ally, We are coming from Las Vegas and plan to go right to Antelope Canyon for a tour. Google says 4 hrs 30 min from Vegas – do you think that’s accurate? Just trying to see what time we should book our tour in April? And would you recommend Upper or Lower? We have 2 boys 11 and 15.
Thanks.

jerri brown

January 24, 2020 at 1:55 AM

Thank you so much for you site, it is so informative. And for all the time you put into it.
My family is planning a trip to the grand canyon this year in September or October. I will be traveling with my husband and two grown children in their twenties.
I have been to the grand canyon as a child, but my husband and children have never been. I just wanted your thought on best time to travel there, September or October, and where is it best to fly into, Las Vegas or Phoenix?
We plan to spend seven days, what would you recommend as a must see, if we never make it back? I know the Grand Canyon for sure, and we would like to go white water rafting a day and maybe some easier trails.
I would love to have your suggestions on lodging along the way and any activities you would recommend, and any itinerary you think would work for us.
Thanks so so much.

Susan

January 24, 2020 at 12:03 AM

Any recommendations for 1st week of March? Want time to take pictures,. Mom cannot do a lot of extensive, athletic walking, but normal is OK.
Which tours recommended for a Mom and daughter trip.

Shannon

January 22, 2020 at 3:56 PM

Thanks for the detailed info – the best I’ve found and lot of questions answered!

Mark Capanzana

January 21, 2020 at 3:26 PM

Hi,

For lower Antelope Canyon, there is no need to ride a jeep or safari truck like the upper canyon? If this is the case, no need to bring a car seat? Is the transportation provided by tour companies a bus?

We are a family of 4 with a 1 year old and 4.5 year old. We are considering the lower canyon because from the videos it seems the gaps to walk-through are wider and baby-carriers are allowed. I intend to carry the 1 year old using a front-mounted carrier and the 4.5 year old can walk on her own. Would this be a good idea? I just feel that my elder daughter would get claustrophobic in the upper canyon as it seems tighter and darker than the lower canyon based on YT videos.

Thanks,

Mark

Kate Porter

January 21, 2020 at 10:15 AM

Hello Alley from sunny Australia!
I’m planning a trip to Antelope Canyon in mid April this year and I’m SO EXCITED! I intend on hiring a car from Las Vegas on Monday 13th after flying in from Melbourne and travelling to Antelope Canyon from there. Would you please be able to advise if it is worth staying one night out there (in nearby accommodation) and then waking up on the Tuesday and seeing the Canyon and Horseshoe Bend the following day before returning to Las Vegas that afternoon? I truly appreciate your thoughts.

Daniel

January 20, 2020 at 6:57 AM

Hi my family and I are are visiting Page next month and we want to do a tour, however we have a 15 month old son, i was curious which tour would be better, the upper or lower?

Chris

January 18, 2020 at 11:56 PM

Hi, If you visit Antelope Canyon in late July, what time do you need to book your tour so that you can get pictures of the canyon walls all lit up and in shades of brown or purple?

Harold F Trull Jr

January 18, 2020 at 6:42 PM

I started to book a tour with the upper canyon and it says pregnant women are not allowed. I thought the lower canyon was the strenuous tour. Would you be able to explain the difference. My son is coming with me and carries a lot of weight. From what I read he would have trouble on the lower tour with the ladders but the upper tour distance looks ok. Just curious what the issues are on the upper tour. Thank you!

Santy

January 17, 2020 at 6:41 PM

Hi Alley,
thanks alot!
fully agree and makes sense. BTW, i did check my own capability along with family and we realize our mistake 🙂
Now, we are not going to Canyon, instead staying in Page post Antelope and Horseshoe bend visit. may be sometime later for Canyons:)

i’ll be booking the tour as per your provided link.

thanks again!!

Jessica Christie

January 17, 2020 at 6:05 PM

Horseshoe Bend Slot Canyon Tours runs tours to Secret Antelope Canyon. They offer tours with 12 people or less – It is amazing! The website, which lists all availability and pricing, is www.horseshoebendtours.com.

jordan

January 17, 2020 at 5:36 PM

arizona is awesome

Clint West

January 16, 2020 at 11:18 PM

We will be traveling from Las Vegas to Phoenix early March. We will be leaving Vegas early on a Wednesday and would like to visit Zion and Bryce before moving on to Page AZ to see Horseshoe Bend and Antelope Canyon. We plan to arrive in Phoenix sometime in the afternoon on Friday. Do you think we will have enough time to see all 4 attractions in 2 days? Also, is there anything else you would recommend we see on our travels from Vegas to Phoenix. We will be spending Friday to Monday in Phoenix before heading back to Las Vegas. We have already seen the Grand Canyon and Hoover Dam. Sincerely appreciate your insight.

Heather

January 16, 2020 at 8:57 PM

Hello. I am planning a stop at Antelope Canyon on March 27th. I will have a 5 year old with me so i’m leaning towards Upper because of this. We will be driving in from Cedar City and can leave early that morning. what time do you suggest a tour for? At the end of our tour or day we will then drive to Tusayan.
thanks!

Sooleen Kim

January 16, 2020 at 8:45 PM

Hi Ally,
My name is Sooleen Kim, and I booked a tour for me and my family on the Upper Antelope Canyon on January 17th at 1:00 p.m.
I saw the tour voucher right after the payment but I was not able to download it nor print it out, so I took a screenshot of it.
Although I tried to access that page again today morning, it was not available.
Also, I read that the voucher will be sent to email, but I have not gotten it yet.
Please tell me what the problem is and send me the confirmation email with the voucher as soon as possible.
Thank you.

kumar

January 16, 2020 at 7:16 AM

1 . will my 13 month child will be permitted in upper antelope canyon ?
2. can i use the soft front carrying baby back pack ?
3. can i drive myself or booking a tour is the only way ?

thanks a lot

Santy

January 16, 2020 at 12:35 AM

Hi, We (me/wife and 10yr old) are planning to reach Antelope 3PM on 20th January. basically will travel from Vegas to Antelope and will try start in early morning as possible. I have two questions:
1. which one is best to see at this time and how to book this tour in advance to keep us reserved?
2. How is the drive from Vegas to Antelope (I15 North) during this time, is it snowy or normal ?
3. How is drive from Antelope to Grand canyon (US 89 i think) during this time, our plan is to go further on same day from Antelope to Grand canyon south rim and stay there.

Thanks for your quick help and recommendations.

Mick

January 15, 2020 at 6:07 AM

Is there an after hours contact we are booked on the tour 15 Jan 2020 which is tomorrow and our son is now sick. We are extremely upset to have to cancel but we are not into sharing germs and he is not well at all.

Jane Wright

January 15, 2020 at 2:38 AM

Hi I don’t think I can physically do a 5 mile hike so what other places would you suggest there that are interesting and beautiful! Thanks So much!

Xu Chunhu

January 14, 2020 at 12:41 AM

My daughter’s birthday is August 28th,2007. We will travel to Antelope on January 24th,2020. Is her age 12 or 13 regarding ticket purchase?

Mary

January 13, 2020 at 11:46 PM

Are you still doing the Hidden Canyon kayak tours? If so, how can I register for the trip?

Rosanna

January 11, 2020 at 8:03 PM

Hi Alley,
Am planing a weekend trip from NY to Arizona January 25th to 27th. Am wondering if I can see Antelope Canyon (upper and lower level) and Grand Canyon maybe on my way back to Phoenix? I have not buy air ticket just yet, trying to figure it out how to take advantage of the short time to see the wonders. Will really appreciate your advice, Thank you!

Nitsa

January 09, 2020 at 3:34 PM

Hi Alley,
All the comments here are so helpful! I’m planning a trip for spring break for our family (2 adults, 2 kids: 10 and 8) in early April 5-10, 2020. We have only 5 nights. I was considering the following and I’d love your input:
Day 1: arrive in Vegas 10 am, drive to Zion and explore, stay in Springdale
Day 2: drive to Bryce, explore Bryce and some of Zion, stay in Springdale
Day 3: Drive to Page, Explore Horseshoe Bend and area, stay in Page
Day 4: Antelope Canyon tour, drive to South Rim, explore, drive all the way to Vegas: Stay in Vegas
( I think I need some help with day 3-4 and what tours to take or what to see; should we do both Upper and Lower canyons?)
Day 5: drive to Hoover Dam, explore Vegas
Day 6: explore Vegas, fly home at night.

Thank you, Nitsa

Dana Stark

January 09, 2020 at 12:50 AM

Hi Alley, I just came across the article where you mention these other canyons. I like to avoid crowds too. Would you suggest skipping Antelope canyon all together and just going to some of these ones instead? It is the sun beams that I will see at Antelope but not at the others right? I am planning to be there around March 27th. Is it really busy then?

Cindy Marlow

January 08, 2020 at 9:33 PM

Hi Alley,

Thanks for all the useful information you provide on your site and apologize if I missed any information on the below you might have already posted.

I am planning a big family trip – 12 of us – to GC and stopping in Page on 5/21 overnight. We are planning to do the Lower and Upper Antelope Canyons on 5/22 morning but looking to do another slot canyon on 5/21. We were thinking of doing the Waterhole Canyon 1 1/2 hour tour that is managed by Waterhole Canyon Experience or the Secret Canyon to try one that does not have the crowds and was wondering which one you recommend. We do have a few photogrpahers in our group too.

Thanks so much Cindy

Beazel

January 08, 2020 at 8:00 PM

Thank you for sharing. My family and I have one full day to spend in Page at the end of March (a side trip during visits to Mt. Zion and Bryce). I was hoping to fit in tours of two canyons, one in the morning and one early-mid afternoon. My plan was to visit Upper and Lower Antelope Canyons but the reports of overcrowding have me concerned. Our kids are 12 and 15 and we are frequent hikers of average health. Based on your descriptions I think we could handle everything except Cardiac Canyon. Two of us are photographers so we would greatly appreciate interesting photo ops but we are interested more in the experience than fabulous photography. My plan was to visit Upper and Lower Antelope Canyons but the reports of overcrowding have me concerned. We generally try to avoid crowds but if these two are too spectacular to miss then we will put up with them. If someone only has time to visit two canyons which two would you recommend?

Alejandro Palop

January 08, 2020 at 5:18 PM

Hello, Navajo Tours and Adventours Antelope Canyon do not offer Photo Tours any more. Can you recomend a photo tour for june 2020, please? We are 8 photographers from Spain.

MB

January 08, 2020 at 4:33 PM

Hello

For the upper antelope the tour companies online are charging $120+ for adults and kids also $100+
Your document attached above says $48 for adults and $28 for kids. Why such a big discrepancy.

Dana Stark

January 08, 2020 at 6:33 AM

Hi, I am planning on exploring Antelope Canyon March 27th, 2020. Which tour time would you suggest for having the best chance to see the “sun beams’ at that time of year?
Thanks.

dee mazuranic

January 07, 2020 at 12:59 AM

MY GRAND DAUGHTER HAS A GYMNASTICS MEET IN AVENDALE ON A SATURDAY-SO WE ARE FLYING INTO VEGAS WEDNESDAY AFTERNOON AND SPENDING THE NIGHT. ON THURSDAY MORNING HEADING TO SEE HOOVER DAM THEN HEADING TO AVENDALE TO SPEND THURSDAY & FRIDAY NITE AND LEAVE AROUND 1:00 P M ON SATURDAY WHEN THE MEET IS OVER.-THEN DRIVE TO THE GRAND CANYON AND SPEND SATURDAY NIGHT-HIKE THE GRAND CANYON ON SUNDAY MORNING AND DRIVE TO PAGEDALE TO SPEN SUNDAY NITE-MONDAY MORNING DO A 9;30 TOUR AT ANTELOPE CANYON THEN OFF TO HORSESHOE CANYON, HERE IS WHEN I GET CONCERNED; AFTER HORSE SHOE CANYON ON MONDAY WE ARE THINKING ABOUT TRYING TO SEE ZION BEFORE GETTING BACK INTO VEGAS SOMETIME TUESDAY AFTERNNOON. IS THIS EVEN DOABLE AND ARE WE MISSING OUT ON A BETTER SITE ?

Nikki Jones

January 05, 2020 at 6:59 PM

Hi, we have been to Page before (20 years ago!) we hired a boat on Lake Powell and LOVED it but didn’t know about Antelope Canyon or Horseshoe Bend then so we are keen to incorporate it into our summer 2020 tour. We are really stuck and confused about how to plan things, please can you help? We are planning to drive from Palm Springs to the Grand Canyon, have one night here then on to Page for 2 nights where we will take in Antelope Canyon etc and also hire a boat on the lake. Are there only organised tours of the Canyon or can we drive/walk ourselves? Then we need to get to Vegas where we would like to spend a couple of nights before heading back to LAX for our journey home to England. Should we incorporate Zion after Page? If so, will one night be enough? Thank you, Nikki.

Mary Helen

January 05, 2020 at 3:45 AM

Hi Alley~
I’ve spent several hours scouring both sites and the links embedded and I am so excited (and a bit overwhelmed) to put a trip together for my husband and myself. We are planning to fly into Las Vegas on Friday, April 3 and fly home Saturday, April 11th, giving us 8 days to enjoy an amazing road trip. When we arrive at 8:00 am, April 3, we plan to get on the road right away and drive to Page but not certain if we should go to Zion/Bryce at the beginning of our trip or save it as a ‘possibility’ for the end? We fell in love with the Red Rock several years ago, and are hoping to explore the beauty of AZ on foot, water (if feasible early April) and by Air. I really like your suggestions in your post, “grand-canyon-beyond-ultimate-7-day-itinerary-northern-arizona-southern-utah.” but, Sedona was not part of that itinerary. Exploring Sedona is the motivation in planning this trip. However, once I began exploring road trips, the more excited (and confused) I became. I want to see it all, and would have the tendency to over-schedule our trip. When I discovered your posts, I felt like I struck gold; especially when I saw that you respond so quickly! I’ve learned through your posts, that much of what we do will be planned around our bookings for hotels and highly popular tours/experiences (Antelope Canyon etc) so, once I get your input, I will work on my bookings.
I have a partial plan…
My 1st inclination is to do the following:
Day 1: Arrive, get the car and make the drive to Glen Canyon – (we won’t need to stop at the Hoover Dam- visited on a previous trip)
See – Lower Antelope, Horseshoe Bend and then make our way to Monument Valley with an overnight at View Hotel (availability as I write this)
Day 2: Up early to see the sunrise, get something to eat and then head to GC: Explore here (Spider Rock?, some Route 66 stops on our way to Winslow AZ.
spend night in Holbrook or Winslow (some of this itinerary was found on houstonianmag.com)
This is where we become undecided and need advice. We do want to experience Flight over the Grand Canyon, if possible a flight over Sedona (if worth it)
In order to accommodate the $$ of some of the adventure, we are good to stay in places that are less expensive…
Do we go to Tombstone and head south toward the Saguaro, then back north to Sedona for a couple of days then off to Bryce/Zion and return to Las Vegas?
We leave mid-morning from Las Vegas on April 11th.
I hope I’ve included enough information for you to work with and hopefully it makes sense.
Thank you in advance for any ideas/suggestions you may have for an incredible trip!M

Hsiaomei

January 04, 2020 at 9:25 PM

Hello Alley

I saw that “deluxe” tour has 4 people in a group instead of 10 in “general”. If we book the triple crown package, would the canyon tours still deluxe in both the canyons? thanks.

Ridhika

January 04, 2020 at 11:46 AM

Hi, I want to visit the Grand Canyon and Antelope Canyon (maybe even Horseshoe bend) around 20th May. I will be traveling to Las Vegas and was planning to take a bus to Flagstaff. I am open to staying somewhere else instead of Flagstaff although I am restricted by the fact that no one who is traveling with me knows how to drive.
I plan on spending not more than 2-3 days doing this. What would you recommend I do?

Amanda Hostler

January 02, 2020 at 10:23 PM

How long are the upper antelope and lower antelope tours individually? I see 90 min for upper above. Which would you recommend doing in mid- late January and how far in advance would you recommend booking the tour? Thank you.

Karen G

January 02, 2020 at 2:17 AM

My husband and I are tying to plan a trip for June of 2020. We are hoping to visit Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend, take a canyon cruise on Lake Powell, and visit the south rim of the Grand Canyon; all in 5 days if possible. We are from NC and this would be the first time we’ve ever visited this area. Would it be best to rent a car or book guided tours? Where should we fly into? Where should we fly out of? Should we try to book a room at one place or several? Any suggestions, tips, or itineraries would be greatly appreciated.

Susan

January 02, 2020 at 4:51 PM

Thank you Alley for your suggestions! I will check into Paria Rimrocks and Valley of Fire State Park. Your service is invaluable! ~Susan

Nicki S

January 02, 2020 at 1:43 AM

Wow, this has been incredibly resourceful. I have been attempting to make an itinerary for an upcoming trip in May 2020 with 6 friends and have become quite overwhelmed. I am not sure how much time is estimated for each adventure, or what can be expected.

5/2/20: Land in Vegas (0910)> hoover dam > drive to East Zion Resort (with a stop at Lins or Sol market for groceries)
5/3/20: Hike Zion National Park (Angels Landing) and the Narrows (break up over 2 days?)
5/4/20: East Zion Canyoneering tour (approx 4 hrs)
5/5/20: Bryce
5/6/20: The wave (if picked from lotto)
5/7/20: Antelope Canyon tour and Horseshoe bend (fit in lake powell paddleboarding, if possible)
5/8/20: Relax day (early flight)
5/9/20: East Zion Resort to Vegas (1140 flight)

Thank you for any guidance you can provide. We are STOKED for this adventure!

Susan Pedrosa

January 02, 2020 at 12:56 AM

Hi Alley,
Thank you! Your blogs are a terrific resource! I used your itinerary and Tauck’s GC itinerary to plan my October 2020 Grand Canyon trip.
I have already booked my hotels and I’m ready to book several tours. My husband and I are active retirees (ages 57 and 66). I want to see as much as there is in this part of the country without exhausting ourselves. I have scheduled a lot of optional hikes at different activity levels depending how we feel that day and down time to enjoy a glass of wine.
Here is my itinerary:
Wed – leave Las Vegas and drive to & tour Hoover Dam then continue to GC. (Kachina Lodge)
Thu – Hike Bright Angel Trial or Hike section of Rim Trail or Bike Greenway Trail. Use shuttlebus to explore other viewpoints. Catch Sunset (5:50ish) at Mohave or Pima Pt. (Kachina Lodge)
Fri – Sunrise (6:35ish) at Mather or Yaki Pt. Check out and drive towards Lake Powell. Hike Horseshoe Bend Trail along the way. Take Antelope Canyon Boat Tour @ 4:15. (Lake Powell Resort)
Sat – Lake Powell Flight (Rainbow Bridge & Horseshoe Bend) by Westwind @ 9am. Lower Antelope Canyon by Ken’s Tours @ 11:30. Lunch at Big John’s BBQ. Hike Glen Canyon Dam Overlook Trail or Page Rim View Trail or Hanging Garden Trail. (Lake Powell Resort)
Sun – Drive to Bryce Canyon (leave by 9am). 2hr Bryce Canyon Horseback ride @ 2pm. Use shuttle to visit Sunset, Sunrise and/or Inspiration viewpoints. (Lodge at Bryce Canyon)
Mon – Hike Navajo Trail or Sunset to Sunrise Pts rim trail. Drive to Zion Canyon and hike Emerald Pools Trail. (Zion Lodge)
Tue – Take 3 hr private jeep tour by Zion Jeep Tour @ 10 am. Drive back to Las Vegas.
I would love your thoughts and suggestions on our itinerary.
~Susan

Stephanie S.

December 30, 2019 at 7:16 PM

Hi Alley,
You’ve already helped me tremendously in planning my family’s trip to your neck of the woods in April. I’m now trying to figure out which slot canyon is better – Canyon X or Cathedral Canyon. (Specifically- is there one that is more spectacular than the other; ease of hiking in (I’m not in the shape I was in 20 years ago.)
I did Upper Antelope Canyon 20 years ago & it was spectacular then! Of course, that’s before it was a huge tourist attraction. I’d like to stay away from upper and lower antelope canyons, because of the crowds. Once again, I’d love any tips or suggestions you can offer! Thank you so much!

Kate

December 30, 2019 at 3:29 AM

Hi there,
May I ask when is your maintenance days for 2020, I heard is early January for lower antelope canyon?

Lynn

December 29, 2019 at 9:48 PM

Looking to visit Antelope Canyons preferably Upper corkscrew and lower Crack/Slot canyon and also see from boat. We will be staying in Peoria Az. Arriving 4/9/20 leaving 4/15/20. How do you suggest we see as much in day with our drive?

Laura

December 29, 2019 at 4:39 PM

Hi,

I’m travelling from France to visit antelope Canyon but just realized that we absolutely need a guide to process the visit, and that There is no more on-line availability For tomorrow.
Is there a chance to get a guide tour as we arrive tomorrow very early in the morning? I’ve really dreamed about this canyon for a while and hope my mistake won’t let my plans get away….
Thanks a lot

Eve

December 28, 2019 at 11:46 PM

Hi there Ally — Thanks for all of your great help!

Is the light still okay if you visit Lower Antelope in the afternoon in January? — like at 2:30 or 3pm?

Thanks! Eve

Beth

December 28, 2019 at 1:18 AM

Hi Alley,
In October 2018 it was my turn to chose the vacation so hubby and I spent 2 weeks hiking Utah’s 5 National Parks. I first saw Bryce as a young girl (68 now!) and fell in love. Both my parents were teachers so we camped every summer and visited National Parks across the states. These were the first parks hubby had ever been to and he was blown away. He is now hooked. And his 30 something son said a trip like this is on his bucket list so we are planning a trip for him this spring/summer. Your trip sounds great as it includes the Grand Canyon, Antelope Canyon, and Horseshoe Bend as well as Zion and Bryce. I really want to go to the GC north rim but it doesn’t open till May 15th. Think we should time the trip to start 5/15 and go from there as I wouldn’t want it to get too hot? When I planned our 2018 trip I did it a year in advance so we could stay in the lodges at Bryce and Zion. Think I still have time to plan for this May? Any suggestions for how the itinerary should roll out to include the above plus Zion and Bryce in a 2 week trip? Thanks for your advice, Beth

Sonia Rico

December 27, 2019 at 7:14 PM

Where would be the best place to stay coming from Los Angeles? Planning to visit in February 2020

Antonio Lahoz

December 26, 2019 at 10:56 PM

Hi Alley,
Planning on visiting southwest in April. Would like to visit Monument Valley, Antelope Canyon, Bryce and Zion. Coming from NJ. Was thinking of landing in Flagstaff, AZ to start the tour. Rent a car to drive the rest. Then fly back from Vegas to NJ. Or vice verse. But it seems it might be easier from Vegas. I believe Page,AZ is an option to land. Looking to trip out there from April 9-18. I would like to include Grand Canyon as well if possible. Any suggestions would be greatly appreciated. Thanks

Stephanie

December 23, 2019 at 8:14 PM

I am planning on visiting Antelope canyon the first week in January. Would you recommend seeing both upper and lower? I have no health concerns or physical limitations. Is one better than the other in January? You mentioned in another comment you won’t see the light beams in December. Is that true for Jan as well?

Tracy

December 23, 2019 at 4:43 AM

I am wanting to visit Antelope Cannon and traveling from Scottsdale, is it possible to do this in one day? What would your suggestions be?

Kenny

December 22, 2019 at 7:58 PM

Hi Alley,

My family and I plan to travel from San Jose to Grand Canyon. Our travel itinerary is, as follows:

Dec 30:
San Jose to Las Vegas (flight)
Stay overnight at Vegas

Dec 31:
Start driving from Vegas to GC South Rim
Stay overnight at Page, AZ

Jan 1:
Visit Antelope Canyon

Jan 2:
Drive back to Vegas

Jan 3:
Fly back to San Jose

*** Please advise any change in itinerary and additional places to visit

Karolinne Aguiar

December 22, 2019 at 7:55 PM

Hi,
Thank u so much there’s a lot of good information here. We are planing a dream vacation in April for 8 days and the idea is to see as much as we can, I have 2 kids (14,9). We are arriving in Las Vegas on a sat and planing to leave on a road trip early Monday morning, what do you think we should do there? We have to be back in Vegas on Sunday since we are flying back home.

uma

December 22, 2019 at 4:04 PM

We have coming from texas and have booked our upper canyon tour at 3 30 pm. We will be driving from Grand Canyon south rim. Will we have time to see horseshoe bend after our tour which ends at 5 pm. We plan to drive to Las vegas that day.

Justin

December 20, 2019 at 7:37 PM

Hi Alley–

Thanks for all this terrific info — very helpful indeed! I just applied for a permit for our visit in April, though I know our chances are slim. I subsequently saw on another website the following: “Each person in the group is allowed to apply separately provided they do not share an email address. For example, if there are four people in the group a total of four applications can be submitted.” Do you know if that’s actually true? Or would BLM view that essentially as illegitimately applying twice? Many thanks for the step-by-step breakdown of the process!

Justin

Morgan

December 20, 2019 at 6:46 PM

I tried clicking on Book Now for the Hidden Antelope Canyon Kayak Tour but it didn’t take me anywhere? I’m looking to visit February 29th.

Anusha

December 19, 2019 at 10:07 PM

Hi there,
We are 2 adult and one kid 2.5 year old. We are very much interested to tour Upper Antelope canyon on 23 December 2019.We are traveling form LA. And will be staying for 2 nights 22 dec and 23 dec in Page. I see there is no availability of tours with kids.
Is it possible we walk in on that day and we might be lucky to get any tickets. What will you suggest and when shall we check the ticket window , what time of the day.

Or possibly suggest any thing else adventure. We have horseshoe bend and lake Powell in the list too.

Ashley

December 19, 2019 at 5:06 AM

Hi Alley, your posts are hugely informational and detailed, thanks for all the work you put in! My boyfriend and I are looking at doing a trip in March – I was looking over the main itinerary on this page here and thought it seemed like a great path for us, but wanted to make sure it works given the time of year (I saw one of your reply’s to a fellow poster mentioning possible snow storms for their trip which was for April). We’ve got about 7-9 days (March 20-29 availability over spring break). I’m flying from over the boarder up in British Columbia, while he’s coming in from Missouri. I’m wondering where you think our best starting point would be and what itinerary you would suggest – we’re really just interested in the parks/scenery, not as much towns/cities – Grand Canyon, Zion, and Antelope Canyon are the top of our list at the moment. Big thank you in advance for your time and consideration!

Ramya

December 12, 2019 at 12:02 AM

Hi,

We are from Texas and are planning to visit Antelope Canyon , a day before new year eve, for some photographs , is it a good time to travel?
What is the weather like?
Advance booking is recommended?
Please advice.

Calator

December 11, 2019 at 4:57 PM

Visiting Antelope Canyon From Las Vegas –
Thankfulness to my father who told me concerning this blog, this web site is genuinely awesome.

Lourdes

December 06, 2019 at 7:28 PM

what’s the best time to visit lower and upper canyons on Feb. 22?

Rhetta Bearden

December 06, 2019 at 3:42 PM

What a wonderful site you have!!!!!!!!!! I do thank you for all the time you have devoted to it.
I do have a question for Caroline. In June we will be spending 3 nights in Page and I was wondering which slot canyon she and her dad saw. My 83 year old husband
uses a cane.
Many thanks,
Rhetta

Maggie

December 04, 2019 at 1:14 AM

Hi, I hace submit my application but for a party of 4 now I would like to add more people (2 more) can I still do that?

Pitikul Tangkananukulchai

December 03, 2019 at 9:21 AM

Dear Sir/Madam,

My name is Pitikul Tangkananukulchai. I am from Thailand. I truely sorry that I have booked the wrong date on the booking tour. I actually will take a tour on 4 January 2020, but I did booked a ticket on 4 Dec 2019. I know that I couldn’t make a refund because its less than 72 hour. Therefore, can I just change a booking ticket from 4 Dec 2019 to 4 January 2020 instead?

Mt Tour Voucher Confirmation no. is 616644
Name: Pitikul Tangkananukulchai ( 2 tickets)

I would love to visit you, please kindly help to re-schedule my booking date?

Your help would be much appreciated.
Best Regards,
Pitikul T.

Robert Hsu

December 03, 2019 at 1:59 AM

Hi Alley,

I am planning a family trip (including 10 and 14 year olds) for late March 2020 with my home base in Scottsdale. I would like to visit Grand Canyon (including heli ride) and Antelope Canyon/Horseshoe Bend. I was thinking of spending 1 or 2 nights at El Tovar or other South Rim hotel… but need to figure out how to fit in Page and drive back to Scottsdale. Any tips would be much appreciated.

Thanks,
Robert

Sally Mihell

December 02, 2019 at 8:34 PM

Hi Alley, I have been trying to book a bundle tour on January 16 2020 but the first 2 weeks in January don’t appear to be available? Do you know if tours are possible on this date?
Appreciate your help
Sally

Anne

November 29, 2019 at 10:52 PM

Hello, we are looking to visit the Canyon over 2 days and do some amateur photography, are there some more leisurely tours that would allow for this?

Francois Robert

November 29, 2019 at 5:31 PM

Bonjour from Canada. We will be in your area on May 2nd, 2020. We will be leaving the Wahweap Campsite with our 29ft fifth wheel, on our way to Chinle. Will parking be an issue while we do our tour with you ? Thank you

Kathy Mckenzie

November 29, 2019 at 1:51 AM

Wanting to hike the wave next year😊 When? It’s all in the hands of the permit🥴…. wish Me luck internet, I am even trying the luck of the Irish ☘️(No Irish)

Rachelle Leonardo

November 27, 2019 at 4:05 AM

Hi Alley. Than you for you very informative website. We will be visiting Grand canyon and Page in March, flying into Phoenix/mesa airport, arriving at 4:50 PM on March 14.. We have reservations in Best Western premier grand canyon squire Inn in Tusayan that night. This means we will be on the road driving by sunset. . Is this advisable to drive at night from the airport to Tusayan? What time do you think we should start our visit to GC the next day? is parking an issue at GC? We pplan to hit Mather Point first.

Thank you

Prasanna Basavapatna

November 26, 2019 at 4:53 PM

Hi,
Your website so informative and super encouraging. Thank you very much. Made all my bookings based on your recommendations.
Day1: Upper Canyons, Canyon X and Horseshoe Bend
Day2: Waterhole Canyon Experience and drive to Grand Canyon.
Looking forward to the trip.
Happy Holidays!
Prasanna

Judy Aliberto

November 26, 2019 at 3:15 PM

I would want a guide and how is the weather in November?

Eddie

November 24, 2019 at 5:35 PM

We are trying to book a tour for upper and lower canyon. I see other websites have already started booking and we could only get the upper booked. There is eight of us and I see your company provides an upper and lower combo. I see you responded to Heather “December is usually when they open seats for the following year, so check back in a couple weeks.” How are other places able to book for 2020 now? We would prefer to do the combo on July 19, 2020.

David Eikner

November 23, 2019 at 4:48 AM

How strenuous is the lower canyon? Do the steps have handrails going down?

Ada Huang

November 22, 2019 at 10:58 PM

Hello there, we are from southern California and will be visiting antelope Canyon for a photography tour next week on Friday 11/29. What is the current weather look like? Could you let us know the appropriate attire to pack for this place? Thank you.

Julia

November 22, 2019 at 1:17 PM

Hello Alley, many thanks for the informative page! Me and my BF are planning to visit the SW from the 30th of December(Leave from LV) until 4th of January(Back in LV). Would it be possible for you to suggest an itinerary along with suggested activities at each place keeping in mind that i personally have been to GC and Antelope Canyon and my BF has not? I already researched a bit about the things to do and was disappointed to know that a lot of activities like float tour of the Glen Canyon etc. will not be available during our visit.

Considering that our trip will be during(30 Dec-4 Jan) and that we might have much options in terms of activities, what is your take on visiting Bryce Canyon and Zion(Angels Landing Hiking might be off limits/closed during Winters).

Looking forward to your response
PS: Both of us are avid Hikers and walkers with experience in Hikings only during summer.

Mike McGrath

November 22, 2019 at 12:48 AM

What is the narrowest it gets in both upper and lower Antelope Canyons?
Is ThanksGiving to Dec 2nd busy in the canyons?
What temp range can I expect at that time?
Do the tours stop long enough for you to take pix
Are there any spots difficult for an adult to comfortably pass thru?

Rimi

November 20, 2019 at 10:20 PM

Hello Alley,We (my husband and I) are visiting the south rim next week. Here’s what we want to do, please suggest if any changes are required.

Nov 22-23 , spending time in Vegas.
Nov 24th, Early morning driving to south rim, driving back to Page on the same day as booked hotel in Page.( please let us know if its safe to drive back to Page in the evening.)
Nov 25th – Booked lower Antelope (9.15 am to 10.15 am ) and upper Antelope (12.30 PM) slots. On the same day evening planning to go Horseshoe bend.

Nov 26th- Leaving early morning from Page to Vegas, on the way going to Hoover dam and late night flying back to Chicago.

Katherine W.

November 19, 2019 at 11:53 PM

Hi. My husband and I are traveling to the Grand canyon, lake Powell and Zion National Park. My husband Is wheelchair bound and can not take any steps, but can transfer well, as he has great upper body strength. Is there ANY way we could get into Antelope Canyon? Is this feasible? Thank you so much.

Heather

November 19, 2019 at 1:30 PM

When will 2020 booking open?

Chang

November 18, 2019 at 9:02 PM

Hi Alley

Much thanks for all the great info that you provide! We are a family of 4, with two kids 5 and 4. The kids are used to moderately challenging hikes. We are doing a version of the Grand Circle as follows:

12/15-12/16 Las Vegas
12/17 drive to Grand Canyon, overnight in park
12/18 drive to Page via Desert View Drive, Horseshoe Bend, overnight in Page
12/19 Lower Antelope Canyon tour, drive to Bryce, overnight in Bryce
12/20 Morning in Bryce, drive to Zion, overnight in Zion
12/21 Morning in Zion, back to Las Vegas then on to LA

Based on all the reading so far, my specific questions for you are as follows:

(1) We would like to spend the morning at GC on 12/18 and drive out midday to Page, stopping at the recommended spots. Will that give us enough time to see Horseshoe Bend before sunset? I have read that it gets really popular at sunset and the parking lot may be full. Is that true even in December? Should we start the drive first thing in the morning instead to give us enough time?
(2) I have booked the lower AC tour at 10 AM but other spots are still available. I understand that we are not going to get the “light shafts” at this time of year and not really in the lower canyon anyway. And I am convinced that we do not need to do both upper and lower, esp. with our two kids. But I have read that all things considering, noon is still the best time for experiencing the canyon even in December and even for the lower canyon. So… should I change our tour to an even later time to get the best canyon experience possible OR as early as possible so we have more time to make it to Bryce (either to make a stop or two on the way or to spend more time once there)? We have only the canyon tour scheduled for the morning before we head out.
(3) What is your advice on the best way to spend a day in Zion with our two kids? We won’t be able to do Angel’s Landing or Narrows so we’ll have to make a return trip for those…

Of course, this all depends on snow. I think it would mean we would need to skip Bryce but the rest should be doable. Would you agree?

Thanks in advance for you thoughts!

Josette Richard

November 18, 2019 at 2:22 PM

Hi!

we will be arriving from Canada to Phoenix on November 29th (around noon) and will head out to Sedona until December 7th. We will be staying overnite in Phoenix on November 29th, leaving for Sedona on November 30th. It’s just me and my husband on this trip. Other than visiting Antelope Canyon (probably Lower Antelope Canyon tour), do you have any suggestions for activities around Sedona for the six days we’ll be there? We will be doing some hicking for sure. We have already been to the Grand Canyon South Rim on a previous trip. Here are some of the things we had in mind:
Chapel of the Holy Cross
Wineries?
Hiking
Votexes

Thanks in advance!
Josette

Christine

November 18, 2019 at 5:59 AM

Hi Alley, thank you for your wonderful post! I am planning a trip for my family of 5 (15, 12 and 9-yr old) to Las Vegas Dec 29-Jan 5. Can you give me some tips/feedback on my itineraries?
Dec 29 – easy day in Vegas, maybe a show
Dec 30 – renting a car for day trip to Valley of Fire and Hoover dam
Dec 31 and Jan 1 – Las Vegas either one or both days. We are flexible here; would like to hear your feedback on what is best options. We can either stay in Vegas or take leisurely drive to Antelope canyon after lunch on Jan 1.
Jan 1/2-4 – Antelope Canyon. We would like to do the upper/lower canyons and horseshoe bay. On the Jan 4th, we would like to head back to Vegas after lunch to avoid driving at night. If we were to stay near Antelope Canyons Jan 1-4, what else could we do?
Jan 4 – Las Vegas, dinner and turn in
Jan 5 – flying back home

Thank you 🙂

Izzy

November 18, 2019 at 5:07 AM

Hi Alley,
I stumbled across this site while looking for info on Antelope Canyon tours and found it immensely informative. Was hoping to run our Thanksgiving itinerary by you to see if there are any things to look out for, or extra driving time to factor in, as it’s quite packed. Also, my main question is regarding the weather and driving conditions during those dates (Nov 27 – Dec 1). Is it possible that there will be snow? We’ll have a small rental car (not 4×4). Would this pose problems? I don’t have much of an idea of the elevation and road conditions. Is traffic during Thanksgiving weekend extra bad?

Day 1- fly into Albuquerque, stay overnight
Day 2- drive to Santa Fe, stay overnight
Day 3 – drive to Monument Valley, stay at View Hotel. Hoping to do the 17-mile scenic loop drive, time permitting.
Day 4 – drive to Page, do Antelope tour at midday, check out Horseshoe bend, continue driving to Zion and sleep there (Zion lodge)
Day 5 – morning check out highlights in Zion, then drive to Las Vegas for a 7pm flight

Any insights would be very appreciated. We have the accommodation as well as Antelope tour already booked. So would appreciate driving and pacing tips! Thank you so much.

Lee Stewart

November 18, 2019 at 2:52 AM

Hi, Alley, we are visiting Phoenix (Mesa area) between Dec 7 to 12, and we are planning a day trip to Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend. I realize it is about 4.5 hours drive to Page, so if we start driving around 7 am, will that give us sufficient time to see Upper Antelope and Horseshoe Bend? Any suggestions? Must we make reservation? If so, is the reservation flexible, just in case we show up late due to traffic? Where do we drive to in order to find parking? Thanks.

Peter

November 16, 2019 at 6:14 AM

Hi Alley,

I am planning to drive from Las Vegas to Antelope Canyon next February. Between these two places, will there be snow on the road? It looks like I’ll be driving up Highway 15 from Vegas. Please advise. thank you.

Tyler Houck

November 14, 2019 at 4:33 PM

Good Morning!! I am trying to plan out my honeymoon and my wife and I would love to see some of the areas you listed above! We are going in late April of 2020. We would like to leave from vegas and do a short trip with possibly going to 1-2 national parks (Zion, Bryce Canon, etc..). What would be your most “must see” part of the area? I would rather drive somewhere and spend 2 days at each park than be on the road every day. Thank you for your help.

p.s. Was thinking about leaving Vegas and going to Zion for 2 days and then Bryce for 2 days. Would this be worth it? Or is there better stops. Not entirely interested in making the 1,100 mile round trip you have laid out in other comments.

Hareesh Viswanathan

November 13, 2019 at 7:56 PM

Hi Alley,

I hope you are doing well ! This page has been greatly resourceful. I am planning to visit the canyons (first time) during the Thanksgiving weekend. Planning to land at SLC, Utah on Nov 28th morning around 11 AM local time and drive to Zion. After Zion, drive to Bryce, Antelope, Grand Canyon and then fly back from Las Vegas on Dec 3rd night.

I found your responses very very useful and would highly appreciate if you could suggest a good itinerary to cover all these places. Below mentioned my arrival and departure dates.
Nov 28th – Boston to SLC (Arrive at 11 AM Local Time)
Dec 3rd – Las Vegas to Boston (Depart at 10 PM Local Time)

Thanks in advance
Hareesh

Marie Heppner

November 13, 2019 at 5:08 PM

My boyfriend and I are planning a trip to the area from NY 12/29/19-1/3/20. We will fly in to Las Vegas and are open to flying home from Vegas or Phoenix (if that makes sense?). We definitely want to visit the Hoover Dam, Grand Canyon and Antelope Canyon and can’t decide whether we should do Utah or Sedona in the remaining days. From all the responses to previous posts, I see that the Antelope Canyon tour and lodging at the Grand Canyon should take precedence in booking. Any thoughts on how to plan and what to see in that limited time period? Any ideas for celebrating New Years Eve somewhere fun? I doubt we”ll be out this way again any time soon. Please also note that we both love taking photos, so the photographic aspects of the trip are very important to us. Thanks in advance!!!

Monique

November 13, 2019 at 2:32 PM

Hi Alley, I am coming to the Page area in late December with my family (two adults, two children, ages 7&9). Which slot canyon do you recommend for children this age? We are traveling to Page for one night from Phoenix, via Sedona and GC and then on to Zion. We also plan to visit the Glen Canyon Dam in Page. Thanks for the advice. Monique

Pearl

November 12, 2019 at 11:39 PM

Hi Alley,

Wow this page has been incredibly resourceful. Thank you! We are flying into Vegas from San Francisco 11/16-11/19. Planning on driving to and staying one night in Page to optimize the amount we can see. My sister has a service dog with her. Will the Antelope Canyon tours accommodate service animals? We are driving to Page bright and early Sunday morning, arriving early afternoon. Hoping to see Antelope Canyon and some other interest points. What is the difference between Lower and Upper Canyon? Is Rainbow Bridge but boat available this time of the year? What other interest points can you recommend? Sunday Morning, we plan to visit Horseshoe Bend before the crowds around 7am and possibly stop at another attraction on the way back to Vegas? It is possible to stop at Zion on the drive back to Vegas?

Intinerary:
Sat – Vegas Evening Arrival
Sun – Drive to Page bright and early, see Antelope Canyon in the afternoon
Mon – Horseshoe Bend shortly after sunrise. Drive back to Vegas
Tues – early flight back to San Francisco

Hoping to squeeze in more interest points on Sunday and Monday but feeling so lost!

Sang Jun

November 12, 2019 at 4:51 AM

Hi Alley,

I am planning a family trip (3 adults, 1 kid, 2 senior) to Grand Canyon and Antelope Canyon from Phoenix (in the week of Christmas)….pretty late…
I have two questions:
1. Is it ok to drive to both places in December?
2. If so, is it better to rent a full-size SUV rather than a minivan?

Thanks,
Sang Jun

Matt Wilson

November 11, 2019 at 5:18 AM

Hi Alley,
We are from Australia and travelling to the region in September 2020. We will have our own rental car and 3 kids (ages 13, 10 & 8), and are thinking about this as a possible itinerary:
Day 1: Drive Las Vegas to Grand Canyon South Rim (glamp in Valle)
Day 2: Grand Canyon South Rim in the morning (bicycle hire for an hour or so?), then drive to Page in afternoon, stay at Page overnight
Day 3: Antelope Canyon tour in morning, drive to Springdale in afternoon
Day 4: Hike in morning in Zion (any suggestions?), then either drive to Vegas that afternoon or next morning (stay in Springdale or LV that night)
Day 5: Depart from LV late morning
Is this too rushed? What are the must sees along the way?
Thanks so much for your help
Matt

Christian

November 10, 2019 at 10:13 PM

Good afternoon,

My name is Christian, online content creator and travel videoblogger. I’m from Spain but I live in Los Angeles, where I’m filming my new series of videos about California. With about 85,000 subscribers and about 9 million views in my YouTube channel, my audience love to plan their trips to United States watching my videos and asking me questions through Instagram and my blog (www.inexplorando.com) All my social networks are in Spanish so travellers can find information in their language.

At the end of November 2019, my family is coming to visit me for the first time in California and we are going to do a roadtrip all the way from Los Angeles to San Francisco, and we will go also to Las Vegas and the Grand Canyon. That’s exactly the same roadtrip that I did in 2014 during the very first videos of my channel, and my audience are asking to do it again with new camera, new stories and updated information. Many people told me that I had to go to Antelope Canyon so I’m planning to go this time for the the first time.

I would like to ask you if your tour company would be interested in a collaboration with me. I’m opened to suggestions but I’m sure that it would be a great addition to the roadtrip and many people would ask about it, so it could bring many leads to your company. My parents and I will be in your area on Dec.5-6.

Attached you can find some useful information:
Media kit: www.inexplorando.com/media
Portfolio: www.christiancorom.com
Paid campaigns and collaborations:
London for waynabox.com: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VZGxJGO355s
Sea World: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bkAqo4cnTNc
Inside of the Statue of Liberty: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=A8hJzKyOSRk

Please, don’t hesitate to contact me if you have any question or suggestion. Thank you so much.

Best regards,
CHRISTIANCÓROM
www.youtube.com/inexplorando
corom@inexplorando.com
www.inexplorando.com

Jacque

November 09, 2019 at 5:33 AM

Hi Alley,
My husband and I will be travelling and flying into Phoenix on Feb 23. Then to sedona on Feb 24-25, then grandcanyon Feb 26, then Page onf Feb 27-28, bryce on Feb 29 , zion on March 1, then drive to Las Vegas on March 2. You think this will work? We are from Asia and not used to snow roads/ ice, just worried the travel up to bryce be too icy?

Deepesh

November 08, 2019 at 11:21 PM

Hi Alley,

I am planning a trip for last weekend in Dec this year and I know it is already late to plan this Trip. I am planning for flying from Texas to Vegas and then –

Day 1 – Fly from TX to Vegas and get Rental car, drive to Page and stay overnight
Day 2 – Upper Antelope and Lower Antelope then stay overnight
Day 3 – Horshoe Bend and then come back to Vegas, if possible visit Hoover Dam, Stay overnight
Day 4 – Explore Vegas and Stay over night
Day 5 – Fly back to Home

Thanks for your useful advice.

Laura

November 08, 2019 at 6:22 PM

Hi Alley.

I’ve enjoyed reading all of your amazingly helpful tips for other tourists to your area. We are planning a 2-week trip to Arizona/Utah for late August/early September 2020 and I would really appreciate any thoughts you might have on the driving distances. I get a sense of how long it might take, but know that you’ve got more inside info that could help us avoid making timing mistakes. Thanks for any feedback:

1) Arrive Vegas, spend night
2) Full day in Vegas doing kid-friendly things (Bellagio Fountains, Fall of Atlantis, Volcano show, High Roller Ferris Wheel, Cirque, etc.)
3) Day trip to Red Rock Canyon, 3rd and last night in Vegas
4) Hoover Dam, Kingman, Route 66 Museum and towns, night in Williams
5) Bearizona in AM, Walnut Canyon in PM, night in Flagstaff
6) Arrive Grand Canyon. We have 3 nights booked here
7) Mule trip to Phantom Ranch (already booked)
8) Return from mule trip, afternoon/night at canyon
9) Depart Grand Canyon. Drive to Wupatki and see it (45-min ranger hike?). Drive to Sunset Crater and visit. Then go to Winona for the night.
10) Meteor Crater. Then Petrified Forest (3 trails on my to do list if time allows), drive to Chinle (we have 2 nights booked here)
11) 9AM Canyon de Chelly jeep tour (pre-booked), afternoon driving around the overlooks, 2nd night in Chinle
12) Drive to 4 Corners (my husband and I have been before but our son hasn’t and he’s working on checking off states, so this is a must do). Drive to Bluff, CO for lunch (just to spend a little time in Colorado), then head to Monument Valley for an evening tour and night at the View Hotel (already booked)
13) Drive to Page. Morning tour of Upper Antelope Canyon. Lunch. Afternoon tour of Lower Antelope Canyon. Spend the night in Page.
14) Drive to Bryce and spend most of the day there. Drive to Dixie National Forest and stay at Duck Creek Village
15) Drive to Zion and spend the day. First of two nights at Springdale.
16) Second day at Zion. Either spend second night in Springdale or head towards Henderson.
17) Fly home from Vegas

A few of these days seem to have long drives, so I’m trying to see how realistic this is an itinerary. Thank you in advance for any tips or suggestions.

JCN

November 07, 2019 at 10:55 PM

Hi! I’m traveling with my husband in june, we’ll stay in page and maybe we can take one day to the wave (if we are that lucky, we have a flexible schedule). My question is, if I apply online and get the permits do i have to be there to sign something or can i just get the permits the same day of the planned trip?? Thanks!

Ashlinn

November 07, 2019 at 1:50 AM

Hi, we are hoping to do a day tour to antelope canyon sometime over the next few days from Las Vegas. Unfortunately Max Tours are booked out. Are there other companies or tours you would recommend?
Thank you

Lori Dasko

November 06, 2019 at 1:25 AM

Hi, this is a great resource. If I were to be lucky enough to get a permit for party of 2 through the online lottery and the other person couldn’t make it after all four months later, is there a process to substitute someone else’s name before hike day? I don’t want to risk getting caught if I go forward with the hike and the permit name doesn’t match. Thanks

Baron Travel

November 05, 2019 at 8:49 AM

Thanks for these tips! I would love to get to Antelope Canyon – it really does look like one of the most amazing destinations on the globe. Pity to hear that despite needing a reservation the upper canyon is still completely overcrowded, but I guess you’re going to get that when the world hears of an attraction this beautiful. Hopefully the tourists don’t detract too much from the overall experience 🙂

Tony

November 05, 2019 at 4:41 AM

Hello Alley, I hope all is well. I just booked a vacation that will have me in Page, AZ Tuesday late am (11/12) to Thursday am (11/14). I am looking to see Antelope Canyons, Horseshoe Bend and Lake Powell (Rainbow Bridge). I was hoping to be able to visit Lake Powell before checking in to the hotel and Horseshoe Bend in the afternoon as the sun sets. Would love to stargaze in and around the area of Page where the hotel is located (right off I89). I have read that Page is not all that safe at night. How concerned should I be and do you have any tips for tourist safety?

Additionally, I would love to be able to do Antelope Canyons on Wednesday, what is the best time to visit from a photography stand point? As far as upper and/or lower, would you recommend doing both and how far in advance do I have to reserve tour tickets?

Thank you, in advance, for your time and consideration.

Best,

Tony

Debbie Reuter

November 04, 2019 at 9:04 PM

Can my husband and I both apply for permits during the same month but with different group size?

Alicia

November 04, 2019 at 4:00 AM

Amazing information in your posts thank you! What are the best things to see around page and how to see them in December? I’d really love to see antelope canyon possibly by boat, kayak and hiking. We love slot canyons, it’s not for the pictures but the adventure/hike. I had thought of marble canyon too but only have a full day or two in page before going back to Sedona. With so much to do, I want to maximize the trip. I’d love your insider tips! Thanks!!

Julie F

November 03, 2019 at 5:59 PM

Hi Alley! What a GREAT website. I really appreciate your willingness to help out so many of us as we are planning the trip of a lifetime! Our family of 4 will be traveling to AZ for Spring Break this year – March 20-27. We’re planning to fly into Phoenix Friday morning and take the scenic drive to Page. We found a great place through vrbo to stay in Page Friday and Saturday nights.

Saturday we’re thinking of doing the half day Glen Canyon Float trip. And then Sunday doing the Antelope Canyon tours – upper and lower before driving onto the South Rim. We’re thinking of staying Sunday night at the Holiday Inn Express so we’ll be close to start on our hike to the bottom of the Grand Canyon on Monday. We have reservations at the Phantom Ranch for Monday and Tuesday and will hike back out on Wednesday.

From there, we’re not sure where to go next? Perhaps Sedona or Flagstaff? We have 2 very active teenage boys that would enjoy biking, ATVs or else more hiking. Any ideas? We would stay there Wednesday and Thursday evening and fly home on Friday.

Donna

November 03, 2019 at 2:22 AM

Hello,
We will be in Las Vegas in January. Can we see Antelope Canyon and take a boat tour then? I’m not finding any times for that.
thank you in advance.

Marie Heppner

October 31, 2019 at 9:03 PM

My boyfriend and I are planning a trip to the area from NY December 29, 2019 – January 3, 2020. We will fly in to Las Vegas and are open to flying home from Vegas or Phoenix (If that makes sense?). We definitely want to visit the Hoover Dam, Grand Canyon and Antelope Canyon and can’t decide whether we should also do Utah or Sedona in the remaining days. From all the responses to previous posts, I see that the Antelope Canyon tour and lodging at the Grand Canyon should take precedence in booking. Any thoughts on how to plan and what to see in that limited time period? Any ideas for celebrating New Year’s Eve somewhere fun? I doubt we’ll be out this way again anytime soon. I will also note that we both love taking pictures, so the photographic aspects of the trip are very important to us. Thank you!!!

belz bianes

October 29, 2019 at 8:50 PM

Hello, how’s the weather in November, we are planning to be there on November 30th weekend to Antelope horseshoe blend upper and lower?

Yadira Rivera

October 28, 2019 at 7:13 PM

Hi Alley! I am traveling with my family over the December holidays and we were planning to do Antelope Canyon (Upper and Lower) in one day, but my mother has a knee injury and is also claustrophobic and we weren’t sure if Upper Antelope Canyon would be doable. Many thanks! Yadira

Dec. 26-28 – Las Vegas
Dec. 28 – Page, AZ (stay overnight)
Dec. 29 – Grand Canyon (stay overnight)
Dec. 30-Jan. 1 – Sedona, AZ (stay 2 nights)
Jan. 1-3 – Phoenix, AZ (stay 2 nights)

Dave

October 28, 2019 at 3:33 AM

We’re planning to fly into Las Vegas in mid December, stay there for 3 nights, then drive to Page for 2 nights to visit Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend, then drive down to Sedona for 2 nights and then onto Scottsdale for 3 nights and fly out Phoenix to go home. This is our first time in the Page and the surrounding areas. I’m into landscape photography and very excited to see Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend. I’m also interested in the Lower Calf Creek Falls in Grand Staircase NM. How can I fit that into our schedule? From the map, at first I thought it was close to Page. But actually it takes 3.5 hours drive then the hike takes 5 hours roundtrip. Any other place good for landscape photography close to Page?

David

October 28, 2019 at 1:27 AM

Hi!
My family is considering a trip during the Veterans Day weekend Nov 8-11, 2019 from San Diego, CA to Phoenix, Sedona and the natural wonders around Page, like some of the Antelope Canyons and Horseshoe Bend. We have two boys 5 and 8 y/o. Do you think that it’s good idea to rent an RV for that trip? Is the area around Antelope Canyons an RV friendly? Which Canyon can you recommend and what is the best time of the day to schedule the visit having in mind the age of the kids (5,8) and the season as well? Is there a convenient RV site around Page? Actually, is it a good idea to travel with an RV to Phoenix, Sedona and Page this time of the year? By the way, we don’t have any experience with RV’s so far.
Any recommendations would be greatly appreciated.

Thank you so much!

Dorit Matek

October 27, 2019 at 9:23 PM

Hi
I Attache our itinerary and I’ll be happy to know what do you think
we will be on may 2020
is there places that you think we must invite hotels in advance
1 Sedona- red rock , fossil creek, Schnebly Road
2 Sedona- Chapel of the Holy Cross , Hike the Sedona View Trail .4 green
3 Grand falls = Chocolate Falls , the Little Painted Desert County Park ,
View points over little colerado

4 Petrified Forest National Park and PAINTED DESERT
What is important for us is the painted desert , where do you think is the best area to see it?
5 Canyon de chelly- I am not sure? What do you think
6 Coal Mine Canyon
Ha Ho No Geh Canyon
Blue canyon
Should we do 3 of them?
7 Little Colorado River Gorge
Grand canyon

8 Grand canyon
9 monument valley it’s a little bit out from the route…what do you think is it worthwhile?
10 Antelope – which one?boat?
Page, horse shoe
Page Badlands- I read about it I don’t remember where and I DON’T FIND ON THE MAP
11-15 Kanab area- 4-5 days 3 of them oregnized tour
Is it too much for this area
Sidestep Canyon – I understand that we need a guide? Do you know somebody?
16-17 Zion- do we need 2 days?

18 bryce
19-20 Red canyon and start road no 12, what do you think ? do we need for that 2 days?
Can we do alone the burr trail?
Hole-In-The-Rock Road
21 Capitol reef
22 arches
23 moab
24 Flying to san fransisco
25 san fransisco
26-27 Road no 1
28 LA
END…….
what do you think? is there places you will skip or add
I would like to read your opinon

Jennifer Friedman

October 27, 2019 at 4:37 PM

Would you recommend this as a family cubscout camping adventure and would March or April be an appropriate time to go?

Sarit

October 27, 2019 at 10:04 AM

Thank you for this fantastic read. We are arriving during The Christmas Vacation and I was debating if Page should be on our places to visit or not. Please advise.
Also if we get a spot in Antelope Canyon would it be redundant to also hike Canyon X or any of the other hikes that you offer here? Should we worry about the weather?
Many thanks

Heidi Morris

October 27, 2019 at 2:03 AM

Hi Alley!

I just stumbled across this page and I am so happy I did. All the info you have given to people is incredible! I am going to be arriving in Mesa, AZ on Thursday 1/2/20. From there, I would like to travel with a friend by car to Page for a couple days/nights then drive back to Mesa to fly back out of AZ on 1/6/20. I am slowly getting through all the questions and comments from others, but I am basically completely open to ANYTHING because I just stumbled upon what looks like a beautiful city by searching “things to do in AZ.” Anything you think we CAN’T miss? Of course we want to do Horseshoe Bend and the Antelope Canyon (thinking the lower), but we want to get in as much as we can. Not sure on travel times from are from Mesa to Page and what else we can fit it. If you see this, let me know what else we for sure should do. We are up for anything and everything. Are there tons of hotels to stay in nearby? Something you suggest? Thanks in advance for your reply and for all the info that you provided everyone. You’re knowledge is incredible.

Dorit Matek

October 26, 2019 at 8:14 PM

Hi
we are planing a trip to southwest in may 2020 starting in sedona throw painted desert , blue canyon, page, kanab area and so on to moab can you help us with a few questions, or you work only in antelope?
we made our programme but I want some expert will have a look on it
best regards
dorit

Steve Smith

October 22, 2019 at 11:17 PM

Alley – you are so very helpful on here! amazing! A friend and I are traveling out in March to run the Antelope Canyon 50 Mile Ultra. We will be flying into and out of Las Vegas. We will get to see Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe bend during the race. Here is our loose itinerary. Any suggestions you have would be so appreciated.

Wed – March 11 – arrive Las Vegas, spend the night
Sat – March 14 – race day in Page, nothing this day but the race
Tue – March 17 – depart Las Vegas first thing

I just started looking, I am thinking we take a loop route, counter clockwise. Perhaps seeing the Hoover Dam, Grand Canyon South Rim. Then Page for the race. On the way out of Page, maybe Glen Canyon Dam, up to Zion on the way back to Vegas. We will of course be tired from the race but want to see as much as possible while in the area. This could also include just spending time in Page/Lake Powell area.

Any suggestions are appreciated!

Jim Yu

October 20, 2019 at 3:53 PM

Hi! Anybody can tell me if there is cell phone singal or internet sinnal available there in Antelope Canyon ? Thanks!

Hal Ambuter

October 19, 2019 at 1:41 PM

Alley

We are so excited to be going to Antelope Canyon next weekend! We will be driving from Gallup, NM on Saturday morning and arriving in Page around lunch. and then staying all day on Sunday.

We were thinking of visiting either Upper or Lower Canyon on Saturday afternoon….And then on Sunday, visit the other Canyon, Lake Powell tour, and then Horsehoe Bend.

Sound like a good plan?

Stephanie

October 19, 2019 at 12:42 PM

Hi Alley,
Thank you for writing this article, and for taking the time to reply to everyone’s comments!

My family & I (kids are 11 & 13) will be traveling to Las Vegas in April (April 4 – 11)…..
I think your itinerary will work for us – except I’d like to skip the day at Lake Powell. Plus – I’m wondering with drive times factored in – is there enough time to see the sites we want to see each day? Would you mind taking a look at the rough plan I have so far?
Sat. Apr. 4 – Arrive in Las Vegas; see a Cirque show
Sun. Apr 5- Hoover Dam (maybe do the whole dam tour); drive to Grand Canyon; Stay in hotel at South Rim
Monday – Grand Canyon to Monument Valley (take guided tour of Monument Valley – maybe on horseback); stay in area
Tuesday – Page AZ – Upper or Lower Antelope Canyon; Horseshoe Bend; stay in area
Wed. – Bryce Canyon; stay in area
Thursday – Zion (my favorite park – not sure if daughters will love it as much – did Angels Landing years ago! Won’t do that hike with girls this trip); stay in area
Friday – Return to Vegas
Sat – fly home to East Coast
*We could add another day if we’re missing something, & fly home Sunday – but that makes for an exhausting week back to work & school*

Do we have enough time each day to do all this? I tend to pack too much stuff into everything I do, and while I love this approach to life – it doesn’t always work for my husband, and especially for kids! I do feel like much of the trip will be just scratching the surface of what there is to see/do in the area – but that’s ok. Hopefully the girls will fall in love with this area of the country, and will someday want to return! Any suggestions you have will be much appreciated!

Babak Hosseini

October 17, 2019 at 1:48 PM

Hello,
Is it too late to apply for December 2019? Is there any way to apply?
Thanks

Richard Bills

October 15, 2019 at 6:28 PM

Alley, you seem to be the go to person for this part of the country. Appreciate all you do to help everyone. My fiancee and I are looking to plan our honeymoon for Spring Break 2020 (April 3 or 4 through April 11 or 12) as she’s a teacher, for roughly 8 days. I know the major spots we would like to hit are the following:

Moab / Bryce / Zion / Kanarraville Falls / Page / Monument Valley (optional if makes sense logistically)

We are coming from the East Coast, so would need to rent a vehicle. Most likely airports we would use are SLC and/or Las Vegas. I understand most of the permits and tours fill up quickly, so I’m trying to get everything planned as soon as possible.

Any recommendations on itinerary for this type of trip? I’ve tried to piece together bits from advice you offered others, but didn’t see anything that didn’t include spending a day or two at the Grand Canyon.

Thanks for your help!

Bala

October 14, 2019 at 4:28 AM

Hello Alley,
We are planning a one week visit to Phoenix (PHX), Flagstaff (FS), Antelope Canyon(AC, only upper Canyon)/Lake Powell/Horseshoe bend/ Grand Canyon (GC) south rim, GC Village back to Flagstaff , Sedona, and back to Phoenix during last week of Nov, 2019. How cold could it get in any of these areas? Do we need jackets. For someone in their mid fifties with BP issues, could lower antelope canyon pose a challenge or do we just limit ourselves to Upper AC? Is it cooler inside the lower AC slot canyon than on the outside? Since the AC could experience flash flood even if the weather is dry, how could we recognize warning signs? What is the optimal way to do this? Is AC and GC open on 28th Nov, 2019, Thanksgiving day? We were planning PHX (11/24)->Flagstaff (11/25)->AC/Lake Powell (11/26)->GC (11/27)->Flagstaff (11/28)-> Sedona/Phoenix (11/29)->Phoenix (11/30)-> Fly out (12/1). We plan on driving ourselves except for FS to AC which we have not decided if we want to do tour package or do it ourselves with a Navajo tour guide via Antelopecanyonnow.com. We have all the hotel bookings in place for all night stays on dates as shown in braces above, but with cancellation option for all hotel bookings, up to a day before the check-in dates.
Is my plan optimal and is it feasible? Thanks in advance.

Lien Duong

October 13, 2019 at 9:40 PM

Hi Alley,

I was not sure on going to Page, AZ however, after reading all your advises on your blog, I actually am very excited and looking forward to it. Thank you very much for taking your time in providing details information on Arizona.
My husband and I will be going to Page, AZ, and spend 1 night at Lake Powell Resort 10/17 to 10/18, we had visited the Lower Antelope Canyon in the past, so would like to visit the Upper antelope Canyon this time, however, the tours are sold out. so I have listed few places below as my alternative spots, but not sure in which order, hoping to take advantage of these places as many as I can!

Your recommendation is much appreciated.
Thanks in advance for your help.
Lien

Wed. 10/16 – afternoon, drive from Los Angeles, CA to Vegas and spend a night there.
Thurs 10/17 – depart from Vegas early morning to Page, AZ
Place to visit when I am in Page: Horseshoe Bend, Vermillion Cliffs, Rainbow Bridge Boat Tours, Catherdral slot canyon tour, or Canyon X

Friday 10/18 — depart from Page, AZ to St. George UT aprx. evening time (7pm) and spend a night there
Sat 10/19 depart from St. George UT to Zion for half day, then head home

Vinesh

October 13, 2019 at 7:43 PM

Hey Hi Alley,

Need your advice. When I and my friends Visited Arizona Last year Christmas, we missed Upper Antelope and Monument Valley due to snow. This Thanksgiving we are planning for Utah and also to cover what we miss in Arizona last year. (Nov 27th Evening to December 1st late night)

27th Evening we all start from Las Vegas Airport in Rental car. Figuring out what destination to hit 1st. I planned 1st to visit Antelope and then to Monument Valley and then National Parks in Utah. Upper Antelope was sold out for 28th of November. So my plan fails, please suggest where I can head 1st. Can you please provide plan as such we can visit antelope on December 1st and be able to go back to Las Vegas Airport.

Again we will be back to Las Vegas Airport early hours of December 2nd, late night of December 1st. (Most of our flights departs 6 AM, Monday, December 2nd.)

Planned in Utah: ( We do mostly sight seeing, will not do any kind of adventures like kayaking as such)
1. Dead Horse Point.
2. Arches National Park.
3. Canyonlands National Park.
4. Bryce Canyon National Park.
5. Zion National Park.
6. Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument.
7. Bonneville Salt Flats.
8. Great Salt lake/ Salk lake city.

Appreciate your time and suggestions.

Thanks again and again.

Waiting for your response.

Gwen Schreier

October 13, 2019 at 12:18 AM

Hi Alley,
I am hoping you can give me some direction! My family consists of myself, husband and 3 sons (15, 13, 10). I would like to visit the Grand Canyon June 2020. Other areas of interest would be Bryce, Zion, Sedona and possibly a stop at Hoover Dam. What other areas are must sees? We will be flying from our home in PA. I am thinking flying to Las Vegas will be the most economical. I would like to finish up the trip by spending a day or 2 in Vegas. I like to include a lot of experiences and adventures on our vacations. Could you recommend a possible itinerary? Please include possible excursions: hiking (max. 5 miles), helicopter tours, jeep rides, train trip (with the staged hold up), rafting, boat rides, etc.
Thank you so much.

Brenda Soucy

October 12, 2019 at 3:30 PM

Bonjour,
Comment dois-je faire pour réserver un tour dans lower antelope canyon et par la suite aller faire une excursion en kayak au lake powell? et quel est le prix par personne?
Merci

Julie

October 10, 2019 at 11:07 AM

Hi there Alley!

My girlfriends (group of 6 lovely ladies) and I are planning to visit Antelope canyon on October 26th. We are flying into Vegas and are driving to the Canyon. Do you have any recommendations for what tour to book? We are torn between the upper versus lower antelope canyon. We all love hiking and great views. And of course, we are looking to snap beautiful photos!

I appreciate any advice you have to offer.

Thanks!
Julie

Deneen

October 09, 2019 at 9:29 PM

Hello Alley,
Thank you for such great information. I’m planning to run the Lake Powell Half Marathon this weekend and want to add a bit of sightseeing to my agenda. Flying into Vegas on Friday, 10/11, arrival 9:00 AM. Driving to Page, AZ. What sights should I consider on the drive? Also, trying to fit in Lower Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend and Rainbow Bridge. I will only have Friday afternoon and Saturday afternoon/evening. Driving back to Vegas early Sunday. Is it possible to a see all and any suggestions on order and/or tour options would be appreciated. Thank you! —Deneen

Maddie

October 09, 2019 at 1:28 PM

Hi – Me and a photographer are planning to take commercial pictures at the antelope canyon. We are traveling in from Germany and carry very small equipment with us – what is the best person / general email address I could write to in order to talk everything through in detail? I prefer emailing to calling as it is a couple of different matters I would need advice on and I can’t seem to be able to open this link you have directed people to before: navajonationparks.org/permits/commercial-film-photography/

Thank you very much!

Sarah

October 09, 2019 at 2:01 AM

There is so much helpful information here! Thank you! We are planning a trip the week of April 4-11. We’re from Virginia and have never been out west, and while we want to see as much as we can, this is also a much needed vacation. We want to do some hiking and relaxing with our 14 and 10 year old and we want to avoid chilly temps. Ideally we would have a day or two at the end to relax and maybe splurge at a nicer resort type place. We aren’t much on crowds and just want to get a taste of the terrain, food, culture, and history. Would flying into Vegas and doing a loop from Zion to Bryce to Page to Grand Canyon to Sedona to Phoenix be doable? That still feels like a lot of moving around and probably going between many crowded tourist spots. If we wanted to make that a slower paced trip, what should we eliminate? Do you have any particular lodging recommendations? Is there a hidden gem somewhere near Phoenix/Sedona that would be ideal for 24 hours of pampering for a family? I feel like Sedona will be pretty but also crowded. We don’t need to see the “ultimate” sites as long as we can get a taste of it. New landscapes, easy to moderate hikes, a day or two of relaxing, and unplugging is what we are really going for. Obviously, I’m overwhelmed and your site seems to be the best source of detailed information I’ve found so far. Thanks for any advice you can offer.

Sally Hawkins

October 07, 2019 at 11:12 PM

Hi Alley,

Was looking for some advice for late November trip. We are plan to fly to Vegas late November.

Here’s the initial plan. (Very flexible)
Day 1: Arrive in Las Vegas late evening. Overnight in Vegas.
Day 2: Stop by Hoover Dam and Valley of Fire (no tours), Leave around 3pm driving to Page, AZ. Stay overnight.
Day 3: Horseshoe Bend (no tour), Antelope Canyon (Upper Tour). Leave Page, AZ around 3pm to Grand Canyon South. Stay overnight in GC area.
Day 4: Spend all day at GC South (no tour). Stay overnight in GC area. Should I leave GC late afternoon to Sedona or is it best to stay overnight at GC area?
Day 5: Drive to Sedona. Walk around. Visit one of Vortex area. Any other ideas? I’m not looking for any hiking. Leave Sedona late afternoon to drive to Phoenix. Stay overnight in Phoenix.
Day 6: Fly out of Phoenix @5PM.

Any suggestions would be greatly appreciated.

Stephanie

October 07, 2019 at 1:58 AM

Hello,
We will be visiting from Australia and spending 5 days driving between Phoenix and Salt Lake City, late Dec, early Jan.
Hoping to show our kids (6 & 8) Horseshoe bend and Antelope Canyon on the way but absolutely lost as to where we should aim to stay to do this!
Any help much appreciated 🙂

Steph

Kat

October 06, 2019 at 1:03 AM

Hi Alley,

We’ll be visiting Las Vegas and Arizona this month, october 21-25. Is it possible to visit grand canyon south rim, antelope, and horseshoe bend in one day? FYI, we’ll be driving from Vegas. Thanks for your help.

Tiffany

October 06, 2019 at 12:22 AM

Hi Alley,

First off, this is a great site. The Q&As and advice on here is very helpful for trip planning.

My itinerary below is part of a larger 19 night/20 day road trip that ends in California. My husband and I are traveling with our 2 youngest (they will be 3 and 15) and my mother. We’re leaving the last of May (28 or 29) 2021.

3 nights Las Vegas
Day 1, late arrival, night 1
2 days/2 nights, open

3 nights Zion National Park
Day 1, after Hoover Dam Tour arrive at park, night 1
Day 2, park tour via vehicle, night 2
Day 3, hike the Narrow to Wall Street, night 3

1 night Lake Powell
Day 1, lake tour, night 1

2 nights South Rim Grand Canyon
Day 1, see Horseshoe Bend and tour Upper Antelope Canyon arrive at Grand Canyon, night 1
Day 2, tour Grand Canyon (non-hiking), night 2

1 night Phoenix
Day 1, see Sedona in route to Phoenix, night 1

Drive to California

Point: We want to avoid night driving and minimize outdoor activities during the peak heat of the day.

1. How is my itinerary? Is it too much fluff time? Am I overlooking any major must sees or stops?
2. Is it possible for us to be more efficient so that we can bank more time for California without rushing?
3. Our main reason for adding the Sedona /Phoenix portion is to avoid the longer drive through the desert. I’ve read that South Rim Grand Canyon to Los Angeles is a hard drive full of nothing. Is this true? My fear is that the long haul drive during the day will be too much for a 3 year old.
4. If we keep the Phoenix portion, we’re considering running the itinerary in reverse. Start in Phoenix, leaving Las Vegas going to California. Having the longer rest stop in Vegas may be better than having the 1 day in Phoenix. Will doing the itinerary in reverse have a big impact in terms of temperatures and crowds? Will there be a big difference in water levels in the Narrows? Me, my husband, and teen will be making the hike.
5. Lastly, since the Grand Canyon is now a Dark Skies Park, any suggestions on activities or locations?

Thanks,
Tiffany

Kanchan Mohitey

October 06, 2019 at 12:12 AM

Hi Alley,

Thanks you so much for all the detailed travel information you share with the people who post on this forum. You are awesome.
I am planning to drive from Las vega to Page on 6th December and want to go to Arizona further on 7th Dec staying 1 day in Page.
Travelling with family (older kids). Can you please suggest a suitable iternary that would I should plan so that will help me cover all the Page beautiful spots ( horseshoe-lower/upper canyon / etc) in the off season of Dec.

I hear that winter months the views of canyon are not at its best so please suitable suitable time for the tours as well.

Thank you in advance.

Teresa

October 05, 2019 at 12:25 AM

Hello ,

For 1 day max tour from Las Vegas to page, do you only offer to visit lower antelope canyon in this itinerary ? Or you also offer upper Antelope Canyon ? I would like to visit both upper and lower antelope canyon. I have looked at the bundle for upper and lower antelope canyon package, but I will have to drive from Las Vegas to page and the driving is a little bit too long as I am departing from Las Vegas around night and then drive all the way page will be very late. Any advise ?

ANNA

October 04, 2019 at 6:48 PM

Hello
Can I apply in October for December or it has to be only August? Thank you

Linda

October 04, 2019 at 3:39 AM

Hi Alley,
I’d like your input for a trip I am planning with my three teenagers (14, 14 and 18) in early April. It involves a fair amount of hiking, and lots of sightseeing. This is the plan so far:
– April 4 – arrive in Las Vegas mid-morning (9am), tour Hoover Dam, then on to the the west rim of the Grand Canyon, and finally lodge in Tusayan for 2 nights
– April 5 – hike Grand Canyon (Bright Angel Trail or Kaibab Trail)
– April 6 – drive to Page, see Horseshoe Bend, maybe Marble Canyon? (I figure on a lot of scenic stops along the way), lodge in Page
– April 7 – tour/hike Antelope Canyon (Lower, and maybe Upper?). see Lake Powell and Glen Canyon Dam, drive to Moab, lodge in Moab for 2 nights
– April 8 – Whitewater rafting in Westwater Canyon (fingers crossed)
– April 9 – Hikes in Arches and Canyonlands, then drive to Capitol Reef and Grand Staircase Escalante, finally lodging in Bryce Canyon
– April 10 – Hike in Bryce Canyon, drive to Zion, lodge one night
– April 11 – Hike in Zion, drive to Las Vegas, see the sights late afternoon, night, lodge in Las Vegas
– April 12 – flight home mid-day
I realize it’s ambitious, but is it possible? I figured that doing the drive after a day of hiking would be ok, as long as we can get to our destination before dark (hopefully). What are your suggestions? I have the lodging pretty well booked at this point. Thank you for all the input you can offer!

SUSAN A Thomas

October 04, 2019 at 2:10 AM

Hi Alley,
I just visited your website and it was very interesting and informative I just need a few suggestions from you for the arizona trip we are planning this month october 20-27. we will I was thinking of driving to sedona after renting the car and spent 2 days in sedona. our itinary is as follows: please make changes if it is not doable.
Day 1 sunday : fly into phoenix and take rental car and drive to sedona
day2&3 monday and tuesday . spent 2 days in sedona
day 3. wednesday : drive to page and see antelope canyon and horse shoe bend
day 4. thursday :other attractions in page like, lake powell, monument valley etc
day 5 friday: zion and bryce canyon
day 6: saturday: arhes national park and drive to salt lake city.
day 7. fly out from salt lake city(flight is in the evening)
I like to get your thoght on this itinary and is it possible to follow this plan and also would like to know if we have any time to add any more places or have to take out places. we are not big hikers, most of it will be drive by. is it possible to do grand canyon on the way? I hope to get some feed back from you as soon as possible so I can make the hotel booking and book antelope canyon ticket. Thank you….

Sara

October 03, 2019 at 8:50 PM

A group of 11-12 girls are going to Flagstaff for a bachelorette party. We are doing a day trip on Nov 23 to Antelope Canyon (already booked the tour), Horseshoe Bend, and then the Grand Canyon. We are looking for some type of transportation (van, bus, etc.), so we don’t have to drive ourselves. Do you have any advice/recommendations of companies? I already contacted great venture tours (but they don’t just do transportation) and northern Arizona limousine (but they are booked). Thank you!

susan

October 03, 2019 at 5:57 PM

Hi Alley, I was reading your trip planning and it looked awesome. I am planning a trip from oct 20 -oct 27 2019. we fly into phoenix early afternoon on 10/20 and planning to rent a car and drive to Sedona. I like to see Sedona, antelope canyon, horse shoe bend, Colorado river discovery float trip, grand canyon, page, zion, Bryce canyon,arches national park, monument valley. Navajo national monument etc. I don’t know which order I should plan the trip and how many days I need at each place. could you please advise on an itinerary?

Mandy Quek

October 03, 2019 at 4:50 PM

Hi Alley! My husband and I are visiting Vegas for the first time from Asia. And we are planning to self drive from our place at the Vegas Strip, to the Horseshoe bend and the Lower Antelope Canyon (for a guided 1/5-2h tour). We are pretty confused with coming up with a good plan for sufficient time to be set aside for both places, taking into consideration the 4.5h drive back to the Strip in the evening before skies turn dark.
Could you please advise us on a good day’s tour itinerary? Looking to cover Horseshoe Bend and the Lower Antelope Canyon mainly.

Sharron

October 03, 2019 at 1:53 PM

HI Alley – I have a trip planned to fly in to Vegas 10/17-10/21 from NY…There’s a lot I want to do and I don’t mind driving ….here is my itinerary Day 1 Vegas Strip Day 2 Grand Canyon Southeast Rim, Skywalk and Hoover Dam; I was thinking about renting a car for the day and making it a day trip – What else can I visit? Lake Mead? The next day I was planning a tour from Vegas to Antelope Canyon returning to Vegas – then the final day just Vegas Strip…any suggestions?

Leigh Whitfield

October 03, 2019 at 1:32 PM

Wanted to get you thoughts on our possible itinerary for September 2020. I’ve checked places to stay & that is not an issue this far out. This will likely be our only trip to the Grand Canyon area so we prefer not to do a round trip.
Day 1: Morning flight to Phoenix & drive to Sedona
Day 2: Drive to Grand Canyon South Rim
Day 3: Drive to Monument Valley – mid afternoon tour
Day 4: Possibly sunrise tour then drive to Page, Horseshoe Bend
Day 5: Antelope Canyon in the morning then drive to Grand Canyon North Rim
Day 6: Grand Canyon then drive to Bryce
Day 7: Bryce then drive to Zion
Day 8: Zion
Day 9: Drive to Las Vegas via Hoover Dam, evening show
Day 10: Fly out of Las Vegas

Calvin

October 03, 2019 at 6:10 AM

Hi Alley,
This is Calvin, i’ve planned a trip to vegas 1st week of this November, is it possible to cover The wave trail and the antelope canyon in a day then stay for the night in Page, travel back to Vegas the next morning?
i’m thinking of going to the Grand canyon next day
Thank you

Moon

October 02, 2019 at 4:18 PM

We are planning to visit Grand Canyon an las vegas in july.
Our plan is from los angles we will go to las vegas stay one night overthere. Next morning from Las Vegas to antelope canyon and horseshoes bend and will stay there for one night next morning from antelop canyon to grand canyon south after visiting the Grand Canyon south will back to los angles. We will make a road trip with rent a car. So this plan is possible. We are coming from dubai. First we will visit los angles after los angles will go to las vegas. From las vegas to antelop canyon thengrag canyon south then back to los angles will take our flight

Aditya

October 01, 2019 at 3:01 PM

Hi Alley,
I love Grand Canyon a lot, the last 2 times when I visited it was too hurry that I had to return back to Vegas the same day visiting only Horseshoe bend and Antelop for a very quick tour. But this time I want to utilize my time the best at Grand Canyon and my wife is visiting the first time (she is very exited and want to give the best experience) and a 7 month old.

Please guide me to plan my trip the best way, Arriving Nov 22nd night at Vegas and returning on Nov 30th morning from Vegas. Can start driving to Grand Canyon on 23rd morning. Want to spend 2 days/nights at Vegas at the end of the trip. Also, please let me know where to stay, eat (if any Indian/Asian restaurants available if not as well fine). Want to use boat tours once or twice (different tours if available). If any points closed during the season for weather etc also please let me know.

Thamks in advance!

Vivian

September 30, 2019 at 1:29 AM

Hi Alley,

I plan to visit Grand Canyon north and Antelope Canyon. Where do you suggest me to stay? What is the better driving route from North canyon to page?
Vivian

Annick

September 28, 2019 at 4:55 PM

Hi Alley,

I am planning a visit to Antelope Canyon early november. I have a full day but I can’t decide if we should go for Upper or Lower Canyon. Is there a way to do both in one day without being super rushed ? any tip would be greatly appreciated!

Marta Gonzalez

September 28, 2019 at 1:46 PM

Hi Alley,
we are planning a trip to Vegas and the parks nearby for Christmas and we dont know whether it is better to hire a car and organise it ourselves or to get a company to do it for us. On the one hand we like the freedom but, (we are 3 adults) but we dont know if it is very difficult to organise mainly around Christmas when some parks might not be open or not the best time to visit, so maybe a bit of inside knowledge wouldnt be a bad thing.
Could you recommend somenone?
Best,
Marta

Jess

September 27, 2019 at 3:25 PM

Hi!

We are planning to visit December 5-10 for our babymoon and are flying into Phoenix. We were thinking of spending 1 night in Page, 1 night in Grand Canyon and the remaining nights in Sedona. Here are the things we want to see:
-Antelope Canyon
-Horseshoe Bend
-Grand Canyon

We were planning on driving straight to Page from Phoenix Airport but I’m not sure if this is the best way logistically. Can you please advise? 🙂

Nag

September 26, 2019 at 3:45 PM

Hi Alley,

Need your help in planning 1 week trip starting 24th Nov to 30 Nov this year.
Out trip starts from 24th at Phoenix and ends on 30th or 1st Dec in Las vegas all bye drive.
Places of interest:
Page (Antelope canyon, Horse Shoe Bend, Lake Powell)
Monument Valley
Grand Canyon
Las Vegas(2 nights min)
Death Valley

Could you please suggest how should we plan our trip.
Please note that we are group of 10 people and will be taking airbnb homes wherever we stay overnight.

Also, please let us know if we can include other place like Wave,Zion,Bryce.. etc

Russ

September 26, 2019 at 3:22 PM

Yo Alley, we want to visit Antelope Canyon, Upper & Lower, the morning of Monday, May 25th, 2020. Yep that’s Memorial Day. Four Adults will overnight in Page, Sunday the 25th. So, what is the best tour to book? I saw one on the web that started early AM on the upper canyon, had a 45-min break, then did the lower Antelope mid-morning, finishing at noon. That website couldn’t book any trips beyond 12/31/2019.

Also, exactly where are upper & lower Antelope Canyons? Google maps of that area don’t seem to call-out Antelope Canyon. Thx, – Russ

Kim

September 26, 2019 at 12:09 AM

Hi Alley,
My husband and I are flying into Las Vegas on Wed., Nov 6 (10am arrival) and will depart Sat. Nov. 9 (11:30pm). We’d like to see the Hoover Dam (quick stop/no tour) Sedona, Grand Canyon (South Rim), Antelope Canyon (via kayak tour) and Horseshoe Bend. From the quick searches I’ve done, it looks like the kayak tours end Oct. 31st 🙁 Perhaps a quick stop at Zion, if it’s not too out of the way–otherwise drive straight through and perhaps walk around the Vegas strip for a few hours. We aren’t accustomed to road trips and the long drive seem a bit daunting. Wondering if we should scale back and just do Sedona and Grand Canyon, but it seems a waste to backtrack the same road to Vegas? What are your thoughts?

Anissa

September 25, 2019 at 4:23 AM

Dear Alley,

We are planning for a family trip in June 2020. We are in our fifties with three kids from 18-28 yo. Please comment on our plan. Wonder if we should change the plan to stay in Zion for 2 days and 1 day in Page. We don’t know if there are enough things to do and see in Page.

Day 1 Fly to LAS from LAX, overnight at LAS
Day 2 LAS to Zion – arrive in the afternoon, do The Narrows hike…
overnight at Springdale
Day 3 Zion to Bryce – do the Angel’s Landing hike in the morning (hope it’s not too difficult) then drive to Bryce
overnight at Ruby’s Inn Bryce
Day 4 Bryce to Page – boat trip or some activities before driving to hotel in Page
overnight at Page
Day 5 2nd day at Page – Lower Antelope tour in the morning and Upper Antelope or other slot canyon tour in the afternoon,
overnight at Page
Day 6 Page to Grand Canyon – go to Hoseshoe Bend just after sun rise before heading towards Grand Canyon
overnight booked at Maswik Lodge, the other in park lodges are full
Day 7 2nd day at Grand Canyon – plan to do a helicopter tour in the morning
overnight at Maswik Lodge
Day 8 Grand Canyon to Las Vega
Day 9 Fly back to LAX

Regina

September 23, 2019 at 11:23 PM

Hi.! We are going to Arizona in November. We arrive from monday de 25th and depart sat 30th. I need help in making our trip more efficient. We will stay in SEDONA. So, maybe monday do sedona and one of pink jeep tours. Any recomendation? We have 3 children from 6 to 10. Very active. Then on Tuesday we want to go to PAIGE and do Antelope,(buy tickets with kens..) lake power and HSHoe. Should we do this on our own or do you recommend by tour? In lake powel i read that the boat tours or rafting is nice….
I think we should sleep in Page… Then Wednesday, take advantage that day to got o Monument valley….which is closer, take the tour and then come back to sedona…. Does that make sense? This would take up most of the day? Is there more to see or to around that area?
Then we still have thursday and friday…. what would you recommend? Verde canyon railroad, chapel of the holly cross, maybe a helicopter tour?
If we wish to go to grand canyon should we sleep again in Paige? what else do you recommend?
Thanks!!

Nathan

September 23, 2019 at 10:52 PM

Hello,

Searching for some advice.
My wife and I are planning a trip to Vegas and Arizona from oct. 26th to nov 2nd
Current itinerary:

Day 1: drive to page, az
Day 2-3: explore page, az
Day 4: grand canyon south rim
Day 5: Hoover dam and on to Vegas
Day 6-7: Vegas
Day 8: fly home

Would you change anything about this??? Is this the most optimal path? Any suggestions with this path?

Tysm!!

Bryan

September 23, 2019 at 8:32 PM

Hello, WOW this site and the feedback provided is amazing!! I have really enjoyed learning so much from the comments and the posts. Very thorough and obviously a passion of yours. So thank you. I have read this page and I am at a cross roads however. When i try to research the canyons they all say they are amazing (which I have no doubt), and just as good as the famed Antelop upper and lower.
So here is our situation. We are only going to be in Page for one day, the downsid eof trying to hit the GC and LAS Vegas, etc. We will come into Page in the evening on a Saturday in mid Oct. planning to watch the sunset at Horsehoe bend. Is this at about 7pm? We would also love to see the beautiful night time skies I have seen in photos and any suggestions on a place that would be welcoming of us being there for an hour or so, but also away from the light polution of Page would be great. Also does Page have fun night time activites?
Since we have such limited time we will only be able to do one slot canyon on our visit. We are both active, outgoing, in our 30’s, and healthy. So We want something more than an easy stroll. I was originally thinking lower antelope, still on my list, but worried about the crowds. We would go in the morning which would help, but now I am seeing other options also. I would love to do the Cardiac Canyon, but we just do not have the time this trip. So, here is the question… We want to avoid tons of people, and have some adventure… but I dont want to miss the wonder Antelope is famed for. Are other canyons really equivalent in beauty, colors, and wonder, just not as marketed? Or are they really more similar to what I could see at Valley of Fire near Vegas? With only one chance to see this area, I dont want to miss the best(of course subject to opinion). Whether that is a alternate with less crowds, or not.

So we are considering: Antelope lower, Canyon X, Mystical Antelope/Arrowhead campground, Mountain Sheep canyon, and Cathedral Canyon.

Thank you so much,
Bryan

Dorothy Harting

September 21, 2019 at 7:53 PM

Hi
We are traveling to the Grand Canyon and Beyond Area in September 2020. We already have a one night reservation at the El Tavor Hotel in the South Rim for Tuesday, 8 September. I believe air fare is typically less expensive on Saturday’s and Tuesday’s so I thought we should fly in on Saturday, 5 September and fly home on Friday or Saturday, 11 or 12 September. (as well as for work purpose so we can take off Monday>Friday) Some of the sites that we would like to see are the South Rim Grand Canyon, Lake Powell/Page Area, Zion and Bryce Canyons. Can you suggest an itinerary that makes sense to be able to accomplish these areas? I thought we could do:
Day 1: Saturday – Flight from Maryland>Las Vegas, then drive to Zion Canyon, spend the night in Springdale

Day 2: Sunday – View Zion Canyon, then drive to Bryce Canyon, spend the night outside of park

Day 3: Monday- Visit Bryce Canyon (maybe drive a portion of the way to Grand Canyon to spend the night so less driving the next day)

Day 4: Tuesday-drive to Grand Canyon, spend the night at El Tavor

Day 5: Wednesday-visit Grand Canyon, either spend the night outside of Grand Canyon or drive to Lake Powell/Page area & spend the night

Day 6: Thursday – visit Lake Powell area, spend the night

Day 7: Friday, either fly home or if more time is needed continue visit of Lake Powell

Day 8: Drive from Page/Lake Powell area to Las Vegas and fly home

This is the only itinerary that I could come up with since the Grand Canyon visit is not at the very beginning or end of the trip. If you also have any suggestions for stops to visit along the way to each of these, it would be greatly appreciated.

Thank you so much.

Dee

September 20, 2019 at 5:11 PM

Hello.
We are planning to visit Page Oct 8 to Oct 9. Have to head back to Phoenix Oct 9 after the Antelope Canyon home for a flight out on Oct 10 morning.
We really want to experience the traditional Tipi camp like adventure in the Navajoland. But i am only seeing few places have this and it’s through AirBnB only. Do you have any reasonable suggestions to reserve anywhere? I have looked into couple in Navajo Nation area but starting is same as a real hotel price! $150? Would have thought it’d significantly cheaper considering lack of a lot of “regular” things. Mainly real bed, water, electricity.
We also want to do the tour but I noticed some of the Tipi and Hogan accommodations have their own slot canyons. (Mystical Antelope Canyon) is the one that has tour with Tipi reservation. But tour is quite expensive rather then Lower Antelope Canyon.
What do you suggestion?
We also want to do the boat tour. We have to pack Antelope Canyon and boat tour in one day and head back to Phoenix hotel in evening.
Is this doable?

Muthu

September 20, 2019 at 2:06 PM

Hi, I am visiting Las Vegas and Grand Canyon in the Last week of November. I am Arriving on November 27th Night on Las Vegas, and Departing on December 1st From Las Vegas. We want to visit Grand canyon North and South Rim, Horseshoe bend and Antelope Canyon, and also spend a day in vegas. If anyone could advise us what to expect and how to plan, since its a Thanksgiving Weekend, it would be really helpful.

Kaydee

September 20, 2019 at 2:03 AM

Hi Alley,
Thank you for all the wondering information on this site. It is all very helpful and overwhelming at the same time. Please help us plan our itenirary. I’m planning a trip to Vegas with my family (with 2 kids age 13 and 6). I land in Vegas on Nov 23 morning (11am) and want to spend time in Grand Canyon from Nov 23 to Nov 25. How do you suggest we travel from vegas, where do we stay and what all can we cover in 2 days? I’m thrilled with the photos of Horseshoe Bend and would certainly like to cover that. Eagerly looking forward to hear your response. Thank you!

JESSIE

September 20, 2019 at 1:19 AM

Hi!
Thank you soooooo much for all your comments and helping everyone plan their perfect vacation!
I will only be in Pheonix from October 7-10… Realistically I think I can only make the trip to go to one place. Would you recommend the grand canyon or horseshoe bend? If you could only view one. Thank you!

lalana rochette

September 19, 2019 at 7:10 PM

Hello,

My name is Lalana from Thailand.

I would like to book tours for me and my famliy in Sep 2020

(2 adults and 2 yr old daughter).

We would like to see:

Upper Antelop,

Lower Antelope

Canyon X,

Secret Canyon,

Water Holes,

Glen canyon dam overlook

My questions are:

1)Any of the above is banned for toddlers?

2)which locations you provide tours?

3)base on your answer of question 2, How many days should we stay in Page?

4) any tour companies can offer guides to aboved places with toddlers?

ps. i would like to go to as many spots possible with my 2 year old.

thanks alot!

Eric

September 19, 2019 at 7:20 AM

Hi,
Hi, we are a group of 3-4 and really keen on visiting a slot canyon in the Page area next mid-October 2020. We’d be grateful if you could answer the following questions:
-Could someone who has had a hip replacement 2 years ago manage the Lower Antelope Canyon?
-What is the length of the Lower Antelope Canyon compared to Secret Canyon (or Horseshoe Bend canyon)?
-How awe-inspiring is the Lower Antelope Canyon compared with the Secret Canyon?
-In mid-October period, how busy is visiting Lower Antelope Canyon? Would we expect to have to wait in line to descend the ladders into the Canyon?
-Can you recommend any multi-day tours leaving from Las Vegas that include the Lower Antelope Canyon & Horseshoe Bend Overlook?
Thanks very much,
Eric

Alex

September 17, 2019 at 6:40 PM

Dear Alley,

would you be able to recommend any company that runs multisport-type tours around the national parks of Arizona, Utah and Nevada that would also include this amazingly looking kayak tour?
I’m struggling to find one and since I travel solo, I would really prefer to join a group of “like-minded individuals”:)

Thanks a lot!

Chad Meyer

September 17, 2019 at 8:18 AM

Hi Alley,

I’m so excited to share with you my family trip plans and to get your ever-so-knowledgeable review on it as it would be most helpful and greatly appreciated.

First of all, we plan to do this in April as this is when we get the most time off of work in the year apart from December. Secondly, you’ll note I’ve already taken into account your previous recommendations for times of certain tours.

The itinerary goes as such:

Day 1 – Santa Monica to Havasu Springs, Arizona – 1 Night stay
Drive: 4hrs35min – 290 miles from last destination
Stay: Havasu Springs Resort
Highlights: Joshua Tree N.P.
Sandal Trail – Navajo National Monument
Hoover Dam Lookout
London Bridge Visit
Seligman (Route 66) Visit
Tusayan for Imax film
Mr D’s Diner

Day 2 & 3 – Havasu Springs, Arizona to Grand Canyon Village – 2 Nights stay
Drive: 3hrs50min – 248 miles from last destination
Stay: 7 Mile Lodge
Highlights: Grand Canyon N.P.
Little Colorado River Outlook
Breakfast at Historic Cameron Trading Post
Havasu Falls
Moenkopi Dinosaur Track
Navajo National Monument hike to cliff dwellings
Lunch at Kayenta

Day 4 – Grand Canyon Village to Monument Valley, Arizona – 1 Night stay
Drive: 3hrs16min – 182 miles from last destination
Stay: Goulding’s Lodge
Highlights: Monument Valley N.P. (Afternoon)
Arches N.P. (Morning)

Day 5 & 6 – Monument Valley to Page, Arizona – 2 Nights stay
Drive: 2hrs15min – 131 miles from last destination
Stay: Lake Powell Resorts and Marinas
Highlights: Horseshoe Bend (Early Morning)
Antelope Canyon Tour (Lower Canyon)
Lake Powell and Rainbow Bridge Tour (Morning)

Day 7 & 8 – Page to Bryce Canyon, UT – 2 Nights stay
Drive: 2hrs 37min – 149 miles
Stay: Air B&B – Panguitch and Duck Creek Village
Highlights: Zion N.P. – Angel’s Landing (Morning)
Bryce Canyon N.P. (River Rafting)

Day 9 – Bryce Canyon to Vegas, NV – 1 Night stay
Drive: 4hrs 11min – 262miles
Stay: Air B&B / hotel
Highlights: Vegas Strip
Show

Day 10 – Vegas to Santa Monica, CA
Drive: 4hrs 33min – 285miles

I have four burning questions to ask. Firstly, who would you recommend for the river rafting tour and is this even the right time of year for it? Secondly, which parks do we need a guided tour with us and where would you recommend we do this? Thirdly, I will be taking my camera with me to document this trip and to take photos, however, I see that I need a permit for certain places like Antelope Canyon and Monument Valley. Do I need it for anywhere else and where do I acquire this? Lastly, my brother has a US National Parks card but now we are in Navajo Parks territory so which parks will we need to purchase other permits for?

I eagerly anticipate your reply.

Chad from South Africa.

Gail Gimbel

September 16, 2019 at 11:01 PM

Hello Alley,
We are coming from the Boston area to visit for the first time October 8-18, starting and ending in Vegas. The 7-day Itinerary looks great. Fortunately we will be able to add a second night in 2 places and wondered what you would suggest.
Also, which tour of Antelope Canyon would you suggest? We are in our 60’s, and energy can be a challenge due to my husband’s health issues. Although he’s in great shape due to cycling and and skiing, walking on uneven terrain can be tough, and a narrow trail with a sharp drop-off wouldn’t work.
Thank you so much in advance.

Mary

September 16, 2019 at 7:07 PM

Hi, Thank you for all the helpful information. We were thinking of going to the Page area the week of Thanksgiving and among other things, checking out at least one of the the less crowded slot canyons and maybe a boat/float tour like Lake Powell or Antelope Canyon. It’s probably going to be cold and I read there’s no ‘light beams’ in the slots that time of year. We saw Horseshoe bend but did not do a float trip- I’m guessing it would be too cold for the half day trip. Should we just delay this trip to spring instead? I’ve been many times to the national parks in that area over the years so we were thinking of visiting some national monuments like Navajo and Canyon De Chelly. I wasn’t sure if it was worth going to the area Thanksgiving week due to the weather, although we would also re-visit GC, Zion, etc, if we did. Thank you.

Magrid Wichers

September 16, 2019 at 5:40 PM

I will be traveling to all of the location’s mentioned on a 11 day tour. Can you please forward article so I can print?
Thanks

Ciara

September 15, 2019 at 8:51 PM

Hi Alley,
We are making a trip to see Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend, and the Grand Canyon in mid October. The light beam isn’t a big priority so we’re leaning more towards touring the lower canyon. However, we are going to have our 6 month old with us. I plan to wear her in a carrier, which she does great in and both me and my husband are active so the stairs shouldn’t be an issue. What are your thoughts? Also, I’m curious about the ride out to the canyon. Do they allow car seats or will we have to hold her on the ride?
Here’s the projected timeline:
Friday Oct. 11: drive to Page from Pheonix in morning, AC tour, view Horseshoe Bend, stay in Page overnight
Saturday: drive to South Rim and view Grand Canyon- possibly do a tour (I haven’t looked into this part too much yet), stay overnight in Tusayan
We need to be back to Pheonix by Sunday afternoon.
I know it’s not ideal for the Grand Canyon to be done in one day, but what would be the best thing we can do with our time there?

Thanks for your resources!!

CoreyB

September 15, 2019 at 6:37 PM

I will be in AZ for a few days the first weekend in Nov. we arrive in Phoenix late evening on 10/31 and depart at 430 pm on Monday 4. We are planning to stay in Phoenix and get up early on Friday. We have 3 full days. We definitely want to explore Sedona but also want to visit Page specifically to see Horseshoe bend and Antelope Canyon. We love to hike. Any suggestions on where to spend the majority of our time or a possible itinerary to make the best use of our time? We want to plan an itinerary before we book lodging. We had considered popping in to GC, but realize that may be unrealistic this time around, based on time. Thanks in advance.

Leann

September 14, 2019 at 5:05 AM

Hello, we are travelling to Page on Saturday Sept 21st. Since all of the prime time tours for Antelope Canyon are full for that day, is the light better at an 8:30am or 2pm tour? Thank you!

miah

September 13, 2019 at 3:07 PM

Hi Alley, this is really informative! I’ve a couple of questions if you could advice.
Planning for a trip towards the end of November, a 7 days trip to cover the following area:
– Zion, Bryce, Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe bend, Grand Canyon

1. Is it feasible to cover within 7 days? Any proposals on the route
2. Antelope Canyon – based on your sharing above it seems like we would require a tour and after the tour can I cover Horseshoe bend in the same day?
3. Are there accommodations around these areas?

Appreciate it!

Judy Brislin

September 12, 2019 at 7:46 PM

My sister and I are considering a trip in February 2020, possibly Feb 15-22. We could fly into Phoenix or Las Vegas, just not sure about the weather conditions that time of year. We would like to see Grand Canyon, and we are not necessarily hikers, altho we did average about ten miles/day last February walking around all the Disney and Universal parks in Orlando for a week!! As far as nature hiking, we are inexperienced and in our mid-60’s. We enjoy taking scenic photos, and we are open to jeep tours, etc. Is this a place we might enjoy for a February trip? I was somewhat thinking of flying into Phoenix, and staying in Sedona as our base and just doing day trips perhaps??

Vita Akopyan

September 12, 2019 at 5:49 PM

Hello,
We are planning a trip for February 2020 and it seems there will be some backtracking, but I don’t see a way to avoid it. Do you have any suggestions please? The flights into Phoenix and out of Vegas have already been booked.
Feb 15 at night arrive at Phoenix airport
16- triple crown tour Antelope
17-drive to Bryce canyon and maybe Zion
18, 19- grand canyon
20, 21 – las vegas

thank you so much
Vita

MADHU

September 11, 2019 at 4:34 PM

Hi,
Am planning as below, let me know if its feasible.

Will be landing in Las Vegas on 21st Sep 8:00 AM.

Day1 – Sep 21st:- Las Vegas -> Hover Dam -> GC West Rim Skywalk -> Willams, AZ
Day2 – Sep 22nd:- Willams -> GC South Rim -> Horeshoebend -> Antelope Canyon -> Page,AZ
Day3 – Sep 23rd:- Page, AZ -> Las Vegas (to explore nightlife in Vegas)
Day4 – Sep 24th:- Back home flight at 5:00 PM

Thanks,
Madhu

Sunny

September 10, 2019 at 3:23 AM

Hi Alley,

Really enjoyed reading the advice you generously dole out to everyone here. Most people seems to be traveling in the summer so I have some seasonally specific questions I hope you can help me with.

We have about 10 days off for vacation during early January next year, and we have 11 year old and 7 year old kids. They are hoping to spend a few days at Disneyland (!!!!….), and Antelope Canyon is on the adults’ bucket list. So we’re hoping to invest 5 to 6 days into that segment.
First…. what’s the weather like in Antelope Canyon in January – it’s desert climate I imagine so is it gonna be freezing cold? wet? (we don’t mind windy… just not wet and cold)… but we’re from Canada.

Our initial (very very rough and changeable) plans:
Day 1: Flight from home to Las Vegas. See LV and stay overnight at LV.

Day 2: Drive out of LV to see Hoover dam and then overnight stay at Grand Canyon.

Day 3: Scenic drive from GC to Page, AZ (is this where we see Horseshoe bend?) Overnight at Page, AZ
Day 4: Antelope Canyon (upper, lower and maybe the float boat tour… if available and suitable in January!) – overnight at Page AZ night#2
Day 5: drive back to Las Vegas.
– day tour at LV, then either stay one night LV or take evening flight to Orange County CA
Day 6 onwards – california
a few days later… fly home to Canada directly from California

we have some flexiblity to add a couple of days to this segment (before California) but we aren’t big outdoorsy people (although our kids COULD walk the lower canyon i think) – so we aren’t really super keen on driving a further 4 to 6 hours to get to another National park. Us adults have been to vegas so we don’t feel compelled to stay on the strip too many nights either. But i’m sure you can think of things and attractions (That are worth adding a couple of extra days) that I haven’t at all considered.

Many thanks in advance!

Sunny
Canada

Ralex

September 10, 2019 at 12:32 AM

Hello. Beautiful video. Thank you for sharing. I am afraid of heights. Will this be an issue for me? Roughly how many stairs down and so forth? Thank you

Priyanka

September 09, 2019 at 3:13 PM

Hi, I’m planning to go to Vegas on October 7th and would like to plan a side trip before or after to visit Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend, Zion and Grand Canyon. Maybe, Bryce too if time permits. I’ve been to Bryce and Zion about 12 years ago and Grand Canyon about 20 years ago. I’ve never visited Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend.
I have the following questions:
1) Can you please advice how many days I should spend in each place and in which nearby cities/towns should I spend the nights? What route should I take for this trip? From Vegas to Zion to GC and back from the south or the opposite direction, from Vegas to GC to Zion, etc.? I’m not much into long hikes but I can do short ones (less than an hour or two). Would love to see an itinerary that you propose.
2) Should I go to both the south and north rims of GC or just one is enough (which one)? I would like to go to the place where you can walk on some walkway that is sticking out of the Grand Canyon and it offers an amazing view. Is that at a visitor center? I went to GC about 20 years ago. So, it’s not like I haven’t seen it but would like to visit again since I’ll be in the vicinity.
3) For Antelope canyon, how are the views of upper canyon different from lower canyon? Do you recommend doing both? What about the boat tour — is that a must or can be skipped? Trying to understand what extra or different we see by doing a boat tour? Is it really wow to also see it by the boat. The triple crown tour (both and boat) and is only $30 more than upper-lower combined but it starts at 8am versus the others at 10am …so trying to see if it’s really worth seeing by boat?
4) Are there any other places in that area that I should visit besides the places I listed above?
5) How will the weather be to visit during Oct 2nd/3rd to 7th or Oct 10th to 14th/15th?
6) Are there any special type of clothing, shoes, etc. I need to bring to the trip? I heard there’s a place in Antelope Canyon (Narrows) where we have to walk in water and might need water shoes and a hiking pole/stick?
7) Is there anything else I need to know that I forgot to ask?
8) One more different question to explore an alternate option – there are some guided tours from Vegas to Antelope Canyon and Vegas to Grand Canyon and back. If I decide to not bother renting a car and checking in and out of different hotels in other cities and make Vegas my base, do you advice this? Will those separate day tours give enough time to see upper and lower canyon and GC after all the back and forth traveling?
Thank you very much in advance. I really appreciate your website and the help you are providing to everyone.

sara danforth

September 09, 2019 at 2:26 PM

Hello, We are staying in Sedona for a few days in October. We’ve done Sedona and the South rim, but are taking our parents to see it again. We are planning to drive up to Antelope Canyon one day to see that and perhaps Horseshoe and Lake Powell. A friend just suggested doing Monument as well. Can we get Antelope and Monument done in one day from Sedona if we are good starting and ending the day early. This group moves pretty fast through parks. Appreciate the help!

Bill Calin

September 08, 2019 at 9:13 PM

I will be at Monument Valley on one day and Antelope Canyon on another taking still pictures. Don’t plan on selling anything but to be safe, I would like to purchase a permit. At monument valley I am staying at the motel and driving through and taking landscape shots, however at Antelope Canyon I am on a photo tour. My question is this: So that I get it right on the first submission, do I need a vehicle permit for Monument Valley or will my standard park entrance fee be enough, and for antelope canyon it is my understanding that my entrance fee was paid with my reservation so is my only fee for there the $50 fee. So, would I be correct in assuming to take just still photos, the $50 for each location is the correct fee? Thanks in advance

Dana

September 08, 2019 at 12:33 AM

Hi there,

I will be at Antelope Canyon in October. What kind of hiking shoes/boots do you recommend?

Thank you!

Elvin

September 06, 2019 at 7:12 PM

Hi, I need your suggestion for vising Grand Canyon West Rim, Antelope Canyon and Horse Shoe Bend on 4 to 5 days. We will be arriving to Las Vegas. Suggestion for schedule and cities to sleep in, if we were to drive, will be appreciated…

Andy

September 05, 2019 at 9:36 PM

Hi my name is Andy, i just wanted to know if we are allowed to bring a small foldable Selfie Stick to take pictures with your celphone for souveneir shots. Do i need to have a permit just to take pictures.

Shea Dar

September 02, 2019 at 7:50 PM

Hi,

I’m glad I came across this site and is hoping that someone can help me and my friends in planning our very short AZ trip. We would be going there from SoCal on Sept. 25 (night)- Sept. 27. Since we only have a very short time for the trip, we decided to only see three destinations such as the Antelope Canyon (lower rim), Horseshoe Bend and Grand Canyon. We already booked a hotel which is close to the Antelope canyon so it will save us time to get there, but we haven’t booked any package tour yet. I hear the Ken’s tour is the one where you go book for the Antelope Canyon tour, and that it only takes an hour to finish the trip and so we would maybe prefer that. For our second stop we’d like to see the Horseshoe bend since people say it will take just about 19 mins drive from the Antelope Canyon. Can we just go there without a tour package or do like a walk-in thing, hike and just take pictures during sunset? Lastly, we plan to see the Grand Canyon on our way back to Cali ( 27th ) probably the afternoon because our hotel check-out is at 3pm ( or maybe we can do an early check-out) . Do we need to get a tour package for that as well?

Do you advise us to see the Horseshoe bend first before Antelope Canyon or what will be the best itinerary for those three destinations? Is there a tour package that we can avail for those three destinations so our short trip will be smooth and more organized? Right now I feel like we are so lost and hoping and would greatly appreciate if you guys can help us out in this. Thanks in advance.

Leslie Kim

September 01, 2019 at 12:45 AM

We are planning to be in Zion from 11/1-3 this fall and would like to take a side trip to Antelope Canyon from there, preferably on Saturday the 2nd. I know we cannot enter the canyon without a guide, but during that time of year how feasible is it for us to drive out there and then join a tour group on the spot rather than booking in advance? It’s rather overwhelming trying to figure out which tour company to book, and there doesn’t seem to be a way to book a tour for both Upper and Lower Antelope Canyon without having to book Horseshoe Bend as well (and even then it seems to be either one or the other) or having the tour originate from either Vegas or Flagstaff. Help!

Thank you,
Leslie

Alena

August 31, 2019 at 5:47 PM

Hi Alley,
we are planing to visit Utah for a 6 days on September 14th. The trip starts from Salt Lake City on a rented car – the last stop is Las Vegas. I have aproximated guide for a couple of days, but I have no idea how to plan everything in the best way.

September 14th (rent a car)
Direction to (optional):
-Genealogy test.
-Mirror Lake Scenic Byway,
-Big Cottonwood Canyon Byway,
-Little Cottonwood Canyon Scenic Byway,
-Provo River Scenic Byway,
-Nebo Loop National Scenic Byway.
-Fruita

Stay: Nights 14 -16 (hotel)

September 15-16th
Things to do (optional):
-Canyonlands
-Dead Horse Point
-Arches Monument
-Goblin Valley
-Monument Valley
-Early departure.
Stay: 16?

September 17th
Things yo do:
-Horseshoe Bend
-Kayaking on Lake Powell
-Antelope Canyon (lower, upper)
Stay: 18?

September 18th
-Bryce Canyon
-Zion National Park
Stay: 19?

September 19th or 20th
-Grand Canyon
Stay: Las Vegas

Please HELP! Check the plan, Im really worried!
I appreciate any help you can provide! 😉

Delia Leon

August 31, 2019 at 3:48 PM

Hi,

I am putting together a last minute road trip to the area and would love your input. I have checked availabilities and it looks like I will be able to make it happen if I book quickly but I am very confused as to what to do and when. We are traveling Sept 21-29 and will be arriving and departing from Vegas Airport.
Wish List:
Valley of Fire
Zion
Bryce
Antelope Canyon/Lake Powell Boat Tour
Horseshoe Bend

We are not avid hikers and are not very fit, but have always been curious about the area. That being said, what is worthwhile for us and the best use of our time? Also, it would be great if we could build in some SPA time into the schedule, maybe in Zion area (any suggestion of a SPA resort would be great). If we wanted to do anything else besides visiting canyons, is there anything in the area that we should not miss, exchange for something on wish list or add? For example, is a night at St. George worth it?

Any input is very much welcomed. I have read a lot of your responses and you are great so thanks in advance!

Lori Thompson

August 31, 2019 at 3:05 AM

I am planning to go on a tour of upper and lower antelope canyon, In the information it says no bags of any kind. can I carry my camera and trekking pole?

Rachel

August 30, 2019 at 9:10 AM

Hi
Love your info
Hoping you can help me
I fly from Miami into Phoenix on Sunday September 8th. I land at 11 pm. I leave from Phoenix on Thursday Late evening. I rented a car already and made reservations for both upper and lower antelope canyon for Tuesday morning beginning at 11. I plan to visit horseshoe bend that same day after my antelope canyon tours.
I’m not sure where to stay each night?? . I also want to see lake Powell in Utah and the Grand Canyon. Is there anything else you suggest? Yuma imperial sand dunes? Which part of Grand Canyon? Zion in Utah? I’m overwhelmed because there’s so much I want to see! Thanks for your help.

Janeth Sanchez

August 29, 2019 at 4:59 PM

Hi!
I am in desperate need of guidance. I have never hit the road, but feeling spunky and full of adventure. I am confused by the time zones, and order of travel options.

These are the areas I would love to visit (not in any order of preference):
1. Antelope (upper)
2. Horseshow Bend
3. Grand Canyon (perhaps the orange bus line)
4. Sedona (Birthing Cave)

I have 4 full days. Arrive in Phoenix at 7am on 09/20/ departure time is 3pm on 09/23

Recommendation on a realistic route and places to stay? I have an booking in Cameron the night of the 20th.

Paula Puls, Ronnie Puls

August 29, 2019 at 11:42 AM

I would like to apply for hiking the Wave for a group of two people=my husband and I for December 6, 2019. Paula Puls and Ronnie Puls. Thank you. How do I pay the $7.00 application fee?

Robyn

August 29, 2019 at 12:49 AM

Hi This is the most informative website I have come across. We have never toured a National Park and are not hard core hikers but would enjoy some easy to moderate hiking. We will be in Vegas for work in mid October and wanted take a few days to visit Zion, Horseshoe Bend, Antelope Canyon and possibly Lake Powell. How would you recommend we do our itinerary and where would you recommend we stay? Would you recommend stopping at Valley of Fire on the way back to Vegas? I appreciate any insight you could give us. Thank you

Rahim

August 27, 2019 at 12:05 PM

Hi, if i cant get permit to the Wave woudl be alternative that has similar features?

Giana

August 26, 2019 at 9:19 PM

I am a photographer, and 2 of my clients would like to take their engagement photos at Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend. I have a few questions:
1. Do I need to book a specific “photography tour” in order to do their photo shoot at Antelope Canyon, or will any tour be fine?
2. Do other canyons like Canyon X, Secret Canyon, & Rattlesnake Canyon offer photography tours? Or if we wanted to do their photo shoot in these canyons could we just book a normal tour?
3. Do I need to book a “tour” to take their photos at Horseshoe Bend?
4. Do I need to purchase a wedding permit even though this is not a wedding?
5. If I do need to purchase a wedding permit, will that permit cover us for both Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend?

Kayla Carr

August 25, 2019 at 8:44 PM

Hello!
This has been the most amazing website to come across and I have been reading through comments and getting great ideas but am hoping for some tips comments etc. on our itinerary. We will be travelling from November 16th-24th

Day1- leaving Phoenix and travelling to Sedona
Day 2- Sedona (any recommendations for the best way to spend a day here?)
Day 3- leave Sedona to North Rim
Day 4- north rim to horseshoe bend for sunrise, Canyon tour, lake Powell??
Day 5 – page area to Zion
Day 6- Zion (drive to Bryce at the end of the day to get a full day in at Bryce)
Day 7- Bryce national park
Day 8- scenic drive to las Vegas (fly out at 1pm)

1) Possibly any recommendations on camping, including wether staying in official campsites or free camping sites I have come across are a good idea?
2) if our route will be using our time most efficiently?
3) best canyon and itinerary for page to see the canyons, lake Powell and horseshoe bend.. we were thinking sunrise at horseshoe bend, canyon tour and then lake Powell near the end of the day.
4) we put our name in for the draw for the “wave” but we’re not chosen is this something we can still do?
5) monument valley- should we be including this in our itinerary somewhere?

Thank you! We look forward to any suggestions!

Kevin Babineaux

August 25, 2019 at 8:30 PM

My wife and I will be visiting Arizona in October we will be visiting Albuquerque then on to Sedona and the Grand Canyon our last stretch will be through Paige. We have a tour through antelope Canyon and a float trip planned I would also like to drive Drive around and sightsee the lake . Then it will be heading back to Louisiana my plan was driving through Monument Valley then spending a night in touring the next day in canyon to Chely . I was wondering if you would recommend mesa Verde over Canyon de Chelly. Also if you can recommend A stop or two along the lake from Paige and a place to eat

Alexis

August 24, 2019 at 6:53 PM

Hi Alley,

Thanks in advance for any insight!! I am planning a trip with my boyfriend for late October. We are staying in Flagstaff because of hotel points/free stay.

Day 1:
6:30 AM-9:00AM flight from New York to Phoenix
Drive to Flagstaff
Spend Day in Flagstaff
Sleep in Flagstaff

Day 2:
Drive to Grand Canyon South Rim
What is the best way to see the sites? Bike? Drive? Hike?
Drive back to Flagstaff
Sleep in Flagstaff

Day 3:
Drive to Page
9:45AM Antelope Canyon Tour
We would like to see Horseshoe Bend and Lake Powell – what is the best routing for this or option? How much time do we need at each place?
Sleep in Flagstaff

Day 4:
Day in Flagstaff
Sleep in Flagstaff

Day 5:
Drive to Sedona
Devils Bridge Hike
Spend day in Sedona
Drive back to Flagstaff
Sleep in Flagstaff

Day 6
Drive to Phoenix
Flight home

Appreciate any suggestions or alterations. Thank you!

Andy Southworth

August 22, 2019 at 3:51 PM

Alley,

Your insight and detailed responses are wonderful, and very helpful!

My family (wife and three boys, ages 9, 9, and 7) are taking our first trip out west in October. We fly into Vegas early on Monday, October 21st. We will rent a car and head to Zion that first day. We are only planning on being there one day – any suggestions on what we should do and/or where we should stay?

We will get up early the next morning and drive to Bryce Canyon. We have a hotel reserved that evening (Best Western Plus Ruby’s Inn), but we have not planned any activities. Any thoughts?

Our plan is to get up on Wednesday morning and head to Antelope Canyon. I would like to try to get on a tour that morning about 10:30 if possible. Do you recommend Upper or Lower, or does it not really matter? After the land tour, I would like to do a boat tour that afternoon. Do you think we should try to do Horseshoe Bend that evening (after the boat tour) or early the next morning?

From Antelope, we were planning on working our way back to Vegas, maybe stopping at the North Rim on the way there. Detouring to the North Rim does add an extra 2 1/2 – 3 hours on the drive to Vegas. Is it worth it, or is there something else you would recommend? If we do stop at the North Rim, it sounds like the Bright Angel Point Trail would be a good one for the kids.

As I mentioned above, it is our first trip out west, so we have no experience. If you have any thoughts or suggestions on how we might be able to improve our trip they would be much appreciated!

Sincerely,
Andy Southworth

Julie

August 22, 2019 at 3:50 PM

Hi! First of all, I am impressed and thankful for how responsive you are to all of us with our repetitive questions! 🙂 Can you give me some feedback on a proposed schedule? We are visiting in mid-September and at this point plan to make Flagstaff our “base” for this leg of our road trip. The reason for Flagstaff is because lodging options are SO expensive/limited in the surrounding areas and Flagstaff is basically the only spot that has a hotel option in which we can cash in rewards-member points (aka, sleep for free!). With that said, here is what we are planning on at this point:

Day 1: Drive from Flagstaff to the Grand Canyon and spend the day exploring. We will return to Flagstaff for the night.
Day 2: Drive from Flagstaff to Page for a 10 AM tour of Secret Canyon/Horseshoe Bend. (At the end of the tour we will begin to head towards Colorado to keep our road trip moving right along!)

My main question is: Is the drive from Flagstaff to Page by 10 AM feasible? Google maps says it is about 2 hours, but I’ve read things that say not to trust this time frame. We obviously expect to leave Flagstaff bright and early, but I’d hate to leave thinking we have plenty of time and then end up being late/missing our tour because of unexpected travel time. We also understand that it means we will enjoy the scenery from the car, and not stopping for lots of photo ops. We are OK with that!

Other question: Is driving after dark in these areas a bad idea? What is cell reception like around all these canyons? Our vehicle is reliable, but I’m the worrier in the group. 😛

Thank you!

Alyssa

August 21, 2019 at 9:11 PM

Thanks for this great info! I’ll be in Page in just 2 weeks and thanks to my anxiety over whether Antelope Canyon with the intense crowds is worth it, I still haven’t booked anything. I’m somewhat claustrophobic, do you think any of these tours you’ve described here would work for me? My concern about Antelope Canyon is feeling claustrophobia from all the people, but my concern with some of these is feeling it because they’re continuously narrow (aka they never open up).

Todd Brunjes

August 21, 2019 at 4:45 PM

Hi Alley,

we are planning trip sometime in july or august 2020.

Would like to add Sedona to your suggested plan …

Day 1 – Las Vegas to Grand Canyon
Day 2 – Grand Canyon to Monument Valley
Day 3 & 4 – Page/Lake Powell
Day 5 – Bryce Canyon
Day 6 & 7 – Zion National Park

what would you recommend? we can do up to 10 days

also we would like to do some mountain biking -> where would you recommend

Thank you

Todd

Sonal

August 21, 2019 at 1:55 PM

Hi
we are planning to visit Las vegas -> Grand Canyon west Rim (Day1) -> ANtelope Canyon (Day2) -> Las vegas (Day3). How far is antelope canyon from Grand Canyon west Rim?

Ana

August 21, 2019 at 7:39 AM

Hi,
First of all your post and comments are really useful and I am glad I found this site on google before booking my flight and the hotels.
I am planning to go to Las Vegas from 23 November to 28 or 29 November then head to LA and San Francisco. I will spend 3 days in Las Vegas (I think it’s enough?). Then I will rent a car and I was wondering if I can visit on one day – 27 Nov – the Grand Canyon and maybe take the famous Route 66 on my way back to Las Vegas, another day – 28 Nov – Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend – then go back to Las Vegas too. And the 3rd day, 29 Nov, on my way to LA I was thinking if I can stop to Death Valley and Sequoia National Park and find o hotel nearby for the night (if you can recommend a city in the area) and head to LA the next day.

Is the end of November a good time of the year to visit this area?

Thank you!
Ana

Cassie

August 20, 2019 at 10:18 PM

Hi Alley,
These itineraries are awesome. My husband and I will be traveling with our 2 boys (ages 11 and 15) in September and we have 1 week (Sat – Sat), flying into Phoenix and returning through Phoenix. We were hoping to drive through Sedona on Day 1 (we arrive early morning), spend the night in either Sedona or Flagstaff, then hit the Grand Canyon, Monument Valley/Antelope Canyon/Horseshoe Bend, and Zion for the rest of the week. Is this doable, or are we nuts? I realize we are at the mercy of whatever hotel accommodations are available at this point, but last minute is how we roll. 😉 We aren’t trying to cram too much in, but want to hit the best spots if we can! Thank you so much!

Jennie Youngquist

August 20, 2019 at 4:43 PM

Hi, Can you tell me what months are the least busy for application for the Wave permits? Since I have a flexible schedule, does it help my chances to not specify a specific date on my permit request or is it required to put a date(s)? If I don’t get selected for a Wave permit, can I continue to apply for each subsequent month? When applying for the permit, are the names required at this time? I may not have the names of all the people in my party until the date is selected. I’m hoping I can complete the names at that time. Thanks!

Dhruva

August 17, 2019 at 3:59 AM

Hi,
I am planning to drive from Phoenix, AZ to Page on 08/31 morning, and return on 09/02 afternoon.
Can you please advise me a travel plan to visit all attractions in Page.

Kaleigh

August 15, 2019 at 4:21 PM

My husband and I are planning a trip out to Arizona in February of 2020. I like to do my planning/reservations well in advance. Many of the sites to book tours to visit do not have availability posted yet for February. Do you know when these dates may be opened up for reservations? Should I call the company instead of inquire online?
Thanks in advance!!

Shirley

August 15, 2019 at 2:41 AM

Hi I didn’t see anyone ask this question but I’m assuming only one application for permit per group is allowed? Meaning if there are 3 of us only one should apply for the group or can all 3 of us submit applications? Thank you!

Liya Cheraux

August 14, 2019 at 4:02 PM

Hi Ryan,

Loved reading your post, and truly amazed how much time you spent helping us. Thank you!

My question for you is different from what I’ve read here. My husband and I are touring through south Utah and Page in total 7 days. We will be trying to hike the Narrows in Zion, should we still book the Antelope Canyon tour? Since Page is our last stop (mainly for Horseshoe bend and Grand Canyon), I wonder if we would have seen enough canyons after all these days, and would find Antelope Canyon tour unnecessary. I’d love to hear your advice. Thank you.

Here is our 7-day itinerary (work in progress). We’ve booked all the accommodations so can’t change much.

9/14 : Drive from home to Zion
9/15 Day1: Zion (Zion night 1)
9/16 Day2: Zion (Zion night 3)
9/17 Day3: Bryce (Fruita Campsite night 1)
9/18 Day4:Capitol Reef (Fruita Campsite night 2)
9/19 Day5: Arches/Canyonlands/Dead Horse Point SP (Moab Yurt night)
9/20 Day6: Arches/Canyonlands/Dead Horse Point SP (Page night)
9/21 Day7: Horseshoe Bend, Grand Canyon (Vegas night)
9/22 : Drive from Vegas to home

Tracy

August 14, 2019 at 2:41 PM

Hi Alley,
This is so helpful! Thanks so much!!! My family (myself, my husband and 2 daughters, ages 11 & 12) are planning a trip for late March 2020. Anything you would add or do differently if traveling with kids? What about the Petrified Forest, any good way to add that in? Thank you, Thank you!

Orli

August 13, 2019 at 2:55 PM

Hi
We plan to visit the antelop canyon on 20/12, is it possibel in this season?
Thanks
Orli

Evy

August 12, 2019 at 9:09 PM

Hi,
I read that visiting the Canyon is best during March-September and Oct-Feb Antelope Canyon is dimmer. I’m thinking of going Nov 9-11. Here is my idea: Nov 9 from PHX to Sedona staying overnight in Sedona. Nov 10 leaving Sedona at 8am to Grand Canyon and Horseshoe Bend and staying overnight in Page. Nov 11 tour Antelope Canyon and doing the boat tour. Which Canyon offer best lighting during the time frame. Or I can wait until April.
Or we can just do a day trip to Sedona and stay at William on Nov 9 and stay overnight in Page on Nov 11?

Timm Mackley

August 12, 2019 at 7:24 PM

We followed this itinerary almost to the letter in July, 2019.
It was perfect! We were grateful for every one of the suggestions made here.

Sharon

August 11, 2019 at 4:12 PM

Hi, wow so much information that helps make sense into how to plan each day. We are planning on arriving I Vegas on October 8th and would like to travel starting in Zion from October 10th for 7 days. I saw your plan starts from GC, would that be preferable?
My very rough plan:
10/10 Vegas – Zion
10/11 Zion
10/12 Bryce
10/13 Bryce-Paige
10/14 lake powell
10/15 lower antelope and shoe bend driving to south rim GC (can we fit something in GC here?)
10/16 GC and drive back to Vegas with Hoover dam on the way. (Is it too much?).
Is mid October recommended? Less crowded? or is the weather too unexpected?
I am concerned that things are too tight. Should we try and fit in another day and where? Or else how would you plan out the days if we plan on leaving Vegas to NY in the night of October 17th? Are there specific activities that we should not plan on (like a boat tour in lake Powell) or will that still be happening at that time?

Gary Morgan

August 11, 2019 at 12:21 PM

Question please. My wife and I are driving around the Utah Arizona area and we do not have a specific time where we are going to be at any one place. Is there a phone number we can call to see if there are any tours available the day before we drive to the Antelope Canyon area? Thank you

nicole

August 11, 2019 at 6:10 AM

hello, we will be visiting the first week in October. I am interested in seeing as much as possible. Where is a good location to stay? Best place to book the tours? The reviews I’ve read for the tours online are hit and miss. some good, some bad. ideally we’d like to see anteloupe canyon, grand canyon and more! We will be in Las vegas for 2 days and have 2-3 days to see AC and the GC. Any suggestions on the best way to approach this?
Nicole

Jennifer Ann

August 10, 2019 at 1:34 PM

Hi! I can’t find my post from yesterday and I was going back to it to see my itinerary. Sorry to bother you.

MP

August 09, 2019 at 9:12 PM

Hi, Alley. First, let me say you are an amazing source of information, and I found myself nodding at all the advice you gave to people, especially about packing so much into their itineraries. I used to travel to and from Page a lot years ago, and have so many great memories. I’d like to return, but I was shocked at how difficult it is to get to PGA by air. I’m wondering if I’m looking at the wrong airport or what I’m doing wrong. Is it really that expensive to fly into Page now, and should I fly into Phoenix and drive up instead? Thank you for your help!

Jennifer Ann

August 09, 2019 at 8:31 PM

Hi!
What do you think of this plan?
Mid-October 2019
Fly to Phoenix from east coast and arrive at 12:45 pm
Stay in Phoenix and relax

Day 2:
Leave for Page by 6 am (we are early risers)
And take lower antelope Canyon tour at 1 which leaves us time before for a brief lunch
Go to horseshoe bend and also drive over state line in Utah as oldest daughter wants to visit all 50 states
Sleep in Page

Day 3:
Leave at 6 am and drive to Grand Canyon (which side?) and spend time there until about 3 or 4 pm when we would journey back to Phoenix before dark

Day 4
Spend it in Phoenix

Day 5
Board airplane at 6 am and get home at 4 pm

What do you think? Thanks in advance!!!!

David M

August 09, 2019 at 8:10 PM

Hi Alley
Looking for some help in planning a trip from Las Vegas, touring most of the above places and then to depart from Phoenix. We arrive in Las Vegas on Friday Sep 20th at 12.45 PM. We leave from Phoenix on Saturday Sep 28th at 9.55 AM. We plan to rent a car in Vegas and drop it off in Phoenix. We would like to see Zion, Grand Canyon and Sedona. Rest everything is add on.

If we have time we do not mind staying on the evening of arrival on Friday in Vegas and start the trip in the morning on Saturday Sep 21 or we can start afternoon Sep 20th. We have not booked anything so far. I am hoping I can start booking them today once I get some in put from you.

Sep 20- ? Stay overnight in Vegas and leave on Sep 21st or Leave at 3 PM after getting the car towards Zion and stay in Zion?
Sep 21- Explore Zion – Stay overnight
Sep 22- Explore Zion and drive in the afternoon to Bryce, stay in Bryce. Or stay in Zion overnight?
Sep 23- Either drive to Bryce in the am or spend the day in Bryce [after having stayed the night before] and drive to Page in the evening, stay in Page?
Sep 24- Page and surrounding, stay in Page.
Sep 25- Drive to GC. Stay in GC.
Sep 26- Drive to Sedona, stay in Sedona.
Sep 27- Stay Sedona. Drive to Phoenix in the evening or early morning Sep 28 to catch the flight at 9.55?
Sep 28- Leave from Phoenix at 9.55 AM.

Thanks in advance.

Britney Levetan

August 09, 2019 at 6:53 PM

Hello,

I am planning on meeting my family at Antelope Point Marina on August 17th but will be arriving late on the 16th and need a place to camp for the night. I will not be getting there until about 11 pm. What do you recommend for me to do since most camp grounds will be closed by this time?

Josh

August 08, 2019 at 6:02 PM

Hi ,

We are starting from Barstow early morning around 7 , wanted to only do Mather point and yavakoi point in grand canyon by 7 p.m and the head to antelope canyon for night stay . Is it safe to drive from grand canyon to antelope lower canyon after 7-8.

Jessica

August 07, 2019 at 8:18 PM

Hello! Thank you for the time you put into making amazing experiences for others. I have 2 questions: Is it required to use a professional company for touring Antelope Canyon (either upper or lower) or can you simply do a self-guided tour and pay a smaller entrance fee? Secondly, are there any “must see” stops on the way fromm the south rim (Mather Campground) to Page, other than Horseshoe Bend? We were hoping to see Antelope Canyon but the tour rates are incredibly steep. Thank you for your time!

Anvi Shah

August 06, 2019 at 7:24 PM

Hi Alley! Loved your website. Thank you so much for taking the time to write such a detailed itinerary.. It has been very helpful.

We are a group of 3 adults travelling this Sept. We land in Vegas on 21st morning, rent a car and head to GC south rim.

Below is the brief outline itinerary. Not sure if its doable. Please could you have a look and let me know.
Its our 1st time in the US and I really wanted to spend sometime in the Canyons, but never have enough time to do everything!!!

Day 1 – hoover dam & GC south rim, stay the night there
Day 2 – monument valley, antelope Canyon & horseshoe bend, stay the night at Page
Day 3 – glen Canyon – rafting & late evening Bryce Canyon, Stay the night at Bryce
Day 4 – bryce Canyon – ATV ride, explore some sites on our way back to Vegas. Reach Vegas by late evening.
Day 5 & 6 – 2 days and 1 night in Vegas, fly out to San jose on 26th night.

Unfortunately, our flights into and out of Vegas are booked so don’t t want to change that.
Will appreciate it if you could let me know your thoughts.
Many thanks.
Anvi

Luis

August 06, 2019 at 5:42 PM

Hi Alley.
Do you know if the route from Phoenix to Yuma is safe to travel? Paved?
I am planning on going in April. Phoenix to Yuma, back to Phoenix, Sedona, Flagstaff, Grand Canyon and Page (Antelope Canyon ….. MUST SEE in my book)
But a bit concerned about the Yuma travels. (VERY interested in seeing the Imperial Sand Dunes.)
Please advise if you can .
Thank you.

Luis

Vipula Manu

August 05, 2019 at 4:22 PM

HI I am solo traveller and will be staying in Vegas
I would like to visit Antelope canyon & Horeshoe Bend, and acceptable to do it over 1 to 2 days from Vegas. (30-31st August)
Which tour companies would you recommend

Julie

August 04, 2019 at 9:57 PM

Hi, Alley! Your website has been so helpful in trying to plan our trip. Thank you for taking the time to answer so many questions. I would like to get any advice or suggestions on our itinerary. We leave in two weeks. I am really excited and hoping we have jammed packed our trip with too much to do. There is just so much to see and explore. I wish we had a month to visit!
August 15th – Flying into Salt Lake City (evening)
August 16th – Exploring Salt Lake City (My son lives here so he has several places he wants us to visit. We will be making trips in the future to visit him to see more.)
August 17th – Leave for Bryce. Explore Bryce. Spend the evening near Bryce (still haven’t found a place so we may have to go on to Springdale)
August 18th – Leave for Zion. Explore Zion. We will be glamping at Zion Ponderosa Ranch.
August 19th – Leave for Page, AZ. Spend the day in Page. Explore Horseshoe Bend. Afternoon tour of Lower Antelope Canyon. Staying in Page
August 20th – Travel to Grand Canyon South Rim. Explore Canyon and Staying in Williams.
August 21st – Travel to Las Vegas. Stop at Hoover Dam.
August 22nd – Spend the day in Las Vegas. Show that evening.
August 23rd – Afternoon Flight home.

Barbara

August 04, 2019 at 6:26 PM

Hi Alley, Great info! My husband and I will be in Page for just one night 9/6. Would love to do Antelope Canyon but am getting turned off by all of the comments of crowds. However my husband has some back issues so not sure the alternatives would work or be as dramatic. Considering the upper or lower canyon bundled with a boat tour as we would really like a boat tour of the Colorado River. We are coming from Bryce so looking at early afternoon times. Do you think early September will be as crowded as ‘Walmart on Black Friday’. Loved that description by the way! Option #2 is Secret Canyon with Horseshoe Bend but that means no boat tour and less dramatic views. Option #3 is Canyon X (love the lower price) and then separately a boat tour. But concerned about the in and out climb. We are seniors but in good shape except for the back issues. Would that one be too much driving between tours locations?
I appreciate your perspective. Thanks.

Tom

August 04, 2019 at 1:08 AM

Hello from Australia, my wife and I plan to drive from Las Vegas to Page to visit Antelope Canyon on October 26th 2019 for 3 nights and we would like to do the Upper, Lower and boat cruise of the canyons over two days.

Is there a package available to accomodate the above plan?
Given it will be the end of October what is the best time to view the canyons?
What will the temperatures be at that time of year?

Your advice very much appreciated.

Ana

August 03, 2019 at 2:34 PM

Thank you for your blog post!
After reading your post I got confused which canyon should we visit in late April.
We decided to visit lower antelope canyon, but now I am thinking it will be crowded there.
What’s your suggestion?

Thank you

Lianna D

August 03, 2019 at 1:51 AM

When I win permit is it only for me, or my husband can come along? Thanks

Elizabeth

August 03, 2019 at 12:00 AM

Hi I wish I had come across your website sooner before I started planning and booking for my trip in September. I would like to share with you a basic outline of my schedule.

Sept 12th. Land in Vegas. Visit seven magic mountains and visit the strip
Sept13th-17th. Stay in Washington Utah. On the way stop at Death Valley state park. Plan to visit Bryce Canyon and Zion national, sand hollow state park as well as yant flat and snow canyon.
17th-18th drive to orderville. Do rock climbing in a slot canyon and visit pink coral sands
18th-20th. Page Arizona.. paddle lake Powell, horseshoe bend and upper antelope. Also possibly thinking of going to the arches national park.
20-21at Las Vegas and fly out.

Does this seem reasonable?

Thank you

Sukaina

August 02, 2019 at 5:47 PM

Is it too late to apply for the wave permit for travel dates in Sept 2019?

Bill Drain

August 01, 2019 at 11:45 PM

We just did this itinerary in June. We flew into Vegas on Wednesday June 19th, then headed for the Grand Canyon the next morning. We finished up the following Thursday and flew home to Maryland. It was, in a word, fantastic. One of our best ever vacations. The only thing I would do differently is that I would’ve added a 2nd night at the Grand Canyon. By the time we stopped at Hoover Dam, we didn’t get there until 6pm on Thursday the 20th, and we have to be on our way to Monument Valley by 10am the following day. That said, now we just have an excuse to go back to the Grand Canyon in the not too distant future so we can spend more time checking it out. Anyway, thanks for posting, this was fantastic.

ABU

July 31, 2019 at 7:59 PM

Hi Alley
Thanx for the details of alternative stuff to do in while in PAGE.
I am planning to dive from Las vegas to page and stay a night in page on Aug/9. I’ve booked lower antelope for 1 PM afternoon schedule on Aug/09. i guess it will take 1 hr. After that i am planning to go Horse shoe bend my self without any tour. OK ? i wish to visit Canyon X or Secret Canyon will be time enough ? how much time it takes over all to do either of them.
I checked there is the last tour for Canyon X at 4 pm, will that be ok ? night i stay i sleep over then catch sun-rise at horse shoe again then head to South rim and continue to Las vegas.
how it seems the plan ? suggest me plz

Willem

July 30, 2019 at 1:06 PM

Hi Alley,
We are planning to visit the Antelope in april 2020.
Would you be so kind to look al these questions:
1. is your advise to visit both the upper and lower Antelope?
2. Is it possible to visit the lower Antelope without a guide?
3. is april also a month where it is necessary to book in advance?
Thanks
Willem

Jeff

July 30, 2019 at 7:18 AM

Hi Alley, first of all thank you for all the help you give to others on here. Secondly, I am planning a road trip (3 to 4 weeks) from Los Angeles and around Western US. Going through Vegas, Salt Lake City, Idaho, Mount Rushmore, Glacier National Park, then through Washington to Portland and back down from Northern Cali to LA. To begin our journey we plan on staying overnight in Vegas before making our way to see Zion, Horseshoe Bend, Antelope Canyon, North Rim and possibly Marble Canyon and Bryce if needed.

Plan is to go this September (about 6 weeks from now)

My plan was to drive up to Zion during the day from Vegas and stay 2 nights around there (finding anything cheap hotel or motel wise on the fly). See Zion in the afternoon on first day, wake up early and hit up Zion the following day (my wife does not want to do any hikes so basically we will hit the shuttle for the day and taking in the views at the stops or flat land walking). Then the next day (Day #3) drive over to Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend before staying the night in Page or closer to the North Rim. Day #4 check out the North Rim (and possibly Marble Canyon if it’s worth it on the way). Day #5 drive back into Utah on our way to Salt Lake City (maybe see Bryce at this time in between).

I am a professional photographer and have traveled the world the past 12 years, and wish to get the best photos I can without any hiking (or minimal distance that I could do myself without my wife for a short time). Does the time frame sound decent for this part of the trip to start or better to add a day somewhere. And what places are best to stay at on the fly (as I prefer not to pre-book too much so I can stay at a place longer or shorter if needed).

Thanks

Tara Pianko

July 29, 2019 at 8:55 PM

Hi Alley!! Your posts are AMAZING. I am so overwhelmed and was really hoping I could get your help and advice. My mom and I are planning a last minute trip to Vegas and are wanting to see the Grand Canyon, Zion, Bryce, and antelope canyon. We arrive on Monday 8/5, have an antelope canyon tour on 8/7 at 11:30 AM, and leave from Vegas on either 8/10 or 8/11. We really want to see all of the parks and also potentially the SkyWalk at the Grand Canyon. I just don’t know how to plan our trip efficiently with our antelope canyon tour on 8/7. Do you have any recommendations on an itinerary with our dates and wanting to get a taste of each place? Thank you SOOO much for being so helpful to all of us and allowing us to better see the beauty of the west!!

Vikki Ewert

July 29, 2019 at 7:21 PM

Hi! I’d love your opinion on an itinerary that I’ve begun drafting for June 2020. We are coming from Ohio so will fly and rent a car. We are a family of 4 with 2 teens. We want to see as much as we can yet not be so pushed for time we can’t make impromptu changes or have any time to relax and rest from driving and hiking. We like to hike but easy to moderate day trails. We do NOT want to fly in and out of the same city and prefer to see as many different areas as we can. I sort of prefer not to sleep somewhere different EVERY night but unsure how else to approach. We are not campers.

What are your thoughts about this? Same order or reverse it? Too much for 8 days? Would leave Saturday and return the following Sunday.

Day 1- Phoenix to Sedona, stay over in Sedona
Day 2- Sedona, drive to South Rim and stay in Grand Canyon village or somewhere near on the way
Day 3- Grand Canyon, take Hwy 64 out after sunset and stay in upon entering Cameron on Hwy 89
Day 4- Drive to Monument Valley and then back to Page, AZ for the night (or do we skip Monument and go straight to Page?)
Day 5- Spend the day at Lake Powell, Glen Canyon NRA, stay in Kanab, UT
Day 6- See Grand Staircase NP, Drive to Bryce Canyon NP and spend the night there
Day 7- Drive to Zion NP, stay over
Day 8- Drive to Las Vegas and fly home

Feels like I’m trying to do too much but don’t know what to cut or where to trim. My husband can only take off one week. Would be fun to have a night in Vegas to relax and introduce our kids to the city that never sleeps.

Another idea pending airfares would be to fly into Flagstaff on Frontier and then to Sedona or skip Sedona entirely if able to start at Flagstaff. SUPER APPRECIATE your time and response when you are able to.

Lisa Jefferies

July 29, 2019 at 3:18 PM

hello
At last after doing lots of googling i came across your site which i have found extremely useful. We are a family of 4 (Mum, Dad and 2 adult children) looking to do a mini tour of USA next year. We arrive in Vegas in 21st July 2020 and plan to have a couple of nights there before doing a sightseeing self drive to Hoover Dam, Grand Canyon, Monument Valley, Bryce Canyon and then Zion NP before heading back to Vegas. Can we fit in Horseshoe anything else on route? I did think doing it the opposite way around, but it seems you prefer this way. My question is would you recommend motor home/V hire or car hire and hotels? Also we ideally would like to do it over 4 nights / 5 days. Is this possible? We are not big hikers, but like a walk. Also we plan to do the arranged tours of the parks as opposed to doing it ourselves.
Any advice or suggestions greatly appreciated.
Once we have done this area we will be flying onto San Francisco, LA, New Orleans, Nashville and New York. Cant wait 🙂
Thanks
Lisa

Khagesh

July 27, 2019 at 6:00 AM

Hi Alley
I am planning to visit Antelope/Page area from Phoenix during one of the weekends. But not able to think how should I plan the trip for two days so that I can cover everything in two days. What should I start from Phoenix to cover upper and lower antelope.

Thanks
KM

Cheryl Klassa

July 24, 2019 at 10:55 AM

I’m just in the very beginning stages of planning a trip for just me and my husband. He will be in Scottsdale for business and I’m coming along because I’ve seen friends’ pictures of Antelope Canyon and want to see it myself. So we have the weekend plus Monday.

So far what I’m thinking is fly into Phoenix Friday night, hotel in Phoenix. Drive to Page, AZ on Saturday. Take our time – are there enough overlooks on the road to see the Grand Canyon that way? Overnight in Page. Antelope Sunday morning. Is there enough time to see Horseshoe Bend the same day? OH, there are tours that cover both, aren’t there! Probably overnight in Page. Drive back to Phoenix Monday.

Does that allow enough time? Or too much time? Is there any other must see that I’m missing? I have family outside of Phoenix that I’d like to see too. OH! This will be end of September, early October.

Thanks, Cheryl

Sue A

July 24, 2019 at 6:17 AM

Hi Alley,
Wow – I am in Australia & have never been to America before, so trying to work out an itinerary around the Grand Canyon was so difficult ……. until I found your site. It is pretty much exactly what we plan to do now – so thankyou !!
I’ve listed below the slightly tweaked itinerary (we had 1 less day) & wondered if you could take a look, The main questions I have is finding accommodation to suit ( we are 2 adults & 3 kids 17/15/13). And also ideas on what we do to fill our jam packed days – we do not want to spoil things by over doing it, but def want to make the most of the amazing surrounds. We have 3 boys & we are all fit & active:

Day 1; Vegas to GC south Rim – Hoover Dam lookout, Mr D’s diner, Tusayan for Imax film, Check into Yapavai Lodge (If avail). Shuttle to GC view, possibly Bright Angels hike. Sunset
Day 2: Sunrise Desert View, Little Colorado River Outlook, B’fast at Historic Cameron Trading Post, Moenkopi Dinosaur track, Najavo National Monument hike to cliff dwellings, Lunch at Kayenta. Arrive MV – Tribal Park Visitor Centre – Merrick Butte. Looking at The View Camproung in cabins
Day 3: Early guided tour of MV – either 4×4, Horse or Mule , Lunch & then drive to Page – afternoon Antelope Canyon Tour & Horseshoe Bend for sunset. Check in to Page – maybe Lake Powell Resort
Day 4: Lake Powell & Rainbow Bridge boat tour. After lunch drive to Bryce Canyon via The New Wave, Paria Rimrocks Toadstools & Hoodoos. Check in at Bryce Canyon Lodge (if avail)
Day 5: Guided ATV tour of Bryce Canyon, then maybe a hop on, hop off tour & hikes. Late afternoon head to Zion – possibly Ponderosa Resort in Wagons
Day 6: Full day in Zion today – so hikes to Upper Emerald pool trail, or Riverside walk, Tubing on Virgin River, Horseriding ?? Not sure how much we can fit in here.
Day 7: Leave early to have almost a full day in Vegas.

Hopefully this looks doable – please let me know if it is not in a good order, or if I have included or missed out any highlights. And in particular, any info on accommodation would be much appreciated. It does not need to be anything too flash , as we will barley be in our rooms – most of our time will be out exploring the amazing sites. I know accomm books out fast, so will plan to get onto that asap.

Again, thanks so much for the brilliant info you have given already – & hey, if you ever plan a trip to Australia , I would happily return the favour 🙂

Thanks,

Sue

Alison Wineberg

July 24, 2019 at 4:12 PM

I wish I had found this page earlier! I would love feedback on an upcoming road trip with my family of 4. We are driving down through CO, camping along the way, with an overnight (possibly 2) in Page before continuing to the Grand Canyon for a day, then to Flagstaff and Sedona for several days before heading out of AZ through the eastern side of the state and into New Mexico. I am concerned about camping in Page in the August heat and am considering revising our plans. I would welcome any feedback or advice.

Jill Schnitzer

July 24, 2019 at 2:41 AM

I have a large family group of 12 to 18 coming to Arizona in January.p I know I am going to try the lottery for the Wave. I am afraid one of the other families will also try and apply. I hate to tell them don’t. But again I don’t want to give up my chances of getting permits. What should we do?

Tiffany

July 24, 2019 at 2:14 AM

Hi, first and foremost, you are absolutely amazing for sharing your advice! In reading some of your post, I am worried that my itinerary might be a bit ambitious. It is just two adults… appreciate your time.

1. Barstow to Zion to Kanab
2. Kanab to N. Rim to Page
3. Antelope Canyon Upper and Lower to Tuba City.
4. Tuba City to Kingman
5. Kingman to Sky Walk to Hover Dam to Vegas.

Janet

July 24, 2019 at 12:46 AM

Hello,
I’d like to attempt a day trip from Las Vegas on 3Aug, leaving at 1am, to visit the Grand Canyon for sunrise, drive through Horseshoe Bend and Antelope Canyon, and then a nice trail in Bryce and lastly Zion for sunset and a swim in one of the hidden pools. Crazy? We’re movers and shakers, so I’m fully expecting to have to move quickly. Can you recommend the best spots to drive to at each location to take in the best views as fast as possible?

Thanks for any advice you might be able to offer

Beth

July 23, 2019 at 8:49 PM

This is so unbelievably helpful! I’ve also read through many of the comments and wondered if you’d mind taking a look at our itinerary. At this point in planning the trip is kind of a hypothetical, but I want to prepared to be able to start booking campgrounds in the parks as soon I’m able. We’re looking to drive from Michigan to the GC in June of 2020! Crazy, I know. We are a family of 5, (two 10 year olds and one 7 year old at time of trip) and we’re planning to haul an ~17-20 ft. camper. We’re planning 4 days to get to Holbrook, AZ, via some stops along the old Rte. 66. My list includes the south rim, north rim, Page, Zion, Bryce, and up to Rocky (hopefully a stopover at Arches otw) to head back east to home. We have a little wiggle room over 2 weeks, and I know this list includes A LOT, but I’m not sure when/if we’ll make it back so I’d like to see as much as we can!

Days 1-4 Drive to Holbrook, AZ
– Petrified Forest
Day 5
Travel to S GC
Day 6
Explore S GC
Day 7
Travel to Page, AZ
Spend afternoon exploring
Day 8
Spend morning exploring
Travel N GC
Day 9
Explore N GC
Day 10
Travel to Zion
Explore in afternoon
Day 11
Zion
Day 12
Travel to Bryce
Explore
Day 13
Travel to Arches
Day 14 Travel to Rocky
Day 15
Rocky Mountain NP
Days 16-18
Travel back to MI

I’ve also considered staying in Kanab between Page, NGC, Zion and Bryce, but I don’t know whether I want to give up doing all the things at each of those that is suggested first thing in the morning. Just wondered what your thoughts may be. Thanks so much!

Linda Hoefele

July 23, 2019 at 5:41 PM

Hi Alley,

I appreciate all your great advice. Antelope Canyon sounds fantastic, and I would love to incorporate it into a vacation I’m planning with my teenage children next April, over our spring break (April 4-12). We will be flying to Las Vegas, stopping at Hoover Dam, staying overnight in western Grand Canyon area. I wanted to book a whitewater rafting day trip around there, then continue on to the south rim of the G.C, staying in Tusayan, and then hike the Bright Angel trail for a day hike the next day. I figured we would then continue to Lake Powell, and see Antelope Canyon, before continuing on to Arches, Canyonlands, Bryce Canyon, and finally Zion, before returning to Las Vegas and hopefully taking in the sights there for a day before flying back home. It’s an ambitious itinerary, I agree, but I want to be able to show the kids so much before they head off to college. Do you have any suggestions for timing and logistics for this trip? Much appreciated!

Jennifer Sanchez

July 23, 2019 at 1:09 PM

Hi Alley, would you be able to share more information about engagement photoshoots at Antelope Canyon? Is there a special permit that is required? Does the photographer have to be an Arizona native? What is the price to shoot at AC? How much time is allotted for the shoot? Is there any restrictions such as just shooting in the Upper Canyon or Lower Canyon? At what time is it best to shoot at these places? Is there a particular day that is best to shoot engagement pictures? Are there any other locations that you suggest to do engagement shoots? Any and all information you can share is GREATLY appreciated.

Jenifer

July 23, 2019 at 5:10 AM

HI! Thank you so much all of this information you have provided has been so extremely helpful!! We are planning a trip from Vegas-Zion-Page-Williams. We have one night in Page and two nights in Williams; where we plan to take the Grand Canyon Railroad Tour. I fell in love with the Antelope Canyons, but have now been reading about the crowds. I stumbled across Secret Canyon (which somehow led me to your blog), but I found the tour that also includes the drive to Horseshoe Bend that I wanted to do as well. I also want to do a boat tour. So now, after reading your blog, I am debating two options; #1 Take the Secret Canyon Tour with the Horseshoe Bend add on, then do a boat tour after that OR #2 drive to Horseshoe Bend at sunrise on our own, take a tour of Canyon X and then the boat ride? We are a family of three, with a 10 1/2 year old and we are all relatively active and healthy. Originally, I was planning to do Horseshoe Bend, the Lower Canyon Tour and then the boat ride. Is all of this doable in one day PLUS a drive to Williams when we’re done? We are traveling late August. Thanks again very much!

Jennifer Sposito

July 22, 2019 at 8:43 PM

hello,

We are staying in williams AZ. looking to see if we can do Antelope Canyon and then go to the south rim of the grand canyon all in one day. advice?

Thank you

Mei

July 22, 2019 at 6:59 PM

Hi! your page is very informative. My husband and I are going to visit lower and upper antelope , horseshoe and Grand Canyon for two days this August 8-9th driving from Vegas. We are still confused of how to plan the trip. Planning to leave Vegas at 9am by car on the 8th. Any suggestions?

Alan

July 22, 2019 at 3:08 PM

Hi there! This website is full of great information, so thanks so much for sharing your knowledge and experience here! I’m planning my first ever trip to Vegas and the Grand Canyon in early November and am thinking of the following itinerary:

Day 1-3: Enjoy Vegas
Day 4: Drive from Vegas to Grand Canyon South Rim, overnight there (perhaps a sunset view)
Day 5: Enjoy a Grand Canyon hiking day
Day 6: Drive to Antelope Canyon (see Horseshoe Bend along the way), tour both upper and lower canyon
Day 7: Drive to Sedona late afternoon
Day 8: Enjoy Sedona
Day 9: Drive to Phoenix
Day 10: Enjoy Phoenix
Day 11: Depart

Does this sound like a realistic itinerary? Am I missing anything along the way? Any “must-do” items in/near Antelope Canyon and Sedona?

Any advice would be greatly appreciated. Thanks again!

Gwen Boston

July 22, 2019 at 10:15 AM

Hi Alley Keosheyan, I must say you have such good advice. We are planing a trip to Las Vegas with a couple that wants to get married by Elvis in late January 2020. My question is we only have 3 full days to do so and we would love to see things beside the Vegas strip! I know the groom loves to look for minerals and gems and we all love the outdoors especially if there’s a beautiful night sky! We would like to do some hiking but nothing to strenuous, my knees do not cooperate like they use to!
Thank you
Gwen

Cathy

July 22, 2019 at 2:01 AM

HI,
I am hoping for some thoughts or insight on our itinerary trip coming up the week of August 5 and only have 6 days total. We are a family of 6 including 4 kids, 18, 15, and twin 8 year old girls, traveling from Florida to Arizona to visit my mother in law who lives in Cave Creek (40 minutes north of Phoenix) and plan to travel to the Grand Canyon and Page. We are limited on time and only have 4 days of traveling. Here is our tentative itinerary:

Tuesday AM: leave Cave Creek and drive to our Airbnb in Page. We planned to pretty much drive through and arrive mid afternoon to the Airbnb and settle in. We plan to go to Horseshoe Bend in the afternoon.
Wednesday: We have a Lower Antelope Canyon tour booked at 9:30AM. Then, we are debating on going to the Northern Rim afterwards and coming back to Page before dark. The Northern Rim was never part of the original plan but we’ve recently decided to try to make it happen.
Thursday: We are renting a boat on Lake Powell for the day. Morning until afternoon. Maybe go to the Glen Canyon Dam later on in the afternoon if we aren’t to worn out by then.
Friday AM: We are checking out of the Airbnb and eventually ending up in Cave Creek. We’ll be going to the Southern Rim and going in through the east entrance, stopping at different points along the way. From the Southern Rim, head to Slide Rock State Park and spend a little time there, then head to Cave Creek.

My question is, is this doable? Am I missing anything that should be done on our tight time frame?

Thanks! Looking forward to this exciting trip!

Kristin

July 21, 2019 at 12:11 PM

Hi –

A group of us are planning to visit over Labor Day weekend this year. After reading through the comments it seems that the upper canyon is more crowded than the lower, which makes the lower more intriguing. What time of day would you suggest for upper and what time for lower? Depending on tour availability we may not have the flexibility to choose, but I’d like to know ideal times for both. Also, do you still see the light and get good pictures in the lower?

Thank you!

Bev

July 19, 2019 at 9:55 PM

Hi Alley, I am currently planning a trip with my husband and daughter for late March 21-March 31 and I am currently thinking of flying into Phoenix and driving to the South Rim for 2-3 days, then driving to Orderville for a few days to visit Bryce and Zion Parks, then driving to Page to do a few days in Antelope Canyon before driving to Las Vegas to fly home. From a driving stand point, I know it would be more efficient to do Page/Antelope before Orderville/Bryce/Zion, but I am trying to push Antelope as late as possible hoping that the chances of seeing the light beams will be better. Does this itinerary make sense, or am I adding to much driving time for an unlikely payoff?? Thank you! Bev

Meghan

July 18, 2019 at 9:03 PM

Hi there!
Question for you — any ideas for towns we should look to stay in for Grand Canyon South Rim? Hotels are very expensive due to 100th year celebration. We are going in August, this August 2019.

Thanks!

Barbara

July 18, 2019 at 6:17 PM

Hello, I am going to be at Monument Valley during the last week of September. Is the upper canyon difficult to walk through? What time of day is best? The lower canyon would be too challenging for us. Thanks.

Roota Griggs

July 18, 2019 at 4:06 PM

We planning a cross country trip for 4 adults from NJ in 2020. The trip will be abput 4-5 wks. we have seen atlantic Coast and visited Dry tortures, great swamp, blue ridge, okeepenokee, shenandoah and other small and big parks. We have 28 ft RV.
Plan is to drive to Chicago as our first destination of our trip and go out west to Seattle, go on 101 to at least to LA then, turn East to Grand Canyon to part of 66 to mamouth cave and Gatlinburg to back to NJ.
I know its lot and may not get to see everything. My must see is the obscure, underrated, least visited parks and cities. ( some big cities can’t be helped)
I have two questions..
First… any advise on must see parks. If you have any suggestions on what should be skipped and what must be included… I would appreciate it.
Second… I am going to try for the wave lottery. How early can I apply for next 2020 summer trip?
Thank you in advance for the great tips and advise.

Stefanie

July 18, 2019 at 2:18 PM

Good Morning,

I was wondering does this place have free/discounted admission for Indigenous persons throughout the US and Canada like the Crazy Horse Monument in South Dakota does as it is around/among Hopi and Navajo Territory?
For Example: My family and I were informed last minute that we were allowed free admission but we had to present our Treaty cards to prove our status. We were also given discounted prices at one of the Grand Canyon locations.

*Please NO rude/racist comments either*.

Tina

July 16, 2019 at 4:33 PM

Hello!
We plan on visiting the lower canyon first week in December. What is the best time slot?
Thanks!

Jason

July 16, 2019 at 6:00 AM

My friends and I are considering a 12:30pm tour for Upper Antelope so it will be around 1pm by the time we get to the canyon, but I keep on seeing that there are no light beams after 1pm. The tour company still categorizes it as a prime time tour though. I know that there are no guarantees regardless, but I was wondering if you have any additional insights regarding the times. Thank you.

Zafar

July 11, 2019 at 11:01 PM

HI Alley,
my wife & I plan to visit the Grand Canyon, Upper/Lower Antelope Canyon, Zion National Park and finally Las Vegas from the 4th/5th of September 2019 to 12th September 2019. We will be flying in from Atlanta, Georgia. We are really confused as to how to plan a trip that would pass smoothly from one location to another. I would really appreciate if you could guide us on how many days would be ideal to spend at each location. We have no interest in gambling, but would like to see the some sights in Las Vegas, so I assume that one day in Las Vegas should be enough. Our main interests are in Grand Canyon, Antelope Canyon tour , Zion National Park etc. What would you recommend should we do first? Are there any other locations around these places that we should not miss? Thanks.

Maria

July 10, 2019 at 6:14 PM

Hi Alley,

We are planning a trip from Denver to CO/UT/AZ area flying back from Phoenix to NJ. We want to venture out to places we have not been to and those we love to go back to (Bryce, Zion, GC both North & South rims, MV, CO Nat’l Mon). Here is my tentative itinerary, please give you feedback/suggestions. Thank you!
8/29: Denver to GC, drive through CO Nat’l Mon (don’t remember how long but it’s a very narrow and curly drive, you have to slow down) , then to Arches Nat’l Park (Stay at Moab)
8/30: Canyonland, Deadhorse Point, Cedar Mesa (maybe) (Stay at Monticello)
8/31: National Bridges Nat’l Mon, Valley of Gods, Mon Valley (Stay at Page?)
9/1: Upper Antelope and maybe Lower Antelope (Stay at Page)
9/2: Bryce & Zion (Stay at Kanab)
9/3: GC North & South Rim (Stay at GC Village)
9/4: South Rim to Phoenix, fly home late evening

Erica

July 10, 2019 at 12:31 AM

I just wanted to give you a huge thank you for the recommendations. We used your guide for our first anniversary trip June 20-29. It was amazing! We did a few things different and were able to add a day in Moab (Arches and Canyonland) then split Bryce with Capitol Reef in one day (which was not enough time for either really). Just for other readers a few things we did/ thoughts. In Monument Valley we stayed in a hogan at Firetree ($220 one night but room for 6). It was a neat experience but I wouldn’t do it again the View seemed like it would have been a better pick. The tour guides for Monument Valley are right at the reservation and we were able to have a private tour since it wasn’t really busy. Page was as amazing as everyone is saying! We stayed in Hanksville, Utah at Dukes Slickrock campground in the cabins. It was the cleanest and nicest place we stayed the entire trip. There is a nice little diner right there for breakfast. It probably would have been good for dinner if we had made it in time. The Narrows had just opened in Zion and were busy but 100% worth it and one of my favorite things. We stayed at Zion Ponderosa Resort in covered wagons which was so neat. They have a restaurant onsite that provides a buffet breakfast as part of your room fee. It is good stuff not just chain hotel level. We went to Red Rock which is right outside Las Vegas before returning our rental then spent the next two nights in Vegas. After a week in the parks Vegas seemed ultra commercial but we don’t regret it.

Thanks again for all your wonderful recommendations. It may the trip amazing!

Morgan

July 09, 2019 at 10:57 PM

Hi Alley,

Could you take a look at my itinerary and give me your thoughts? It’s slightly zig zaggy but that’s due to where I could find lodging as I booked a little late in the game. Thanks!

8/29 – Fly to Las Vegas (arrive around 11:30PM). Stay @ LV Airport Hotel.
8/30 – Leave @ 7AM, Drive to Bryce Canyon (Possible Short Stop at Valley of the Fire SP), Arrive @ Bryce Canyon around 2:30PM, Spend afternoon driving to viewpoints in Bryce. Stay near Bryce.
8/31 – Watch Sunrise @ Bryce, leave @ 8AM to drive to Grand Canyon N Rim, Arrive @ N Rim around 11AM Spend Day @ N Rim, Stay @ N Rim lodge.
9/1 – Leave @ 7:30AM to drive to Zion, Arrive @ Zion around 12:30, Spend afternoon/evening @ Zion. Stay @ Zion lodge.
9/2 – Spend day @ Zion, Stay @ Springdale, AZ.
9/3 – Leave Springdale @ 7am to Drive to Page. Arrive around 9:30am. Antelope Canyon Tour in the morning, Half Day Glen Canyon Float Tour in the afternoon. Stay @ Page, AZ.
9/4 – Horseshoe Bend for Sunrise, Leave @ 9am for Monument Valley, arrive around 1pm, Drive/Tour monument Valley park, Stay @ The View Hotel.
9/5 – Watch Sunrise, leave around 8AM for Grand Canyon S Rim, Arrive around 11:30AM. Spend afternoon @ S Rim, Stay @ Maswik Lodge.
9/6 – Watch Sunrise, Early Morning Hike to Ooh Ahh Point, Leave @ 11:30am to drive back to Las Vegas. Make stop to tour Hoover Dam. Spend evening/night in Vegas. Stay on the Strip.
9/7 – Spend the day in Vegas, Fly out at 9:30pm.

Wei

July 09, 2019 at 8:43 PM

Hi there
I want to know how i can apply that then i can able to go, its anyway you can help me with that?
Thank you

grant

July 07, 2019 at 5:33 PM

hi we vare wanting to visit antelope canyon and monument valley from out base in scottsdale arizona

Sabrina

July 05, 2019 at 9:11 PM

Hi, I’m planning to go in mid-October to upper and lower antelope canyon (bundle tour). In this low season, do we have to still be there 1.5 hours before the tour start time? If we book the bundle deal through the website, is our spot guaranteed for both upper and lower antelope canyon? How is the weather in mid-October – is the best time to view the canyon still mid day in this season? Thanks!

Stacey B

July 05, 2019 at 4:38 PM

Hello!
My family of 4 is planning a small road trip from Phoenix and ending in Las Vegas in April 2020. We will be there over the easter holiday I would like to start booking so I would like to get your take on our plans thus far. I have already gotten so much info from this page!
Day 1. Early morning flight from PA to Phoenix, rent car, lunch, after hotel check-in visit Desert Botanical Gardens.
My hubby is a car guy. Do you know of any museums or activities in the area of Phoenix or Scottsdale for next morning?
Day 2. Possible museum or other activity after hotel check-out. Make the drive to Sedona in the afternoon allowing plenty of time for stopping to take photos/sightseeing. Check in to Air BnB around 4pm. Visit Airport Mesa overlook close to sunset time.
Day 3. Crescent Moon area. Possibly Bell Rock Pathway. Open to other suggestions for things to do with a 12 and 9 yr old(not too strenuous of a hike)
Day 4. Head out early to Grand Canyon South Rim. Explore visitors center and overlooks. I am wondering if we should stay overnight here to thoroughly enjoy the Grand Canyon or will we be able to enjoy it just as well with only a little bit of time there and proceed to Page? At this point I am planning to stay overnight.
Day 5. Leave in the am for Page allowing time for stops/lookouts on the way. Check into Air BnB or hotel and relax for the evening.
Day 6. Canyon X tour, Glen Canyon Dam & Wiheap overlook.
Day 7. Two possibilities for this day. Lake Powell tour(recommendations?) or make the drive to Monument Valley and back depending if we are tired of driving! Any other suggestions for things to do in Page?
Day 8. Leave early for Las Vegas – pass through Valley of Fire
Day 9. Late evening flight from Vegas

Looking forward to your suggestions! Thanks!

Stacey

Vaibhavi

July 05, 2019 at 4:09 AM

Hi Alley,
Before I post my question, I would like to specifically appreciate for an excellent job on your expert guidance posts to all travelers questions. You are awesome !!!
Is Upper Canyon ok for my mother 80 years age who can walk but have trouble with stairs and inclinations.

Branan Family

July 02, 2019 at 4:42 AM

I’ve been reading many posts but am getting a bit overwhelmed…..Our trip was very last minute as we had to change vacation destinations but we are excited to see this part of the country! We are planning this trip for next week and just wanted to go over our itinerary with you to see if we should make any adjustments? We live in Oklahoma & and have 4 kids ages 6-16 yrs old. Our plans are to make the full drive straight through to Sadona. We plan on getting up the following day and enjoying Sadona for the day. We were told to go to Slide Rock National Park. Is there anything else we should do in Sadona? The following day we plan on driving to the Grand Canyon from Sadona. Our plans were to find a white water/or rafting trip to see the views but are having difficulty finding any with a 6 yr old. So may just have to do the south rim hiking trails. We did not plan on going into Page but I saw there was a family float trip that may be a good option for the 6 of us. Then the next day plans drive into Phoenix & stay for the day. Then the following day drive into Peoria for some relaxation for the week. We have a horse trail expedition planned there but anything else we should do on our family vacation that we r missing?

Sireesha Munagala

July 01, 2019 at 7:43 PM

Hi Ryan/Alley,

We are a family of six with the youngest one of 6yr old. We are planning to cover antelope canyon and horsebend in one day trip on July 4th. Can you please help us plan our itinerary to make the trip a memorable experience?

Lori Hawkins

July 01, 2019 at 10:29 AM

Alley,

I apologize if this is a duplicate message, as I thought I left a reply a few days ago but can’t find it now. I love this site and thanks for all the information! Planning a trip for myself and my 3 kids (14, 12, 10) next spring break at the beginning of April. Not sure if I’m building enough time in for things, and want to do it right, as it’s our first time at all of these destinations. Suggestions? Here’s what I have …

Day 1 – Fly to Phoenix, (potentially a Diamondbacks game, but otherwise drive to Grand Canyon). Maybe a later-day ranger-guided tour. Night 1 at Canyon
Day 2 – early ranger guided tour, also use the shuttle for the viewing points. Drive to Page, Az. Overnight in Page.
Day 3 – early Upper Antelope Canyon tour. Could I do a float tour of Colorado River/Horseshoe Bend that same day? OVernight in Page.
Day 4 – Drive to Zion. Zion Canyoneering Tour for families. Night in Zion
Day 5 – Drive back — potentially to Vegas, as the airport is much closer.

Maybe I’m doing too much and need to add a night somewhere, either in Page or at the Canyon? I’d love your thoughts! Thank you so much!

Jagadeesh

July 01, 2019 at 2:31 AM

Hi,

We are planning to visit upper antelope on Aug 1st 2019 with 2 and 7 years old kids. We are not able buy tickets for my 2 year old kid, while purchasing the tickets I see Not Allowed (0-5 years old).
Is it during specific season?

Andres Mariani

June 30, 2019 at 9:04 PM

Hello, I’m with a party of three and are planning to visit from 3-5 of July. We are wondering if we need o make a reservation for camping spot, and or if we have spots opened for the busy weekend.
Thank you

Amit

June 29, 2019 at 6:13 PM

Hello, Planning to visit Antelope Canyon along with my fried during July First week. Please suggest on followng plan

Option 1
In Vegas on 6th – evening in Vengas
7th – Around Vegas – Red rock, Hover Dam start drive to Kanab, UT around 5 pm. Stay at Kanab
8th – Start at 8 .. visit Antelope Canyon and start drive back to vegas around noon

Option 2
In Vegas on 6th – evening in Vegas
7th – Around Vegas – Red rock, Hover Dam stay at Vegas
8th – Start at 7 .. visit Antelope Canyon and start drive back to vegas around 4.00 pm and reach vegas around 9.00 pm

Planning to rent a car and me and my friend both can drive.

regards,
Amit

Kit

June 28, 2019 at 2:31 PM

Hi, thanks for the list. The second company on your list, Adventurous Antelope, site now says no kids under 7 🙁

Meghan

June 28, 2019 at 3:01 AM

Hi Alley! Trying to book a Lower Canyon tour in late July in the afternoon and saw the disclaimer that tours in July and August often get canceled after 11am each day due to heat. Does this happen nearly every day? Is it worth even trying to book a late afternoon (around 4pm) tour?
Thanks!!

Samantha P Roth

June 24, 2019 at 9:41 PM

I am planning a trip with my friend to the area around Labor Day this Aug/Sept.

Here is our current plan for the trip. Was curious what you think about ordering/what you might change?
Just for some background: We are both 23 and very athletic. I have been to all 5 national parks in Utah before. Wanted to go back to Zion because felt like I didn’t get to do everything I wanted to. The main things I would like to do in this trip: Narrows and Angel’s Landing in Zion, sunrise at Horseshoe Bend, Upper/Lower Antelope Canyon, see the Grand Canyon.

We will be renting a campervan (minivan with a double bed). I was curious about BLM land and places we can park our car for free and spend the nights under the stars during our trip. We will also have a tent if we need it.

My proposed plan:
Thursday, Aug 29 – land in Vegas around 2/3pm, pickup campervan, drive towards Zion
Friday, Aug 30 – wakeup early and spend day in Zion
Saturday, Aug 31 – spend day in Zion, head to Page, AZ
Sunday, Sept 1 – tour Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend @ sunset
Monday, Sept 2 – Horseshoe Bend @ sunrise, head to Grand Canyon – North or South rim?
Tuesday, Sept 3 – drive back to Las Vegas, 4/5pm flights

Noelle Armour

June 24, 2019 at 8:23 PM

I just found your website and it is awesome!! We will be flying into Phoenix the end of September and starting our trip via RV from Mesa. Here is what I am thinking so far:

Sat Sept 28 Phoenix-Mesa-Montezuma’s Castle-Camp Verde
Overnight in Camp Verde
Sun Sept 29 Camp Verde-Cottonwood-Jerome-Grand Canyon
Overnight in Grand Canyon
Mon Sept 30 Sunrise at Grand Canyon south rim, mule ride-Drive to Page
Overnight in Page
Tues Oct 1 Page-Horseshoe Bend-Antelope Canyon
Overnight in Page
Wed Oct 2 Page-Rainbow Bridge Boat Tour-Start drive to Bryce
Overnight somewhere or all the way to Bryce
Thurs Oct 3 Bryce sunrise if we get there-drive to Zion
Overnight in Zion
Fri Oct 4 Zion
Overnight in Zion
Sat Oct 5 Las Vegas Eagles concert!!
Sun Oct 6 Fly home from Vegas

Is this doable or way too much?
Things we don’t need to see?
Things I missed on my list?
Any suggestions on RV parks?
Thank you so much!!!

Lauren

June 24, 2019 at 2:28 PM

Hi Alley,

Thank you so much for this awesome itinerary and guide! We are mapping out a trip for the beginning of August, as we cannot travel in the off-season, and your advice has been so helpful in our planning. I am hoping to get your input regarding our tentative plan, as we are two 22 year olds hoping to stick to a tight budget! If there is anything we could cut out without missing too much, that would be great to know. Here is what we are thinking:

Day 1: Arrive in Vegas at night (around 10:00-11:30pm) and stay overnight
Day 2: Spend the day in Vegas and stay overnight
Day 3: Drive to Grand Canyon South Rim, tour Grand Canyon, overnight in Tusayan
Day 4: Drive to Antelope Canyon, tour Antelope Canyon, lunch in marina, sunset at Horseshoe bend, overnight in Page
Day 5: Floating tour Glen Canyon, tour and lunch in Lake Powell, dinner in Page, night at Glen Canyon overlook, overnight in Page
Day 6: Drive to Bryce Canyon, Rainbow Point free tour, ATV tour, dinner and overnight in Bryce Canyon
Day 7: Drive to Springdale, tour Zion Park, dinner and overnight in Springdale
Day 8: Virgin River tubing, drive back to Vegas for nighttime flight home

We are estimating $1000 total for hotels based on some research, $200-400 for a car rental with gas, $80 for a national park pass, and some extra for tours based on your advice. Any guidance would be greatly appreciated! Thank you so much.

Lori Hawkins

June 23, 2019 at 10:17 PM

Alley,
All the comments here are so helpful! I’m planning a trip for next spring break for myself and my 3 kids (14, 12, and 10) in early April 2020. We may have only 5 nights. I was considering the following and I’d love your input:
Day 1 – Fly into Phoenix (maybe catch a Diamondbacks game if we’re lucky. Schedules not out yet!). Phoenix hotel for 1 night
Day 2 – Drive to Grand Canyon, maybe a Pink Jeep tour? (I’ve done one in Sedona, not sure if it’s great for Grand Canyon, though). Grand Canyon lodge for 1 night
Day 3 – Ranger-guided hike at South Rim. Drive to Page, AZ. Night 1 in Page
Day 4 – Upper Antelope Canyon early morning tour. Would also like to do the rafting on the Colorado River around Horseshoe bend — I’m not clear if that’s included in the boat tour I’m seeing on this site? Also — is it worth checking out the Lower Canyon also? Night 2 in Page
Day 5 – Drive to Zion. Take a guided family-friendly canyoneering tour. Drive back to Page for our final night.
Day 6 – Drive all the way back to Phoenix and fly home.

Too ambitious? Other options I haven’t considered? I’d appreciate any input you may have. Thank you in advance!

Erik Keshishian

June 23, 2019 at 7:31 PM

Hi Alley,
Are pets -small dog- allowed in lower or upper canyon?
Thank you.

dawn cook

June 23, 2019 at 4:58 PM

Hi Ally,
This post is very helpful. We are traveling this coming week to visit. We are traveling with my parents who are 69 and 70, who do have slight limitations (walking or climbing for any distance is a challenge). With this in mind what would be recommended part of the Canyon to visit.

Adrian Holmes

June 23, 2019 at 4:16 PM

Hi Alley
I will be renting a 4wd (eg Toyota Rav4) and if I am successful in getting a permit for cayote buttes south, Where can I drive to and how far is the hike to the Buttes area?
Thanks
Adrian

Amir K

June 23, 2019 at 3:33 PM

Honestly, what time is the best to visit the lower canyon ? 7 am or 11 am? to see more light lines and take better photos.

is there a possibility to close the canyon if temperature reaches 40 Celsius ? Please advise , thank you

Amir

June 23, 2019 at 3:16 PM

Hello, we are 5 adults and want to make the lower canyon on AUG 10, 2019. Between 10:30 am and 11:30. Please advise, I couldn’t find these slots online

Billie-Lynne Fife

June 21, 2019 at 1:36 AM

We are planning on visiting July 2nd or 3rd and would love to tour the lower canyon. We have a 3 and 6 year old. Is that tour too difficult for them?

Christine Simoneau

June 20, 2019 at 10:16 PM

Hi Alley: I have another question. When we leave the Grand Canyon we will be heading for Phoenix.We will stay there overnight before flying home. What scenic route should we take? Thanks once more for your valuable insights. They have greatly helped us in our decisions. Christine

Jennifer Hutchinson

June 19, 2019 at 2:39 PM

My husband is a professional photographer and we want to take our own kids Senior Pictures in the Canyon. We will bring photography equipment like a professional shoot but since we are not selling the images (as they are our own kids) what kind of permit and processing fees do we need to submit?

Sanzeeda

June 18, 2019 at 9:06 PM

Hi Alley!
I am so glad that I found your plan and followed it last week to a perfect trip including food. I really appreciate your time and efforts 🙂
Sanzeeda

Scott

June 18, 2019 at 7:03 PM

Hi! Do you mind writing the exact steps of how to book/reserve an Antelope Canyon tour with a navajo guide if you are self-driving from Vegas? One tour bus company is so expensive already without the cost of the entrance fee, fee for Navajo guide, and fees for the bus driver and the bus tour guide. Do I book a tour reservation beforehand (any suggestions with links) and then meet up with that tour guide that I booked the reservation with and then the tour guide leads me to the navajo guide? I read how you can’t just drive up there and join any tour. Just wanted to know the difference between the tour guide company and navajo guide.

Carmen

June 18, 2019 at 5:12 PM

Hello, my mom really wants to see Antelope Canyon and so I’m doing my research now to gather all of the information to plan a trip for 2020. After browsing through your articles, I would like to see Upper Antelope Canyon, Lower Antelope Canyon boat tour, and Horseshoe Bend. To book the bundle, would we have to have our own transportation between the tours or are there other options to get to Antelope Point Marina? Alternatively, are there tours that operate out of Phoenix or Las Vegas that would check off the places we would like to see?

Ady Yeoh

June 18, 2019 at 3:04 PM

Dear Sir,

I plan to go Antelope Canyon on 30th June. Can I drive there by myself, not joining tour?

Aime Gastelum

June 17, 2019 at 4:32 PM

Hey So I Have Some Questions.
So to do the kayak tour how much is it?
How long is the kayak tour?
What Time does it start ?
And Where Do We Go To Pick Up The Rental Kayaks?

Belinda Harris

June 17, 2019 at 4:26 AM

Hi – We are visiting Page from overseas on a guided bus tour and will be staying the night in Page, Arizona. What would be the best way for us to get from downtown Page to Horseshoe Bend. I’m having trouble finding any shuttles that go out there.

Hartono

June 16, 2019 at 4:52 PM

what is the time to visit Upper and Lower part?

Jenny

June 16, 2019 at 1:56 AM

Hi Alley!

I have an itinerary planned for September that I am now having ‘cold feet’ about! I have 6 nights arriving into Vegas at 10.30am Sunday and departing 9am Saturday current plan is…..

Sunday: arrive Vegas 10.30am and drive to Bryce. I have a cabin booked at Bryce Lodge…this is a long drive I know and hopefully we can get there before sunset….am I being too optimistic?

Monday: sunrise at Bryce then do a short hike maybe Queens Garden and Navajo Loop Trails approx 3 hours for the hike. Then drive to Zion staying at Cable Mountain Lodge

Tuesday: planning on spending until 2pm in Zion NP. I know this is not enough! I am Interested in smaller trails and not Angels Landing or the Narrows as they would be too much for my son. 2pm leave for Page where I have 2 nights booked.

Wednesday: A slot tour, Horseshoe Bend and Glen Canyon Dam?

Thursday: Have the day to drive to South Rim accomodation booked at Kachina lodge

Friday: Sun rise at the rim and walk around then drive to Vegas via Hoover Dam…..not planning on doing a tour. Accommodation is booked near the airport as have a 9am flight

Saturday: 9am flight

Bryce is more important than Zion….Am I trying to do too much or is this doable? Any suggestions to tweak. Traveling with my husband and son who is 12.

Thanks so much

Cheers, Jenny

Krista Buchholz

June 14, 2019 at 5:19 PM

Wow- so much great information!! I’ve been trying to map out the “perfect vacation” to see the Utah loop and have heard that the North Rim is a must see. I am now trying to see what I can do to make it all work. Here are the details- Leave the Black Hills area early on June 29…had planned a stop somewhere between there and Moab but have not reserved yet. We will have a pull camper and I realize we may be in for some long drives (pretty unavoidable). So I have two nights reserved in Moab (June 30 and July 1), then I had planned a night in Monument Valley, a night in Springdale, and then a night in Torrey before heading home (either straight through or staying in CO somewhere)… Could I just change the following: Monument Valley to somewhere near North Rim and add a night there? What do you suggest?? Thank you so much!!

Heather

June 13, 2019 at 4:58 PM

We will have our own transportation from Page and we have no psychical restraints. Which is better (and which tour company is better), the upper or lower canyon if we are only choosing one?

Tamara

June 13, 2019 at 3:36 PM

I paid for a Ken’s Tours Lower Antelope Canyon next week. Do I still need to pay the entrance park fee when I get there? Or it was included in the paid package tour? Thanks

John

June 13, 2019 at 4:27 AM

We’re a family with a teenager and an opportunity to head out that way just came up for July 3rd through the 13th. We’re thinking of setting up our “home base” as Lake Powell Resort and doing a few day trips from there. The problem is we’re just not sure which of the places on our list should take priority over others. We’d rather save something that takes a long while for another trip rather than burn up a complete day on “a long drive and a rush-through” or risk being there at the wrong time of day. Would you help us please?
We’re driving from St. Louis to near Colorado Springs, CO on July 3rd. We’ll spend the night there, then see Pike’s Peak and the Garden of the Gods on the 4th.
On the 5th we’ll leave the Colorado Springs area and drive to Page, AZ
Our plan is to stop at the Four Corners Monument on our way to the Lake Powell Resort.
Our goal is to see what’s nearby Page without stressing over all the cool places out there. It’s supposed to be a vacation, not a bucketlist. However, we don’t want to miss what was right in front of us. Our thought is to stay at Lake Powell Resort for 6 nights and drive homeward on the 11th, 12th and 13th. We’ve got a 21 hour drive back and we need to be back on the 13th. We’ll take your thoughts because some of the feedback says we should have planned this long ago instead of last minute, but it looks too neat to pass up.
Here are the things/places we’d like to experience (in our order), but if you’ve got better ideas, please suggest them. Four or five of them could be a full vacation. And let us know what reservations/passes/tickets we will need as well.
Antelope Canyon
Lake Powell Resort- perhaps we could rent wave runners, play at a beach, go on a boat tour, etc. (Is there anything in particular we should see/taste/experience while staying there?)
Horseshoe Bend
Bryce Canyon
Havasupai Falls
Marble Canyon
Grand Canyon (not sure exactly which part- North/South Rim)
Petrified Forest
Goblin Valley (might have to save for another trip)
We really appreciate your help.

Mariance

June 12, 2019 at 3:47 AM

Hi,
I noticed that you mentioned no backpacks allowed, can we still bring child carrier and bottle waters?

Henry

June 12, 2019 at 1:21 AM

Hello, I’d love your tips on an itinerary.

I’m flying into Phoenix late night and have 4 total days.

my thoughts,….

day 1 early morning drive to Antelope canyon or canyon x and horseshoe if there is time to do both …. then stay at a hotel in page. ( hyatt )
day 2 drive to sedona and do a jeep tour. sleep 1 night in enchantment resort.
day 3 and 4 phoenix with friends

Look forward to your thoughts. thank you!

Grant Burchell

June 10, 2019 at 9:09 PM

Hello,
We’re signed up for a package tour of the Upper, Lower, and Boat tours of Antelope Cyn in late June. We were planning on wearing shorts but I saw in the video that a lot of people were wearing jeans. Perhaps it’s cooler in the canyon due to shadow? In any case, I was wondering what your recommendation on clothing was. Also, on the boat tour do you have the option to do any swimming or is it all in the boat?

Thanks for your help & info

Nancee Page

June 10, 2019 at 1:49 PM

Hi Alley,

I would like to take my kiddos on a little road trip to see the Grand Canyon, Lower Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe bend. Where do you suggest we start? We are coming from Southern Cali. Where do you suggest we stay? What tours should we take?
Thank you!

Craig

June 10, 2019 at 3:29 AM

Hello! My wife and I are taking our 2 kids (7 and 9) to Powell at the end of June. We would love to do the Antelope Canyon Kayak trip without a guide. Putting each kid with an adult in a tandem kayak, is this doable? Both kids are strong and energetic lol. Where can I find a map? Thanks in advance.

MArti Hood

June 07, 2019 at 8:41 PM

Hello I need some help please. We are in need of a schedule we land in vegas (Not sight seeing there) and have 9 days.
We want to see Hoover Dam., Grand Canyon, Page AZ and then Sedona and fly out of Phoenix. Can someone help please?

Mary Jo Roberts

June 07, 2019 at 3:21 AM

Greetings,
We are visiting the area 9/5 thru 10 and wish to tour the canyons less visited. Any suggestions? I have heard that the upper antelope is overcrowded. Any infoon rattlesnake or the water canyons?Thanks MJ

Blake A Brockhaus

June 06, 2019 at 3:59 PM

Hi Alley, is a tour required for the canyon?

Pixie281

June 06, 2019 at 1:58 AM

We are looking to visit on the 27th of June to surprise my mom for her bday. What is the cost associated to visit the canyon?

Deborah

June 05, 2019 at 6:24 PM

I’m planning a trip with 3 teenage girls in a few weeks. Any recommendations on what to plan 6/19-6/21? We are currently looking into the Grand Canyon, and Antelope Canyon. Trying to decide how to best manage our time and see as much as we can. We will be staying in FLagstaff.

Brandon

June 04, 2019 at 1:24 AM

Hi Alley,

Thanks for all the wonderful information on the site. I have a trip planned with my 2 teenage daughters from Phoenix on July 5th to Page for two nights, then off to Bryce on the 7th, and Zion on the 8th. Could you help with suggestions for an itinerary on what best to do with our time in Page and the other stops. Your help is much appreciated!

Tami

June 04, 2019 at 1:16 AM

Alley-
I love reading your posts! So happy I found you! We are a family with 2 teenage boys planning a trip this summer and I was hoping to get some feedback from you…
June 28- arrive in Las Vegas
June 29- arrive Grand Canyon South Rim
June 30- arrive in Page
July 1- drive thru Momument Valley and arrive at Moab
We will then be heading into Colorado since we will need to check into a dude ranch near Laramie July 4.
I originally wanted to add Zion at the beginning of the trip but decided that might be too much. Unless you think we could squeeze it in?
Any advice or recommendations would be greatly appreciated!
Thanks so much!

Mark Esiyeden

June 03, 2019 at 5:10 AM

hi alley

will i be able to do grandcanyon for a day from las vegas and drive back same day

wendi chase

June 02, 2019 at 7:05 PM

I am so glad I found this site !! Planning a trip to Vegas and onward to drive around the Canyon and back… your 7 day trip seems a bit rushed, if I followed it but spread everything out over 2 days would you recommend that ? Or would you recommend some areas , one day is enough? just myself and my husband, we are very physically fit but not hiking fanatics , going for the view and and some R&R to celebrate our 25th anniversary ..

G

June 01, 2019 at 7:29 PM

This website has been most helpful! I am looking for some more details. We are travelling to Sedona in a couple of weeks and I’m trying to fit in Horseshoe Bend and Antelope Canyon if possible. We arrive in Phoenix around 11 am on Friday morning and are driving directly to the Grand Canyon. Will likely want to make a lunch stop along the way…not sure where. We are staying overnight in the park and will do a morning bike ride before we head to Sedona for Saturday evening. We’ll likely explore Sedona on Sunday maybe a jeep ride, or spend some time at the red rock slide park. Maybe Monday would be a good day to venture out to Horseshoe Bend and Antelope Canyon. I know that there are 1 day tours that we can with a round trip to Sedona. Should I book one of those (we are a family of 5) or since we have a car, would we be better off getting there ourselves and picking up a guided tour once we arrive? Is this even possible? Any suggestions would be welcomed. We are staying in Sedona until Wed morning when we will head back to Phoenix to fly out in the late afternoon on Wed.

Maria Tarantino

May 31, 2019 at 10:41 PM

hello,
the video show how steep some of the ladders are but it did not show the width of canyon.
Does anyone know how wide the passages are …and if i am a little chucky will i fit thru the passages.
Thank you,

Gilbert

May 31, 2019 at 6:33 PM

Me and my wife are planning to visit Grand Canyon. We are from Alberta, Canada, and flight to Las Vegas on 4Aug, and leaving on 9Aug. We would like to spend couple days in Grand Canyon National Park and Lower Antelope Canyon. Are there any suggestions?

AJ

May 31, 2019 at 6:07 PM

Hi, this page is very helpful, thank you.
We are visiting Las Vegas in January 2020, and are considering renting a car to come see antelope canyon and horseshoe bend. What is the weather typically like in January?

Olivia

May 31, 2019 at 5:13 PM

Hey my sister and I are driving to antelope canyon from Flagstaff next weekend for the lowerboat tour. How are the roads? Do we need an all terrain vehicle? She just has a small vw golf with bad shocks. Do we need to rent a car?

Hanna

May 31, 2019 at 3:22 PM

HI Ally –
I need some help. 🙂 We are planning on coming to Las Vegas with my husband and 2 teenagers. It will be in July – thinking 4th of July weekend, we are going for a basketball event in Las Vegas. We want to head over to Zion, Bryce, Horseshoe Bend and Lower Antelope. What would be the best itinerary if we left Vegas on the 5th but come back to Vegas on the 7th. I know it will be super hot so we do not plan to do any hikes. What do you think would be best route to go and stay? So basically it would be 2 nights to stay between these 3 areas/ spots. What is something also we should def not miss from any of these places.
Thanks so much!! Hannah

JJ

May 31, 2019 at 6:10 AM

Hi! We are flying from the East coast on a Saturday in October 2019 to Phoenix and are returning home on Wednesday of that week. We want to see Grand Canyon and Lower Antelope. How do you suggest we plan our time? Thanks!

Ivy

May 31, 2019 at 4:20 AM

Dear Alley,

I really appreciate all your detailed responses to all the questions. I have planned most of my trip based on your recommendations.
We (party of three, including a 74 years old) are planning to do a 6 days self- drive tour from Las Vegas-Grand Canyon-Page (2 nights)-Zion-Las Vegas in early July. For the three days, two nights stay at Page, I have booked the Tower Butte Helicoper tour on the first day in the afternoon, the upper canyon and boat tour on the 2nd day early in the morning. Can you recommend another canyon or other activities that do not require too much hiking/walking for us to visit on the 2nd day afternoon and 3rd day morning? Much appreciated.
Ivy

Mona

May 30, 2019 at 6:56 PM

Hello,
Thank you so much for your wonderful information. I am so stuck in my itinerary of what to do after reading all the wonderful comments. I have been to GC multiple times but husband has not and our goal is to hike the GC. We are flying into Flagstaff Sept 27 at 730 pm, renting a car and the only reservations we have made are to the El Tovar on 9/28-29. Below is the tentative dates and places. 9/27 Fly into Flagstaff, rent care should we stay in Flagstaff or drive to Williams.
9/28 go to GC, definitely want to see sunset today. Dinner at El Tovar
9/29 hike GC and see sunrise.
9/30 drive to Page, AZ should we do an afternoon canyon tour?
10/1 Page, AZ do canyon tour and boat tour
10/2 sedona
10/3 Sedona would like to do a jeep tour??
10/4 Phoenix or somewhere else???
10/5 Fly home out of Phoenix
Any suggestions would greatly be appreciated. Trying to get everything pinned down. Thank you in advance for your help.
Mona

Jane

May 29, 2019 at 5:24 PM

Do all your kayak tours leave that early in the morning? We will be visiting next May 2020 and wondered if you had afternoon kayak trips to Hidden Canyon. Thank you, Jane

Bobby

May 29, 2019 at 4:25 PM

Hi,

I am planning a trip to Page, Arizona during July 4th weekend. I am driving from Vegas on the 4th and would want to see the sunset at Horseshoe bend. How crowded is it usually during this weekend? What is the best time to go and where is the best place to park? I plan on sleeping in the car over night, are you able to recommend any places for car camping that would be relatively close to Antelope Canyon? My tour for Upper Antelope Canyon is at 6:30 am, hoping this would be bright enough for beautiful pictures!

Thank you in advance!!

Rita

May 28, 2019 at 12:36 PM

Hi,

I would like to apply for the wave permit for hiking in October 2019 for 2 people, question can each of us separately apply for a permit for us or would we be eliminated since both names would be in the lottery twice?

Jennifer E

May 28, 2019 at 12:03 PM

Hi there! Your itineraries are amazing!!! We are thinking of flying into Las Vegas and spending a day or two there and then heading to Grand Canyon for a couple of days. From there we would like to visit Monument Valley and stay there a night or two and then thinking of heading up to Salt Lake City to fly back home. What are your thoughts on this? We are thinking about 7-10 days for the trip. It is 2 adults and 2 children ages 12 and 8. Thanks in advance!

Nelia

May 28, 2019 at 4:37 AM

We’re planning a trip to Antelope Canyon and do all three tours, Lower/ Upper canyons and boat tour. I’m reading under ken’s tour policy that we are not allowed to bring backpacks or any bags whatsoever, but however when I’m watching videos of the tour I see people with backpacks. Are we or aren’t we allowed to bring any bags? Also are we allowed to bring our own water bottle (Hydroflask) on the tours?

barbara steele

May 27, 2019 at 5:30 PM

can you please help me sort our itenerary? I am feeling over whlemed.
day 1 friday – arrive in phoenix at 8 am. driving straight to sedona. full day of sight seeing
day 2 saturday- atv ride at 8 am sedona. then arriving at the grand canyon that evening
day 3 sunday – sight seeeing the grand canyon. taking bike ride there. leaving that night to go to page.
day 4 monday – definately doing a flat boat ride and possibly antelope canyon and horseshoe bend.
day 5 tuesday – uncertain may do antelope canyon then looking for suggestion that night arrive at bryce canyon
day 6 -wednesday seeing what to in bryce when we get there
day 7 thursday- mule ride in bryce leave for vegas
day 8 friday – in vegas
day 9 satruday – headed home
open for any suggestions on any day

barbara steele

May 27, 2019 at 3:30 PM

can you please help me sort our itenerary? I am feeling over whlemed.
day 1 friday – arrive in phoenix at 8 am. driving straight to sedona. full day of sight seeing
day 2 saturday- atv ride at 8 am sedona. then arriving at the grand canyon that evening
day 3 sunday – sight seeeing the grand canyon. taking bike ride there. leaving that night to go to page.
day 4 monday – definately doing a flat boat ride and possibly antelope canyon and horseshoe bend.
day 5 tuesday – uncertain may do antelope canyon then looking for suggestion that night arrive at bryce canyon
day 6 -wednesday bryce canyon mule ride. head to las vegas early evening
day 7 thursday- in vegas
day 8 friday – headed home
open for any suggestions on any day

Sue M.

May 27, 2019 at 2:31 AM

Dear Alley,

I’m beyond impressed with your customer service and the time you take to provide detailed responses to each person’s inquiry. You are amazing!
Here’s my question (I did read through, but didn’t find the answer, so apologies if this is a repeat!):
We have about 48 hours in Page. We’d love to do something more low key on the first day, then something a bit more active on the second day. We have 4 boys between ages 10 and 13 who love adventure 🙂
1) We are thinking to do Horseshoe Bend mid-morning, then book your combined Lower Antelop Canyon + Boat tour. How long do we need to allocate for this entire tour? What time do we need to leave Horseshoe Bend in order to make it to the tour during good sunlight hours in the Canyon? (We will be there October 18).
2) On day 2, we are thinking of taking the morning to drive to Monument Valley, do the 17 mile self drive loop, then head back to Page for an afternoon of activity. Is this a feasible plan, or too ambitious?
3) If we do have this afternoon of “activity” – what are fun, off the beaten path ideas you have seen visitors do? I know we could do another slot canyon, but you mentioned that one is usually fine to see on limited time. Unless you think that this free time is well spent on another slot canyon? Perhaps canyoneering somewhere, hiking, anything cool or unique you’ve seen would be much appreciated here!

Thank you so much for your help in advance! I really, truly appreciate it!

Seoah Park

May 26, 2019 at 8:36 AM

Hi I have a question.
I want to go the Antelopecanyon lower!
The guide is necessary??

Vats

May 24, 2019 at 2:43 PM

Hello Alley,

At the outset I would like to thank you for helping us (tourist) from all over the world. Your Blog is really cool & will bookmark it for my use.

We (family of 3 with a toddler) would be visiting from Boston Mid of August & this would be our first trip to the Wild Wild West so to speak :-).

Our Planned Itinerary is as follows. Flight tickets are booked from BOS. Arriving in PHOENIX but our return departure is from LAS VEGAS.

With a toddler we won’t be able to drive more than 4h-5h each day & we would prefer to avoid driving in the night all together.

Day – 1: BOS to PHOENIX. Stay in Flagstaff, AZ
Day – 2: Grand Canyon NP – Stay in Williams, AZ
Day – 3: Grand Canyon NP for half a day – Stay in Page, AZ
Day – 4: Antelope Canyon, Lake Powell & Glen Canyon NP – Stay in Kanab, UT
Day – 5: Zion NP – Stay in Hurricane, UT
Day – 6: Zion NP – Stay in Hurricane, UT
Day – 7: Las Vegas
Day – 8: Las Vegas
Day – 9: Early Morning departure from LV to BOS.

Can you please provide your views/feedback on our Itinerary & below couple of questions.

1) Is 1 1/2 days at Grand Canyon & 2 Days at Zion sufficient if we are planning mild hikes only.
2) Among Glen Canyon National Park, Bryce Canyon, Antelope Canyon & Lake Powell – Due to shortage of time we are leaving out Bryce Canyon – Your inputs on this please?

Any other suggestion is welcome to make our tour a memorable one 🙂

Katherine

May 23, 2019 at 10:26 PM

Hi,
Looking for advise on the best route from Las Vegas ->Grand Canyon (don’t have a rim preference, whatever makes sense!)->Page, AZ. Would love your input!

cecilia

May 23, 2019 at 6:29 PM

Hi Alley,

For a 7 day trip including 4 corners what would you recommend. We can start any location! Thank you!

bonnie

May 23, 2019 at 3:11 PM

Hi, Is there a BUS tour from Vegas ? I would like the Upper Canyon as well as boat ride Tour for early August 2019.
I see several upper canyon tours and Horseshoe bend, however no boat rides.

Neha

May 22, 2019 at 4:36 PM

Hi

Any one suggest me nearest place to stay in Antelope for 25th night any MOtel- lower prices because I got early morning bookking for Antelope Canyon at 6 o clock in the mrng

Lola

May 22, 2019 at 12:40 AM

Hi! Is the lower antelope open this Friday?
Also is there any website that I can check if it’s open?

Thx!

DIANE LUND

May 21, 2019 at 6:31 PM

We have an open day, one day, on our trip to AZ to head to Page from GC. The date is June 26. As far as time of year (summer) , what is our best option for a tour time? We can leave Tusayan early on that day but is it realistic to aim for the 10:30 am tour? Are midday times really hot?

Sindy

May 21, 2019 at 1:30 AM

Hi, I am planning to visit the upper antelope canyon during the end of this june and I was wondering if we are able to use our cellphone cameras to take pictures with no intention of selling the pictures or anything. Everything is kind of confusing and I would like to make sure we can get on with our plan or make a new one. thank you!

Siladitya Basu

May 21, 2019 at 12:07 AM

Hello,
We planning upper antelope canyon between May 26th to May 30 , We are 2 adults and 2 kids (1 is 11 yrs and another is 4 yrs) . Is there any restriction for 4yrs old kid to visit upper antelope?
Aslo could you please let me know ticket availibity between these days?
Thanks,
Siladitya

Abhishek B

May 20, 2019 at 7:03 PM

Need 4 tickets for Upper canyon and Boat tour for Sunday 26th . Anyone cancelling or Any chances of availability?

Gary

May 20, 2019 at 4:29 AM

Hi,

We have a group of 14 (6 adults and 8 kids) and we are wondering about the Lower Canyon tour and whether it is an ideal tour for the kids. We have a 3 yr old and a 7 yr old and wonder how “difficult” it would be for them. The 3 yr old would be carried (on some kind of baby carrier/backpack). The Lower Canyon seems more interesting to us but want to get a better idea of how challenging it would be. Any feedback would be greatly appreciated !!!

Regan Peterson

May 20, 2019 at 2:02 AM

Hi Alley,

We are planning a trip to Page in September. Our youngest will be close to 4 at the time of our visit. I am wondering if you think it will be possible for her to do the Lower Antelope Canyon tour? I’ve watched the full walk through and think as long as she doesn’t have to rush down the initial decent she will be fine. Will they let us put her in an Ergo carrier on our back getting down into the canyon and then let her out to walk once we are in the canyon?

Thanks,
Regan

Sudha

May 19, 2019 at 10:32 PM

Alley,

what can we do with a 5 and half year old in Antelope Canyon? Looks like we can only do the boat tour..
we would like to visit Antelope Canyon, Bryce, Zion on a 1 week trip and are looking for itinerary suggestions.
Thanks in advance for your help!

Bruce

May 19, 2019 at 10:08 PM

We are four adults leaving Kansas City the 14th or 15th of September and have reservations in Zion the 19-20 of September. Any suggestions for lodging, directions and sights? A boat tour sounds very nice.

Kathy

May 19, 2019 at 9:45 PM

Hi Alley, Wow so much good information here! Thank you! We are retiring in a few months and to celebrate we’re hitting the road to visit the Western United States and could use your help with a bit of planning … it’s a little in advance of our travel but it’s gonna be a long trip and we are trying to make the best of our time there … We should arrive in Williams, Arizona about May 1, 2020 and we’ll have about 3 weeks to see as much as we can see during this section of our trip heading towards Las Vegas … we’d like to include the Grand Canyon, Sedona, all the National Parks in Utah … Page, Zion, Antelope Canyon, Bryce Canyon, Monument Valley, Moab … we want to see as much as possible … if we need more time then now is when we need to know that to make adjustments to our time line … we will be towing a 40′ 5th wheel so please keep that in mind as far as paved roads etc … also one last note – I am very into photography so if there is anything off the beaten path that you feel is a must see please let me know … we’ve dreamed about this trip for a long time and so excited that it’s within reach. We’ve been to Hoover Dam a few times so not necessary to stop there again. if you could suggest a route and about how much time we need at each area it would be greatly appreciated! Thank you again 🙂

AikiPapi

May 19, 2019 at 8:20 PM

Alley and Friends –

Can’t thank you enough for sharing all of this guidance – it has been both informative and educational to read through.

We’re planning a mini-grand-circle tour (~8 days) for our NJ family of 5 at the end of next month (June), including parents and three “children” (ages 20, 20, and 11). Trying to see and do as much as possible and keep everyone entertained without outstripping attention spans and our tolerance for too many back-to-back long car rides together : )

With this in mind, I’ve put together the loose itinerary below in the hopes that you may be able to further advise in terms of (1) a reality check toward “do-ability”, and (2) any notable sites we might want to hit along our circular route.

Thanks in advance for any further insights you can share!

Day 1: Arrive in LV (LAS) around noon
• Lunch in LV area
• Drive 45 min. to Hoover Dam for afternoon tour
• Drive 2 hrs. to Hualapai Lodge in Peach Springs, AZ
o Stop/Shop/Snack in Kingman, AZ en route
• Dinner at Diamond Creek (in Lodge)

Day 2: Peach Springs, AZ
• Breakfast in Lodge
• 1-day rafting trip with Hualapai River Runners (aka Rivers and Oceans?)
• Drive 2 hrs. to Hotel in Tusayan, AZ near South Rim of GC
• Dinner in Tusayan

Day 3: Tusayan/GC South Rim
• Breakfast at Hotel?
• Hit Grocery Store to fill cooler for picnic later
• FREE TIME?
• Grand Canyon Village
o Cooler Picnic Lunch
o Canyon View Information Plaza & Film
o Hike Bright Angel Trail?
o Be at rim for sunset
o Dinner in Village
• Drive 2.5 hours to Hotel in Page, AZ
o (Super Wal-Mart & Safeway in town)

Day 4: Page, AZ
• Combo Lower Antelope Slot Canyon Hike and Kayak Tour: https://www.kayakpowell.com/
o Hike 1.1 miles (~ 1.5 hrs.) @ 9:15 AM
o Big Lake Trading Post for food
o Kayak 4-5 miles (~ 3 hrs.) 20 min. away @ 12:30 PM
• Canyon X or Secret Canyon are alternatives
• Back to Hotel – RELAX
• Dinner?

Day 5: Page, AZ
• Morning Hike 0.6 miles to Horseshoe Bend (Colorado River) view
• Breakfast at Ranch House Grille or Canyon Crepes
• 1-2 hours Jetskiing on Lake Powell (from Antelope Point Marina?)
• Lake Powell
• See Rainbow Bridge? (would love to, but seems like a half-day commitment unto itself)
• Drive 2.5 hours to Hotel @ Bryce Canyon, UT

Day 6: Bryce Canyon, UT
• Tour canyon via ATV or MTB (if we can find a nice beginner to intermediate trail)

Activities


o Hike Canyon if we’re better off mountain biking in Zion
• Free shuttle to scenic spots from station north of park, or at Ruby’s Inn and the Grand Hotel?
• Drive 1.5 hours to [Hotel] at Zion National Park, UT Hotel

Day 7: Zion National Park, UT
• Upper Emerald Pools Trail (3-mile) or Narrows (riverbed) Hike?
o Perhaps MTB tour if not done at Bryce
• Dinner in Springdale, UT?
• Drive 2.5 Hours to [Hotel] Las Vegas, NV
o Leave evening or next morning

Day 8: Las Vegas, NV
• Hotel Pool
• Dinner Reservation
• Tour Strip

Day 9: Depart LV (LAS) mid-day
• Pool (if time)
• Leave for McCarran Airport

Tina

May 19, 2019 at 5:52 AM

Hi!
Great website and information, wish I would have come across this earlier in my planning but I’ll be sure to bookmark it for future adventures.

However, for now maybe you can give me some advice on what I’m hoping can be an easy change to our trip. We have a trip planned for the last week in June for 4 adults and a 9 month old. We’ll be driving from a home base in St. George, Utah and for the most part we plan on just doing our own things and not tours since we are not positive how the little one will do and we want the flexibility for him. We also have a condo in Williams, Arizona booked for the week.

The initial plan was to go to the Grand Canyon one day, Sedona for a day, explore around Williams and maybe find a good ghost town or two. Everyone thought that one day at the Grand Canyon would be enough for us especially since 2 of the adults have issues with heights (lol). Then…we all started to talk about what we were wanting to see most and I realized that in order for all of us to see what we wanted to we will need to go to all of the entrances and this is where is gets a little crazy.

I think it will be quite easy to go to the west entrance on our way to Williams, then go to the south entrance another day. Just based on the driving times it seems quite possible to go from Williams to the east part, (Horseshoe Bend) but I don’t think we should do the north rim in the same day. I think we may be better off exploring some of the sights in/around Page and then head to St. George as it’s probably going to be difficult to find lodging in Page at this point. We could then go to the North rim the next day. What would your thoughts be?

Thanks

Wai

May 18, 2019 at 6:51 AM

Hi, I would like to know if I am allowed to bring food when I visit the Antelope? Like nuts (cashew, peanut) and canned food like canned meat? I would like to know if there are any strict rules about food. Thanks Wai

Madeleine

May 17, 2019 at 12:18 PM

Hi,

I needed to cancel my reservation. When I clicked on the link it says I will receive a refund of 95% (just like the policy in my confirmation said). Then I clicked the button to cancel and now it says “Nothing was refunded, because it was canceled within 462 of the tour” Can you please contact me and clarify this issue?

Thanks,
Madeleine

Heidi

May 17, 2019 at 7:47 AM

Hi There, Thank you so much for providing great insights on alternative canyons and providing thoughtful answers for people’s questions. We (4 of us, including a 9-year-old kid) plan to visit the Antelope Canyon for the first time early July this year. I understand the weather can be very hot then. We originally planned to do the 4 Canyon tour (Mountain Sheep, Owl, Rattlesnake & Upper Antelope) on one day and do the Lower Canyon and Boat tour on the next morning. After reading the article here, I wonder if we should change our travel plan. One of us is recovering from a bad back. It seems to me these alternative canyons might be more physically challenging. This is a concern for us. Also, I find that there are many one-day trips offered from Vegas (including some w small planes). How safe is it to fly with the plane from Vegas to Page in July? Is it more relaxing to drive from Vegas and stay in Page for 2 nights? Or, is it more enjoyable to join a small group one day tour or join a plane tour to visit the area? Your suggestions/ideas/comments will be greatly appreciated. Looking forward to hearing from you. Cheers, Heidi

Latricia Almeda

May 16, 2019 at 4:13 PM

Hello, do you have to have a tour? Or are people able to walk through on their own. Looks like the dates I can go, all the tours are sold out.

Sally

May 15, 2019 at 11:14 AM

Hi, I am trying to organise a visit to Antelope Canyon in January 2020 for my family. Are there any tours which can be booked now or are they all released later in the year?

Also, if we are travelling from Monument Valley to Grand Canyon, could we do Page as a stopover on the way or would you recommend we stay a night?

Thank you

Brandon

May 14, 2019 at 1:15 AM

Hi Alley,

So my parents will be coming to the United States for the first time from Malaysia and I have decided to being them to visit Page for 3 days 2 nights and a night in Grand Canyon south rim. This is my current plan:

Day 1: Drive to Zion National park from Las Vegas early in the morning (Do you know of any short hikes or a scenic overlook I can drive to in zion?), drive down to page in the evening and see sunset at horseshoe bend.

Day 2: I have already book two tours on that day. 10.30am: Lower Antelope Canyon. 2pm: Antelope canyon boat tour. Here is my problem, I want to do more but I couldn’t decide what I should do. I want to do at least one aerial tour as its gonna be a once in a lifetime experience for me and my family. Should I do an aerial tour at grand canyon or lake powell? Which is more beautiful? I want to go to the rainbow bridge but the tour is full already I think, are there any alternatives? Should I do one more antelope canyon tour? Either upper, canyon x or secret canyon? Which is more beautiful? I want to do the raft trip too, is it worth it since I am already doing the antelope canyon boat tour? I HAVE SO MANY THINGS THAT I WANT TO DO WITH SO LITTLE TIME. The more research I do on the things I can do around page and grand canyon the more overwhelming it gets, I am at the point where I dont even know what to do anymore. Your help will be much appreciated!!!!

Day 3: I can do one of the activities listed above in the morning and maybe in the afternoon too. Drive down to grand canyon south rim and maybe hike a little or just go to a scenic overlook nearby. I will be staying in yavapai lodge for the night.

Day 4: More grand canyon south rim and then head back to LA.

Jazmin

May 11, 2019 at 7:51 PM

Thank you very much for all of this information – I really appreciate it. One additional question – if we don’t include the Santa Fe area but keep your recommendations for Mesa Verde and the Bryce Canyon/Capital Reef/Arches areas, what would you suggest the itinerary look like? Thank you again.

Eric Mayer

March 11, 2019 at 10:18 AM

Alley & Ryan,

Thank you for providing such a fabulous resource in this blog and your continued responses!

I thought I had our 11 day trip to the area in early July figured out until I read it all, learning about the many additional things to see…

We have to kids with us (10 and 12) and are now thinking:

Day 1: Arrive in Sedona in afternoon and stay the night.
Day 2: Hot air balloon ride & relax at a swimming hole, then driving to Williams and stay the night.
Day 3: Take the train to South Grand Canyon, explore in the afternoon, and stay the night.
Day 4: Explore more of GC and return to Williams in late afternoon, then drive to Page and stay the night.
Day 5: Visit Upper and Lower Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe bend, assuming we can do it all in one day if booked in advance, stay 2nd night.
Day 6: Drive to Bryce canyon to explore a bit, then drive to Zion and stay the night.
Day 7: Hike Zion and stay 2nd night
Day 8: Hike more in Zion and possibly raft, kayak, or tube, staying a 3rd night in Zion.
Day 9: Drive to Las Vegas stopping by Red Cliffs, followed by late afternoon tour of Hoover Dam, then spend the night.
Day 10: Explore & relax in Vegas, stay a 2nd night.
Day 11: Head home mid morning

Much to see and too little time, so hoping you might offer your thoughts/advice on our tentative itinerary and the following questions:

1) We thought the train to GC would be fun, but would it be better to just drive instead to possibly split 2-3 days/two nights between south and north? Any must-do’s activities while there?

2) Should we change some things around for more/less time somewhere, or substitute in Antelope Canyon boat tour, Monument Valley, The Arches?

3) We have also kicked around the idea of renting an RV for the trip instead of a car to get a little Griswold style fun in, though not sure if that will just make things more complicated.

Many thanks in advance for your experience and wisdom!
Eric

Daisy Cheng

May 11, 2019 at 2:41 AM

Hi Alley,

I got some problem with booking the tour for lower antelope. I am looking at the tours as well as the boat tour of the lake Powell in early August.
I could not find a single tour for lower antelope at a better time so that I am looking at combos. BTW, the best photograph time for lower antelope would be?

For the combos, I am wondering if the boat tours are all the same? The one-hour Antelope Canyon tour? I am interested in the 90-min Wahweap boat tour since it looks that it get more lake views and more landmarks…. So is there any combo can combine the lower antelope and Wahweap boat tour? And what is the difference between the two boat tours I mentioned?

Thank you so much,

Daisy

Tiffany LeShaun Eban

May 10, 2019 at 7:27 PM

Hello, I’m visiting in October and would like to see the beautiful Antelope Canyon. However my wife and I have some mobility issues. Is there a tour that doesn’t require alot of walking or a driving tour?

chris

May 10, 2019 at 4:08 PM

hi. is it possible to kayak any of the canyons by your own ?? thanks !!!

Alex Tan

May 10, 2019 at 2:53 AM

Hello,

I will be staying at Page for 2 nights and I want to cover as much as I can. Coming in from Vegas, I am planning to go to horseshoe bend and secret canyon on day 1 and then on the second day I will be going to the upper antelope canyon, lower antelope canyon and the antelope canyon boat tour. Do you have any other recommendation to make my current plan better? I feel like I am not doing and seeing enough.

Susan G

May 09, 2019 at 6:23 PM

Hi Alley – Would love your advice on how to plan our itinerary. We are arriving Phoenix airport at 10:00 am on a Friday in September. We are leaving from Phoenix airport the following Wednesday afternoon. Right now we are planning to stay in Sedona the whole time and do a day trip to Grand Canyon and a tour from Sedona to Antelope Canyon. Are we better off driving to Page and staying overnight and then on to Grand Canyon before we head to Sedona? Or is it efficient to keep Sedona as our home base?
Thanks so much!
Susan

Tracie Oliver

May 09, 2019 at 11:20 AM

Hello! We’re visiting from Ohio & have 3-4 days to spend visiting the Grand Canyon, Antelope Canyon & possibly Horseshoe Bend next month. We’ll have our 8yr old son w/us; would you suggest the Upper or Lower Canyon for a child his age? Thank you!

Jazmin

May 09, 2019 at 3:20 AM

Hi Alley,
I’m trying to plan a road trip to the GC area but there are so many beautiful options that is very difficult to decide and overwhelming. We are taking 17 days for this trip and renting a car, we wish to do the following. We are landing in Phoenix June 16th at 10 am (staying 1 night tentative), visit Sedona, GCSR, Santa Fe, Mesas Verde Monument Valley, Horseshoes bend, GCNR, Zion, Hoover Dam and ending in San Diego for 3 days) and we are flying from San Diego to Connecticut on July 2nd 10 pm. We only have booked the hotel in San Diego so far. As I’m researching, this plan might not be doable. If the trip is possible, what would the schedule look like? If not, suggestions will be sooo appreciated. My husband and I and two children (15 and 11) enjoy walks and easy hikes but we don’t consider ourselves hiker. We would like to do some walks or swim by a river or a boat ride, do a guided tour of the mesas dwellings or a guided tour of the Monument Valley. Also I will like to include a stay at a ranch that offers horseback riding or rodeo show, maybe a living history museum. I’m open to any suggestion and thank you in advance.

June

May 08, 2019 at 2:21 PM

Very helpful information for us. Thanks!
We have a plan to Antelope Canyon in August, and have a question: there have RV parking lot for daytime?

Ronald

May 08, 2019 at 12:44 AM

Hi Alley,

This website is very informative. I am planning a trip to visit Antelope Canyon from 6/1 to 6/8, but I can’t make up my mind about where to visit. So I would love to have some recommendation from you for the trip, and so far my trip planning is like following:

6/1 Arrive Phoenix around noon, plan to visit Desert Botanical Garden, Papago Park and Old Town Scottsdale area, then stay at Boulders Resort & Spa.
6/2 Plan to stay another night in the area, but need some recommendation for where to visit.
6/3 Drive to Page (stop by Sedona for some lunch and sightseeing?) and stay overnight at Page.
6/4 Upper + boat tour bundle for (10am and 2pm), and visit the Horseshoe Band, stay another night at Page

I will fly out from Las Vegas on 6/8 around noon, so I am planning to stay two nights in Las Vegas (6/6 and 6/7), so I am not sure should I visit Zion or Bryce on 6/5 and stay overnight? Or do you have any recommendation for that day and overall trip?

If I book the upper + boat tour as a bundle, are both operated by the same companies you mentioned above? Thank you.

Best Regards,
Ronald

Jack Shi

May 07, 2019 at 9:05 PM

I found two website offering upper antelope canyon tours. They are
https://www.antelopecanyon.com/ and

Homepage


I am confused because they show different availability of tours for the same date. Are they organized by different companies?

Ianah

May 07, 2019 at 7:36 PM

Hi Alley and Ryan,

We are planning to fly to Phoenix Arizona end of Nov. then drive to Sedona and stay 2 nights. Then we will visit the Grand Canyon South Rim on the 3rd day then proceed to Page Arizona for the night. Is this doable? In Page, we would like to see horseshoe bend, antelope canyon and lake Powell. Do you recommend staying in Page for a night or 2 nights? We will drive back to Phoenix after then spend a night there and fly back home. Do you have other attractions that we can stop by along the way?

Thank you!

Sarah Hooley

May 07, 2019 at 5:23 PM

Your itinerary is so very helpful! If you have 8 full days (arrive at 4 p.m. on June 10th and leave early morning on June 18th) where would you spend the extra day? We’re traveling with a young family (4 kids ages 1-9) so several of the activities are off the table. I’m also trying to keep my family sane even though I’m a “suck the marrow out of life” type vacationer. Thanks so much for your help!

Ann

May 07, 2019 at 3:48 PM

I’m going to start entering the lottery for Wave hike permits – I’m going to just keep trying and trying. I have a question – when they are drawing the “winners,” if a group of 5 is drawn first, and my group of 6 is drawn second, are we just eliminated, and they draw another group, until they get their 10 people? Should I consider decreasing my group to 3 or 4 people? Thanks – your site is fantastic!

Rebecca

May 07, 2019 at 3:30 PM

Holy Moly, you are amazing! I’m completely overwhelmed, but want to plan this road trip for my family desperately. We are all from East Coast and none of us have been West. Is Spring Break (Easter Week) a good time to visit? I have a family of four (13 and 11 year old kids). I think we’d fly into Las Vegas, and definitely want to see Antelope Canyon. What would be the perfect first time road trip for us? We’d like to see as much as possible, but also want it to be reasonable and give the time each site deserves. Looking forward to your response!

Elizabeth

May 07, 2019 at 12:50 AM

Hi! How do I book for just Lower Antelope Canyon? I think I’m just not seeing where the button is

Dolly Davis

May 06, 2019 at 11:20 PM

Hi Alley,

You have so many great ideas. I might be able to cobble an itinerary together based on all your responses, but thought if you have a moment I’d see if you have anything to add. I am planning on taking my kids to Kanab to spend a few days at the Best Friends Animal Sanctuary the first week in August. They are thirteen year old twins, one boy and one girl. We are from south Florida. We will fly in and out of Vegas, I think. I’d love to show them some nearby sites, including the Grand Canyon and an ATV tour sounds super fun. Moab looks amazing, but might be too far to add given that we only have seven or eight nights, Saturday to Sunday. I’d love to hear your thoughts. Thanks in advance.

Clivia

May 06, 2019 at 10:19 PM

Hi there!

I plan to stay in page for two nights and hang out for a whole day on May 22th, I really want to visit Antelope Canyon, Lake Powell and Horseshoe Bend. Do you recommend I drive to every place and visit on walking? If you do not recommend walking alone, which part you prefer boat or air tour? And I also want to know how to book a tour online? I did not find any link for booking. Thank you!

Best
Clivia

Crystal

May 06, 2019 at 6:51 PM

Hello-

How can I pay or initiate a self hike for Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend? I will be renting a rental car, driving from Phoenix Az and staying in Flagstaff 5/24-5/28. Any recommendations on how to view both solo? I’d like to explore on my own pace. Any information is much appreciated.

Xu Chunhu

May 06, 2019 at 3:16 PM

If I select a combo such as Upper & Lower Antelope & Antelope Boat Tour, it seems that they are operated by different company. How do I know that which tour is operated by which company? Does the reservation confirmation sheet will tell this? Or I just go to the entrance (check-in) for each view point and show to them?

Jan Danielsen

May 06, 2019 at 9:48 AM

Hi Alley,

thanks for all the great information you make available. Based on one of your comments about timing we delayed our trip to Arizona/Utah till October, arriving in LA the first of the month and leaving on the 17th. Again, based on one of your recommendations we will drive from LA to Zion with Springdale as the first stop. From there on we would appreciate your gudiance on how to best allocate our days. We will do Antelope Canyon, most likely a bundled deal, the “Wave ” if we are really lucky. Maybe the “new” wave instead? Horseshoe Bend, Bryce and Monument Valley are also on the list , Grand Canyon is not since we have been there twice. Anything left out that should be on the list? We would also like to drive through areas with nice fall colours – not a problem if its a slight detour. Could ticket availability for Antelope be a problem in October?

Thanks,
Jan

Mary

May 06, 2019 at 6:55 AM

Hi Alley!

Loving reading all the comments and your responses! I am just wondering if you can help distinguish which tour would be better, the quicker tour or the photography tour? Will it mean if you want to take photos on the quicker tour, you’ll have to be quick, where with the photography tour, it’ll allow the extra time? I will have a DSLR and tripod but not sure which tour I should make the most of.

Kellie McCartney

May 06, 2019 at 3:29 AM

Hi Alley,

Your information is amazing and so detailed. I have been reading through your responses for hours and thought I would post my own as I feel a little overwhelmed and not sure the best way to structure our “once in a lifetime” trip. We are a party of four travelling to America in December/January for my husband’s 50th birthday and Zion NP and the Grand Canyon were top of our to do list – we were going to stay 2 nights in each. But clearly there is so much more to see and do!!!!!! Originally we were going to fly into Salt Lake City and travel by car to Zion/Grand Canyon/Las Vegas but I think I will change that to flying into Las Vegas and commencing and ending our road trip from there – which at a maximum is 8 days. Things I would love to see but happy with your recommendations –

Bryce Canyon
Zion National Park
Escalente (never heard of before until reading your posts – so not a must do)
The Wave (if permit is granted)
Antelope Canyon
Lake Powell
Horseshoe Bend
Grand Canyon – mule ride a possibility????
Sedona (again not a must do – just sounds amazing in your posts)

I don’t want to spend all our time driving I would prefer to do a few things well as I hope this one of many trips.

Much thanks,

Kellie

anthony

May 05, 2019 at 4:53 PM

Hi,
Im looking to travel in early august from salt lake city down to southern utah national parks and include Antelope and horseshoe,page,Zion Bryce, moab in 8 nights, we dont mind driving. Thanks! Anthony

sharon

May 05, 2019 at 4:37 PM

Hi I came across your post, and I thought you are extremely helpful.
May I ask for your suggestion:
We are coming from Provo, Utah to drive down to Antelope. Wanted to stop at Monument valley or do overnite there, but it has been so hard to find a place to stay there. I found accommodation in Lake Powell instead. We will be in PAge, AZ area for 3 nites….the first nite was just to rest as we came from driving from Provo. For Second day, is it ok to drive to Monument Valley and back. Third day, we have a tour of Antelope at 10am, so wondering when should we do Horseshoe bend. I read that you re recommending after sunrise.

Thank you for your help.

Rita

May 05, 2019 at 4:33 PM

Hi Alley,

Thanks so much for the amazing itinerary and the tips! I am trying to adopt lot of your plans into our family trip in early June which is about 1 month away. We can’t wait, but still in planning phase. We will fly into Billings MT in the late evening on June 6th, and depart from Las Vegas at 11:00 PM on June 18th. I already booked the flights, and reserved 5 nights inside Yellowstone from 06/07 to 6/11. We plan to stay in Grand Teton, Jackson, Salt Lake City for a couple of nights. Then we are interested in going to Zion, Bryce, Upper Antelope, Page floating, Horseshoe bend, Monument Valley, Canyon South Rim, Hoover Dam, ideally see a show in Vegas before heading to the airport. I have been trying to work out our plan for a few days, and still doing pick and choose places within our limited timeframe. Do you think this plan is feasible? Could you please give me some suggestions where and how long we should stay in each area? what is a must see with the timeframe? We would really appreciate it. Thanks!

Lisa Schaffer

May 04, 2019 at 8:40 PM

Our family is doing a 16 day trip from Indiana to Colorado and Utah. We will be towing our 35 foot camper. We want to do Antelope Canyon and are leaning towards the lower as I think our kids ages 10-5 will like taking the ladders down. Is there a place to park a truck and trailer while we tour? We would be coming from Four Corners and headed towards Kanab, UT. Thank you!

Laurence

May 04, 2019 at 4:26 PM

Hey Ryan, your advice here seems amazing so we thought we would get your opinion on our itinerary too! My girlfriend and I are coming from South Africa and our hiking section of the trip is as follows:

18/06/2019 – Arrive in the AM from Austin to Las Vegas. Vegas tour and show in the evening.
19/06/2019 – Red Rock Canyon and Valley of Fire. Drive to accommodation near Zion.
20/06/2019 – Zion (the narrows). Drive to accommodation near Page.
21/06/2019 – Upper Antelope Canyon (booked) and Lake Powell (not sure of how long this drive would be or if this is possible in one day?). Drive to accommodation near Grand Canyon.
22/06/2019 – Grand Canyon. Drive to accommodation near Sedona.
23/06/2019 – Sedona. Depart in the PM from Sedona to New York.

We are not sure what to do in Sedona yet and sadly we have quite a tight timeline to work with. If you have any thoughts or recommendations please let me know.

Maria Davis

May 04, 2019 at 7:12 AM

Big question for me is, can you fly a drone there?

Alenka Ribič

May 04, 2019 at 3:43 AM

Hello,
We are staying in Page for 2 hole days. Plans are to see Lake Piwell,Horseband shoe,Monument valley,Antelope canyon.. we don’t like crowd,love to hike and of course inyoing the great nature. Can you suggest how ro organize our plane?
Also i heard abour archade,but can not find where they are. After Page our plan is Zion and Bryce canyon. Regards,Alenka

Wendy

May 03, 2019 at 8:28 PM

Allie, I just want to thank you for your invaluable hints and suggestions. We just returned from our 8 day trip to your Grand Circle and followed most of your itinerary, except in reverse; Las Vegas, Zion, Bryce, Antelope (lower), Grand Canyon, Hoover Dam and return to Las Vegas. We spent two nights everywhere except for in Page, one night there, and just a stop at the Hoover Dam. That gave us a full day and a half in each place for exploring, it was a perfect amount of time. It also gave us three days with no driving, which was appreciated. This was also such a good time of year to visit, the weather was great and the crowds were certainly manageable. A huge thanks from us in Maine. You are the BEST. (My daughter said that she feels like we should have found you while we were in Page and bought you a gift, your advice was so helpful.) 😉

Bob

May 03, 2019 at 6:25 PM

Alley, great advice site! I have a question about visiting Upper Canyon with my wife who has moderate knee issues—I know Lower Canyon is out of the question. She walks fine and unassisted on the level—we have traveled everywhere. She has issues with steep slopes and steep stairs. Deep sand is somewhat of an issue. Of course, she does not use cane, crutches, walker, etc. Do folks with knee arthritis visit the Upper Canyon? Approximately how long in yards is the walk? Is there a slope and if so how steep? Are there steps? Is the soil firm or loose? Is the terrain smooth or rough?

Than you so much!!

Rea

May 03, 2019 at 5:08 AM

can we have a reservation for lower antelope only and not as bundle? We are planning to go there on May 11, 2019. Thanks!

Angela

May 03, 2019 at 4:16 AM

Hello Everyone,

I am trying to plan a first trip to Antelope Canyon with an intimate group of four. All of the canyons look amazing. I definitely don’t want the over crowded experience and would like to be able to take pictures. The group can handle strenuous activity so not worried their. So my question is if time was limited to a three day trip and you could see one EVER which would you do?

Katy Barker

May 02, 2019 at 6:30 PM

Hi Alley, I apologize if this question has been asked before, but I didn’t spot it if it has! I am driving a rental car and as is common with rentals, can’t drive it on a dirt road without risking voiding my insurance! I want to visit the Lower Canyon with either Dixie’s or Ken’s and I understand they are pretty much in the same spot. Driving from Page, will I have to drive on any dirt roads at all to get to them, or is the parking lot literally right on the highway? Thanks in advance for your reply – your site is wonderfully helpful for planning a trip to this area 🙂

Kim

May 02, 2019 at 3:33 PM

Allley,

I sent you an earlier message but after doing more research I need some clarity. My family and I will be driving ourselves from site to site. I’m getting mixed messages about needing and not needing a reservation to tour the upper canyon – Antelope Canyon. I know that you must have a guide to tour, but I have read that you do not have to book a reservation in advance. Basically we can drive to the canyon, pay the fee and join a tour. Is that correct?

Morgan Truman

May 02, 2019 at 3:08 PM

Hi Ryan,

I’m in the process of trying to plan a trip out to this area in September (i’m feeling like I’m a little late on getting things planned, hopefully will still be able to find lodging, planning to utilize mostly air bnb) but I am having trouble narrowing down the places I would like to visit vs the places I have time to visit and actually do them justice. We haven’t finalized our days yet but are expecting to have 9-10 days. If I provide the list of places I am wanting to visit, I am hoping maybe you could give me an idea of how much time I would want at each location, and as I know there are way too many to fit in, which ones you would recommend skipping. And maybe throw together a recommended itinerary… We enjoy hiking, but aren’t very experienced hikers and are a little out of shape so not looking for anything crazy strenuous. We are debating between flying into Las Vegas or Salt Lake City. Thanks so much for your help!!!
Here is the list of places I was looking into, I have starred the ones that I have heard the best things about and that I felt were most important to see…
Red Cliffs National Conservation Area
Zion*
Bryce Canyon*
Capitol Reef
Canyonlands
Arches
Mesa Verde
Four Corners Monument
Monument Valley
Antelope Canyon
Lake Powell/Horseshoe Bend
Glen Canyon
Grand Staircase
Grand Canyon North Rim*
Grand Canyon South*
Hoover dam*
Oh, I forgot one thing from the list… which i’ve heard is beautiful but insanely hard to get into. Havasu Falls.

Liz Williams

May 02, 2019 at 1:43 PM

Hi Alley and Ryan

Thank you so much for all the wonderful information on your website. I was hoping for a bit of guidance on our planned trip to Arizona from Dec 26-Jan 1 this year. Just with the time of year we are traveling, your valuable input would be much appreciated. We are a family of 5 (2 adults and 3 kids 17, 15 and 11) and love to hike!
Dec 26 – Arrive late into phoenix and staying just north of the city overnight.
Dec 27 – Drive to Sedona – Best options for the rest of the day in Sedona ?? Over night in Sedona
Dec 28 – Morning Sedona – Drive to Grand Canyon South Rim, walk along the rim trail, O/N GC
Dec 29 – A hike down into the GC – best option? Helicopter ride over GC today or early tomorrow morning ? ON GC
Dec 30 – Drive to Page – Lower Antelope Canyon Tour in the afternoon – ON Page
Dec 31 – Horseshoe Bend in the morning, either New Wave or Monument Valley in the afternoon. Today is my 50th birthday so somewhere to celebrate??
Jan 1 – Drive back to Phoenix for 4pm flight.

Thank you – we would really appreciate any advice!

Kim

May 02, 2019 at 9:25 AM

Hi Alley,
I’ve been reading some of your posts and I have to say that your knowledge of the area is incredible. And you’re so kind! I will be traveling with my family (in June 2019) to the west for the first time and we are so excited. Lodging (inside all parks) and flights are already booked. We are flying in to Vegas and driving from Vegas to Zion (3 days), to Bryce (2 days) and to South Rim (3 days), back to Vegas (1 night) then back home to D.C.. I want to squeeze in a tour of Antelope Canyon (if there is availability) and I’m wondering if it would be better for us to travel from Zion to Page (then to Bryce) OR from Bryce to Page (then to South Rim). I believe the distance is about the same (2.5 to 3 hrs). We would leave either park around 8 am, arriving at Antelope Canyon by 11 am. We would spend a few hours there, leaving at 3pm so we will arrive at our next destination before the gates close. Will we have enough time to swing by Horseshoe Bend? Your thoughts are appreciated. Thank you!! Kim

Natalya

May 02, 2019 at 5:33 AM

I’m sorry about my previous message. I typed it with the wrong spelling corrector.

If we do the kayak tour, would we see Lake Powell as well?

Siva

May 02, 2019 at 2:15 AM

Hello Alley,

You’ve been so helpful for everyone out there on their plans and stuff. I’d like to have someone help for us as well 🙂

Our priorities: Grand Canyon, Monument Valley Park, Antelope Canyon and other sight seeings. Interested to do camping or few miles of hike on high recommendation 🙂

Myself and my wife planned to do a 10 day trip covering Arizona, Las Vegas and California. So, we allocated 3 days to Arizona (Flexible for one more day). Our plan looks like this. Arriving PHX Airport by 430 PM and taking the rental car at 5/530 PM. Roaming Phoenix by car that evening before going to sleep (reservation made for the night).

Day 1: Early morning drive (3 and half hours) to Grand Canyon (still haven’t decided which rim we need to go. Please suggest). Heard that regardless of which rim we go – it would take in between 4-6 hours. Please correct me if I’m wrong. Hoping that we end up around somewhere at 3 or 4 PM at Grand Canyon. Start the drive to Monument Valley Park which is 3 hours from GC and have a reservation made here to have the sunrise view (should make sure that we should be there before sunset as it’s a risky place to drive without proper lights).

Day 2: Sunrise view at Monument Valley Park and complete the 2 hour 17 mile drive and head to page by lunch (somewhere in between 1 – 3 PM).
My question: How long does it take to visit horseshoe bend, Antelope Canyon(not sure whether we need to go to upper or lower – please suggest) and lake powell. It’s hard to do I believe but we are ok to get insights of it. If recommended, we can stay the night.

Day 3: If we are done with Page area by day late evening, we will stay the night in Page and drive to Flagstaff. Will cover some parts of Sedona (may be sight seeing) and visit Jerome and then to Vegas.

Any suggestions or recommendations are highly appreciated.

Thanks,
Siva

Julia Porto

May 01, 2019 at 6:46 PM

Hi Alley!

I’ve learned so much already reading your comments, by far the most helpful source I’ve found! Thank you for keeping this public.
I’m heading next week to a FULL 4-day road trip, and still have many doubts so hopefully, you can give us some last minute tips. This is the so far planned itinerary:
Day 1: Early morning Las Vegas to Zion. Spend the day until mid afternoon. Leave to Bryce for sunset/lodging.
Day 2: Sunrise at Bryce, explore Bryce until noon. Leave to Horseshoe bend. If still time, boat tour in Lake Powell. Lodge in Page.
Day 3: Free morning, thinking about Cathedral or Secret Canyon, or do you suggest another tour? Booked Upper Antelope at 12:30 pm.
Leave to Grand Canyon for sunset at Hopi point. Lodge in Grand Canyon.
Day 4: Grand Canyon sunrise. Leave to Sedona, nothing booked there so far. Heading to Flagstaff for the night.
Day 5: Depart from Flagstaff in the morning

I’m thinking it’s going to be too much to do in a little time…We are 3 in the party and 2 of us have already visited the Grand Canyon. Still, we wanted to fit at least a stop along the way there. Yet, we could skip the Grand Canyon night, and stay a second night in Page (day 3) heading for a full day in Sedona (day 4). If you have time I would love to hear your opinion!
Also, what we should not miss (hikes/viewpoints) in Zion, Bryce, Sedona and/or along this route?
Thank you very very much!!!

Peter Abramovich

May 01, 2019 at 6:46 PM

Hi! Love your site, thank you very much for keeping it up to date! My family of 4 (2 adults and 2 kids: 15 and 8) are planning a trip for the Labor day weekend. We live in Orange County CA and plan to drive straight (I know it’s a lot of driving non-stop) to Page, AZ. We are hoping to get there by Friday night (August 30). We will have 2 full days (Saturday and Sunday) in Page AZ before heading back home on Monday, September 2. Can you please make recommendations as far as what sites to see and to visit? We were thinking doing a combo tour of lower and upper canyons as well as the boat tour. Do you think it’s too much to squeeze in 1 day? If not, what would you recommend for the 2nd day? I appreciate your help!
Peter A.

Dee

April 30, 2019 at 3:13 AM

Hi, I just tripped across your blog while researching reviews of the slot canyon tour options. However I have been unable to find an answer that I hope you can help with. I know you must have a Navajo guide to hike the canyons and also pay the $8 fee. Does this also apply to kayaking the canyon? We have our own kayaks and are avid kayakers and after studying the charts of Lake Powell we will have no problem kayaking the canyon without a guide and or tour. Thank you!

Christine Simoneau

April 29, 2019 at 9:58 PM

Hi, I am staying at Lake Powell resort in June. I would like to take a Glen Canyon float trip and a trip to Antelope canyon. I have an afternoon and the next morning to do this unless I stay another night. Is there a boat trip on Lake Powell to see Antelope Canyon?

Canyon X

April 29, 2019 at 9:41 PM

Some my newest photos from Canyon X, definitely better for exploring and photographing than Upper Antelope Canyon.

Kanion Antylopy – Antelope Canyon X

Leah

April 29, 2019 at 8:08 PM

Hi! I am working on planning a 6 night (Sun-Sat) Trip! We do not have flights yet. We have arrangements for the hotel on Wednesday evening 7/3 in the Grand Canyon. I haven’t booked anything else as I am struggling with the details! Must sees: Zion & Grand Canyon. Nice to see: Horsehoe Bend, Antelope Canyon, Hoover Dam. Would love to do a water activity at some point because it will be first week of July. Also 4th of July is that Thursday- any suggestions on where we should spend the 4th??

This is what I was thinking– not sure if it is feasible! Thank you so much in advance!
Sun: Arrive in LV drive halfway to Zion-is there anywhere interesting to stop and stay overnight? If not we could drive all the way there and do a smaller hike or walk through the park ? Monday Hike Angels landing , dinner in Springdale, stay overnight. Tuesday- drive to Horseshoe Bend or Antelope Canyon? Weds am- drive to GC. stay overnight, GC sunrise Thursday am. This leaves us with Hoover Dam on Friday and Friday evening in Vegas, Leave Saturday.

Amelia Stephanie

April 29, 2019 at 6:15 PM

Hi , i super love your blog 😊..
I’ve been to grand canyon north , i’m interesting in antelope , etc … but i can’t drive too long , more than 3 hours will be super sleepy . I love sightseeing , but not hiking person..

1. Is it more close to antelope if we arrive to phoenix airport . Go to sedona , and the next day to antelope canyon ? If it is , is there a hotel near sedona ?

2. I see on internet, we can’t go to antelope by ourself . Tour only.. so is that mean we can’t drive to antelope canyon ? There’s a tour from vegas , 4 hours go and back again to vegas by bus . I think it’s super tired to do in one day . What do you think ?

kumar

April 29, 2019 at 3:18 PM

Hi,

May first week planning to self-drive to antelope from LAS and will start at 8pm, is it safe to travel during night time? Will be back come next night to LAS. One is enough at Antelope and how to plan everything in one day?

Thanks
Kumar

Brandon

April 28, 2019 at 10:24 PM

Hi,

I am looking to schedule a 5 day road trip from Phx and would like to visit Page, Bryce, and Zion. I will be traveling with my two teenage daughters and looking for help with an itinerary. Looks like there is so much to do and I am having a hard time narrowing the activities down. Any help or suggestions would be much appreciated.

Shital Mehta

April 28, 2019 at 6:47 PM

Hi there. We are staying in Sedona for a trip in May for our friends 50th birthday and planning a day trip on May 10th to Page and want to do antelope canyon, horshoebend and possibly the boat tour on lake powell. our group age is between 48-63 years. would you suggest we should do both, upper and lower canyon or which one would you recommend and since we are driving from sedona and return back to sedona what would be the things we should do and how much time should we allow for each. Thank you for your help in advance.

Anders Damgaard

April 28, 2019 at 6:13 PM

Hi Alley

I fell over this website looking for info on Antelope Canyon and tours, which I am very well informed. I see the treasure of information you are able to offer, so was hoping you could give a couple of hints.

I am doing a longer road trip with my parents. So far the tour from SF till we hit Vegas is all in place. But I am a bit unsure on the itinerary best to take from there. We leave Vegas the 25th in the morning, and fly out from Phoenix on the 31st in the Evening. I would like to put in stops in at least Zion, Bryce, Page (Antelope/horseshoe), Grand Canyon. My parents are not spring chickens anymore, so it will mainly be driving with shorter hike (they can still do elevation change quite ok 🙂 but with the temperature I won’t do longer hikes with them). So the main thing is to get them to the great views.
I have gotten a route from Vegas–>Zion –> Sleep near Bryce –> Bryce –> What next? Canyon lands and that trip around or direct to Page?

Hope you can give a few hints.

Thanks,
Anders

Kathleen

April 27, 2019 at 5:48 PM

Hi Alley,
I so appreciate reading through all your info! My husband and I are planning the trip of a lifetime by celebrating our 30th Anniversary exploring and hiking, possibly kayaking) Utah and N. Arizona for 16 days in late Sept/early Oct. I’m a photographer but he’s not.
I’m interested in your general thoughts on our itinerary and any recommended hikes, etc. along the way with a focus on the last 4 days of the trip. All hotels are procured in the park or place mentioned up until we leave the GC. We are pretty independent, East Coast day hikers but are not familiar with Western back country safety beyond what I’ve been reading up on. Would consider hiring a guide for the first day in Zion to get “trained”. Thanks in advance for any suggestions!
Day 1 – fly in to LV early afternoon and drive to Zion. Stay at Zion Lodge
Day 2 – Zion
Day 3 – Zion
Day 4 – Bryce. Stay at Bryce Best Western
Day 5- Grand Escalante – Stay at Grand Escalante Yurts
Day 6- Grand Escalante
Day 7- Grand Escalante
Day 8 – Capitol Reef – Stay at Capitol Reef Resorts
Day 9 – Moab – Stay at Sorrel River
Day 10 – Moab
Day 11 – Moab
Day 12 – Moab
Day 13 – Monument Valley. Stay at the View (only availability)
Day 14 – Grand Canyon. Stay at Maswick (only availability)
Days 15 and 16 – thinking Page for Antelope Canyon X, Upper vs. Lower on Oct. 11/12, Horseshoe Bend, Lake Powell?
Day 17 – what to do during drive Page to Phoenix to arrive at airport hotel by dark.

Julie Hale

April 26, 2019 at 11:02 PM

Hi Ryan,
My husband and I want to book a bundle trip doing upper and lower canyons. My question is, there are several choices with different times in between tours, How much time should we allow between tours? 3-5 hours seems extreme and 1 hour seems pushing it! 🤔 What do you suggest and why please?
Thanks,
Julie

Samantha Roth

April 26, 2019 at 5:46 PM

Hello,

I am planning to visit my friend who lives in SLC.

Here is our current plan for the trip. Was curious what you think about ordering/what you might change?
Just for some background: We are both 23 and very athletic. I have been to all 5 national parks in Utah before. Wanted to go back to Zion because felt like I didn’t get to do everything I wanted to. The main things I would like to do in this trip: Narrows and Angel’s Landing in Zion, sunrise at Horseshoe Bend, Upper/Lower Antelope Canyon, see the Grand Canyon.

Thursday, Aug 29 – land in SLC @ 7:25pm, stay the night w/ friend
Friday, Aug 30 – leave SLC early in morning go to Zion
Saturday, Aug 31 – spend day in Zion, head to grand canyon North Rim?
Sunday, Sept 1 – North Rim Grand Canyon, head to Page, AZ
Monday, Sept 2 – Horseshoe Bend @ sunrise, tour Antelope Canyon
Tuesday, Sept 3 – Grand Staircase Escalante, head back to SLC, 10:15pm flight

Jennie

April 26, 2019 at 2:01 PM

Hi Alley,

My family is visiting the area in June and we are coming to Page for a day. We have a lower antelope canyon tour schduled and would like to see Horseshoe bend as well. Do you think that a boat tour of Lake Powell is work it? We won’t have time for a float trip which is what my preference would have been. Also, if I buy the $80 national parks pass will that cover my access while in page? I keep reading about a $30 entrance fee.

Thank you!

Betty Gootson

April 24, 2019 at 6:02 PM

My husband and I are planning a 10-14 driving trip in late May that will begin in Phoenix or Las Vegas and end in Denver. Antelope Canyon is a must but we have been to Zion, Bryce, and the south rim of the Grand Canyon. Do you have suggestions for our itinerary? We are seniors but fit and enjoy moderate hiking and rafting.

Jeremy

April 24, 2019 at 5:25 PM

Hello,
Foremost, thank you for all of your thoughtful responses, which have been very informative to read through. If you are still responding on this thread, I am curious about your thoughts on my upcoming trip. On Saturday 6/22/19 my family is landing at Las Vegas in the evening and flying out of Phoenix the following Saturday afternoon. After spending the first night in Las Vegas, we will be driving to Flagstaff and spending our remaining nights at a timeshare there. With Flagstaff as our home base I’m trying to roughly plan out the week. I have 3 boys 5, 7, and 8, and my wife also likes her vacations more low key then I do. So I’m trying to balance out my desire to see all of the amazing sights with a reasonable amount of down time. Also based on your recommendation not to drive after dark, we would need to be back by 7:30ish in late June. Here are some of the items on my radar. Grand Canyon is certainly at the top. We are early risers and will daytrip it to the Canyon or a full day, followed by a day with more downtime. Daytrip to Sedona. Lowell Observatory. Coconino National Forest. Walnut Canyon. Sunset Crater. Wupatki National monument. Lava river cave. We are also interested in a 4 wheel drive jeep tours and/or helicopter rides. I’m also very interested in hiking Mt. Humphreys on a day the rest of the family hangs out at the condo, but not necessarily by myself. Finally, I would love to visit Antelope canyon but based on all of your feedback, that is not feasible daytrip from flagstaff. Is there anything that I should put on list of things to consider doing during our 6 day stay? Is there an optimal itinerary you would recommend on daytripping to the Grand Canyon? Thank you!

Jiten

April 23, 2019 at 8:31 PM

Hi Ryan

Thanks for sharing 2 day Itinerary in Page. I am travelling to Page from Vegas next Wednesday. My itinerary is like below, can you please advise me besides Antelope Canyon, Horse band and Lake Powell what can I do on Wednesday after coming to Page and on Friday full day. Worth visiting Zion or other nation park like Arches ?

Wednesday road trip to Page start at 10 AM. – May be visit Horseshoe band in the evening.

Thursday – 9.30 AM – Upper Antelope cave tour
1.30 PM Lake Powell boat tour
5.30 PM Horseshoe Bend

Friday : ???

Saturday :- head back to Vegas to catch 3 PM flight.

Jiten

Hitesh

April 23, 2019 at 6:09 AM

Hi Ryan,
very informative site. well placed information and advise.
My tour plan is
12 May : Arrive Las Vegas @ noon. Hire vehicle and drive to Page (via 89A?). any suggested stops in between. Can I see Powell lake OR Horseshoe bend on arrival at page? Overnight stay.
13 May : Lower Antelope canyon tour @ 9 AM. Squeeze in lake Powell or Horseshoe bend before leaving for Grand Canyon by 2 PM. Can I cover Desert View road view points while travelling from Page to Grand Canyon? Any suggested stops in between? Overnight stay at Tusayan hotel.
May 14 : Grand Canyon sight seeing till 3 PM (any suggestions). Drive to Las Vegas with some stops (such as Hoover Dam).
Your views & advise please.

Akshay Chouhan

April 23, 2019 at 2:04 AM

Hi Alley,

I am planned for a road trip from Seattle —> SFO —-> Yosemite National Park –> SFO–> LA –> Vegas —> Grand Canyon —Page — Antelope Canyon — Salt lake city — Seattle, total 9 days trip.

Can you please help me to find out the tickets for antelope canyon. As I am unable to get tickets for the same. ALso need your suggestion for any other place near Page.

va4family

April 22, 2019 at 6:20 PM

Hi Ryan. Thank you for the wonderful website, pics, and tips for visiting Antelope Canyon and Page.

Our family of 4 (2 adults, two teens (19 and 17) are headed to AZ in mid July.
We land in PHX on a Thursday at 10:00 am and hope to be headed north by noon. We would like to see the following before having to return to PHX on Saturday night:

Monument Valley (just the highlights)
Page/Lake Powell
Slot Canyons (preferably Antelope Canyon but upper vs. lower and what about canyon X?
Boat ride to Rainbow Bridge
Horseshoe Bend at sunrise

Thinking of driving to Monument Valley from PHX and looking around for a few hours before heading to Page. Sunset in 8:40 pm in MV in mid July but understand we would need to hit the road by 7 pm to eliminate driving in the dark.

Next morning we would hit Horseshoe Bend at sunrise, and then a mid morning slot canyon tour or an afternoon boat tour to Rainbow Bridge. We could substitute the Rainbow tour for a shorter Antelope Canyon boat tour or the sunset boat tour but hoping to see as much of the lake as possible.

Saturday morning we would either do a slot canyon or boat tour (whichever we missed the day before) and head back to PHX in the afternoon.

Most likely we will stay at Lake Powell Resort for Thurs and Fri night but could use guidance on how to squeeze all of this into our limited time.
We’ve been to Grand Canyon and Bryce/Zion/Kanab areas in the past.
Are we better off staying in MV the first night and heading to Page the next day? Which slot canyon is preferable (upper, lower, or canyon x) for experience and photo ops? Which boat tour has the most “wow” factor?
Any chance we can squeeze in the float trip as well?

Thanks for your help and looking forward to your suggestions.

Jeff

April 22, 2019 at 12:10 AM

Alley,
I e-mailed you yesterday and already have change of plans. Would like to include Sedona. My daughter has never been to LV. Wanted to spend a day there. Do you think I really need 2 days in Sedona? Can I see in one day?
7/20 – fly from FLL to LV, overnight in LV – 2 nights
7/21 – spend day I LV
7/22 – LV to Sedona, overnight in Sedona 1 night
7/23 – Drive Sedona to Grand Canyon South Rim, overnight in GC
7/24 – GC to Page, tour Antelope Canyon, overnight in Page,AZ
7/25 – Page to Bryce Canyon, overnight in Bryce
7/26 Bryce to Zion, overnight in Zion (Springdale)
7/27 – Zion to LV, fly to FLL

Jessica

April 20, 2019 at 12:51 PM

Hi Ryan,

I need suggestions for our trip!
We are 3 friends and will spend 2 weeks in California, we’ve got an ambitious plan (I’m aware of that) but we want to get the best from our road trip!

24.07.19
Arriving in Los Angeles (evening)

25.07.19
Los Angeles

26.07.19
Leaving early morning and start Highway 1 to San Francisco. Stop one night along the Highway (we are thinking not to book any hotels as we don’t really know where we will stop)

27.07.19
Continuing the Highway and arriving in San Francisco in the afternoon/evening (??)

28.07.19
San Francisco

29.07.19
Leaving SF early morning to get to Yosemite NP. Spend the night to Yosemite.

30.07.19
From Yosemite, we will leave to get to Las Vegas (I know it will take something like 8 hours so we were thinking to stop by Death Valley for a quick view of the area).
Las Vegas by night.

31.07.19
Half day to Las Vegas and then heading towards Page.

01.08.19
Page: Antelope Canyon, Powell Lake and Horseshoe
Night in Page

02.08.19
Leaving early morning to Grand Canyon. Visiting the Grand Canyon.
A night around the Grand Canyon.

03.08.19
the long trip to San Diego. Stop somewhere along the way.

04.08 – 06.08
San Diego

Any tip is more than welcome =)

Thanks in advance!

Jess

Tyler

April 20, 2019 at 7:06 PM

Hi, my wife and I are going to be doing a 6 night trip to these areas. Would appreciate comment on our itinerary.

Day 1

12:20 Land Vegas, Rent car and head to Zion. Check in around 4 pm hotel

Day 2

Wake up early hike Zion
4 pm Depart Zion to drive to Hotel near Page
7 pm check in near page

Day 3

Horseshoe Bend slot canyon tour/Horse shoe bend

Sunset near page, sleep Page second night

Day 4

Wake up early and drive to South Rim Grand Canyon.
Hotel Grand Canyon

Day 5
Wake up early drive to Sedona
Stay two nights sedona

Day 6
Sedona

Day 7
Depart Sedona 9:00 am drive to Vegas.

Does this sound do able?
Thanks!

Ryan

April 20, 2019 at 4:22 PM

Hi guys,

On a trip with my dad. Trying to do Antelope Canyon between Monument Valley and Zion on June 5th. Unfortunately we only have a day between waking up in Monument Valley and sleeping in Zion. I’m very interested in the bundle tours for Antelope but there dont seem to be any options for both Upper and Lower in the afternoon. Is there a reason for this or are they just sold out?

Thanks,
Ryan

Claire

April 19, 2019 at 3:11 PM

Hi 🙂 great site! and the comments and replies are super informative.

I’m trying to plan for a trip (for our group of 5 adults 2 kids) to the antelope canyons on May 22. Will be coming from the Grand Canyon National Park where we’ll be staying. I’m in a bit of a dilemma.

1st – if I book the bundle for upper and lower, the upper antelope tour ends at 6pm and I read in the comments that it’s not advisable to travel back to the Grand Canyon National Park by then?

2nd – if the bundle isn’t possible, which tour would you suggest? Upper or Lower?

Thanks so much!

Camille

April 19, 2019 at 2:45 AM

Hi,
Thanks for all your tips and hints. I’m hoping you can offer some insight to our plan. Flying to Phoenix on Thursday 8/29/19 arriving at 8:30am. Planning on driving to Page, AZ and booking an afternoon Antelope Canyon tour and stopping at Horseshoe Bend, staying overnight in Page. Leave early Friday morning and driving to Grand Canyon south rim, staying overnight in the area. Leave early Saturday morning, driving to Sedona, touring around Sedona, staying overnight. Leaving Sedona, Sunday 9/1/19 with a 5:30pm flight out of Phoenix. Would it be better to switch the order? Is this too ambitious of a plan? Are there any other must do items? I don’t think there will be enough time to see the Grand Canyon from the north rim. Also, not enough time to drive to Jerome and drive the switch-back road, or the Ghost Town.
Thanks for any advice!

Diana

April 18, 2019 at 5:03 PM

Hello,
I am a very large woman and I would love to do this tour. It will take me a little time to go up and down stairs, if there are any. I did want to ask if you feel that the canyon may be too narrow in places for a larger person? I am asking because I noticed you mention the width of the stroller. I am a photographer but I don’t want to put myself or others in an uncomfortable position. Thank you in advance for any feedback on this.

Julie

April 16, 2019 at 11:49 PM

Hi!
Your site is super helpful! I still have some questions about my trip…I keep adding days but am still running out of time and could use help prioritizing and picking the right excursions. We are traveling 8/13-8/22. Here are the places we were hoping to explore but are open to modifications:
Las Vegas
Zion
Lake Powell
Bryce
Moab
Salt Lake city

We’d like to do some guided tours as well as quad rides, tubing/rafting, fishing, rock climbing.

Places along the way we’ve talked about (in no particular order and I could really use help here…capital reef, horseshoe bend, natural bridge, lower pine creek waterfall, antelope canyon, navajo canyons, rainbow bridge, canyon lands, slide rock trail (quad/ATV ride), dead horse point, balanced rock, arches national park (delicate arch, double arch, landscape arch), skill arches, fiery furnace trail)…the list could go on. 🙂 . Can you help organize and book some of our tours and excursions, please?
Julie

Anurag D

April 16, 2019 at 1:30 PM

Hello ,

Our trip schedule is 5/23 – 5/27.Need suggestion on below itinerary if it is good enough.

5/23 – Arrive in Las Vegas late evening.
5/24 – Leave early morning for death valley , stay near death valley EOD.
5/25 – Leave for Antelope Canyon , explore antelope canyon. Stay nearby EOD.
5/26 – Leave for Grand Canyon , explore grand canyon. Stay near grand canyon EOD.
5/27 – Back to Vegas.

Does this sound reasonable ?
Also could you suggest some good tours for lower and upper antelope canyon tours. I saw infor above but just not able to decide.

Thanks,
Anurag

Aleksandra Topalovich

April 16, 2019 at 11:32 AM

Hi there,

My sisters and I would like to visit antelope canyon at the end of may. We are staying at the Scott in scottsdale. What is the best way to get there? and how long will it take?

Thank you

holly letterman

April 15, 2019 at 7:54 PM

Hi Alley – I am looking to plan a vacation to UT this summer and I am just in the beginning phases of planning. I plan to fly into Las Vegas and from there I have an open slate. I will be bringing my 19yo and my 15yo (who can do only mild hiking – he has Cerebral Palsy). I don’t mind driving and can spend 5-8 days. Could you help me build an itinerary? We don’t mind driving, we just want to see as much as possible but have fun too!!

Thanks!
Holly

Melissa

April 15, 2019 at 5:44 PM

We are 9 days arriving in Las Vegas on June 5 spending 2 days there and visiting Hoover dam.
On June 7 we plane to see horseshoe bend and grand staircase Escalante stay the night there.
June 8 drive to Zion national park and tour it spend night there.
June 9 drive to Bryce Canyon tour and and drive half way between Bryce Canyon and arches national park and spend night there.
June 10 drive to arches national park tour and then drive to Durango spend night there.
June 11 tour Durango railroad and Mesa verde
June 12 drive to monument valley and tour spend night there.
June 12 drive to antelop and tour there drive to Grand Canyon.
June 13 tour Grand Canyon and spend the night
June 14. Spend part of the day touring Grand Canyon more and drive to Sedona.
Do you think this is durable? We have 4 kids traveling with us ages 8,13,16,19? Where should we do tours and which ones? We have never been to this area before.
Thanks for your help!

Sheri Burroughs

April 14, 2019 at 11:49 PM

Hi
My husband and I would like to come out in September. Where would be the best to fly into and what city would be best to stay in?

Thanks

Iveth Major

April 13, 2019 at 1:41 AM

Hi Ryan, – Trip 5/2019—

We are arriving to SLC to tour South Utah/Arizona arriving on Sat 5/25.and have 8 full days to tour.
Need your feedback and also need to book tours in Lake Powell and Antelope Canyon and HorseShoe Bend.

We leave from SLC to Zion on Sun 5/26 at 5 am.
Stay in Zion- Sun and Mon night- visit from there Bryce. We will have Sun since noon all Monday and 1/2 day Tuesday 5/28.
Drive to Capitol Reef spend day and go to Paige and stay 2 nights 5/28 and 5/29 leaving 5/30. From there see Lake Powell, Antelope and HorseShoe Bend.
On May 30 drive to Moab and stay there two nights to see Arches and Canyonlands. Then drive to SlC late Sunday 6/1.
We are new and do NOT plan to take long hikes. We also have 3 kids ages 12, 11 and 7.
What tours could we take at Lake Powell/Page to see Antelope and Horseshoe bend.
Your opinion and feedback please? Doable?
I would like to book tours ASAP. Thanks!

Wanda

April 13, 2019 at 12:04 AM

Hi Alley:
My husband and I are planning a trip to Las Vegas from Monday June 22 to Saturday 26 of this year 2019. We will love to see Las Vegas, Hoover Dam, The Gran Canyon and The lower Antelope with the boat tour and the horseshoe bend view from above. Any suggestion on how we should plan this trip?

Judy P

April 10, 2019 at 8:03 PM

Hi Ryan,

I’m seeing a bundle tour which has upper and lower canyon tours 45 minutes apart – i’ve noticed on other sites that some tours require check in 1.5 hours in advance. Does the bundle take this into account? I want to book but want to make srue this won’t be an issue. Please email me 🙂

Ricky

April 10, 2019 at 4:33 PM

Hello there,

thanks for the information. We are family of couple with 7 and 14 year old visiting Antelope Canyon this coming July. We would like to visit lower Canyon and a boat tour. We are struggling choosing to book a bundle tour vs separate tours considering the cost. I checked this website (is it an official Antelope Canyon website?)

How to book a tour for Antelope Canyon

It states one of the benefits going with the bundle is
#2 – When you purchase a boat tour combo your Park Entry fees is reduced from $37.00 to $2.00! Just show your Vouchers.

So each time when you enter the park there is $37 fee? The bundle price for a 13+ is $109 and 4+ is $69 which is quite a bit of money considering our travel budget. If we book lower canyon trip with Ken’s, 13+ is $50.4 and our 7 year old is free. Booking the boat tour alone is $48 for 13+ and $20 for 4+. So I don’t understand what would the bundle is a better deal? Or there is any hidden fees I don’t know about if we go with separate tours? Thanks

Maahi

April 08, 2019 at 6:42 PM

Hi,
Hope you are doing good!!!!
First of all I really want to thank you a ton for a great and helpful guidance.
We are visiting las vegas in june, with wife and 2 years old kid. We want to visit grand canyon and antelope canyon also.
According to our plan.

Day 1 : we will start from lasvegas around 6:30 am ,stop at hoover dam and continue to grand canyon,see sunset and stay their.
Day 2 : start from grand canyon ,then horseshoe bend and antelope canyon ,and will be back to las vegas till 7 pm.

Please let me know is it ok??
What we need to change,we can only stay 1 night there as we have come back.
Also please suggest is there any tickets for these attractions?? Or do we need go tour guide?
Please suggest.
Thanks in advance!!!

Maahi.

Deepu

April 08, 2019 at 1:24 PM

First of all , I want to thank you for spoon feeding the tour planning and giving an excellent write up !

Need your inputs on our tour –

Apr 8 – coming from Scottsdale to grand canyon, starting at 2 PM ~ 5 plus hours. approx 7-8 PM at grand canyon hotel and plan for whole next day for grand canyon.
Apr 9- after covering grand canyon for whole day, drive towards Page,AZ for lower anetlope , horshow bend and lake powell visit.
Apr 10- cover up Page,AZ for lower anetlope , horshow bend and lake powell visit. and head back to Scottsdale in the evening or next day morning.

If we find sometime in the evening on third day , we are planning to stop by sedona for couple of hours. please suggest if you want us to plan something diff. We came to visit our friends at Scottsdale from midwest for few days and we are with toddler.

Lauren Dait

April 07, 2019 at 5:02 PM

Hello!
I love your website and suggestions and I would love some help. We will be traveling to the area. We will arrive later in the day on October 28th. We will be celebrating my husband’s 50th while here. There will be 2 children ages 10 and 13 and the two of us. This is what I am thinking and I would love your feedback/suggestions/modifications! Our trip is from September 28th to October 5th or 6th.
28th arrive to Phoenix later in day – drive to Grand Canyon
29th Grand Canyon – sunrise/sunset and tour area. Spend another night I think.
30th – wake up and head to Page. Tour Antelope Canyon. Not sure if upper or lower is better for us. Should we add a boat trip? Is there a hot air balloon I can do for his 50th?
1st – hang out around page? Should we go to Monument Valley? Bryce? or skip them?
2nd travel to Sedona . What are the must do activities in Sedona?
3rd – sedona
4th – sedona
5th – sedona and heading home this evening or the 6th.
I really appreicate any help you can provide with our itinerary. I’m so looking forward to our trip! Thank you! Lauren

George

April 04, 2019 at 11:02 PM

Hi Ryan,

love the website, very informative. If possible could you give me any insights to our proposed itinerary in Mid June? It sounds ambitious even to me but we would like to see as much as possible. Thanks for any advice. George

Day 1——drive from Vegas to South rim of Grand Canyon and explore; stay close by
Day 2—Drive to Antelope Canyon and do an upper canyon tour and drive towards Bryce
Day 3 —-Bryce Canyon—-spend day there
Day 4—drive to Zion—-spend day there

Day 5 through 7—–go to California [Sequoia National or Yosemite—-guess both is out of the question]

Anthony

April 04, 2019 at 6:23 PM

Hi Alley! I read your articles, really those are amazing! You give more information in all .

Our big family will be in GC on May, from 6th to 13th. We have also 4 kids below age 5.

We will flight to and from Las Vegas airport.
We will reach at Las Vegas at night on 5th May.

I was wondering if you can help me with the itinerary. I have read your previous response. Our biggest goals are GC, Antelope canyon.

Would you suggest us an unforgettable itinerary?
Thank you so much!!!

liza

April 04, 2019 at 5:38 PM

omg you are amazing – very helpful and such good insight. i tried reading through all of your responses so i wouldn’t make you repeat yourself, but here i am asking anyway 🙂

we’re travelling as a family of 5 (kids 12, 10 and 10)

I have very rough outline for trip. am totally flexible, just need to start in mesa and end up in salt lake a week later!

sat: pick up RV in mesa then head to sedona
sun: morning in sedona then head north to flagstaff, spend the night closer to grand canyon
mon: grand canyon in morning then head to page
tue: antelope canyon, horseshoe bend –> monument valley
wed: monument valley –> moab
thu: moab
friday: moab to SLC
sat: return RV and depart SLC
fri:

wanted to squeeze bryce in but wonder if it’s too much. where do you recommended spending the most time?

also, do you have to have a tourguide to enter antelope canyon? all the tours are booked and we’re travelling in a little over a week 🙁 oops.

Irina

April 03, 2019 at 5:20 PM

Hi!
I am looking for a private guide that could accompany a group of 5 adults, take them around and show them the Antelope Canyon, Lake Powell (we plan to rent a boat), Horseshoe Bend, Bryce Canyon, maybe also Zyon Canyon. Dates concerned are April 20 – April 21. I would be very much grateful if you could recommend someone.
Kind regards,
Irina

Mark

April 03, 2019 at 1:54 PM

Good Morning. We are planning on coming to visit June 1st or 2nd. We will be staying in Marble Canyon, and want to see the whole Antelope Canyon the best we can. Would like to hike Upper and Lower and also boat trip to see it from that perspective. If we allocate a full day, is that enough, and what would you recommend as an itinerary. Thank you,

Mark

Anil

April 03, 2019 at 11:49 AM

Hello Ryan,

First of all. Fantastic website. This is like Google for Antelope :). We are coming to Vegas for 7 days (14 to 21) and appreciate if you can suggest what is the best way to visit West Rim & Antelope canyon (want to do both Upper & lower, though still to find a tour). Shall I take a tour from Vegas or self -drive as I have a rented car also? Another thing is shall I drive to West Rim & come back t Vegas or continue onward journey for Antelope. ? I already booked a hotel in Vegas so thinking if we can avoid booking another hotel in antelope, but don’t mind if I have to book 1 night. would you suggest to do South rim as well?

In addition to my earlier comment, if you suggest any decent place to stay (2 Adults & 2 kids – 11 & 6 ) near antelope will be great, We are vegetarian (no fish, no meat) so if you suggest any good vegi food place also.
I am only getting a tour at 6am for Upper canyon and 10am for lower, so I have to stay the night before somewhere nearby. As mentioned earlier we have total 6days in Vegas, out of which I am thinking to put 2 for Grand Canyon & Antelope canyon. I am thinking for below itniery;, as this is our first time in Vegas, want to fully explore the sin city 🙂
Day 1 – Vegas
Day 2 – Leave early and visit West Rim / South rim (whichever one is possible on the way to Antelope) and night at Page
Day 3 – Antelope canyon and back to Vegas
Day 4-6 – in Vegas.
Look forward to hearing from you soon.

Thanks in advance
Anil

Mary

April 02, 2019 at 11:54 AM

Great blog! I am visiting Arizona for the first time from April 25 through 30. We are choosing not to include grand canyon as we want to make that a separate trip of its own maybe in the fall. Our itinerary is day 1 late evening arrival into Phoenix and overnight. Day 2 drive to Flagstaff and spend two nights. There seem to be a number of close by hikes, etc to do in the area. Suggestions for your favorites in this area? Day 4 drive Flagstaff to Page. Spend two nights. Horseshoe bend, slot canyon and maybe a float trip are on our list. Day 6 drive page to Hopi cultural center. Spend one night and take tour of mesas. Day 7 drive Hopi cultural center to Phoenix for evening flight. I had hoped to fit canyon de chelly but it does not seem to work for this trip. I prefer to spend at least two nights in each location rather than packing in too much. Thoughts?

Ling

April 02, 2019 at 12:26 AM

Hi Alley,
We are planning to visit Page for the Easter long weekend. We are from Canada and would love to see it all in a short period of time.
Is that possible to visit upper antelope, take a boat ride and visit horse shoe bend all in one day? Need your professional input on this…
thanks, Ling

Courtney

April 01, 2019 at 6:05 PM

What a helpful and detailed site! Thank you! Hopefully you can help me with my questions. Our family of 6 is driving an RV from LA (I know, I know!). We’d like to do at least the Grand Canyon and Zion, then head west to Four Corners, Mesa Verde and more. (Is 1 day per canyon, not including driving, enough?)
I’m don’t know much about the GC but I see you highly recommend the South Rim. Would it be better for us to drive from LA to Flagstaff and approach the GC from the south? Or follow Google maps and go from LA, through Las Vegas and to Zion first?
Also, we have an extra day not currently scheduled, and I am overwhelmed by the canyon possibilities. Bryce? Glen? Antelope is not an option at this point. Or is there something else you highly recommend doing as a family (I did look into the Float trip, horseback rides and other things)?
Thank you!

Karryn

April 01, 2019 at 10:42 AM

Hi Ryan,
I love your website and have found it very helpful. We will be travelling at the end of June this year as 2 adults and 2 children (aged 15 & 13 yrs) in an RV. We have a total of 5 nights from Las Vegas and back to Las Vegas. We will pick the RV up at 10.30am on the first day and are hoping to do the following:

Day 1 – Collect RV and drive to South Rim – 1 night Mather Campground. Afternoon exploring Grand Canyon.
Day 2 – Drive to Desert View exit and through to Antelope Canyon for an afternoon tour. What’s the best tour and best time to do this given how far we have to drive but still want to see the Canyon at its best. 1 night Wahweap RV & Campground. Not sure if we can maybe get to see Horseshoe Bend this day. Do we have enough time?
Day 3 – Drive to Bryce Canyon. Afternoon exploring Bryce Canyon. 1 night Ruby’s Inn Campground.
Day 4 – Morning exploring Bryce Canyon. Drive to Zion Canyon. Afternoon exploring Zion Canyon. 2 nights Zion Canyon & RV Resort
Day 5 – Day exploring Zion.
Day 6 – Drive to Las Vegas for 1 night in a hotel.

We have struggled a bit to work out our days because originally we had 2 nights in Grand Canyon which would then mean we have to drive Grand Canyon to Page to Bryce in one day or Page to Bryce to Zion in one day. If we kept it as 2 nights in the Canyon which option do you think works better given we have 2 children?

We know the trip is a bit rushed but it’s the most time we could allocate for this area. Would we be better to leave something out?

I’d love to hear your feedback as your knowledge is amazing.
Karryn

janssen

April 01, 2019 at 5:11 AM

Hi
i just wanna ask. I already booked our trip in Las Vegas from April 22 – 26. We are planning to look for a 1 day tour to antelope canyon horseshoe bend and back to Las Vegas. rest and tour Las vegas on the third day. And then 4th day we plan to go to grand canyon but this time we’ll be driving going there. is this plan ok or do you have anymore suggestion that we can go and look around.
Very much needed help here. thanks in advance for answering.

Halima

March 31, 2019 at 4:01 AM

My husband and I would like to follow your suggested itinerary for our7 day trip this September with flying in and out from Las Vegas. Our journey will starts early in the morning of September 27 and fly home at 1 pm on October 3. Is it possible if we want to include Sedona in our trip? If yes, please advise how. Many thanks….

Lori Lewis-LeBlanc

March 30, 2019 at 11:59 AM

I recently toured Antelope Canyon with a tour group and captured a photo with my cellphone camera, can I copyright it, or do I need permission and pay a fee?

Jo

March 30, 2019 at 9:06 AM

Hi there, thank you for your brilliant site. I hope you won’t get too annoyed if I post another “What do you think of my schedule?”, would love your advice. The start and end in PS & LV are non-negotiable as it’s work.

Day 1: Drive from Palm Springs along route 66 to Seligman, stay over
Day 2: Grand Canyon Ooh Ah Point trail then drive to Cottonwood, stay over
Day 3: Explore and swim Sedona (Any recommendations for less crowded swim spots?), night 2 in Cottonwood
Day 4: Drive Highway 89 to Monument Valley, then head to Page, stay over
Day 5: Horseshoe Bend before 9am, Lake Powell (if time) & Antelope Canyon – This is the bit I feel we need help with. We want to Kayak Antelope Canyon, get up close and see it from below. night 2 in Page
Day 6: Drive to Zion Park then on to Las Vegas

Thoughts?
Main questions are around Day 5 – If this is the only time we will ever go to Antelope Canyon, is a kayak tour sufficient? Will we miss anything? And can we do all this in a day?
And can we buy a Parks Pass at Grand Canyon? Will it serve us well for the rest f the trip?
Specific help on who / where to book Antelope Canyon kayak tour and whether we can purchase a parks pass at Grand Canyon (we’re in the UK so no time to order online).

Many thank you.

Amelia

March 29, 2019 at 10:20 AM

I would like to know whether it is possible to visit Monument Valley, Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend all in one day?
I was thinking of starting, for example, with a sunrise tour at Monument Valley and spend the afternoon at Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend. I don’t know if I need to book the tours with different operators and how to make it fit in a tight schedule.
We are planning to rent a car and find accommodation in Page, Arizona.
I would really appreciate if you could please send me all relevant information on this subject.
Best,
Amelia

Wes

March 27, 2019 at 6:33 PM

We’re doing G.C. and Southern Utah in Nov 2019 over Thanksgiving and I have already booked places to stay that follow your suggested outline – GC South Rim, Page and then Springdale before back to Vegas (I must have had a good gut feeling b/c I booked before stumbling onto your site, which is awesome and will be super helpful! thank you!). It will be me, my wife and kids age 14, 12 and 7. Curious if you have advice on things we should definitely do and / or avoid given: 1) time of year; and 2) kids ages. We’re all active and love to hike but I don’t anticipate we’ll be overnighting or doing anything too strenuous. I assume any water activities are out of the question in November. Also, we have 10 days vs only 7 in case that inspires any more suggestions. Thanks in advance! Really appreciate your site!

Joanna Bidani

March 26, 2019 at 7:43 PM

Hi Ryan,
First just wanted to say how amazed I am at your website and all the info, and so happy I found it! Thank you!
I’m planning a one-week trip for mid-April with my husband, and I’ll be 7 months pregnant. Flying in and out of Vegas, but want to rent a car and focus on the Arizona sites – was thinking of Antelope Canyon/Horseshoe Bend, to Grand Canyon to Sedona, and then back to Vegas just for a night. Would love to get your take on an itinerary, and any other advice/suggestions! There’s so many things to see, hard to narrow it down…trying to find a good balance between hiking/sightseeing and just relaxing. Open to any suggestions!
Thank you,
Joanna

Crystal

March 26, 2019 at 6:15 PM

Hi Alley!

I’ve been reading a lot of your responses & have learned so much already! My question for you is can we (myself, husband, 12 & 9 year old boys) do both the lower antelope canyon tour & the glen canyon river float trip on the same day? We will be driving from Mesa to Page the morning of Friday 9/27 & have lodging in Page for 2 nights. Would it be ideal to book both tours on Saturday 9/28 & if so which one should we do first? The only other thing we for sure want to do is visit Horseshoe bend but can fit that either Friday when we arrive or Sunday when we leave for the Grand Canyon. Or should we book the antelope canyon tour for Friday afternoon or Sunday morning? Thoughts or suggestions? Thanks so much!!

Deb

March 25, 2019 at 4:08 PM

We are staying in Brians Head UT for 7 days in October. Which parks and hikes (easy-med) do you recommend?

Sherry Hou

March 24, 2019 at 12:10 PM

Hi,

Has anyone done the lower canyon with a 15 months old?

Denise

March 23, 2019 at 4:01 PM

Hi there, we are looking at coming for a tour April 14th or 15th. Can we arrive on site and hook up with a tour or do we have to book it? We are on a road trip so not sure what ‘fixed’ time we will be there. Also looking for a relatively economical over night stay in the area as we would like to do horseshoe bend as well. As well, is there a time of year that the lower tour is closed as that is what we are interested in.

Laura

March 22, 2019 at 3:00 PM

I am trying to plan an trip in June that would include Kanub, UT and Flagstaff and Sedona in addition to Zion and Grand Canyon National Park flying in and out of Las Vegas. That makes a long drive back to the Las Vegas Airport from Sedona though. Am I trying to do too much in a week? Have never seen any of these places! Thanks for your input.

Annie

March 22, 2019 at 2:28 AM

Hi. I am planning to do some road trip with my mother and 2 kids (9 and almost 11) in late June. What do you think about my schedule? My kids wanted to do the mule ride but I find only 3 hr ride in South Rim. 1 hr ride is available only in North Rim? Do you think I can squeeze it in? Is it worth the 3-4 hrs to North Rim from Horseshoe Bend?

Day 1: Arrive at LAS (9pm)
Day 2: Death valley – Maybe??? Do you recommend rental car or group tour?
Day 3: Vegas to GC Skywalk. Then to Yavapai Lodge.
Day 4: Hiking. View points at South Rim.
Day 5: Watch Tower. Mule ride. Drive to Monument Valley.
Day 6: Horseshoe Ben and Antelope Canyon tour. Then drive to Zion park.
Day 7: Zion park and then drive to Vegas.
Day 8: Departure at 5pm.

I am not sure what activities to do yet. Any recommendations?

Thank you so much. This site is very informative and helpful, and I feel fortunate.

Annie
Day 7:

Manuela

March 21, 2019 at 6:42 PM

Hi! I read your article and I loved it! You’re too much!

Me and my husband will be in GC on May, from 8th to 13th.
We will flight to and from Las Vegas airport.
I was wondering if you can help me with the itinerary (I thought it’s impossible for us to follow the one you described above). Our biggest goals are: west and out rim GC, Antelope canyon. First, we were planning to go to Monument valley too, but maybe it’s too much for only 5 days.
Thus, I was thinking to add to our goals Bryce canyon and, if there is enough time, zion canyon.
Would you suggest us an unforgettable itinerary?
Thank you so much!!!

Manuela

Beth

March 21, 2019 at 5:13 PM

Hi! We are coming to Page soon as part of a 10 day trip. We are traveling with our 4 kids aged 2, 7, 9 and 11.
We had booked for us all to do the upper Antelope Canyon, and just my husband and 3 older kids to do the lower canyon.
The tour company we booked upper Canyon with have stopped allowing under 8s since we made the reservation and I’m struggling to find another company with availability for our April dates. Any recommendations for other tour operators for upper Canyon I could try, or other slot canyons in the area which might be suitable for us all to do together? I think lower Canyon would be tricky with the 2 year old due to the ladders..

Manu e Giu

March 21, 2019 at 4:57 PM

Hi!
My husband and I are planning a trip to GC. We have already bought the tickets for Las Vegas, NV: from May 8th, evening, to May 13th, evening. Thus, we have 4 full days and one-half day. I read your itinerary and I loved It! But I know it’s impossible for us to visit every place you inserted. Our biggest goals are the grand canyon south rim (and also west rim would be perfect!) monument valley, antelope canyon. Do you think it’s feasible? Could you suggest an unforgettable itinerary, since we are planning to rent a car?
I was also wondering how is the wheater like in May…

Thank you so much!
Manuela

Gina Willmann

March 21, 2019 at 12:47 AM

Alley-

We are planning a trip with our 13 and 15 year old daughters in July. Here is our plan so far but have a number of questions in the itinerary. Please help!

July 6- Arrive in Vegas in the early morning and drive to Grand Canyon. Spend afternoon at GC. Spend night at GC. Is 4-5 hours enough time in GC?

July 7- Drive from GC to Page to visit Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe bend. We will do a tour of the Canyon in the morning and then go to Horseshoe bend in late afternoon. Is the Lake Powell boat trip worth doing? Stay in Page.

July 8- Drive from Page to Grand Staircase-Escalante National Park and explore for the day. Any suggestions here? Stay at Bryce Canyon log cabins this night.

July 9- Spend day at Bryce Canyon Park. What do you recommend to do here? Do we need more than one day here? Stay night in Springdale.

July 10- Spend day at Zion National Park. What do you recommend to do here? Stay night in Zion

July 11- Spend day at Zion National Park. Stay night in Zion

July 12- NOT SURE WHAT TO DO THIS DAY…. I saw another itinerary where they drove to Las Vegas stopping by Red Cliffs, followed by late afternoon tour of Hoover Dam, then spend the night.

July 13- drive to Vegas and fly home mid afternoon.

Usha

March 19, 2019 at 8:42 PM

Hey Alley and Ryan,

Family of six including 3 older teenagers (13, 15 &17) will be traveling from Phoenix. Dates are May 31 – June 6

Tentative itinerary at this point:

Sedona – May 31st & June 1st

Cathedral Rock
Chapel of the Holy Cross
Bell Rock
Devil’s Bridge Trail
Oak Creek Canyon
Pink Jeep Broken Arrow tour

Grand Canyon June 2nd, 3rd- Staying at Yavapai Lodge

Page – June 4th & 5th

June 4th – Upper Antelope Canyon Tour – 3 pm (there is chance of changing the tour time to 1 pm)

June 5th -Glen Canyon Half day Float or Lake Powell & Rainbow bridge Boat Tour. Which one?

Horseshoe Bend
Sunset at Wahweap Overlook
Glen Canyon Dam

We have one free day before returning to Phoenix on June 7th. Would appreciate any suggestions on where to go and what to do on June 6th.

Thank you in advance for sharing your experience and recommendations.

CL

March 19, 2019 at 2:43 PM

Hi Ryan – awesome website!

Question about the Horseshoe Bend Canyon parking/shuttle situation. Am I correct in reading that if you arrive before the shuttle starts at 10AM, you can park at the closer parking lot to see the Canyon?

Thanks!

Crystal

March 19, 2019 at 1:29 PM

Hello!

I am looking for your advice on our upcoming trip. We are coming the end of Sept/beginning of October for a wedding and extending our vacation to see the Grand Canyon and Antelope Canyon/Horseshoe Bend and are open to other suggestions! Here are our two scenarios:

Our initial plan is to fly into Phoenix arriving at 10:15 9/28 then drive to Page, hopefully arriving by 5. We’d have that evening and most of Sunday to tour Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe bend (maybe Lake Powell if time allowed) then drive to the Grand Canyon late afternoon. In the Grand Canyon we’d have all day Monday and most of Tuesday before heading back to Phoenix. Is this enough time for both locations without being rushed?

We do have the option to fly in to Mesa late 9/26 and staying overnight then getting up early to drive to Page where we’d have Friday afternoon and most of Saturday for the same attractions (or others if you have any suggestions) before heading to the Grand Canyon late that afternoon. We’d then have all day Sunday & Monday in the Grand Canyon and part of Tuesday before heading back to Phoenix.

Thoughts or suggestions?

Thanks so much!!

Punita

March 18, 2019 at 2:30 PM

Hi Alley,

I’m visiting Antelope Canyon in April, and wanted to know the best routes/tour from Page to South Rim please? Or the other option we have is to drive from Page to South Rim, visit the South Rim, and then drive onto Vegas.
Could you please advise on the best option?
Im satying in Page for 2 days mid April, first day is Antelope Canyon tour booked.
Many thanks,
Punita.

Christian

March 18, 2019 at 1:44 AM

Just to edit my previous comment. I didn’t check all the tour websites and have come to realize that not everything is sold out.

My choices for that Tuesday are:
Upper with ASCT @
6am for $60
8am for $70
10am for $80
2:30pm for $70
4:30pm for $60

Lower with Ken’s Tours @
3:30pm or 4:00pm for $52.8

Lower works better for pricing, but earlier in the day (upper) is preferable due to convenience, planning, and because I’ve heard these Canyons are best at midday. It would maybe be easier to choose if I knew the rest of my itinerary for the day. Truthfully I feel like the lower interests me more because they’re longer and it’s more of a trek to get into them, but I am open to whatever is best or works best. Do you have any recommendations?

Thanks again!

Amy-Jae Crawford

March 17, 2019 at 11:24 PM

Hi!

I really appreciate your site & all you’ve shared. We are planning on coming out there 9/28/19-10/09/19. Following your route itinerary: Las Vegas-Grand Canyon-Monument Valley-Page/Slot Canyons-Bryce Canyon-Zion-Las Vegas.
Thinking of spending 2 nights in each place because we don’t like to rush, but that leaves us an extra night somewhere & wondering where would be the most fun to further explore or is there somewhere not listed on your itinerary that we could spend a night? OR are there places we could really see a lot in one day & we’d be better off moving on after a night & seeing more places given the time we have. Also we have a 10 year old & 13 year old & tend to take our time in places. Example, if a museum says plan on 1.5-3 hours, we’ll be there for 4-5, lol!
Thanks for any advice you share!

Christian

March 17, 2019 at 10:10 PM

Okay so I will quickly say I really appreciate all the info you’re giving out! Now if you don’t mind, I have a few questions about my proposed trip with my gf.

The plan is Monday April 29th (Morning) – Thursday May 2nd (Night). Flying into Phoenix and renting a car.

The must sees on our list are South Rim, Antelope Canyon, and Horseshoe Bend. We are students and thus want to keep costs down when possible. We were lucky enough to get one night at the GC and that will be Wednesday night, so the rest of the trip will be worked around that.

My Girlfriend and I really enjoy the outdoors/hiking, and aren’t huge fan of tours when there is a do-it-yourself option. This is because of enjoyment, autonomy, and $$$

The plan:
Monday – Land in the morning, drive to Page AZ and stay there overnight. Now we want to do something on the way. I’m thinking something in Sedona, but am looking for ideas. Maybe Sliding Rock Park? We land at 9am, and would hope to be in Page by sunset. That will give us a few hours if the plane/car doesn’t delay us too much to do something for a few hours on the way to Page.

Tuesday – The plan was to do an Antelope Canyon tour, but because of our relatively last minute planning, they all seem to be booked up. I am curious what you recommend? Attempt a walk in? An alternative? There is an opening at 4:15pm on the Monday, but I feel like that would severely hinder the previous day. We’d be rushing and miss seeing things. Plus then we’d have to find more things to fill in the next day. Also had an idea of renting a kayak at the Wahweap Marina or Antelope Point Marina. Another option is one of the cheaper boat tour. We’d also like to see the Dam overlook (non-essential; but I’d assume it wouldn’t be too time consuming). Then stay in Page again.

Wednesday – Wake up very early, see horseshoe curve (Could see this Monday or Tuesday instead), and head to the South Rim. Spend the day exploring the rim or hiking down a little. See the sunset there. Stay there overnight.

Thursday – Ideally wake up for sunrise. Spend the day exploring the rim or hiking down a little (Have yet to look into how we will spend our time at GC these two days). Leave in the mid-late afternoon to catch our 11pm flight.

Now I am looking for:
– Help regarding the Antelope Canyon tour? (I was eyeing the lower, but would be open to either)
– Filling in our Monday and Tuesday. Is a Canyon tour and a boat tour or renting kayaks too much for one day?
– If you have any recommendation, Wahweap or Antelope Point kayak rental?
– Where you would place Horseshoe curve?
– Is there enough to do at GC South Rim for us to fill almost 2 full days of daylight?
– Any changes you’d make? Any additions or subtractions? Am I missing something that you feel we’d enjoy?
– If we were to rent bikes one day, is the GC the best place to do that? A different location?
– Any great hikes you’d recommend for any day?
– Any advice on saving money anywhere? Food is the obvious one that doesn’t have to be mentioned.
– Will we have any problems only having a carry-on bag each?
– Any big recommendations for the GC?
– Any tips for renting a car for someone under 25?

Notes:
– The trip cannot be extended
– The only locked in aspect is the Wednesday night at the GC, which I could cancel but I feel like one night there would be very nice.

Thanks for any help!

Chris

March 17, 2019 at 12:27 AM

Travelling in May and being ambitious in trying to see and do as much as possible. So would appreciate feedback on my proposed itinerary.

Driving LA to Death Valley .
Next day to Hoover dam then Las Vegas. Helicopter tour of Grand Canyon with rafting then 2 days Vegas.
Now for the big one:
Day 1 Vegas to Zion.
Day 2 thru to Bryce Canyon (nit sure if stay at Bryce or go bit further?).
Day 3 via sh12 to do waterpocket fold walk then goblin valley walk and onto Moab for night.
Day 4 arches and island in the sky, overnight again in Moab.
Day 5 needles area of canyonlands then thru to Mesa verde.
Day 6 Mesa verde then via 4 corners to monument valley.
Day 7 MV tour then onto Page/lake Powell.
Day 8 Antelope canyon tour then horseshoe bend and onto Grand Canyon village.
Day 9 Grand Canyon then Williams for night.
Day 10 thru to Phoenix or possibly Tucson, then 5 days to do tombstone, Sonora desert, San Diego and back to LA

eznara.com

March 16, 2019 at 7:23 PM

Hello there, You’ve done a fantastic job.
I will definitely digg it and personally
suggest to my friends. I’m sure they will be benefited from this web site.

Alena

March 15, 2019 at 2:05 PM

Hi Alley,
I’m so gratfull I found this website with all of it’s useful information that you so thoughtfully provide! Thank you! I, like many others, am looking for your thoughts/advice on our upcoming trip next week (3/18-3/23). We (me, my husband and our 10 year old boy) are arriving at Phoenix on Monday afternoon, and are planning to drive to Flagstaff right away. Here’s our tentative itinerary:
Mon night – stay at Flagstaff
Tue – early drive to GC south rim —- Question – what are must do activities here with a 10yo boy?
Tue night – stay in GC (or go back to Flagstaff, depending on hotel availability)
Wed – explore more of CG in the morning — possibly take a helicopter ride over the canyon? What do you think?
Wed afternoon – drive to Page
Wed night – stay in Page
Thur – explore Antelope Canyon (lower), hike to Horseshoe, maybe do a boat tour. Any recommendations for a 10 yo to enjoy? Maybe skip the helicopter ride over GC and do one here?
Thur evening – drive to Flagstaff spend the night
Fri – drive to Phoenix, explore the city
Sat morning – fly home
I would love to hear your thoughts and recommendations. We don’t have a lot of time in the region and want to see and do the most worth-seeing/doing things.
A million thanks in advance!
Alena

Heather

March 15, 2019 at 2:01 PM

Hello,
We wanted to hear your tips /advice on our below itenary.
March 23rd – Land in Vegas
March 24- drive from Vegas to Page
March 25- Drive from Page to Monumnet valley and back to Page
March 26- Drive from Page to Grand canyon south rim and back to Page
March 27- Page – Lower AC, horseshoe bend , glen canyon dam
March 28- drive from page to LV

We are making Page as our base and doing day trips to MV and GC. I really could not find any hotel reservations in GC, and that is why we decided to stay in Page.
Some questions :
1. How are the road conditions in March from Page to GC , what time should we start back from GC to make it safely back to Page
2. Can we do 17 mile in MV in rented car?
3. Are there any special tires/chain required for driving ? WE are from south and dread driving in snow
4. How is the road from LV to Page ?

Thanks for your help!

Neringa D.

March 14, 2019 at 9:23 PM

Hello!
I love your website! We are planning our very unexpected trip to visit AZ, very first timers! And probably last one, as well, as trip to USA is not such an easy trip from EU. So we wanna soak it in.
I see you being very helpful with people’s itinerary. Could you give a look to ours?

Saturday, 30th.
10-11 am Arriving Phoenix.

Car rent and up to South rim. We have a night booked in there. What we going to do in there exactly, still unknown, as we do not know what time arriving.

Lunch somewhere on the way.

Aiming to have sunset at one of the viewing points and early dinner.

Sunday,31st.
Sunrise at the rim, one of the trails. Maybe 2….

Lunch still in the village and head for Page through desert view drive,

Stop Cameron for stretch, route 20 or 89?Then, is it better to go straight to Page and spend our evening there or there is something on the way to see?

Night booked at Page. I don’t know if it is worth going all the way down to the lake Powel.

Monday, 1st.
9am lower antelope canyon (booked already).

And start heading to Sedona for the night. I really wanted to experience some of the historical 66 route, but its a bit out of the way. SO maybe stop by

Flagstaff for stretch. Was thinking: walnut canyon or route 66 and Williams or just go down to Sedona straight?

See Sedona, maybe one of the hikes.

Night at the little cabin rented just by the river stargazing.

Tuesday,2 nd.
To see more around Sedona (Red rock crossing, Bell rock…)
I necessarily wanted to visit one of the vortex places, but of what I read just being in Sedona is an experience itself!

Thought it might be worth jumping through Jerome on our way back to Phoenix. Any ideas what else worth seeing?

Afternoon flight from Phoenix to San Francisco.

Would be grateful for your opinion.
Just the best vibes,
Neringa D.

Brianna

March 13, 2019 at 5:15 PM

Hi there!
My boyfriend and I are going to be visiting April 7-10 and I have planned out a few things but want to know if you have any suggestions to our current schedule and if I should add anything else.

4/7 driving from SoCal to Bryce
sight see and spend the night in Bryce hotel
4/8 Bryce – drive to Page
spend the night in Page hotel
4/9 Kayak tour Lake Powell (there are no tour guides available during our visit from the company I would like to use. It is suggested by them that we are more than okay to self guide -thoughts?)
Horseshoe Bend at sunset
Stay the night in Page hotel
4/10 Lower Canyon tour
Drive home to SoCal

*we still need to figure out what to do in Bryce and if we need to schedule anything in advance
*considering the Glen Canyon float but is that necessary if we are already doing kayaking?
*what else can we add to our trip?

Thank you!
-Brianna

Beth

March 12, 2019 at 8:10 PM

Hello,

Thanks for all the great information! Our family (kids ages 3, 7, 10) will be flying into PHX April 16-20. We have three full days and are hoping to visit the Grand Canyon, Antelope Canyon/Horseshoe Bend and a couple of the National Monuments around the Flagstaff area (haven’t decided which yet). We were originally planning to stay in Flagstaff and use that as a base for day trips to the other locations; however I have read some reviews advising against this. Assuming we would likely not be able to get a reservation near GCNP this late in the game, would you recommend staying in Page one night on the way to or from the GC instead of commuting back and forth from Flagstaff each day? If we decided to loop around and stay overnight in Page, is there a preferred order to visit these sites to maximize time? We currently have an antelope canyon tour booked during the afternoon of the 18th.

Thanks!

Jenny H.

March 11, 2019 at 6:30 PM

Love you site!

Our family (including a 6 year-old) plan to fly to Flag Staff end of August, and visit both Grand Canyon & Antelope Canyon.

Should we go to Antelope Canyon first for 2 days and then go to Grand Canyon for 2 days then back to Flag Staff? Or Should we go to Grand canyon for 2 days then to Antelope Canyon? Does it matter which route? What other must visit place do you recommend?

Thank you!

Timothy A Blenkinsop

March 10, 2019 at 2:49 PM

Hello!

My wife and I will be going to a conference in Sedona from Friday April 12th till noon on Sunday April14th. We have a flight from Las Vegas at 4pm on Friday April 19th and wanted to tour the region. This is what we have so far and we would like some guidance on what is practical for Wed-Fri.

Friday April 12 fly into Phoenix at 10:30am
Drive to Sedona for Conference til noon Sunday April 14
Sunday April 14: 12:30pm drive 6hrs to Thunderbird lodge and stay the night.
Monday April 15 Morning tour Canyon de Chelly with Navajo guide.
Monday Afternoon drive to Paige (3hr drive). Is there time to visit Mexican hat and Forest Gump spot (seems to add 2 hrs)?
Stay overnight at Paige.
Tuesday April 16 take boat tour in morning then tour Horseshoe Bend and Upper Antelope Canyon (reserved) in afternoon.
Say overnight at Paige.
Wed, Thurs, and Friday until~4pm plane leaves from Las Vegas
Items we were considering visiting, but don’t know how much time is needed for each (I know we cannot see all)
-Zion
-Bryce Canyon
-Valley of Fire
-Grand Canyon East Rim.
We have both seen Grand Canyon, but my wife only once so we don’t know exactly whether we should sacrifice seeing other parks that deserve some attention (read: Zion, Bryce, VOF).
My wife and I are fairly fit. We both can run 5K and exercise a few times a week. Can you recommend what is manageable? One more question: is Toyota Rav4 able to manage ok in the region?

Here is a map of our itinerary with some pinned spots so far (still working on it):
https://drive.google.com/open?id=1VeYHM9Y_SLkeEXpG-SdylBknfJRPM0xK&usp=sharing

Any help is greatly appreciated.

Thank you,
Tim and Bab

Rebecca

March 09, 2019 at 2:01 PM

This is a fantastic itinerary, THANK YOU!!!! You have saved me hours of planning and it includes everything I want my family to do! 🙂 Safe and happy travels to you!
Becky

Kait

March 09, 2019 at 12:44 AM

Hey there,
Thought I’d ask about my itinerary too. My boyfriend and I are going to visit April 5-8. Plan to fly into Phoenix Friday night and stay over in Phoenix. Next Saturday drive to Grand Canyon and stay in the south rim. Sunday I wanted to do a lower antelope canyon tour and horse shoe bend then stay over in page for the night. Monday drive back to Phoenix see Sedona along the way. anything else you recommend for Monday?

Kait

March 08, 2019 at 3:13 PM

Hey there,
My boyfriend and I are planning to visit the Grand Canyon April 5-8. We are flying Into phx Friday night and will stay over in Phoenix Saturday planned to drive to the Grand Canyon and stay over in the south rim. Thought be fun to see inside the park. Sunday plan to do a tour of lower antelope canyon and hike horse bend. We are leaving Monday night from Phoenix. Do you recommend staying over in the south rim again or in page? What is good to see Monday before we head back to Phoenix for our flight. Or is there anything you recommend for Sunday?
Thank you 🙂

Silvija

March 07, 2019 at 3:59 PM

Alley Keosheyan, thank you for your time and great answers!Would you please give me your advise on this.

I have 2 friends flying in from Europe and they would like to see as much as they can in the area.
We will fly on May 1st to Vegas and have to fly back on 8th.
they wanted to see Grand Canyon, Sedona, Death Valley, Antelope Canyon, LA??

I am not sure where is the best to start and if it is achievable – google maps distances and time usually do not match with real life. I would be thankful for any input.

Kelly

March 06, 2019 at 7:38 PM

What an amazing resource! I nearly have our spring break trip planned based on your itinerary, but am afraid we are trying to fit too much in travelling with 4 kids. We plan to arrive in Vegas before noon on April 13, but think the kids would like to see the lights and spend one night in Vegas. We would travel to Grand Canyon on 14th and start travelling from there. Our flight home would be at 1 am (eek) on Saturday the 20th, so we have a full day on the 19th to get back to Vegas. We need to cut one day from the itinerary in the blog. What do you recommend? Thank you!

robyn dutton

March 05, 2019 at 11:30 PM

Can you tell me how significant or tight the twists and turns are in Lower Antelope Canyon? Do you have to contort and twist your body or just squeeze through some narrow spaces? My 17yo son had Spinal Fusion surgery 5 months ago and isn’t as flexible as he used to be. Do you think this would be an issue?

Stacey G

March 05, 2019 at 7:07 PM

Hi Ryan and Alley,

We’re 2 couples planning to visit in the beginning of May. Las Vegas is our starting and ending point. We’re giving ourselves 8 to 10 days and would like to visit the Grand Canyon South Rim, Page for Horseshoe Bend, Antelope Canyon, Rainbow Bridge and Glen Canyon, Bryce Canyon and Zion NP. I’m trying to figure out how many days are needed at each place (we don’t want to rush). We want to be sure to do photography and star gazing. If time allows, we’d like add on either Monument Valley, Arches NP or Sedona. Appreciate your thoughts!

Thank you,
Stacey

Arjay

March 05, 2019 at 6:17 PM

Just a big Thank You for such helpful, comprehensive information! Great job!

Heather

March 04, 2019 at 4:07 AM

Dear Ryan,

We plan to come to Antelope Canyon with my extended family of 8 in mid April 2019. It is our first time, we are all very excited! However, I just found upper canyon tours are almost all sold out – the only availability is at 4-5:30 PM. Is it too dark at the time inside the canyon?

Lower canyon tour has more availability – is 2-4 PM a good time range for a tour there? How difficult is the lower canyon? I am traveling with a 10 year old and very healthy senior parents – but I want to make sure they can handle the walk and/or climbing.

We will arrive the night before at Page and will have an entire day in the area before heading to Monument valley. Other than the canyon tour and Horseshoe Band/Lake Powell visit, anything else would you suggest as family activities?

Thank you so much for any suggestions!

Heather (from California)

Margaux

March 03, 2019 at 9:23 PM

Hi There!

Thank you for taking the time to read everyone’s questions and provide such helpful and thoughtful feedback and recommendations!

My boyfriend and I will be in Page April 1-4. All the sights are so tantalizing to us, but we’re also not really into feeling like tourists and being hustled through attractions (I have already made great notes on alternatives to Antelope Canyon and The Wave, per your recommendations in earlier posts and in this article, thank you!). Having said that, I still want to see both upper and lower Antelope, as I think we will have 3 more days to explore and sightsee around Page.

I read in an earlier post that you recommended doing Horseshoe Bend as early in the morning as possible, and then doing Antelope immediately after. Do you think doing Horseshoe, and then both upper and lower Antelope, all in one day, is doable (assuming tours and tour times work out)?

We will be driving from Vegas on March 29th, which is a Friday, and we’re trying to hit some spots on the way to Page so as not to deal with all the tourist and vehicle traffic at Page over a weekend, and thus get there on Monday (well Sunday night really, but sightseeing starting on Monday). Knowing that my bf and I are active and physically fit, and that we want to adventure while dealing with minimal crowds, what would you recommend we do on the way to Page? We will be camping as much as possible…

Thank you again!

Cheers,
Margaux

Sofia

March 01, 2019 at 8:35 PM

Hi! Thank you for sharing all of this really helpful information. I’m planning a trip with my husband in June (21-26) and am hoping to get some advice on itinerary and lodging before I do any official bookings.

Here’s what we’re thinking so far…

Day 1 (6/21) fly into Phoenix – late night flight, pick up rental, stay the night (Recommendations for lodging?)

Day 2 (6/22) drive to Page (best, most scenic route we could take from Phoenix? Recommendations for lodging in Page?); Horseshoe Bend at sunset (I was looking into this tour https://horseshoebendtours.com/slot-canyon-plus-overlook is it worth it? should we just do Horseshoe Bend on our own?)

Day 3 (6/23) Lower Antelope tour in the morning (looking into this tour https://antelopelowercanyon.com/lower-antelope-canyon-hiking-tour/ based on your site’s recommendations). Any other activity you recommend as a must do for the second half of the day?

Day 4 (6/24) drive to Grand Canyon (Best activities to do in one day? Recommendations for lodging? We plan to stay the night)

Day 5 (6/25) half day Grand Canyon (recommendations?); drive back to Phoenix

Day 6 (6/26) Phoenix during the day (Recommendations for Phoenix?); fly back home late afternoon/night

Does this itinerary seem achievable? Do you have any other recommendations? Any and all help and advice would be greatly appreciated!

-Sofia

Elena Momtchev

March 01, 2019 at 3:20 PM

Hi Alley,

I’d really love your opinion on our itinerary.
Our dates are May 23 – 27, and let me add that we have two kids with us – 9 and 11 yrs old.

Day 1 – we drive from Las Vegas to Grand Canyon South Rim, with a quick stop to Hoover Dam bridge.
We didn’t make plans for the rest of that day. We’ll be staying at Yavapai Lodge for two nights.

Day 2 – We are planning to a Bright Angel hike. Do you think that’s a good idea with the kids?

Day 3 – Drive to Antelope Canyon. Here I’m not sure how to fill up the rest of the day.

Day 4 – Visit Upper and Lower Canyon. Any thoughts or tips here? Or maybe visit these two canyons on Day 3, and go to Grand Staircase onDay 4?

Day 5 – Drive back to Las Vegas and flight back home

Thank you in advance!

Elena

Lea Price

February 28, 2019 at 4:44 PM

Hi my husband and I are flying in and out of Phoenix in July (I know it will be hot!) landing about noon sunday and heading home 10 pm. Is that enough time to hit Sedona, the grand canyon and Page/antelope canyon? Thanks!

NS

February 28, 2019 at 3:45 AM

Hello!

Your post is very helpful! My family is flying to Phoenix on March 16th (arriving early morning at 8am), returning on March 20th (evening 8pm) with plans to stay in Flagstaff as home base to visit the South Rim and Sedona. However, I would like to fit in a day at Page to visit Antelope Canyon and Horsebend. Glad you mentioned it’s not recommended to drive at night. What do you recommend if we wanted to visit South Rim (no hiking), Sedona, Flagstaff (to see Wupatki/Sunset Crater National Monuments), and Page?

Thank you for your help!

NS

Alise

February 28, 2019 at 3:24 AM

This is wonderful information and advice and I’m hoping to get a bit more. We’re taking a 70-day trip beginning in April and I’ve allowed 15 days after we leave Yosemite (on 5/10) before we need to be in Boulder, CO (on 5/25). I’m hoping you can recommend an itinerary to make the most of our time in the area. I especially want to see Zion, Bryce, Grand Canyon, Grand Staircase-Escalante, Antelope Canyon, Monument Valley and Mesa Verde, but don’t know if that’s feasible in 15 days. Thanks, in advance!

Nancy main

February 28, 2019 at 1:35 AM

Hi
So I assume it is OK if I want to enter my photograph in a contest where if I win, I win a prize. So I am not selling the photo of the canyon.

Breezy

February 27, 2019 at 11:41 PM

Hey Alley! First of all, I gotta honor your incredible customer service here. Honestly, you blow me away with all of your kind comments.

Another question (after reading through a ton of tips you already posted). I see a bunch of air tours from Vegas to Canyon X and Horseshoe Bend. What I don’t see are any options from Sedona to Horseshoe then Canyon X with return to Sedona. As the expert, could you bless me w any guides or companies or ways to make it happen? I didn’t rent a car because I’m a solo traveler and a 10hr car ride would suck solo lol.

TONYA

February 27, 2019 at 9:52 PM

Hi Ryan,
I kinda feel as if i know you by all this wonderful advise you give. I have read looking for my answer and I don’t quite see it, so here goes…
We fly in to Las Vegas very late 4-4 our( plans are backwards from your but i feel we can do most still)
Tuesday – Drive to Zion and explore
Wed – Drive to Bryce Canyon and explore
Thurs- Here is the query… Page AZ… Can we do an 8 am upper antelope canyon scenic tour AND make it to the 11 am wilderness half day float trip? or is that too much ?
Friday – Go to Grand Canyon staying at the El Tovar for the night
Sat- Sun not sure yet
Monday – return to Las Vegas fly home

Thank you so much in advance…
Tonya

Rosemary

February 27, 2019 at 5:16 PM

We are planning to visit early April 2019. We arrive in Phoenix on 4/5 and head to Sedona for the day and evening. On 4/6, we travel to Page. We travel to Monument Valley on 4/7 and Grand Canyon on 4/8 and 4/9. We head back home on 4/10. I have already booked a number of tours (Combo Slot Bend and Overlook, Monument Valley and Grand Canyon). The last tour to be booked is the Canyon X tour. I am trying to determine if the hiking tour is sufficient for photographs or if we need to book the photography tour. Any insight you have would be appreciated.

lnricker@gmail.com

February 27, 2019 at 2:47 AM

Hi!
Thank you for all this great information. I am in the very beginning phases of booking a trip to do a Utah Roadtrip and am overwhelmed with the amount of information available. Being in the beginning phases I am trying to figure out what a reasonable time frame might be to get the most out of this trip without being super rushed? Also, I really want to make Sedona a part of my trip do you have any advice on how to include Sedona? My time frame can be pretty flexible.
Thanks!
Lauren

Rebecca

February 26, 2019 at 6:33 PM

Hi Ryan,

You have such amazing information and we really appreciate all the insights! I am feeling a bit overwhelmed by all the choices and want to plan our trip the best we can! My family is flying into Phoenix on April 13th and first staying in Flagstaff (check in on the 13th and out on the 16th) for a few nights and then driving back south and staying in Tempe (check in 16th and out on the 19th. My husband and I will be with our 13 and 9 year old.

My thought is to make a stop somewhere on our drive up to Flagstaff, but not sure where. I’m sure there are a ton of options. I just don’t want to get off the plane and then drive for hours without stopping to see/do something.

While in Flagstaff we will do an Antelope Canyon tour, horseshoe bend and Grand Canyon South Rim.
Then when we drive back to Tempe, I thought we would stop in Sedona for the day. Maybe do a jeep tour?

We are still researching Tempe but see a lot of things to do in that area too. One day will be booked with visiting family near by.

Any suggestions would be greatly appreciated! We are conscientious of our budget but also want to make sure we get some great experiences on our trip.

Jennifer McPeak

February 25, 2019 at 6:05 PM

Hi! We are 2 couples late 20s early 30s. All very active and in shape (but not professional hikers). We have one day to spend in the Page area. We are looking for the best views and little crowds, an adventure is a great plus. We want to take neat photos and see an awesome Canyon. What do you recommend? The cost does not matter.

Jennifer

Jennifer McPeak

February 25, 2019 at 6:05 PM

I forgot to add we will be there April 20th, 2019

Bruce Regmi

February 25, 2019 at 12:06 AM

Hi There,

Awesome site!

We are looking to come fly to Phoenix on May 24 and getting to Page, AZ the night of 24. We have to leave Page, AZ by 2pm on May 26. So that leaves us all day May 25 and half a day on May 26. Trying to maximize the trip:
1. Would like to do Antelope Canyon Tours, very fit, avid hikers, so thinking Lower?
2. Would like to do Horseshoe Bend
3. Would like to do Glen Canyon Float Trip – Half Day, May 26, 6:00am-11:30am

So, the question is how to fit in Antelope Canyon Tour and Horseshoe Bend for May 25? Also, will we have time to squeeze in one more activity on May 25?

Thank you again!!!

-Bruce

G Brown

February 23, 2019 at 11:58 PM

Do you have to book one of the tours? Or can you just hike either the upper or lower on your own?

Brittany

February 23, 2019 at 6:29 PM

Hi!
My husband and I are coming in October to run at Trail Fest. We are staying a few days after, to get extra sight seeing time. We fly into Las Vegas where we will drive to Kanab which is where we are staying for 4 night between runs.

The first run is Bryce Canyon (Coyote Hollow Trailhead). After the run which we should be done by lunch time we have time to explore. What do you recommend for that area?

The second run is Zion (Gooseberry Mesa). Again, we will be done by lunchtime and we are looking for other places to explore.

The third and final run is Horseshoe Bend (starting at Navajo Hogan dropping down to Waterholes Canyon then back up to the rim running by Horseshoe Bend). We are going to be exhausted but we are planning on jumping into the car to go and take a tour of the Lower Antelope Canyon and then sunset at Lake Powell before heading back to Kanab. Is this too much to try to fit in?

We will have another free day and night to do a little more exploring or easy site seeing before we head back for a night in Las Vegas. Do you have any recommendations on what to do that last day and night? I love Mesa Verde but i think it will just be too far to drive before trekking back to Las Vegas.

Judy Chiu

February 23, 2019 at 3:37 PM

We are a party of 6 seniors from SF Bay Area and thinking of visiting Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend and Lake Powell in late May to early June. We plan to spend about one week. Please give us the best route. We had been to GC, Zion and Bryce Canyon before but we don’t mind visiting them again if they happen to be along our route.

Xiaoya huang

February 23, 2019 at 4:10 AM

Hi,
we are planning in April to go to Las Vegas. Selfdrive to antelope canyon,horse shed bend, and lake powell with my family( kids and elders) how long do you think it should take, and how should I plan the trip ?
Thanks!

Jacky

Lisa

February 23, 2019 at 3:31 AM

HI Ryan,
We have booked a trip end of April, and we have 5 and 1/2 days to explore. We land in Vegas – I was planning to do one day in vegas/surrounding area, one day in Zion/Grand Staircase Escalante, possibly one morning in Canyonlands then traveling to Sedona, then the morning in Sedona, then travelling to antelope canyon and Grand Canyon for sunset. From Canyonlands-Sedona-A.C-Grand Canyon we have about 2.5 days. Do you think this is possible? Thanks!

Jo

February 22, 2019 at 3:46 PM

My family will be visiting Zion for a few nights in April and then heading to the Grand Canyon. We’d like to tour the Lower Antelope Canyon on our way. Is it doable to make the Lower Canyon a stop on our route from Zion to the GC? We have reservations at the Kachina Lodge for the night so we can’t overnight in Page. It would be a stop, then perhaps lunch and then back on the road. Thanks for your help!

Eric

February 21, 2019 at 1:54 AM

Ryan: I’m planning a trip in late August with my wife and 4 teens and I’m impressed and amazed at the depth of your knowledge and advice so I figure I’d jump in with my itinerary and ask for some guidance. We fly to vegas and pick up a Class C Rv, then head to trailer Village RV park for 2 (maybe 3 nights). I say maybe 3 because I wanted to go to Antelope Canyon, then over to North Rim Campground, just for a night, then to Bryce for 2 nights, ending in Zion for 3 nights (then 1 night in Vegas because…well, Vegas!) Should we forego the trip to Antelope/North Rim, or extend the NR stay and deduct one from either Bryce or Zion? And as far as Antelope tours, upper or lower? Thanks again for all your great feedback!

Esther Tan

February 20, 2019 at 7:34 PM

Hi Ryan / Alley,

Me and my family are planning to visit Antelope Canyon in May from Las Vegas. It would be a 2 days 1 night trip. Can we do the Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Blend in this 2 days trip? Upper Antelope and Lower Antelope, which one is better? Would you recommend any place for staying?

Thanks for your time!

Kelsey

February 20, 2019 at 4:51 AM

Hi – my family and I (including my parents + 2 children 15 & 12) are travelling over from New Zealand late May/June for a wedding in Las Vegas. We have a rental car from LA and have our LA, Anaheim, Las Vegas part all sorted. We then have 8 nights from the 8th June to do a road trip and explore some of the national parks, drive over the Hoover dam and get back to LA by just after lunch on 16 June to fly home. I did look at your itinerary and then tried to adapt moving us down to LA through Sedona but not sure if I have bitten off too much. The trip would be Vegas – Grand Canyon Village – Page – Bryce Canyon via Springdale- Arches National Park – Monument Valley – Sedona – to maybe Joshua Tree NP – LA?? This does mean we are travelling everyday. Where would you suggest cutting out and maybe spending more time or is this doable??
I want to see it all now that you have put up all the amazing things to do!!
Many thanks in advance for any advice you can offer me. K:-)

Sri

February 18, 2019 at 11:10 PM

Hi Alley,

Me, my hubby and kid are planing to visit Las Vegas, Grand Canyon, Antelope Canyon and Zion national park during end of March 2019. We don’t want to do hiking.

Plan
Day 1: Early morning flight from home to Las Vegas. See LV and stay overnight at LV.
Day 2: Drive out of LV to see Hoover dam and then overnight stay at Grand Canyon.
Day 3: Next day visit GC view points and stay at GC.
Day 4: Next day visit horseshoe bend, one of the Antelope Canyon and then Zion national park. Stay overnight at Springdale.
Day 5: Next day drive back to Las Vegas.
Day 6: Early morning flight back to home from LV.

Do you think this plan is doable?
Will GC or Antelope canyon be crowded during that time of the year?
How will be the weather during that time?

Thanks, Sri

Donna

February 18, 2019 at 4:34 PM

Thank you so much for the wonderful information you share – absolutely love this site. I’m getting anxious as we are within a month window and I would really appreciate your input on a trip I am making with my college-aged daughter over her spring break from 3/8 to 3/12.

Our rough plan at this point:
3/8 – late flight into Phoenix and staying near airport
3/9 – up early and driving to the South Rim. Staying at Yavapai Lodge. Planning on hiking/shuttle bus through the Park to Hermits Rest.
3/10 – up early and driving to Page. Stopping at the sites outlined in your comments to others. Antelope Canyon lower hike at 2:30. Sunset at Horseshoe Bend.
3/11 – up early and driving to Monument Valley – would especially love some suggestions for this day. Driving back to Sedona for overnight.
3/12 – Pink Jeep tour in the morning, spa/hanging out until we head to the airport for 10:30pm overnight flight.

Would appreciate any suggestions overall about the trip or specific suggestions for tours/must do’s. Thank you in advance for sharing your experience and recommendations.

Phil

February 16, 2019 at 4:48 PM

Hi Guys,

My wife and I are visiting this August and while I am keen to do a photography tour of Antelope Canyon with my tripod, my wife does not care for anything other than using her iphone. However, I noticed that many tours won’t let you go on their photography tour without a tripod and dslr. Do you know of any that may allow my wife to join me and I can still use my tripod? Alternatively, how good are the sightseeing tours for someone using their dslr for handheld shots? Any advice would be appreciated, thanks!

Mary Bonde

February 15, 2019 at 9:31 PM

Wow this looks amazing. How important is it to have “everything” booked in advance? We like to kind of be flexible to allow for extra hiking time, and the unexpected adventure, but don’t really want to miss out on these great sites. Our trip is April 22-28. We are flying in and out of Las Vegas and renting a car.

Lekha Chauhan

February 13, 2019 at 10:34 PM

Hello,
Ally this is a wonderful page filled with information.
I am a resident from the Caribbean Island of St Kitts and don’t have much knowledge about the places in Arizona but I have always wanted to visit Antelope Canyons it’s been on the top of my bucket list.
Me and my husband finally decided to go there this year in the month of September when we would be coming for some work in Miami. We’ll fly from Miami.
We have 3 days with us with an interest to see Antelope Canyons and horseshoe bend.
We plan to hire a car rental to get around.
Other then this we are lost as to what other places we should visit and add to the list and which airport would be the closest to the destination?
What place would you suggest we stay?
Also what would be your tips to do this trip on a budget?
Please help us island folks get and understanding of your beautiful state.
I would like to thank you in advance for your help.

Love from the Caribbean,
Lekha

Andrew Lee

February 12, 2019 at 7:11 PM

My family is planning for a trip to Page, AZ, Grand Canyon, Flagstaff, AZ. Our actual trip is from 2/20 to 2/23. And, we are trying for a 1 day trip to Page, AZ.

I know it’s going to be pretty cold there. Do you still recommend the boat? I think my kids will love it but I am thinking it will be way too cold.

Also, any other recommendation on Flagstaff, Grand Canyon would be greatly appreciated it.

thank you.

Dipti Garg

February 12, 2019 at 2:45 PM

Hi Alley

I came across this website while searching itineraries for Antelope and surrounding parks and attractions.
Would you be able to suggest me an itinerary for Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend, Bryce and Zion National Park.
I am planning to travel in the first week of March this year with my husband and 6 year old daughter. We are trying to fly to Vegas from Toronto and looking for a self drive option instead of bus tours so trying hard to keep our drive time limited to 5-6 hours max a day. An overnight stay or if needed two nights stay at Lake Powell is what we are looking at. But, please guide if you think one if enough or if there’s any other place you recommend for an overnight stay.

And if I have to choose between Lower and Upper Antelope which one is feasible with a child on board. Or can we do both given we have two days to cover these places. We are not planning to go hiking or trekking at any of the parks.
Your feedback will be a great help!!

Thanks 🙂

Lee LaFrese

February 09, 2019 at 5:45 AM

Hello, thanks for all of the great information about Page. My wife and I are planning to spend a few days in Page in late April. We are coming from Tucson and will likely arrive on the night of April 27 and leave either April 30th or May 1st. We definitely want to see Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend and take a boat ride on Lake Powell. We are in our early 60s and in reasonable shape although I have some knee issues and my wife has some back issues. Still we can get around OK but may be a little slow going up or down. We are looking for some suggestions and have a few questions.

1) Should we do upper or lower Antelope Canyon?
2) We were thinking about doing a boat ride to Rainbow Bridge. Is that worth it? What boat ride would you suggest?
3) Should we do a day trip to Monument Valley? Or should we leave page a day earlier and stop at the Petrified forest on the way home?
4) Are we staying the right amount of time or should we cut it back a bit? Any other suggestions for things to do?

Thanks!

Lee & Petra

Kelly

February 09, 2019 at 3:02 AM

Hi. Was looking for some advice on my April trip. Am I missing anything?

Day 1- fly into Vegas.
Day 2- this is our long day. First tour at Hoover Dam, then Grand Canyon West- Skywalk. Then Drive to Williams.
Day 3. Up early and drive to Page. Take the 1pm kayak of antelope canyon tour. Sunset at Horseshoe.
Day 4- Take a Antelope Canyon tour 845 one- thinking the upper, not sure if that is the better one. Then Drive to Grand Canyon South for a 3:30pm Pink Jeep tour. Drive to Williams to sleep
Day 5- Back up to Grand Canyon South Rim- Hike the Bright Trail and a few other stops. Anything else to see with a 12 year old and 10 year old?
Day 6- Drive to Phoenix to see a Diamondback game
Day 7- Drive to Sedona. What are the best things to see
Day 8- Fly home to Jersey

Thanks so much for your advise.

Clara

February 08, 2019 at 11:53 PM

Hi Alley
We will end the yellowstone tour in Salt Lake City on 11st June , planning to take a greyhound to Las Vegas for another 5 days trip before we fly back to our home town. In these 5 days, we want to visit GC , AC& Lasvegas
We have 5 women all healthy and active . We aren’t planning to rent a car in this trip , Haven’t book any hotel & greyhound yet .
What do you suggest for the best way to tour ? which way would be best to go. thank you!
Thank you
Clara

Patrick Clark

February 08, 2019 at 3:55 PM

Hi, I am looking to do the Antelope Canyon tour – does this include a quick hike into the slot canyons as well? If not, do you have a tour that does do this?

Thanks!

avni

February 07, 2019 at 8:06 PM

hello, I am travelling to Antelope Canyon and will be there April 19th. I want to book AC but dont know which one to do? Lower or Upper – we are in relative decent shape. What company should I use to book with? What are you thoughts on Canyon X and boat tour? also is the lake warm enough then to go swimming?

Beth

February 05, 2019 at 4:44 PM

Hello! My family and I (2 parents, kids will be 14 and almost 11) are visiting your area over spring break, March 24-30. We fly into Vegas early Sunday, drive to the Grand Canyon (stopping at Hoover Dam), and stay there until Weds AM. Next driving to Zion to stay until Saturday AM, then back to Vegas to see the city until our red-eye flight that evening. We are booked at Maswik Lodge Sun thru Weds and Zion Pioneer Lodge Weds thru Sat.
I have several questions:

We will likely do part of the Bright Angel trail to see the GC, and are considering a bike trip along the rim- any thoughts or advice about bike trip? Tour or just rent bikes? Is our money better spent doing a different tour?
Anything else not to miss at GC?

We are considering a stop at Antelope Canyon (probably Lower) as a break from the drive from GC to Zion. I see that the drive takes longer than google predicts (you say 4 hrs or so) and there is a time change. What time should I book a canyon tour if we are leaving GC Weds AM- we can leave at whatever time, but I’d rather not leave too early. I just don’t know how to be SURE we make our tour time!

As it is still spring, I know the Narrows hike in Zion is questionable, but what are the odds it would be open when we are there? I do know about the outfitters and renting appropriate gear. What do people do in Zion if the Narrows are closed? (We might drive to Bryce for a day in that case.)

I’ve already learned a lot from other people’s questions! Thanks in advance for your help!
Beth

Mike

February 04, 2019 at 8:10 PM

Hello –

I am traveling with a group of 10 that will be taking a day to drive up from Sedona to check out the Page area Slot Canyons (Antelope) and any other slot canyons (Rattlesnake ?) in the area. Our trip is in late September / Early October. We are all experienced and fit hikers and will be getting up early to arrive in the Page area around 9 am at the latest. We are looking for some recommendations for the best canyons to visit that would accommodate our one-day time frame? Also, what are the recommended reservations we should be making ? We are confused by all the options available and don’t have a good feel at which one(s) are the best option. We will have our own transportation so this is not a problem for us. Some of us have already been to Horseshoe Bend Overlook and Glen Canyon Dam Overlook and these would be added onto our day in that area only if time permitted. We want to make sure that we have all necessary reservations made in time for our visit.

THANK YOU for your guidance !!!

Mike

Josh Fennell

February 03, 2019 at 9:14 PM

Hello there…..awesome advice! I will be traveling to the area the first week of June 2019 with my family. Can’t wait! However, it is pretty overwhelming all of the awesome sights! Thoughts for a family of 5 with kids 13, 11, 8. We definitely want to hit the Grand Canyon, the Page area looks awesome and we are considering Parks in Utah. Any advice is welcome!

Joe

February 01, 2019 at 4:05 AM

Hi,

We’re looking for suggestions.

Our trip duration is 5 days. Arriving on Monday, 03/18.

We would like to spend 2 night. Then visit Antelope Canyon.

Other than that, rest of the week is flexible.

What other sites do you recommend we visit?

Which places should we spend the night to be close to places of interest?

Thanks in advance,

Joe

Leah

January 30, 2019 at 2:53 PM

Will be in Page Az the first week of March and want to tour both the Upper and Lower Antelope Canyon. How much time should you leave between the tours (I have no idea how far apart they are) if we want to do both in a day?
Thanks for any and all info!

Leah

Molly V

January 29, 2019 at 11:36 PM

Hi!
My husband and I are driving from Los Angeles to La Verkin, UT (just outside of Zion) for a reunion. The reunion seems to be falling apart so I am planning on changing this into an Antelope Canyon/Horseshoe visit instead. Other than Powell and Zion, what else do you recommend I make time for? Here is my rough itinerary:
-Friday: Drive from LA to La Verkin. Sleep there
-Sat: Attempt to get a Coyote Buttes North (The Wave) permit. Since we will probably strike out, what should our back up plan be? Flexible on where we sleep that night.
-Sunday: Antelope Canyon (upper & lower) and Horseshoe Bend / Drive to Vegas to sleep
-Monday: Drive from Vegas to LA
Saturday was the day I set aside for reunion activities but now that I think I am skipping out, I was hoping to fill the day with some gorgeous hikes. I am just not sure what is near La Verkin (other than Zion) and not out of the way (considering we need to be in Page on Sunday). We are used to driving a lot – Do you recommend anything?

Mickey DeCosse

January 29, 2019 at 2:44 PM

I am wondering if you need a guide or permit to access antelope canyon from the water on Paddle Board? I am coming in July and was hoping to SUP down the river into the canyon.

Cathy

January 27, 2019 at 5:12 PM

Thank you for such great advise on this forum.

I plan to drive from LV to Page( didn’t realize it was a 5 hour drive) in the end of June. My plan was to tour lower Antelope canyon that same day and visit Houseshoe bend. Staying in Page that night, I have a private boat tour planned for early next morning for the day. Stay in Page 2nd night, plan to leave early to drive to Zion.

Will I have time to take tour of AC that same day?

Thank you for sharing your great advice.

John Colowich

January 27, 2019 at 3:04 PM

Alley,

I have reviewed many questions and your answers, which helped us tremendously. Would you review our trip (total 6 of us) scheduled in Early September, 2019 as two couples from England joined us? We would like the most and best trip for all of us. We are planning to enter the lottery for The Wave hiking on Monday and Tuesday just in case. If we cannot get in, we will take alternative tours.

Would you comment and suggest/advise on our schedule?
I think we are very aggressive in scheduling, but friends from England want to take an advantage of this once in life time opportunity with us.

Another question is can we do Zion and Bryce Canyon in one day and spend one day in Page touring Powell Lake and Antelope Canyon?

I appreciate your assistance in advance. John

Saturday: Arriving in Phoenix around 6 PM
Plan to drive to Williams or Grand Canyon Village.

Sunday: Tour in Grand Canyon and leaving for Page, AZ
Staying in Page until Wednesday morning

Monday: Possible hiking in The Wave (entry for on line lottery in May) or
enter the walk-in for lottery for Tuesday.
Or alternative options like : Antelope Canyon Upper and lower,
The Second Wave, The Alcove, Top Rock Arch, Melody Arch and the Grotto, Sand Cove, and Fatali’s Boneyard.

Tuesday : Just in case for hiking in The wave or alternative options:
1/2 day Float trip in Powell lake and Rainbow Bridge Monument
Stay in Page and

Wednesday: leaving for Bryce Canyon and tour/hiking
Stay in Hatch or Orderville depending upon how late we leave from
Bryce Canyon.

Thursday: at Zion Canyon and drive to LV

Friday : Tour and show at LV.

Saturday : drive to Phoenix at 6 PM flight departure
stop by Hoover Dam

Jade Huynh

January 27, 2019 at 5:35 AM

Hi guys,

thanks for the great info. I’m actually planning a 5 day trip in mid April with a friend of mine. I have been to the Wave and Escalante a few years ago and loved it. We originally were thinking of doing zion and bryce as well but it doesn’t look like we’ll have enough time. Especially since I read that the Narrows in Zion may be flooded and inaccessible at that time. So if we have 5 days (flying in 4/16 and leaving 4/21) from Las Vegas, what do you think would be feasible? I was thinking of arriving on 4/16 and driving to Grand canyon south rim. Looks like the hardest thing is getting a place to stay there? WE don’t need permits do we? My biggest goal of this trip is photography and hiking. We are an adventurous group. From there may drive to Page, AZ and doing Horseshoe Bend and Anteleope anyone. The next day go to monument valley then head back. Where do you think a side trek to sedona may fit in all of this? Our biggest goals are the grand canyon south rim, antelope and monument valley but it looks like we have extra time. Should I do Sedona on the way back or before Page, AZ or is there a must other place to visit? If I go to Sedona, should i fly out of phoenix home? Any help appreciated!

Cheers,

Jade

Edward

January 27, 2019 at 4:50 AM

Hey, Alley,
Such an awesome service you provide. Thanks
We’re going to be in Antelope Canyon March 28th. Will we catch light shafts in the Upper?
Also, how far in advance would u book your tour? We are worried about booking too early and then getting lousy weather.
Thanks
Edward in Miami FL

Heather Skiba

January 26, 2019 at 8:49 PM

HI! Can you tell me which tour is mentioned in the video for Lower Antelope Canyon that is $28 per person?
We are a family of 5 traveling to do the Grand Circle Tour next summer and will be driving from New Orleans. Page is on our way to the North Rim, and I rearranged our schedule to have a full day in Page. I would like to do the Lower Antelope Canyon tour and the half day float around Horseshoe Bend. What is the best way to do this? Our youngest will be 8, and is a great hiker, so I am sure she will be fine with Lower.
Thanks!
Heather

Tay

January 26, 2019 at 8:33 PM

Hi, I was thinking about spending 2 or 3 days checking out upper and lower antelope canyon, a tour of Grand Canyon national park, and a hike in Zion. Is 2 days stretching it?

Also, how is Angels landing in late February? Will there be snow on the trail? I would like to do Angel’s landing, but if the conditions are too dangerous I can always hike other trails at Zion or scratch that all together and hike the Grand Canyon to save time….

Bo Bo

January 26, 2019 at 5:11 AM

Hi Alley,

Thank you so much for posting a lot of helpful information.

I am planning to visit Page , AZ on 3rd week of April. We have 4 adults and two kids (9 1/2 and 6 1/2 years old). I already have some ideas where to go, but I am not sure if it will work well. Can you please give me some advice?

Day 1 – Drive from San Francisco to Las Vegas – stay 1 night
Day 2 – LV AM drives to Page 1 night
Day 3 -Sunrise Horseshoe Bend back to hotel for breakfast, 10:30 tour Antelope Canyon , please advise lower or upper
Day 4 – Bryce Canyon hiking a little bit , in the afternoon will drive back to LV stay overnight
Day 5 LV drives back to San Francisco

Thank you, Bo Bo

Roger

January 25, 2019 at 7:29 AM

Just where the heck is Antelope Canyon located? I see many things describing what to do and how to do it and when to do it but no where do I see just where the hell it is located!

Brenda Daykin

January 23, 2019 at 9:54 PM

Hi There,

My family and I will be visiting the area in hopes for late February. We would like to see Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Canyon. We are going to be driving from Las Vegas in a rental car. Do you have any tips for tours available for sight seeing and walking tours?

Alina

January 23, 2019 at 3:52 AM

Hi Alley,

It is mentioned that there are three companies offering tour to Upper Antelope, but I do found a few others, for example https://navajotours.com/ Are those also reliable tours to join in your opinions?

Thanks

Alina

Larry Funk

January 21, 2019 at 8:23 PM

My wife and I are considering an extended trip to the area with our travel trailer. We are torn between making the trip in the spring or fall to avoid the busy/peak visitor season. Which (spring or fall) would provide the best weather and overall experience?

David C Decker

January 21, 2019 at 2:02 AM

Ryan or Alley
I will be in Flagstaff on April 1 coming back from a guided trip to the Grand Canyon Phantom Ranch. I have one night reserved in Page AZ for April 2nd, then will head back to Phoenix some time on the 3rd to spend the night before I fly out on the 4th. I am hoping to do a tour of Antelope canyon X or something similar on the 2nd & maybe sunrise at Horseshoe Bend on the 3rd if it looks like the clouds cooperate. Would you have any other suggestions for places to see for the time I have or time to allow for the drive between the locations I mentioned? Is there lots of stopping places between those destinations (Page to Phoenix)? Want to see & do as much as possible but don’t want to overschedule & then have to drive by photographic views just to make my reservations. Appreciate any help I have not been in this area before. Thanks
Dave

Maite Cardoso

January 20, 2019 at 8:07 PM

Hi Ryan! i’m going to LV in June and I intend to spend a night at Page and visit Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe bend and maybe Monument Valley. My doubt is that on the next day we would like to go to Grand Canyon but it’s so big that I don’t know if I should go to the side walk or where should I go to see tha original Grand Canyon. Thanks for you advice.

Darwin Gawat

January 19, 2019 at 7:42 PM

Good Day,

Me and my friends are scheduled to visit Page, AZ on Feb 2 to 3. We plan on seeing horseshoe bend and antelope canyon. Looking at your website, i found that we have to schedule a tour. My question is, is it mandatory that we schedule a tour? or can we just drive there and do things on our own? how difficult is the access to the canyon compared to grand canyon? If you have any suggestions as to how we should spend our day there that would be awesome. Thank you.

Rachel C

January 19, 2019 at 7:06 PM

Hi we are planning our first big family vacation. My husband is a Marine and we have never had time to go on a true vaction because we are always moving. first off we have a large family 5 children 25 – 16. (Two are graduating in May from College and High school!). We plan to fly into Las Vegas May 24 in the morning then drive to either Tusayan or Flagstaff, see the Hover Damn on the way try and tour part of the lower rim Grand Canyon
.Tour Grand Canyon another day spend the night
.leave early and drive to Page see Horse shoe on way Tour Lower level canyon
Do you think it is doable to take a Kayak tour –their last tour going out?
stay in Page then drive to somewhere around Zion the next day
Do Zion for that half day and the whole next day ( the narrows water tour looks fun)
leave out of Vegas May 29th
What do you think.
I am most excited to see the Antelope Canyons
Also someone told me the parks give free admission to military. My husband is active duty.

Olga

January 19, 2019 at 7:52 AM

Hi Alley,

Thank you so much for so interesting and helpful information! Going through all these comments I made so many notes of “must do” things, so now I am not able to pick the best ones for the upcoming trip. Could you be so kind to help me with it?
I am planning a tour for my family for mid of April 2019 from San Diego to Las Vegas then likely to Page, Sedona , … I have not booked anything yet, but will do it at this weekend. We visited the Grand Canyon before and were in Las Vegas several times, so we do not plan to spend much time in LV and the Grand Canyon. The challenge is that I need to plan the tour interesting and fun enough for my kids (16-year old son and 9-year old daughter) as well as safe and doable for my 75 y.o. healthy parents. I plan to buy a tour to the Lower Antelope Canyon, since it looks like a small adventure for the entire family and also want to buy a boat tour to the Antelope Canyon. Could you be so kind to advise what else is the best place to visit in April (14-18 Apr)?

Thank you so much!
Olga

Scarlette Liu

January 18, 2019 at 6:58 PM

Hi Ryan,

Thank you for all detail tips for trip to Antelope Canyon. I am actually thinking to visit upper and lower ones on the same day due to tight schedule. I am wondering if I could book:
Upper for 10:00 am (check-in time) – 12:00 (estimated finish time from tour website)
and
Lower for 13:00 (check-in time) – 14:45 (estimated finish time from tour website)?

Would it be sufficient time (1 hour) to switch in between?

Thank you very much.
Scarlette

barb

January 18, 2019 at 6:11 PM

Hi Alley, for some reason all the posts from October until now are gone so I can’t see your response to me. Is it possible you email directly with the information? Thank you.

Joanna

January 16, 2019 at 11:28 PM

Hi Alley,

Got a ticket and hotel in Vegas from 6th to 12th. Plan to stop by Grand Canyon, then move to Antelope, Rainbow Bridge, Hoover Dam. Would you give me some advice on the planning?

Thanks,
Joanna

Missy

January 16, 2019 at 9:42 PM

I am 19 weeks pregnant and will be about 22 weeks which would make me 5 months. Is it safe for a pregnant woman to do the tour for the lower canyon?

Rachel Tuomey

December 17, 2018 at 12:33 AM

Hi Alley,
Just stumbled across your site looking for info on Antelope Canyon and so glad I did. Was wondering if you could give your input/advice on our itinerary planned for April 2019? We are a family of 5 (kids ages 14, 11, 7). Open to any suggestions/changes my only requirement is that we sleep 2 nights in each location because I don’t think I can handle packing up every night!

Thurs 4/18 Fly JFK to LAS, land 10am: Valley of Fire, then off to Zion (reservations at Desert Pearl Inn)
Friday 4/19 Day at Zion (Desert Pearl Inn)
Saturday 4/20 Early Morning Drive to Bryce / Day at Bryce, Late afternoon drive to Lake Powell Resort
Sunday 4/21 Wake and Do Horseshoe Bend / Antelope Canyon (do you recommend upper or lower?)
Grab lunch and head back to hotel (Lake Powell Resort)
Monday 4/22 Drive to Grand Canyon South Rim, spend day there late drive to Sedona (any recs for places to stay?)
Tuesday 4/23 Maybe Meteor Crater or Slide Rock Park (sleep in Sedona again)
Wednesday 4/24 Morning hike in Sedona, Drive back to LV
Thursday 4/25 Mandalay Bay in Vegas
Friday Day at the hotel, redeye home

Thanks so much in advance for reading through! Initially we were not doing Sedona at all and instead rafting and spending extra time at Lake Powell, however we were told the water is quite cold on the lake in April still, so we gave up that extra day. Open to other options also 🙂

Best,
Rachel

Aleksandra

December 15, 2018 at 1:56 PM

Hi Alley,

thank you for information – I found a lot from your chats and decided also to ask for your advices.
I am planning February trip for 4 adults.

I think to fly from JFK to Phoenix on February 9th or early AM on 10th, rent a car and drive to Sedona, plan to stay in Enchantment resort for 2-3 days, relax 1 day and see around;
than probably Page – Antelope canyon(lower level and lake boat tour) , horseshoe band…
than probably Grand Canyon -South rim and last 2 days in Vegas, flying home from Vegas on 17th or 18th
Want to see the most but enjoying the views…
will take any suggestions please – can you help with more detailed itinerary
Thank you, Aleksandra

Vikrant Jain

December 15, 2018 at 5:47 AM

Hi Alley,
Thanks for sharing lot of details and information on your website which is really helpful.
I am planning to visit Page, AZ during Spring break (April) or June and will be flying in & out from Las Vegas.
I’ll be travelling with my wife and two kids (5yr & 1yr) and do you think any other time will be good to travel with kids. I have already

visited Grand Canyon twice (West & South Rim).
From your website the 2 Day Itinerary looks perfect for me but I am planning to add if possible Grand Canyon North Rim. I am looking

forward to visit the following attractions:-

1.Grand Canyon North Rim
2.Horseshoe Bend
3.Antelope Canyon (Upper but if possible try to look lower too)
4.Rainbow Bridge National Monument
5.Glen Canyon Dam & lake Powell
Any other near by attractions either in AZ or in UT which can be covered with kids and in that case we can leave grand canyon north rim.

I’ll be starting in morning from LV so do you think if anything can get covered on the same day or not. If not, what all are the options

to add for that day.

From the details mentioned on the website, I am having few questions regarding the Antelope Canyon, Option 1 Glen Canyon Half Day Float

Trip & Option 2 the Lake Powell & Rainbow Bridge Boat Tour. Whether on all these tours I’ll be allowed with my 1yr old kid or not. I know

for Option 1 Glen Canyon Half Day Float Trip, it starts from ages 4 and up but for rest I am not able to find this information.
Also for visiting these places do i need to book a tour or it can be drive through Car. If tours needs to be booked for all of them then

please suggest which tours allows 1yr old for visiting these attractions. Can we travel with a diaper bag in the tours or not.

We are pure vegetarians and need to know whether fooding is available near by for veg (No meat, chicken etc.) We are planning to spend

couple of nights in Page, AZ to avoid long drives and enjoy most of the attractions. So which can be the good lodging option either with

Kitchennete or BnB.
Thanks,
Vikrant

Vikrant Jain

December 14, 2018 at 9:04 PM

Hi Alley,
First of all, I find your website really good and informative which is really useful.
I am planning a trip to Page, AZ either in spring break (April) or June with my wife and 2 kids (5yr and 1yr old). I’ll be flying in and out from Las Vegas. I have been to LV thrice and even Grand Canyon West & South rim but now planning to explore other attractions near by LV and for which I felt Page, AZ would be the best option.
I’ll be driving from LV to Page, AZ and will be staying out there. Although bookings are not yet done so looking forward for your advice to plan my itinerary.
I’ll be driving from LV in the morning and is planning to cover these attractions:-
1.Grand Canyon, North rim
2.Horseshoe Bend
3.Antelope Canyon (Upper), since it will be easy with kids or can lower & upper both be done.
4.Rainbow Bridge National Monument
5.Glen Canyon Dam & Lake Powell
6.Vermilion Cliffs National Monument (if possible)
Any other interesting near by attractions (either in UT) which can be covered with kids. and then driving back to LV

From the details mentioned in your website, I feel the 2 day itinerary mentioned will perfectly fit in my plan and Day 1 looks promising to cover. Regarding the day 2, it looks like Option 1 Glen Canyon Half Day Float Trip, will not be possible for us since my kid will be 1yr old and can we make Option 2 Lake Powell & Rainbow Bridge Boat Tour with 1yr as age limit is not mentioned in it.
Also we are vegetarians (no meat, chicken, beef etc) so are there veg options around for fooding and which can be the best lodging option near by all these attractions so that less driving can be done to enjoy the places.
Also whether all these attractions can be covered by car or do I have to purchase any tickets or tours.
Thanks,
Vikrant Jain

Jane

December 14, 2018 at 9:50 AM

Hello!

Im taking my 70-year old parents to Grand Canyon and Antelope. And after reading your answers, I figured it would be best to visit Grand Canyon West Rim and Upper Antelope. I plan to take a tour bus though; do you have any recommendations of tour bus/es? Thanks 🙂

Heritage Hotel

December 14, 2018 at 6:23 AM

Nice post..

Jennifer Avila

December 14, 2018 at 4:23 AM

Hi Ryan!

My boyfriend and I are flying in from Miami to Phoenix on December 29th and leaving January 3rd. It’s our first time in Arizona and really wanna get the most in. We honestly do not mind the driving. Antelope canyon, monument valley grand canyon, sedona are on our list but we will take any suggestions please!!

Lilly

December 08, 2018 at 1:23 AM

Hi Ryan,
Wonderful amount of information 🙂
Could you give me some tips, please. Traveling first time with my family to West Coast from NYC and don’t know much what should I see 🙂
Yea re landing in SF on 21st December, then heading to LA, after that San Diego, Phoenix And Las Vegas 2/3 days before NYE, then SF and flinging back to NYC on 5th January. We would like to see beautiful parts of Grand Canyon and its surroundings. Could you point out places we should definitely see and helpful tips. We are renting a car to drive between these cities.
There will be a 1,5 year old with us.
Thank you.

Steven

December 03, 2018 at 1:44 PM

Hi Alley,

will be spending two nights at GC Tusayan (20-22 Dec) after LV.
Wanted to visit the Antelope beside GC.
Using Tusayan as a base, is the Antelope doable as a day trip?

My tentative plan as follows:

20 Dec
Leave Vegas in the morning, stop by Hoover Dam and reach Tusayan in around 2.
Enter GC to catch sunset.

21 Dec
Visit Antelope

22 Dec
Leave GC

Need some advise will I miss out too much on GC attractions?
Should I skip Hoover dam and hit GC as early as possible to cover more?
I need to leave early on 22 Dec for LA.

Susana

December 02, 2018 at 8:15 AM

Hello, we are travelling next july with our daugther who is 18yo and our son 17yo. He is blind, so we wonder if the lower canyon will be too narrow for him. We know that upper canyon is always crowded.. our plan was to do a combined tour of kayak and lower canyon.
Any suggestion for a tour for the whole family? We love photography and our son comes with us everywhere we go, but we don’t want to force him to an uncomfortable excursion.
Do you know if we could book for a private tour, which probably would be more relaxed?
Thank you!

Ariel

December 02, 2018 at 6:54 AM

Hi,
Ideas and itineraries here are very helpful -thanks!

We’re planning a family trip to Utah right after Christmass. We’re a family with 4 kids (oldest is 10) but pretty accustomed to hiking up to 4-5 miles a day. We will be staying in Kanab for 10 days and are planning to use it a base to drive and hike around, weather permitting (Antelope canyon, Zion, Bryce, even the Wave if we’re lucky). Any suggestions on how to plan an agenda for 10 days in the winter would be appreciated.
Thanks in advance,
Ariel

Jason

November 30, 2018 at 6:19 PM

Hello-

I need some expert advice since I have been stuck in the East Coast my entire life. My fiancee and I booked a round-trip flight from Boston to Vegas from Jan 5 through to the 23rd. We plan to spend the first 8 days in Vegas and the remainder seeing all the wonders. As to the weather for that period, how would you recommend a road trip from and back to Vegas that includes grand canyon, antelope canyon and one other day elsewhere, perhaps Zion or cruising on route 66 to the grand canyon caverns? What would you do and in what order for that time of the season? Much appreciate any and all advice!

ciara

November 27, 2018 at 3:04 AM

Hi! We are lokking to do a tour and have no idea where to start, we are wanting to go sometime during March 2019 and we mainly want to see the antelope canyon as well as the grand canyon. We have about 5 or 6 days and we are coming from dallas, tx. where should start and where should we stay? all recommendations welcome thank you so much!!

sang

November 26, 2018 at 6:14 PM

Hi Alley,
I will arrive Las Vegas in early morning April 14 and will be back to LA in April 19, I can stay at my friend’s house at Gilbert city. I’m looking for these places if it fit with my schedule, would you please give an advise where I need hotel to stay and which park i need to book a tour .
-South Rim
-Sedona
-Arches National park
-The wave
-Horseshoe bend
-Antelope
-Bryce canyon
-Glen canyon…
Thank you very much Alley

sang

November 26, 2018 at 2:11 AM

Hi Alley,
I will arrive Las Vegas in April 14 and will be back to LA in April 18 I can stay at my friend’s house at Gilbert city. I’m looking for these places if it fit with my schedule, would you please give an advise where I need hotel to stay and which park i need to book a tour .
-South Rim
-Sedona
-Arches National park
-The wave
-Horseshoe bend
-Antelope
-Bryce canyon
-Glen canyon…
Thank you very much Alley

Pat

November 26, 2018 at 5:15 AM

Hello and thanks for a very informative site. I will be traveling from Denver to Southern CA with my adult daughter mid December and we wanted to visit The Wave among other sites. Is it worth the side trip to go to the center, even if we aren’t able to get a permit? I can’t tell if any of the land formation is viewable without hiking inland. Thanks again for so much information.

paul chern

November 25, 2018 at 8:36 PM

Assuming that I can visit Antelope Canyon any time during the year, when is the best time to visit? Both time of year and time during the day.

Assuming that I visit Antelope Canyon in January 2019, how cold can I expect the weather to be?
Is it better to visit in terms of lighting within the canyon, in early or late January and what is the best time during the day to visit the canyon.
Thanks for your help.

Paul Chern

Catherine

November 25, 2018 at 4:03 PM

What a wonderful forum, thank you.

I’m planning a trip last week of June with husband, two son’s (20,22) and a girlfriend. Flying into LV spending few days there, no hotel booked yet.

Plan: hotel already booked in Zion, so order is in somewhat reversed. Any suggestions welcomed.

leave early from LV drive to LP region hitting Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe bend. Thinking of staying at LP Motel in town vs on the Lake.
Day 2 in LP- renting boat ourselves and spending day on water, exploring caves was our original plan or should we do Glen Canyon 1/2 float. Thinking we should stay overnight LP and leave early to drive to Zion, Desert Pearl in already booked for two nights. Then drive back to Vegas.

April

November 25, 2018 at 11:22 AM

Alley would you be so kind to look at my itinerary and help me plan my last two days.
Traveling – my husband and I and our 20 year old kids and their significant others, total of 6 adults
December 29- fly into Phoenix
December 29 & 30 stay nights at Oak Creek Canyon Cabins bear Sedona (hike and see Sedona)
December 31- drive to GC and stay at Yavapai Lodge that night
January 1- Lower Antelope Canyon & ????
Should we stay in Page or drive to Monument Valley, then get up and see Monument Valley on the 2nd
January 2- see Monument Valley or just stay in Page
January 3- fly out of Phoenix at 1:00 in the afternoon

I don’t know whether to hassle with Monument Valley or just relax in Page and Sedona?!?
Any advice will be appreciated. I’ve really enjoyed reading this blog of information and advice- 2 thumbs up!

Ellen

November 21, 2018 at 11:42 AM

Hi. this is such a useful site that we would like to mirror for our upcoming trip to Page!! May i check if you think Xmas is a good time to visit? the native american fun dining was also closed from nov 1 – march, so just curious if its a bad season to go? thank you!

theresa cheng

November 18, 2018 at 2:09 PM

Hi Alley,

Just wanted to give you a “Grand, Monumental” T-H-A-N-K Y-O-U!!!!! We are just back from touring this itinerary in Mid November, and it was awesome!!! Your advice was spot on, and a wonderful help in planning, particularly the part about the pit stops and the NPS annual pass…. Also, noteworthy is how much fun and easy, and head turninglingly amazing the whole drive was as the landscape continuously changes and morphs throughout the whole way…the road of this road trip was great!

I thought that you and your readers may like a late fall perspective of how your itinerary may be experienced because of the very varying temperatures and limited daylight. We did a few tweaks, primarily by driving mid day except for Day One. This made it so we could visit each place by mid afternoon and again in the morning, which with the varying light during am and pm parts of day, made each place magically different for each experience. And made even better use of the NPS pass, since by your third entry, all your next entries are”free” and easy…Also dress in layers, as we went from + Mid 20s Celsius to -14 Celsius plus windchill… need a full gamut of hot and cold clothes including tuques and gloves..

Since we did start and end in Vegas, we also added in a Valley of Fire day trip the day before this itinerary and for good measure, added a Death Valley day trip from LV at the end, instead of doing two days in Zion. Both of these of course are wonders too in their own right, and enjoyable to do in late fall. But not likely during summer months…

The Grand Canyon one hour helicopter tour was great, and definitely worthwhile and worth the cost. And the red line bus tour was great, but it was also easy to drive yourself on the west side of the park towards Desert Watchtower with plenty of jaw dropping stops in between. Lodging last minute was no issue either.

Monument Valley, with its majestic, timeless, quiet, mysterious presence was impressive and moving.

As for the Page stop, we were uncertain that it was worth two days, but what a pleasant surprise this stop turned out to be! Again, given the time of year, we did a Horseshoe bend afternoon with a sunset on Day 1. On day 2, instead of a full 1/2 day boat tour, since it was pretty chilly, we took an AM one hour boat tour of Antelope Canyon starting from the Antelope Canyon Marina, which was just enough to capture the beauty of a water tour experience of Lake Powell. This was followed by a noontime Upper Antelope Canyon tour upon local recommendation, since the morning and afternoon tours have much less light, and would not have given as great an effect. The vermillion cliffs national park entrance near house rock road was an unpaved path, and while the drive to it was fantastic, but it is not recommended to go forth after to the park entrance without a 4×4. … Lake Powell is undescribably beautiful with all its curves , and Lone Rock Beach was magical in the dusk hour. The toadstool park was neat, but a little disappointing, probably because there was very little signage (is this the right way and are we there yet? ) and only a few toadstools. Glen canyon dam was impressive, and since we visited that, did not feel the need to go to the hoover dam later which though taller, is smaller…

Bryce was overwhelmingly beautiful, mind boogling and other worldly. This was a highlight unique landscape not to be missed. It was easy to drive from point to point, but given the altitudes, the trails and look outs were very cold indeed and blustery.

Zion was much more than we expected, even though many have spoken to its likability… The fall colours of the forest actually accentuated the kaleidoscope of colours of these powerful majestic peaks and canyons. Lots of wildlife too could be spotted.

All in all, you can probably sense how much we were thrilled by this itinerary, and once again , thank you for your great insight and advice!

Julie

November 17, 2018 at 1:29 AM

Hello-Is it possible to do lower canyon with a two and five year old? I think the 5 year old would be fine with the ladder and thinking we could put the 2 year on our back? It just seems like it would be a headache to try to do upper with the carseat situation? Also recommendation for a short/safe hike with kids at the grand canyon? We’re doing these on separate days. Nothing more than 2-3 miles roundtrip. Any recommendations for best spot to view sunset/sunrise at the grand canyon? Thank you for your help! Some really great information on here.

Abhi K

November 16, 2018 at 2:23 PM

Hi All,

We are planning for the Canyon trip around Christmas this year (Dec 20 – 27) with 2 boys 11 & 6 and both love to hike. Here is our tentative itinerary:

Day 1: Fly from Dallas to Las Vegas – Rent out a car and spend time on LV Strip
Day 2: Visit Hoover Dam and proceed to Page – Halt in Page (What can we do in the evening?)
Day 3: Visit Antelope & Horse shoe bend (need inputs here on what all can we do) – Halt in Page
Day 4: Depart for Death Valley – where can we stay around DV if we plan to proceed to Sequoia next day?
Day 5: Depart for Sequoia – Halt near Three Rivers .. ?
Day 6: Explore Sequoia (Can we do a quick Yosemite on this day) – Halt near Three Rivers
Day 7: Drive back to Las Vegas & Fly back home

Leena

November 14, 2018 at 11:25 PM

We (5 adults , 1 kid (2 year old) ) planning this itinerary.

Wed : start driving afternoon from sanjose and reach sequioa
Thu : spend in sequioa
Fri : after brunch start to zion
Sat: spend time in zion
sun : visit early mrng tours for upper and lower antelopes and go to horse shoe for sunset.
mon : drive back to San Jose

1. can you plz suggest if any changes are needed
2. any other suggestions instead of sequioa? should we direct go to zion ?
3. what things can be done at zion with kid?
4. seems like tours are booked, can we visit antelopes without tours? kid allowed?
5. any other suggestions that is doable with kid?

Emily

November 12, 2018 at 4:24 PM

Hey Ryan, thanks for the info. Would you know how much time I should allow for the lower antelope canyon tour? I’m reading they vary between 40 minutes to 1h15m in length, but does this include transportation time to and from Ken’s tour in Page?

Jennifer Galperin

November 11, 2018 at 8:09 PM

Hi Alley,

Thank you for this. I am excited to visit this area for the first time. I’m looking to plan the trip for one of the following time frames, could use your thoughts:

1. April 2019 (spring break) with kids 10, 8, and 6. Concerned that my youngest will be too young to enjoy some of the activities.
2. Late August, 2019. Concerned that it will be too hot and too crowded in late august.
3. Wait until April 2020.

What do you think?

Jen Galperin

Melissa

November 10, 2018 at 7:38 PM

Hi Alley,

Ok I have been planning and since I came across your itinerary feeling much better about our trip. I am coming with my four children in June 2019. They are 14 – 24, we plan to see everything we can and love the history,

Here’s my plan:
Day 1 – Fly into Vegas, Drive to Southern Rim.

Day 2 – Drive from Southern Rim to Monument Valley, guided tour, sleep at Goulding Lodge

Day 3 – travel to page, Antelope Canyon Lower Canyon, Dinner at Sandbar, Horseshoe bend overlook, Sleep in Page

Day 4 – Page River trail, Drive to
Bryce Canyon, Explore
Sleep at Bryce view Lodge

Day 5 – Morning at Bryce, Travel up to Zion National Park
Catch 1st free shuttle Zion Canyon Scenic Drive shuttle, 20 min video,
Springdale Utah for Dinner Sleep at Zion Lodge

Day 6 – Morning at Zion., then…

Does this all seem good so far?
Here is where I am stuck. We are ending our trip at Family’s in Hemit California, On the way through I plan to stop at Joshua Tree State Park. But this itinerary doesn’t include any time on the North rim, which is part of my desire to see. Is there a better way to route to see everything and make the last day ending at Hemit (about an hour and half West of Joshua Tree State Park). Please advise. Thank you so much for all your details, I have saved all of the points of interest along the way! Can’t wait!!

Teresa B

November 10, 2018 at 3:13 AM

Hi. Thank you for your posting. I find them very informative. Our family (my husband, 16 y.o. daughter, 12 y.o. son, and me) are traveling to the region, arriving in Phoenix early 4/19/19 and depart at night on 4/26/19. I have a hard time deciding what and where to book the tours. We are active and athletic family. We would like to do hiking, horseback/mules riding, kayak, exploring the region while there. Here is our itinerary.
When/where should we do horseback/mules riding ?
What tour would you recommend for Grand Canyon or do we need a tour?
What about Zion National park? Can we fit that into the days that we will be at Page?

4/19-4/21 Sedona (3 nights)-slide rock, Cathedral Rock, Red Rock state park?
4/22/19 one night at Grand Canyon (leave Sedona early 4/22/19 to Grand Canyon, spend 2 days)
4/23-4/24 two nights at Page- Lower Antelope, Kayak at Lake Powell, Horse Shoe Bend?
4/25 one night at Flagstaff and will do more Sedona/FlagStaff activities prior to heading to the Phoenix airport.
Thank you for your help.
Teresa

Jenny

November 08, 2018 at 12:44 PM

Hi Alley, what an amazing resource you are! Your itinerary and responses on here are awesome.

I am planning a trip late Sept 2019 with my husband and 12 yo son and would love your guidance…. we will have 6 or 7 nights and hopefully be flying in and out of LV. My wish list is….hoover Dam, DG south rim, Antelope Canyon, lake Powell, Bryce Canyon and Zion.

Another option would be to fly into Phoenix and out of LV but may miss Hoover Dam…

Your opinion would be very welcome.

Jenny 😊

Lupe Ortiz

November 07, 2018 at 6:35 PM

Good Morning,
My friend and I are planning to drive from Oceanside, CA on Thursday January 17th, to arrive there that evening. We will stay in Page then tour Antelope all day Friday then drive down to the Grand Canyon, spend the day there and drive back to Oceanside Sunday. Is this enough time? Should we stick to only one? And is it possible to see both upper and lower Antelope in one day? Thank you so much! Have a great day!

Ryan

November 05, 2018 at 7:30 PM

Hi Alley

Is it true you need a guided tour to antelope canyon (lower/upper)? My family and I will be visiting during Thanksgiving this year and are thinking of spending Thursday touring Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend.

After reading all the terrible reviews for TakeTour on TripAdvisor, I am a little hesitant booking online and would rather drive on my own to Antelope Canyon and if needed, pay for a guide tour at the entrance.

What do you recommend?

Thanks!

Ronaldo SanAgustin

November 05, 2018 at 4:00 PM

Hi Alley,

If I apply online, for me, my wife , two teenagers and a dog, can my wife submit her own application for herself, for me, two teenagers and a dog? Or is that considered “gaming the system”?

Kelly

November 05, 2018 at 4:15 AM

Thank you for all the helpful information on this site! My husband and I and our children (15yo, 13yo, 10yo) plan to spend our Spring Break (April 13-20, 2018) touring Northern Arizona. We have already booked our flights in/out of Phoenix. I listed our itinerary below, but would appreciate any feedback. This will probably be our only family trip to this area, so a good balance of sight seeing, hiking and water sports would be great. Our kids are great travelers and can tolerate long, busy days.

Day 1: Fly into Phoenix in afternoon. Drive to Sedona.
Day 2: Sedona then drive to Grand Canyon for sunset (overnight in Tusayan)
Day 3: Grand Canyon then drive to Page (Horseshoe Bend for sunset)
Day 4: Lower Antelope Canyon/Lake Powell/ Glen Canyon Half Day Float
Day 5: Bryce Canyon
Day 6: Zion (overnight in Springdale)
Day 7: Las Vegas (overnight in Las Vegas)
Day 8: Fly out of Phoenix in evening

donna

November 01, 2018 at 3:29 PM

Hi. Thank you so much for your post! I need some additional advice and hope you can help. My family and I will be visiting Sedona and Scottsdale for the first time next April arriving on March 30 and leaving on April 6. I’m struggling with our itinerary because it seems there is so much to do and see. We are staying in Sedona from 3/30 to 4/3 and then spending 4/3 -4/5 in Scottsdale.

I already booked the Pink Jeep tour for Sunday march 31, leaving from Sedona. Other than that our itinerary is open, and we want to do the following things, if possible:

1. Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend
2. maybe see the south rim of the Grand Canyon
3. Easy trail bike ride in the sedona area (would need bike rental)
4. is there something called splippery rock falls in sedona?
5. is there anything else in sedona that’s a “must do”?

Would you help me plan an itinerary? Are there any tour tix that I need to purchase in advance?

Finally, are there any ” Must Do’s” in Scottsdale?

Thank you so so so much in advance for your advice. My friend said you were a tremendous help when she was planning her trip out west.

Fabien

October 29, 2018 at 1:26 AM

Hi there,
We (3 adults) are planning a trip to Northern AZ and will definitely drop by Page for a day or so. Does this itinerary make sense? I appreciate your opinion(s)!

Oct 31 – fly into PHX, rent vehicle and drive to Grand Canyon, then spend the night at South Rim
Nov 1 – drive around viewpoints along South Rim, then head to Desert View Watchtower, then onward to Horseshoe Bend and then Page
Nov 2 – Antelope Canyon and maybe Lake Powell, then drive to Monument Valley
Nov 3 – Monument Valley sightseeing, then drive up to Forrest Gump Point in UT, then drive back to central AZ / Sedona
Nov 4 – Sedona area sightseeing
Nov 5 – Drive back to PHX

I think the timetable makes sense on paper.

The other thing I’m hesitating over is whether to rent an RV + book at campsites with full hookups, or rent an SUV and do hotels/Airbnbs instead. Both have pros and cons and I’m wondering if anyone would like to share some thoughts if they have experience doing either in that region. Especially given the season. Weather forecast is looking good but I know it gets cold at night on the Colorado plateau. Thanks in advance!

kansha

October 25, 2018 at 12:59 AM

Hi Alley

Greetings !! Planning a 7 day trip in December 2018 and wanted to see what iterinary you suggest. I am open to start from Las Vegas or Phoenix. Since i am travellign in December end want to know what I should consider weather wise and will most of the parks and monuments be open.

Plannign to do Grand Canyon – Monument Valley – Sedona – Zion but will wait for your recommendation.

Thanks
Kansha

Nathan

October 24, 2018 at 3:12 AM

Do you think the one day itinerary is a possibility as written with the starting point in Las Vagas and still fit in Antelope Canyon, Lake Powell and Horseshoe bend? Google maps has the drive time from Las Vegas listed as just over 4 hours but I was wondering if the real drive time taking into account a break would be different?

Chris Hoiz

October 23, 2018 at 4:53 AM

Thank you for this wonderful resource. I am headed to Vegas/Utah/Arizona next week and had some general questions about tweaking our itinerary so that we can fit as much as possible. We only have 5.5 days to visit Zion National Park, Bryce Canyon, Grand Canyon North Rim, Antelope Canyon, and Horseshoe Bend. We plan to hike for a full 2 or 3 days at Zion so that really only leaves us 2.5 days to literally speed thru Bryce/Grand Canyon/Antelope/Horseshoe. Is this reasonable or are we way over our heads? Please advise.

Mini questions:
1. Bryce – Is there a way to speed thru this without hiking for hours, if all we want to see are the scenic areas with the hoodoos?
2. Grand Canyon – Same as above….. any where to speed thru this without hiking for hours? We just want to see amazing scenery and 1 to 2 hours max will suffice.
3. Antelope – 1 to 2 hours max with the tours….
4. Horseshoe Bend – 1 hour max self-guided….

Cassie Fitzgerald

October 23, 2018 at 2:23 AM

WOW! I’ve read through SO many comments and found so many great options on touring the area…. and that leaves me a little perplexed on how to plan a trip for 3 adults and 2 children (7 & 10) for this trip.

We are traveling from Ohio (bbbrrrrr) to Las Vegas on a late flight arriving Tuesday 11/20/18 around 10PM. Our hope is to travel in an RV (rented) from Vegas and see the Grand Canyon West, Antelope Canyon, Zion, Hoover Dam and back to Vegas by late Friday night. We can omit the Hoover Dam and take an afternoon trip there over the weekend as we are not flying out until late Monday night on 11/26 if needed. We planned on a few days in Vegas to see all the sites there.

Here’s what I think we can do:

1) Wednesday morning- early departure from Vegas to Grand Canyon West Rim and spend the day at the West Rim (estimated 2 hour drive from Vegas to the West Rim?)

2) Thursday- THANKSGIVING- Head to Antelope Canyon from the West Rim (5 hours?) and try and book an afternoon tour around 2:30. Would the upper canyon be a better option for the kids (they do like to hike)? Do you know if they are open on Thanksgiving? Stay in an RV park Thursday night near Antelope Canyon

3) Friday- depart Antelope Canyon and head to Zion Park – Zion to a (maybe) quick peak to the Hoover Dam and back to Vegas to stay until Monday afternoon.

Does this seem feasible or am I under estimating travel time? We thought an RV rental would help us stay closer to the canyons and we would not need to pack and unpack in a hotel to save time.

Is Antelope Upper open on Thanksgiving? It’s hard to find this information online.

Thanks for your help! We are so looking forward to this trip (pending all the details!)!

Alyssa

October 22, 2018 at 4:12 PM

Hi there! Thanks for this great post and your replies 🙂 I’m going to try my hand in December at getting a permit for April 2019. It will be my husband and I, so I’m planning to apply for 2 permits. I’m wondering though, as I think we’d like to book a tour guide…do they need a permit as well? Or are they able to piggy-back of ours? Thank you!!

Cindy

October 22, 2018 at 10:48 AM

Coming out to Las Vegas in early Dec. want to visit Antelope Canyon area. Any tips.? How many days should we plan for that area? Other places to explore?
Thanks

Irina

October 22, 2018 at 12:23 AM

Hi Alley,

Thank you very much for such a wonderful overview of the tours and I decided to ask your opinion about my future itinerary and timing. My husband and I are going to attend a wedding in Snowbird, UT on May 25, 2019 and after that to have a road trip to see national parks. It is my long time dream to do it and I can’t miss an opportunity to do it.
The trip I tried to put together for now look like this:
May 24 – arriving to Salt Lake City and wedding for the next day
May 26 – leaving for Moab.
May 27 – spend a day in Arches National Park
May 28 – leave Moab for Page and on a way there spend some time in Monument Valley National Park
May 29 -30 – stay in Page to see Anthelope canyon, Horseshoe Band, Lake, Vermillion Cliffs
May 31 – Bryce
June 1 – Zion
June 2 – North Rim Grand Canyon
June 3-4 Las Vegas, leaving to NY

I would appreciate your input on any portion of my route:
how would you suggest to plan time around Page? Should I see both Upper and Lower Anthelope canyon? When is the best time of the day to see Horseshoe Band?
Do you think it is enough 1 day for each Bryce, Zion and NRGC? Where would you suggest to stay while doing it?

Any comments, suggestions are greatly appreciated. I traveled a lot in Europe and South America, but never planned a trip on National Parks in US and for me it is so excited and kind of difficult:)

Best regards,
Irina

Rhonda

October 17, 2018 at 8:21 PM

Very informative site; I haven’t read through every single comment, so please forgive me if someone has already asked … planning an anniversary trip the end of November; our plan is to fly into Page from Las Vegas to minimize driving. Is there ground transportation such as Uber, to visit Antelope Canyon, or would we need to rent a car? How’s the weather this time of year? If we have a small amount of time (Arriving in Page 3 pm on November 27, and departing Page 1 pm November 29, so we basically have 1 1/2 days), what do you recommend for the must see/do? Thank you!

Laurie

October 17, 2018 at 2:13 PM

Hi Alli,

Thank you so much for this itinerary! We just got back from our trip from to the southwest last week and it was amazing. We followed your itinerary very closely and you did not disappoint! A favorite of my teenage sons was the ATV tour in Bryce Canyon and the Navajo guided tour in Monument Valley. Thanks again. I could not have put such a great trip together myself. Many thanks!

Laurie R

Yana

October 17, 2018 at 5:06 AM

Hi Alley, Ryan,

Thank you for providing a great informative website.

My Husband and I like to visit the Grand Canyon south Rim and Antelope/Horseshoe Bend on the 2nd week of November, before we fly to Los Angeles.

Our tentative itinerary:
– 11Nov: arrive late night from vegas, stay at Tusayan.
– 12Nov: a day tour to Grand Canyon (visit south rim and antelope/horseshoe bend)
– 13Nov: check out from Tusayan. and fly to Los Angeles.

Q1. Is it better to travel from Vegas or to stay near to Canyon?
Q2. Day tour to south rim and antelope/horseshoe bend doable?
Q2. Better with guided tour or on our own?
Q4. Any tour company that does both south and antelope tour?

Seeking your kind advise for the best recommended travel. Hear from you soon. Thanks!

Cheers,
Yana

JAIDEEP R VIJAYAKAR

October 16, 2018 at 10:28 PM

Hi, would you recommend driving from Las Vegas to Grand Canyon Village and then drive on to Page for an overnight stay there?

Alternately, if you stay near Grand Canyon Village then is it OK to drive early morning to get to Antelope Valley in the morning for their tours?

Regards
Jaideep

Kristi

October 15, 2018 at 1:30 AM

Alley-
This is a WONDERFUL itinerary and very helpful as I am currently planning our Arizona/Utah Spring Break 2019 Road Trip!! We are two families of 4 with kids 14, 12, 12 and 9 and we are first-timers. Our plan is to fly in and out of Las Vegas making a loop but could fly in or out of Phoenix if helps maximize our time and travels. Your itinerary is inspiring me to include Monument Valley when I did not think we could squeeze it in. If we arrive Las Vegas early Sat 3/23 and plan to fly home on 3/31 (either from LV or Phoenix) what would you recommend? We are not huge hikers but plan to get out and experience the wonder and beauty of the region – our must-do’s include Hoover Dam, Grand Canyon, Antelope Canyon and a float trip if we can squeeze it in. We want to experience Route 66 on this family road trip. Thanks in advance as I look forward to hearing your suggestions.
Kristi

Sarah

October 14, 2018 at 12:47 AM

Hi Alley!
I am planning a family Grand Canyon trip for April 2019. The lodging on the south rim is sparse and we are looking at airbnbs in Williams or Tusayan. Will we regret not staying in the park? We want to make the most of our time there!
Thanks!
Sarah

Praful Gupta

October 13, 2018 at 2:00 AM

Hi Alley/Ryan,

First of all, thank you so much for this post and answering all the questions and providing guidance.

We wanted to visit Grand Canyon South rim, Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend in a weekend. We plan to visit the area on Oct 19-21 2018, flying in and out of Phoenix. Our current plan is to arrive in Phx friday morning. Rent a car then drive to Kachina lodge. Stay there for a night. Explore the canyon, do a hike on Friday afternoon. Saturday we have a mule ride tour booked at noon. Should be done by 3 pm. Then we plan to drive to Page. stay overnight in Page. Tour Horseshoe Bend and Antelope Canyon on Sunday morning & afternoon. Leave from the area at 3 pm to arrive in Phoenix at 7 pm. We have a flight out at 8:30 pm.

Is the above plan doable?
If so, what times on Sunday would you recommend touring Antelope Canyon and horseshoe bend?
Should we only do lower or upper? given the time we have.
Also, can we do both upper and lower canyon and Bend in 5 hrs time? 9 am – 3 pm?

Would you recommend driving from South rim to Page late evening? Or should we leave south rim like around 3 – 4 pm to get to page at a decent hour?
Any hotels/b&bs you recommend in Page? or along the way?

Thank you very much for answering the questions.
Praful

Pamela

October 09, 2018 at 2:46 AM

Hi Alley,
There are so many tour companies to Upper Antelope Canyon. I read not so nice reviews about Antelope Canyon Navajo Tour. Which tour company would you recommend to go with?

maria

October 08, 2018 at 10:57 PM

Hello, iam traveling with my husband and my 10 months old baby to vegas next week.
I reaaally wanted to visit antelope canyon, but i made a mistake, i booked for the lower antelope in stead of the upper antelope.
Do you think is a good idea to take my baby there? if so, i have booked the 12:45 tour. do you think is a good time or i should take the 8.30 one?
i hope you understand my pooor english !

Pamela

October 06, 2018 at 6:52 AM

Hi Alley,

Would u recommend the boat tour from Wahreap Marina or Antelope Point Marina?
Other than antelope canyon and horseshoe bend, anything around Page which can be done in abt 1-2hrs?
For Upper Canyon tour, which tour company would u recommend going with?

Ashley

October 05, 2018 at 6:12 AM

Hi there, I’m looking to visit either lower or upper antelope canyon with horseshoe bend and lake powell / glen canyon dam however I am struggling to find a legit tour operator that is from las vegas. Some goes as cheap as $50 and some over to $250.

Would you recommend a tour operator from vegas that I can book with?

looking to visit on the 5th of November. thanks!

Carin

October 04, 2018 at 4:29 PM

Hello Ryan,

Can you let me know where and when I can book a tour of the upper antelope canyon on 24th April 2019?
When I do so now it says the tour is sold out but I can’t believe that.

Thanks for letting me know!

kapper

October 04, 2018 at 1:52 PM

Greetings Alley,

Most of my travels in the US and oversea have been self research (learning process is equally the fun!) and self guided tours for many years. Your guide and insights around Utah and Arizona are the most comprehensive and complete from the standpoint of travelers’ perspectives. My research for exploring canyons and parks now stop here. Thank you.

Three couples will follow the routes and itineraries per your articulation in 3rd week of September 2019. What top three “must do” tours or excursions would you recommend? What would be rough cost per couple for this itinerary (Las Vegas to Las Vegas) excluding rent car related expenses?

Very much looking forward to this trip next year!!!

Gabriela

October 04, 2018 at 1:25 PM

Hello!

We’re heading to the Antelopes either the 5th or 6th of November. Since there won’t be a beam of lights at this time, I am wondering if it’s worth it to go to the upper side, it will still be better?. Or the lower side will have the same effect?

thanks

Elaine

October 03, 2018 at 6:42 PM

Hello,
Are there any tour companies that offer tours of the upper and lower canyon in one day? Or is possible to do one tour and the other on my own? Thank you!

Usha Zacharia

October 01, 2018 at 7:40 PM

I have reservations for Upper Antelope, for 11:30 AM. What time slot would work to do Lower Antelope? I would have to drive from the parking lot in Page, to the Lower Antelope entrance.

Krystal

October 01, 2018 at 6:07 PM

I am planning to apply for next February for my husband, son and I. My son will only be 10 months old and have to be carried the whole time. Since he will not be walking, does he still need a permit? Just trying to figure out if I need to apply for 2 or 3 people.

Thanks for your help!

Sandi

October 01, 2018 at 10:08 AM

This trip sounds just what we are looking for.
We have been researching hotel, renting a car etc for late Sept or early Oct 2019. We would like to fly into Phoenix and finish the trip in Las Vegas. And do this same loop. We have also looked at bus tours for the same trip. We are 2 couples in mid 50s and mid 60s. I’m trying to decide between doing this on our own or doing a bus tour. Between all the hours driving, the cost of all the hotel which most are $200 or above and renting a comfortable car, it appears the bus trip might be cheaper and hassle free. Just wondering your thoughts
Thank you

Christy Ng

September 30, 2018 at 11:24 PM

Hello.
My family and my friend’s family are planning to go visit Antelope on spring break 2019, my question is can we do self tour? between Lower & Upper which one will you recommend ? there are 4 adults,3 boys 10/12.
Thank you so much

Joyce Wilson

September 29, 2018 at 2:32 AM

Just want to make sure I understand this, is the only way to see Antelope Canyon by guided tour or can we tour in our own vehicle?

Lisa Rubin

September 26, 2018 at 8:35 PM

Hi Ryan & Alley,

First I want to thank you for all the insight and recommendations you’ve provided on the board. It’s a bit daunting planning a trip to the parks, but with the help of this page, it’s making it easier for sure.

So myself and 3 others are planning a trip in mid-Nov (11/10 – 11/16). Our plan is to fly into LV on 11/10 and spend the night. On 11/11 we’ll head to Zion and stay in Springdale overnight. On 11/12 head out to Bryce and drive to Page to stay overnight. On 11/13 we’re planning for Horseshoe Bend, Antelope Canyon and possibly a boat tour of Lake Powell. From there we’ll either spend the night in Page again and then head to Sedona for the next 2.5 days or drive down to Sedona that same night.

Based on your experience, how does this itinerary sound? And do you think that by spending the full day in Page we’ll be able to do upper and lower antelope canyon, horseshoe bend and a boat tour?

Thank you in advance!
Lisa

tatyana

September 26, 2018 at 3:29 PM

Hi Ryan,

We are planning (2 people ) to be at Page AZ on November 24 2018 and would like to take a tour on November 25 (starting in the morning) include Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend from Page. Could you please let me know if you have a tour that day and how much is that tour.

Thanks, Tatyana.

Irene

September 24, 2018 at 3:56 AM

Alley, if I would like to drive from St George to Antelope Canyon, would the roads be doable during the first week of April in terms of the weather conditions? Thanks, Irene

Olivia

September 23, 2018 at 11:52 PM

Hi- We watched your video you posted on the lower canyon, gorgeous! We are wondering your advice- we will be bringing our 4 month old infant. My husband will carry her on his chest in a carrier similar to a backpack. Do you think we would be able to do this for the lower canyon? Thanks!

Becca

September 21, 2018 at 5:43 PM

Hi Ryan,

Hope this thread is still valid. Any recommendations would be great thanks. We are flying into Vegas for a week mid April 2019. No accommodation booked just yet hoping to plan a route first. The places we would most like to see are Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe bend, Monument Valley and Sedona. And obviously Grand Canyon, probably South Rim. Would you have any recommendations on which way to do things? Was thinking of driving to AZ as soon as we land then having 4 days there and fininshing off with 3 days in Vegas. Also wondering wether to do Upper or Lower Antelope or both.

Thank you

Akhila

September 21, 2018 at 3:50 PM

Hi,
Stumbled on your website when researching AZ. Great info!
We are in Sedona with our tween daughter during this Christmas break between Dec21-28. Need your advice on a couple of things.
1. Planning to do day trips to Grand Canyon & Antelope Canyon from Sedona. Is it doable?
2. We are reasonably fit but are not used to hikes. Can you recommend a good hike for beginners that will give us good photo ops too.
3. We are not comfortable driving at night in the area. That said, is there anywhere close to Sedona for stargazing?
4. Would you recommend any other place to visit during that time.

Thanks!
Akhila

Maria

September 21, 2018 at 10:34 AM

Hello ! I’m travelling from argentina with my boyfriend and 9months old baby . Our first stop is las vegas . We would really like to visit antelope canyon, horseshoe bend and grand canyon in two days. Do you think it s possible ?
And then , after visiting g canyon im not sure whats the best option, if driving to san diego or going back to las vegas and take a plane to san diego .
Thanks !!!

lee

September 21, 2018 at 5:59 AM

If I would like to join both the boat tour and the tour from Las Vegas by flight to Page, can I stay in Page for overnight after the finishing the day tour (Lower Antelope Canyon) and not back to Las Vegas with the tour group ? And join the boat tour on next day.

lee

September 21, 2018 at 5:35 AM

Why can’t find booking for lower antelope canyon ?

Uma Batta

September 19, 2018 at 6:47 PM

Hello Alley,

Thank you for all the devices you are providing.

Me, my wife n kid and coming to Vegas from nj for a four day trip. Reaching Tuesday night and starting back on Saturday evening. As per your comments, I see, grand canyon n antelope r must visit. We don’t want to do hiking and any big activities. Just want to go around and take some good photos. What and where would you suggest to go.

Donald MacGillivray

September 19, 2018 at 3:37 PM

Hello Alley
we are a family of 4, and all are able bodied.
If we choose lower canyon for a tour – will we miss out on anything by not going to the upper canyon?
We will only have time for 1 tour.

Donald

Miun

September 19, 2018 at 2:44 AM

Hi, Alley.
I’m so glad I found you article. It helps me so much to plan my family trip. I have a couple of questions.
I’m planning 7-day trip starting from Las Vegas( arriving at 11 am on 10/20 and leaving 12:30pm on 10/27).

Major places that I want to visit are Zion canyon, Bryce Canyon, Page, Monument Valley, Grand Canyon, Sedona and Hoover dam.

I’m not quite sure I have enough time to visit both Zion and Bryce Canyons. I have two kids who are 8-year-old daughter and 12-year-old son). I would love to walk one of easy trails either at Zion or Bryce canyons. I’m stuck at this point.
Do you have any suggestions?
Thank you so much!!

Bill Patberg

September 16, 2018 at 9:53 PM

Hello Alley –

What a great resource you are providing here! Thank you.

Our son, daughter-in-law and two grandchildren (ages 7and 4) live in Phoenix, and my wife and I spend the month of November there each year. (We rent our own house!) I have been intrigued by the Lake Powell area and particularly Antelope Canyon for some time, and I am thinking about maybe taking a long-weekend (Friday to Sunday?) trip up to Page for the 6 of us. Things I think I’d like to see include lower and upper antelope canyon, including a boat trip to the water side of the canyon; the Glen Canyon Dam and Bridge; Rainbow Bridge and Horseshoe Bend. What am I missing?

Could you — would you be willing to — recommend an itinerary (and tours) for 3 days (afternoon day 1, all day day 2 and morning day 3).

I hope that’s not asking too much, but I outdoors really appreciate it.

Thanks in advance.

Bill

Eugenia

September 15, 2018 at 5:57 PM

Hi Alley,

This has been the most helpful article. My friend and I are flying into Vegas on October 26. Spending a few days in Vegas and planning on renting a car on 10/28 and then driving through AZ/Utah on our way to a flight out of Phoenix on 11/4. This gives us approximately 7 days. We were hoping to hit Antelope Canyon, Grand Canyon, Monument Valley, Horseshoe Bend, Sedona (ATV ride), and any other awesome spots. Do you possibly have an itinerary laid out for this type of trip? Do you have any recommendations for photography tours at any/all these? Also, we wanted to do a helicopter tour of the grand canyon, so any recommendations for a good company would be really appreciated. Thanks so much for this really awesome website!

Alex

September 15, 2018 at 1:01 PM

Hi Ryan!

This page has been an excellent resource. I’m planning a trip to Page at the end of October. What’s the best place to be at sunset for an unforgettable view?

Thanks,
Alex

Renarda

September 15, 2018 at 9:00 AM

Is the office open on Sunday if your trying to get a walk in permit for Monday?

Catherine

September 15, 2018 at 2:55 AM

Hi,

If we only have time to visit the Lower OR the Upper Antelope Canyon, which one do you recommend most for the overall experience and breathtaking views? We are Canadians staying in Sedona for 10 days mid-October 2018 and only have one day to spend near Page. We were planing a guided tour of the Lower OR Upper Antelope Canyon in the morning, followed by a quick picnic lunch back at our car, a boat tour early afternoon on Lake Powell and the last stop would be at the Horseshoe Bend. Is this schedule reasonable? I am aware of the differences between the Lower and Upper Antelope Canyon (one has stairs, one is longer, etc.), that is not an issue. I just can’t seem to pick between the two as they both look amazing but maybe one of them has something special or unique to offer that I couldn’t quite find online? Thank you!

Michele

September 13, 2018 at 7:46 PM

Hi Alley!
I am loving this itinerary! I may tweak it a bit. We are coming in early May 2019 driving all the way from Illinois(Ya, I know, we’re crazy!) so we will have approximately 8/9 days to spend sightseeing before the long drive home! I’ve already booked 3 nights in Tusayan to be able to have a couple of days at the Grand Canyon. Now to just decide on the rest, but this has been most helpful! I am fascinated with the idea of a float trip and Antelope Canyon is a must. I’m thinking of eliminating Monument and concentrating on Zion and Bryce. What are your thought? Thanks!

Matt

September 11, 2018 at 5:02 AM

Hi Alley,

Thanks for the awesome post ! My wife and I are planning to travel to AZ for 2.5 days (3 days, 2 night), starting and ending in Phoenix.

We plan to stay in Page for both nights so the first day will be driving from
Phoenix for 1st day. We are definitely going to the Moenkopi Dinosaur Tracks and the Wupatki/Sunset Crater, maybe include the Antelope Canyon Boat Tour as well.

On second day we plan to go West to try our luck in the Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument Visitor center, on the way back visiting The Paria Rimrocks-Toadstools Trail. In the afternoon visit the lower antelope canyon and if time permit, drive to the famous Forrest Gump Point and go back to page.

Day 3 we will be going to horseshoe bend again for sunrise and tour canyon X before heading back to Phoenix for a night flight (or 1% going for The Wave if we won).

Do you think our plan is too aggressive? or a “better question” to ask is, if driving all the way to the Mexican Hat, Utah is worth it.

Thanks!
Matt

Alyse Tumelson

September 10, 2018 at 11:08 PM

Alley, I have poured through much of your information here and it has been very helpful. You seem to be the go-to for trip planning in Arizona/Utah! Amazingly, we won the lottery to hike The Wave this October (dream come true!), which prompted my research of the area. The more I read, the more things ended up on my “must do” list, and so I have planned a trip for next May. Below is my proposed itinerary. We plan to do a separate trip of Grand Canyon, Zion, and Bryce. I would be so grateful for any hints or advice before I make all the hotel reservations.

About us: We are mid-30’s, husband and wife pair, going without the kids. We enjoy active things (hiking, swimming, etc.) and photography. I enjoy art but shopping isn’t really my thing. We like wine 🙂

May 2019 Arizona Itinerary

May 21: Flight to Flagstaff. 5p.m. meeting with trip leaders.

May 22: Havasupai hike into canyon (4-day Wildland Trekking Backpacking Tour)

May 23-24: Havasupai day hiking

May 25: Havasupai hike out. Transport back to Flagstaff. End around 5 p.m.
Hotel stay in Flagstaff.
(***Find a wine bar or something funky to do at night to unwind after 4 days of grubby hiking…suggestions?)

May 26: Rent car and drive to Sedona (1 hour drive, still on MST)
Things to do on Sedona days: Slide Rock State Park, Chapel of Holy Cross, Oak Creek Canyon, Vortexes, get a massage somewhere
(Need to research Sedona more. Any suggestions are welcome!)

May 27-28: Sedona

May 29: Early check out and drive to Page (3-3.5 hours, still on MST)
Horseshoe Bend
Lake Powell & Rainbow Bridge Boat Tour: 12:30-7:00

May 30:
Morning photography tour of Upper Antelope Canyon (~2 hours in duration, company is on MST)
Afternoon Canyon X tour: 2 or 3pm? (~2 hours)
(Can these two be done in one day? We wanted the chance to experience the less crowded one as well.)
Sunset at Glen Canyon Dam Overlook if we are not too tired

May 31: Drive to Kanab (1.5 hours, LOSE an hour crossing over to Kanab, so leave 2.5 hours before tour starts)
Kanab 7-8hr tour of White Pocket
Drive back to Page and stay the night (Gain the hour back)

June 1: Early am check out and drive to Monument Valley (~2.5 hours)
Check in to The View Hotel and enjoy the scenery

June 2: Travel home
Drive back to Flagstaff (~4hours)
Fly out in the evening

Nikhil Banka

September 10, 2018 at 12:46 PM

Would the upper and lower Antelope Canyon tours be as crowded on Thanksgiving Day, November 22nd also. We do want to soak in the beauty but not at the cost of overly crowded areas where we are not able to enjoy the beauty. We are not very athletic and consider ourselves in decent shape. If Lower or Upper Antelope Canyon does not work out, we will look at Canyon X but we looked the not so strenuous hike of the Upper and think we can manage the ladders and climbs of the lower canyon.

Hammad

September 07, 2018 at 5:21 PM

Hi Alley,

First of all, please know that we love all of your posts – they are very detailed, amazingly-awesome and so helpful for people like us who do not know much about these parks. 🙂

Secondly, I would like to get your opinion/suggestion, if that is possible of course. We are planning to come to Grand Canyon during the 1st week of November and are thinking to cover either both Grand Canyon & Zion National Park/Bryce Canyon combo or Grand Canyon & Antelope Canyon.

As our group will have four adults & 2 kids (one 18-month toddler and one 5-year old), we are thinking to rent a house or a cottage. One option we are discussing is to stay somewhere close to Grand Canyon for the first night, and then check-out the next day. After covering Grand Canyon the first day, check-in to a different lodge/rental home for the remaining two nights. But we are very confused because we do not want to change lodges during our whole trip (specially with 2 small kids). Below is our current plan:

1. 7th November (Wednesday): Drive to Grand Canyon from Los Angeles
2. 8th November (Thursday): Cover Grand Canyon
3. 9th November (Friday): Either cover both Zion National Park & Bryce Canyon or just Antelope Canyon
4. 10th November (Saturday): Drive back to Los Angeles with few hours stay in Las Vegas

Please advise which of these do you think is a better option during November: Antelope Canyon or Zion National Park/Bryce Canyon combo. Grand Canyon is a must and we think one-whole day would be sufficient. But we want to make use of another day of stay there by covering the other parks there.

I will really appreciate your valuable advise and hope that will help us finalize our plan. 🙂

Best Regards!

Jane

September 07, 2018 at 2:48 AM

Hi from down under. just needing your guidance for our upcoming trip on November 28 to PAGE, Arizona. We will be coming from LA and it’s our first time to drive to Arizona. I know it will be a long drive. Can you please advise or suggest which way best to go where we can stop for a good spot for photo taking and rest and at the same time refill our gas. And also, do you think it’s possible to do an early morning Lower Antelope Canyon tour and then do the Boat Tour after, go around horseshoe bend and Glen Canyon Dam on our first day in Page which is November 29. We will be staying at a hotel close to Lake Powell. And then drive to Grand Canyon the next day Nov 30 to go around South Rim, Hoover Dam etc. By the way, which one is best to see in Grand Canyon, The South Rim or the North Rim?
Any suggestions on what else to do around Page as we will be staying from Nov 28-December 1. Then we are driving to Las Vegas on December 1.
Appreciate any suggestions and looking forward to hear back from you.
Thank you so much.

Chenuau

September 06, 2018 at 6:14 PM

Bonjour,

Nous avons fait une réservation le 15/05/2018 pour 4 personnes, d’un montant de 176.10 € au nom de CHENUAU Nathalie.

J’avais reçu un mail de confirmation mais ce dernier est introuvable sur ma boîte mail.

Nousa vions réservé pour le jeudi 13/09/2018 pour le créneau de 12h00 je crois.

Nous prenons l’avion demain, pouvez vous me renvoyer notre réservation ?

Je vous remercie par avance,

Cordialement.

Nathalie CHENUAU

Julie Coldwater

September 05, 2018 at 3:42 AM

Your site looks great!!! We are planning on flying into Vegas (staying overnight) next summer and then going straight to Grand Canyon South Rim (booked already). Then hitting these:
Page – 2 nights for Monument Valley and float tour at Glen Canyon
From Page to Bryce
From Bryce to Zion
Can you tell me where I should fit in Arches, Capitol Reef, Moab and Canyonlands and how long to spend at each of those? There is so much to do and I’m overwhelmed trying to get a great itinerary together!
Thank you so much!
Julie

Denise

August 28, 2018 at 4:43 PM

Ryan- I am planning on taking my husband for a 2-3 day weekend road trip (we live in Scottsdale) to Antelope canyon ( cannot believe we have not been!) and i want to book him a photography tour. He does photography but I do not. I was wondering if you have any suggestions for something for me to do while he is on that tour? I believe it is about a 2 hour deal. Just thought you might have a cool idea of something I can do to pass the time but not something that he would miss out on 🙂 Keep in mind I have had 3 back surgeries so I, unfortunately, cannot do anything too physical.
thanks.

Denise

Kristy

August 27, 2018 at 5:32 PM

Hi –

My husband and I have booked a 9 day/8 night trip to the Southwest flying into Las Vegas on September 25th. We are staying 1 night at Hoover Dam (hotel booked), nights 2-4 in Sedona (hotel booked), night 5 in Flagstaff (hotel booked) and still have nights 6 and 7 unbooked before arriving back in Las Vegas for the 8th night to fly home on the 9th day. Our original plan was to stay in Williams on the 6th night, after visiting the South Rim on day 6, thinking we would return to LV the same way we left. Now, I think we should change the Flagstaff reservation on night 5 to Williams, cancel Williams night 6, and travel east from the south rim to Cameron. Perhaps stay in Cameron on night 6, then drive to Page and visit Antelope Canyon and Lake Powell on night 7? Any suggestions would be appreciated. Thanks!

Kelly Day

August 26, 2018 at 12:30 PM

Hi Alley — we are arriving in Phoenix 8/27 late, driving to Sedona 8/28 am, and staying there 28th & 29th. Leaving morning 30th and heading up to Page. How can I print your article to carry with us? We fly out 9/7 from Phoenix and want to tour all these spots. Kelly

Grace

August 25, 2018 at 1:42 PM

Hello Alley,
Thank you so much for your wonderful site. It is very informative and helpful. I’d like you advise to finalize my trip intenary.
I’m going to have a photograph workshop in Zion Park and it will end on 11/01/18. I’m planing to extend my trip and here is the detail. I’m traveling solo and I guess no choice but rent a car.
– 11/1: heading to Bryce Canyon fm Springdale. Then drive to Page. Any recommendation for Lodging in Page?
11/2:Antelope Canyon- is there any photography tour?
Horseshoe Bend-both ground and helicopters tour if
available and possible.
11/3:Lake Powell & Rainbow Bridge Boat Tour.
11/4:heading to Grand Canyon South Rim. Any recommendations for attractions on the way and lodging in South Rim?
11/5: Grand Canyon South Rim
11/6:heading to LV airport. My flight is 4:30pm

Pls help to fine tune my intenary with your knowledge and expertise.
Thank you very much and your help is greatly appreciated

Grace

Destiny Hagest

August 23, 2018 at 1:37 AM

Hi there!

I am a blogger writing a round up about hidden natural wonders, and I would love to include Antelope Canyon in my article. May I have your permission to use a few of your photos and direct folks to your site? I know our readers will love this!

Warmly,

Destiny Hagest

lk

August 22, 2018 at 6:45 PM

hi. I love reading about all your advise for visiting the area! We are planning a trip for next April and trying to finalize some plans.
While we’re in Page the plan is to stay for two nights at the Lake Powell Resort. On day one we will book Lower Antelope Canyon. Which tour group do you recommend? Are there any differences between Kens or Dixie? Day two we will do the 1/2 day float trip and maybe watch sunset somewhere (recommendations needed) Third day maybe see the dam or horseshoe bend (afraid of heights so worried about this stop) before heading to Sedona
would love your advise on must do things with 2 adults 3 children ages 7, 12, 14)
also dining options
itineraries as follows:
Las Vegas(Venetian)- 1 night
Grand Canyon western ranch-1 night
El tovar-2 nights
Lake Powell Resort-2 nights
Sedona (Renting house)- 4 nights
Phoenix (Arizona grand hotel)- 1 night fly out
thanks!!

Sook

August 22, 2018 at 9:33 AM

Hello Alley,

Seems like you are an expert in the Grand Canyon regent. I would like to know more about a tour from Vegas to Antelope Canyon, and possible to Zion. Which tour do you recommend since I don’t drive.

In June this year, I visited Flag Staffs for 5 days, solely to joint a tour to Antelope Canyon (I really like it, except it was a bit rush by tour company). I was told that this is a closer distance compare to departing from Vegas to Antelope Canyon. What do you think? does it make any different in terms of distance which city’s tour will depart? There are many cheap flights to Vegas, and flights to Flagstaff are expensive and rare. When I was in Vegas in 2016, I couldn’t find any tour company which offer bus tour from Vegas to Antelope Canyon. If there are new tour company offering such tour, can you please write down the website & phone number? I am a solo traveler and I don’t drive long distance.

Thank you.
Sook

Faye

August 21, 2018 at 5:37 PM

Hi Alley,

Thank you so much for the insight you have in this post. You mention that the itinerary you listed is for peak tourist season, and I’d love some advice parsing out the bits good for a mid-November 2018 trip. I’m travelling with my adult family, 5 people total, and everyone is fairly active and unbothered by the cold–though my parents might opt out of the super long hikes.

I currently have two nights reserved for Page, AZ (with priorities on Horseshoe Bend, Lower Antelope Canyon, and Rainbow Bridge) but I’m wondering if there is enough to do at that time of year – specifically, can I do a rafting trip and see Antelope Canyon in 2 days, 1 night? If so, I would hope to book another night in Zion. I’m doing a similar trip as Gina, except in reverse (based on when I could get lodging in GCNP). My current itinerary is below.

Warm wishes, and thank you!
Faye

November 10 – arrive in Las Vegas in AM, drive to Zion National Park (2 nights, Desert Pearl Inn)

November 11 – Zion National Park

November 12 – Drive to Bryce Canyon (1 night, still need lodging)

November 13 – Drive to Page, AZ (2 nights, still need lodging)

November 14 – Activities near Page, AZ

November 15 – Drive to Grand Canyon (2 nights, Thunderbird Lodge)

Novmeber 16 – Grand Canyon

November 17 – Drive back to Las Vegas, redeye flight out

Fatima Varga

August 20, 2018 at 12:26 PM

Hi Alley,
We-my 14 years old son and I- are visiting Los Angeles, San Francisco, and some of the famous Southwestern National Parks this autumn.. I’ve read plenty of sites about how to manage a trip to the Canyons but your are the best for sure
I would like your recommendation on how I should plan my trip. We arrive to Las Vegas on 23th of October, and I want to fly from Las Vegas to San Francisco the 30th of October. We rent a car of course.
We hope to see Antelope Canyon Horseshoe Bend, Grand Canyon, and Zion or Bryce

Would really appreciate your work and time

Fatima & Balázs (Hungary)

Dan P

August 19, 2018 at 12:02 AM

Hi! Starting my planning for a trip next August. When would be the best time of day to visit Lower Antelope Canyon, as far as light on the walls go? Any time to absolutely avoid?

Christine Shelby

August 17, 2018 at 7:49 AM

Question. If you submit an application for the Wave. And you get picked. But you cant go. Can you give your ticket to another Person? Or is it then void if the original winner cant go?
Thank You

Karen

August 16, 2018 at 12:25 AM

Hi Alley and Ryan
I will be travelling from Australia and want to visit the Grand Canyon in December. We have set aside the 9th and 10th of December. We are planning to leave Vegas early on the 9th morning and drive to the Grand Canyon National Park which please correct me if I am wrong, is on the South Rim. Once there we would like to perhaps do a small hike or take a scenic flight. We plan to sleep overnight and then dive to Page the next day. After visiting the major sites in Page we then wanted to drive back to Vegas for the 10th night. We will be travelling with two teenage children 16 and 18 who are active and love adventure.
Some of the things that we hope to include are a scenic flight over the canyon- If possible we would love to land at the bottom and look up. We would also love to see the sun set and sun rise. In Page we would like to visit Antelope Canyon. Most likely the lower Canyon as I think it is a little more challenging and our kids would enjoy this aspect. In addition we also want to see Horseshoe Bend and perhaps take a kayak trip or boat ride on Lake Powel. I would dearly love to see the wave but not sure if we could pack all of this in to a two day trip to the Canyon/Page from Vegas.
Alley I really need your help and advice. What would you recommend? What scenic flight do you think we could possibly take and where? Are boat tours available in December or do they close??? Will we have enough time to drive back to Vegas from Page???

Maisha

August 15, 2018 at 1:07 PM

Hi!

My husband and I are flying out to Phoenix on Sept 2 and doing a road trip through the Grand Canyon. It felt like a daunting task to plan this trip out, but I think we have narrowed down where we want to go for the days we will be there. Your blog along with reddit helped us plan it out to the best of our abilities. However, based on this itinerary, we are not sure what activities to book. Our budget will allow us to do 2 max 3 activities. Could you help us decide?

Here is a short summary of our stay:

Sept 2: Fly in to Phoenix in the morning. Pick up our rental and drive to Sedona. Spend the night in Sedona.

Sept 3: Leave Early Morning from Sedona before sunrise, and drive to the South Rim. All day in the South Rim and spend the night in Grand Canyon Village.

Sept 4: Leave again before sunrise and Option A: Drive to Monument Valley, do the loop and see the Forest Gump Point and drive back to Page Spend the rest of the evening and night in Page. Option B: Drive along the East Rim to Page and see horseshoe Bend and maybe do an afternoon Antelope Canyon tour. We will spend the night in Page.

Sept 5: Do either a Kayak tour or boat cruise (Not sure which one yet) and do whatever we couldn’t do the previous day in Page. (I need help planning out these two days). Again spend the night in Page.

Sept 6: Leave early morning and drive to Bryce Canyon. Spend all day and night there.

Sept 7 & 8: Spend both these days hiking and sightseeing in Zion National Park.

Sept 9: Leave Zion and drive back to Sedona and spend the rest of the day there. Stay the night in Sedona.

Sept 10: Will spend all day in Sedona again, but drive to Phoenix in the overnight and spend the night.

Sept 11: Fly out to Toronto.

Now, based on the accommodations we booked, this is our itinerary. I need help planning out the 4th and 5th. So far this is what we have spent on. All prices in CAD:

Accommodation: $1000
Plane tickets: $700
Car Rental: $425
Park Pass: $104
Gas: ~$200
Food:
Activities:
Gratuities:
Total so far: $2429

We want to stay within $3500 but can stretch to $4000 if we absolutely have to. So based on these estimates, what activities can we do? I definitely want to do Antelope Canyon (~200 CAD) and a water activity in Lake Powell (Boat tour: $320, Kayak: $260 My husband and I have actually never did Kayaking before but we Canoe a lot). With our tight budget, what will you suggest?

Also do you think going to Monument Valley the morning of the 4th will be a good ide? I know it will be a lot of driving that day. Also we booked a sedan so no 4X4. Please help!!

Iris

August 15, 2018 at 2:28 AM

Hi!

Thank you for all the information.

I’m planning to go Phoenix for a conference end of September. I want to go Antelope Canyon. The problem is I don’t drive. And I can’t find your from Phoenix. My time is flexible for 2-3 days.

This Is what I found is from Phoenix airport to Flagstaff with greyhound.

Then join a tour from flagstaff. However it is short time in Antelope.
I saw more option on lower and upper Antelope Canyon and also Kayaking from Page.

I wonder any public transportation from flagstaff to page or any Car ride from flagstaff to page.

Thank you
Iris

Jenny

August 13, 2018 at 1:11 AM

When is the “low season” to increase the chance of getting a permit?
I’m sure that you can see 500 people in one day in July in front of visitor center but much less in other months… What month(s) has less visitors?

Pam Wool

August 12, 2018 at 7:31 PM

Hi!

Thank you for sharing so much information and for being such a resource.

My husband and I are taking a two week trip, starting October 7th from Las Vegas (first the North Rim for 2 nights / arriving Page on October 10th for 2 nights / Monument Valley, 1 night / Torrey, 2 nights / Bryce, 1-2 nights and Zion – 3-4 nights.

While we are in Page, we will do the Canyon X photo tour on October 10th and a boat trip on October 11th (or visa versa).

I have three questions:
Any thoughts about doing the 10:30 am vs 1:00 pm photo tour, in terms of the light?
Is mid October too cool for the boat tour? Which do you recommend?

Thank you so much!

Pam Wool

August 12, 2018 at 7:20 PM

Thanks for sharing so much wonderful information.

We are visiting Canyon X in Page this October and I am wondering whether you have a recommendation whether the light would be better on a 10:30 or 1pm photo tour? Each tour lasts 2-3 hours.

Thanks!

Anita S

August 12, 2018 at 3:12 PM

Hello, my family is coming to Vegas in late August. Planning to stay 2 nights in Vegas before driving to Antelope (overnight), then Grand Canyon (overnight) and then another 2 nights in Vegas. After reading your post, Zion National Park sounds like a good place to stop over. But will it be too rush (as I have reserved a 10am tour in Antelope already) and will we will be seeing similar things — different shapes of rocks or canyon? Also, head of Route 66, is it worth to take that route on way back from Grand Canyon.
Just a note, already booked all hotels and no changes allowed.
Thank you very much for your help.

AS

Gina Bostic

August 11, 2018 at 12:43 AM

Hi Alley!

I am so excited to have found your website. We are planning our travels to AZ and UT for next summer (early June) and have started to build a framework, but wanted to get your insights. I know in order to stay inside the parks early reservations are key. I was able to secure reservations in all three parks! I did have a few questions though… here is our itinerary so far.

Day 1: Arrive in Vegas

Day 2: Leave for the Grand Canyon (reservations at Thunderbird Lodge)

Day 3: Grand Canyon

Day 4: Leave for Page/Lake Powell (what hotel do you recommend?)

Day 5: Page/Lake Powell

Day 6: Leave for Zion (reservations at Zion Lodge)

Day 7: Zion

Day 8: Leave for Bryce (reservations Bryce Cannon Lodge)

Day 9: Head back to Vegas

Questions:
I had read that one night was plenty for Bryce, but now read in your blog that one night might be more than enough for the Grand Canyon? We just didn’t want to feel rushed, but should we add that day somewhere else?

Is the Mule Ride at the GC a must? What are other musts there?

I read about your musts for the Page/Lake Powell area! That is so incredibly helpful. Does it matter where you stay? On the lake? We are more interested in the canyons around there, versus lake amenities… should we stay in Page then? Without having been there, it is just so hard to know!

Any other feedback on our itinerary?

I can’t tell you enough how much I appreciate your insights. With these kind of trips, you want to soak up all that the area has to offer, without missing any must sees. 🙂

Have a great weekend!
Gina

Karen

August 10, 2018 at 9:45 PM

Hi Alley.
I love the work that you and your team do so insightful and helpful to all of your readers.

This is the third time that I am leaving a message I hope I am sending it correctly as I have not had a response from you yet!

I will be travelling from Australia and want to visit the Grand Canyon in December 2018. We have set aside the 9th and 10th of December. We are planning to leave Vegas early on the 9th morning and drive to the Grand Canyon National Park which please correct me if I am wrong, is on the South Rim. Once there we would like to perhaps do a small hike or take a scenic flight. We plan to sleep overnight and then dive to Page the next day. After visiting the major sites in Page we then wanted to drive back to Vegas for the 10th night. We will be travelling with two teenage children 16 and 18 who are active and love adventure.
Some of the things that we hope to include are a scenic flight over the canyon- If possible we would love to land at the bottom and look up. We would also love to see the sun set and sun rise. In Page we would like to visit Antelope Canyon. Most likely the lower Canyon as I think it is a little more challenging and our kids would enjoy this aspect. In addition we also want to see Horseshoe Bend and perhaps take a kayak trip or boat ride on Lake Powel. I would dearly love to see the wave but not sure if we could pack all of this in to a two day trip to the Canyon/Page from Vegas.
Alley I really need your help and advice. What would you recommend? What scenic flight do you think we could possibly take and where? Are boat tours available in December or do they close??? Will we have enough time to drive back to Vegas from Page???

Tania

August 10, 2018 at 7:06 PM

Hi Alley! Thanks for your guidance it is very helpful!

We are actually planning a trip and will appreciate your advice a lot!

The plan is:

Day 1. Traveling from Redwood city to Las Vegas ( 10-11h drive)
Overnight in Las Vegas.

Day 2. Recovery day at Las Vegas, overnight.

Day 3. Las Vegas – Tusayan – Grand Canyon Village South ( 5-6h drive) Overnight in Grand Canyon.

Day 4. Sunrise in Grand Canyon, sightseeing, overnight.

Day 5. Grand Canyon – Monument Valley (4-5h drive). Monument Valley sightseeing, Forrest Gump Point, overnight.

Day 6. Monument Valley – Page (3-4h drive) – Low Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Band
Overnight in Page.

Day 7. Page, the Wave onsite lottery, Lake Powell/ Alstrom Point/
White Pocket/

Day 8. Page, the Wave onsite lottery, (the Wave in case of winning), or Page – Zion (2-3h drive)

Day 9. Zion sightseeing and overnight

Day 10. Zion -Las Vegas (3-4h drive). Flight or overnight.

Would you recommend us to modify or switch anything, considering the fact that we can permit ourselves to stay an extra day somewhere? Are there some other “must see” spots?

Speaking about Zion what would you recommend to do there if we cannot do a lot of hiking?

Are there substitute options for the Wave or Antelope Canyon that have similar(around $40) price or are free of charge at all?

Thank you so much in advance!

Tania

Sean

August 04, 2018 at 6:18 PM

Hi Alley,
Wonderful itinerary with great detail. Thank you.
What are your thoughts on visiting in December, specifically the week of Christmas (Dec 23-29)?
Thanks!

Robert

August 04, 2018 at 9:59 AM

Travelling to Page in May 2019. How far in advance can I book upper Antelope Canyon. I already have my accommodation organized, but am unable to book a tour. Can you help?

Janice Gillespie

August 02, 2018 at 10:32 AM

I am doing a 3 week trip (Hotels all booked) In November and part of this will be in Utah/Arizona for 8 days and I was just looking for some advice on any bits you are familiar with in my itinerary. I will put below my where I am staying and what I have planned and I would appreciate your advice. I’m not 100% sure about driving times and what there is to see and do enroute and also about sunset and sunrise times and time differences and are any of the roads ok to drive after dark or do I need to ensure we are off them all.
Mon 5th Nov Leave Baker and visit death valley before arriving in Vegas for night
Tues 6th Nov Leave Vegas and go to valley of fire and then head to Springdale for 3 nights
Wed 7th Nov Zion National Park
Thurs 8th Nov Zion National Park
Fri 9th Leave Springdale and head to Bryce for a few hours before heading onto Capitol Reef and then onto Moab for the 2 nights.
Thinking this might be a bit much so wondering if I should drop doing valley of fire and head straight to Zion N.P and then do day trip to Bryce on Thurs 8th from Springdale leaving Friday 9th to do Capitol reef on the way to Moab.
Sat 10th Thinking of doing either day trip to arches/canyonlands or half trip to one and explore the other one ourselves.
Sun 11th Travel to Monument Valley via Mexican Hat/Four corners. Is there anything else we need to stop at on way down? Was thinking on booking latest 1.5he trip at monument valley. (or do I not need to book at this time of year) Stay overnight in Kayenta.
Mon 12th Travel to Page for Overnight. Plan on doing Lower Antelope Canyon tour and Horseshoe bend. Not sure what time to book canyon tour for. Thinking it will take me about 1.5/2hours to get to Page from here, and was planning on doing horseshoe bend afterwards. Guessing that will be about as much as I will have time for.
Tues 13th Head to South Rim for Overnight. Any bits worth a visit enroute.
Want to visit desert view tower as it was closed last time we were there so we will do that on way in.
Wed 14th Leave Grand canyon and possibly visit Williams before heading to Sedona via oak creek for the night.
After that we are off to Palm Springs, San Diego and back to LA for our flight home. All places we have been before.

Alex

August 02, 2018 at 2:03 AM

Hi,

My husband and I (in our 20s) will be traveling to Sedona in November. We will visit for 5 days (4 nights). We would like to visit the Grand Canyon and Antelope Canyon on the same day. Is this doable and or recommended? Any suggestions for what is possible in 5 days would be greatly appreciated. We are up for trying anything.

Thank you for your help!

Cathy Slusser

August 02, 2018 at 12:20 AM

We are planning a trip to the canyon in 2020. When should we make reservations? The on line reservation forms say that tours are not available.

Jan

August 01, 2018 at 6:47 PM

I am coming to Page as part of a road trip and was looking for some advice.

We will be leaving Monument Valley on the morning of 12th November and heading to Page for an Overnight stay before moving onto Grand Canyon for another overnight stay and then Sedona.
Do we visit horseshoe bend before or after antelope Canyon and do we book a lower or upper tour. How long should we allow for drive from MV to Page.
Is there any other must sees in Page.

Mariam

August 01, 2018 at 6:26 PM

Hey Alley! First I wanted to thank you for all the help and information you have been giving, we really do appreciate it! I have been reading from all these posts about the itineraries but wanted to see if you could help break things down for us as well . My husband and I are visiting for the first time and although we may not have a huge chunk of days on our hand, we still wanted to squeeze in as much as we can. We fly into Vegas on Sept 15 Saturday night and leave Wed morning. We wanted to have at least one whole day to spend on the vegas strip and the rest of the days can be touring.

Originally we werent thinking of renting a car but I think it would be easier to drive ourselves instead of taking a whole bus tour to visit everything? (save money and have freedom to stop/go as we please). This is what I was thinking to do :

-Sat night: fly into vegas and spend night

-Day 1 (Sunday morning) : drive from Vegas to Grand canyon – see hoover dam on the way?
—Stay the night at Grand canyon south rim, maybe Grand canyon plaza hotel

-Day 2 (Monday morning) : drive from Grand canyon to Page, AZ – see horseshoe bend, lake powell and lower Antelope Canyon (will book tour)
—Stay the night in Page, AZ

-Day 3 (Tuesday morning): drive from page AZ to Vegas

Do you think there are other attractions that we can squeeze in on those 2 days? like the glen canyon dam?

Thanks so much once again!!!

Donna

July 31, 2018 at 12:11 PM

Hi Ally,
I am trying to plan a trip to Antelope canyon for 4 young retirees! One wants April and another wants May. Which would be best?
Thx. Love this website-very informative

Emily

July 30, 2018 at 4:53 PM

Hi! I had some last minute time off and I’m looking to come to Arizona the week of 8/19. I don’t really have any plans yet. I will be traveling alone. I am 23, from CT, and moderately fit.

After reading a lot of these posts, I was thinking about flying into Page and doing a lower tour of antelope canyon. Does it matter what time of day I go? A lot of times are booked already.

After, I was thinking of renting a car to do the south part of the Grand Canyon. I have about 5 days to travel in that window. Do you have any hotel recommendations or other site seeing opportunities?

Thank you!!

Jami

July 30, 2018 at 2:42 PM

Hi Ryan,

I have a visit planned to Page for August 22nd – 24th. Our thoughts were to head to the Wave for the lottery in the early morning (7am) on the 23rd and then head over to Antelope Canyon to spend the rest of the day – with a tour in mind. With the lottery for the Wave being called at about 9am and the ride over ( The Wave – Antelope Canyon, 50 Miles), I’m thinking it would be safe to say our arrival time to Antelope Canyon would be about 11:30am?!?

There are only two of us and I’m having troubles deciding on which tour to book. I don’t really understanding the real difference or which tour would be best suited for us (both youngish + adventurous + good quality camera). Do you have any suggestions or help with the break down of the upper and lower canyon differences? If everything is booked until 2-3pm would your suggestion still be the same? Is it worth trying to do both the upper and lower?

I finding there to be very few time slots for the tours so, I’m trying my best to understand all options and how I can get the best experience this late in the planning game.

Your help is much appreciated.

Jivin

July 30, 2018 at 12:58 PM

Hi, I’m planning to drive from Las Vegas, with a kid 11 years old on first week of Dec (2/3 Dec).

Shall I go for Grand Canyon first before staying at Page then go for Antelope Canyon? Or the other way?

Is it tough to do the walk for lower Antelope and Horseshoe Bend for 11 year old kid?

Shall I head back to LV for another night before heading to LA?

Shall i do upper or lower antelope during that period?

What’s the temperature like during that period?

Much appreciated. Thanks

Esther

July 30, 2018 at 4:18 AM

Hello Ryan. We are travelling from Australia to spend just over two weeks driving from Phoenix to Seattle via Grand Canyon and Yellowstone NP between 27th August and 11th September. Our accomodation is booked but I’m hoping you can help with our stay in Lake Powell. We will be travelling from Grand Canyon via Monument Valley (O/N to catch the sunset)…arriving Thursday 30th August around Lunch time at Lake Powell Resort. We depart for Zion NP on Saturday 1st Sept. We would like to do Lower Antelope Canyon and a boat trip and whatever else may be recommended. Just not sure how to organise this and what we can actually fit in to two half days and one full day. Thanks for any suggestion….have enjoyed reading all the comments and your replies.

Stephanie

July 29, 2018 at 7:21 PM

Hi! Thank you for all this information. I’m planning a trip to Phoenix around October 6-13 and thought it would be nice to see Antelope Canyon. I don’t have a lot of plans made so my schedule is pretty wide open for the week I’m there. Do you think I need to drive to Page the day before and spend the night or could this be a day trip there and back? Also is there a day of the week that’s a little less crowded than other days? I see that a lot of the early morning and late afternoon tour times are already booked up but is there a time that’s better than others to go? Thanks for your help!

Julie Diven

July 29, 2018 at 3:14 PM

Hi – my family (5 adults) are driving from Michigan to California. We are stopping at the Grand Canyon for 2 nights. I have reservations at Bright Angel. The day we drive to the Grand Canyon we are starting from Grand Junction, CO on August 7th. Do you think we would be able to get a tour for Antelope Canyon before we continue on to Bright Angel or is that going to be too much. Also what tour would you recommend? We wanted to do both upper and lower but think that is too much? The next day at the Grand Canyon what tour(s) would you recommend since we have such a short time? Overwhelmed by all the tours.

Paul

July 28, 2018 at 12:51 PM

Hi.

I would like to ask a fellow photographers how it is with selling occasional prints or stock photo of Antelope Canyon. Does a person need the same permit as for example wedding photo shoot / images for advertisement purposes ?

Linda

July 26, 2018 at 12:18 PM

My husband and I are trying to plan a trip to Antelope and Zion our time frame is short we were thinking of flying into Phoneix AZ on Sept 7th (evening) and flying out of Phoenix Or the closet airport on Sept 11th. What would be our best plan of action.

Eszter Torok

July 24, 2018 at 9:23 AM

Dear Alley,

You have a great site, and it awsome how you reply to all the comments!

I would also like to ask for some help regarding the planning of our trip with my fiancé to Grand Canyon and area :).

We will have 2 days (coming from Las Vegas early morning by car), sleeping in Flagstaff between the two days. We will have the car for the whole 2 days (very end of August)

What we would like to see:

– North Rim
– Antelope Canyon
– Lake Powell
– Monument Valley
– Somewhere where we could swim a little bit (maybe Lake Powell?)

– Any other idea/program would be highly appriciated. 🙂

We are reasonably fit, although heat can be a concern for me.

What do you think would be the best way to explore this area?

Thank you so much!!!
Best Regards,
Eszter from Hungary

Ravi

July 23, 2018 at 1:45 AM

Hi,

I plan on visiting Arizona in December with my wife and parents for 3 days. This is our first time in Arizona so we really want to see the Grand Canyon and Antelope Canyon. What else would you recommend that we can fit in our time frame? Also, we can’t really do anything that involves extensive hiking because of my parents. We are flying in and out of Phoenix.

Thanks
Ravi

Phuong

July 22, 2018 at 4:57 AM

Hi,
My friend and I are flying into Phoenix for a conference and we only have a full day off on the arrival day end of Sept. we won’t get in until 10 or 1030, and picking up a rental car prolly take another hr or more. We really wanted to see Horseshoe Bend and Antelope. Do you think it is possible to do all that on the same day? I know we are really pushing it, but hoping with some great advice and itinerary from expertise like you would help us make it possible. Anything would help. Thank you in advance.

Ali

July 21, 2018 at 11:51 PM

Hi Alley,

Thanks so much for this information. My question is about Cardiac Canyon. From your list I’m very interested in this for my family (15 and 12 year old boys). This sounds like a great way to combine the scenery with an active adventure. But I do notice that the tour is 4-6 hours, significantly longer than many of the other tours. What are your thoughts on spending this amount of time to visit one slot canyon. Do you know if the length of time for this tour is more about the ride out and back or about the physical nature of the climb? We love to combine a good workout with our sightseeing as long as its worth the extra effort. What do you think? It is truly unique?

Thanks,
Ali

Barbara L Leparulo

July 19, 2018 at 6:05 PM

Hi, my girlfriend and I will be staying at the Lake Powell Resorts and Marina from Saturday, Oct. 20 through Tuesday Oct. 23. ( we are taking the red eye back from Sky Harbor). We booked a reservation at the “Into the Grand” for 7:15 pm. We are hoping that is a good reservation time since we will be driving from Phoenix on Saturday. Let me know if that plan makes sense. For Sunday and Monday and maybe something on Tuesday we are unclear and overwhelmed of how to best organize our time. Ideally we would prefer private tours. We have done lots of research but don’t know how to proceed. We don’t know which companies we should follow up with either. We know we want to hike Antelope Canyon and do a Regular Boat tour of Lake Powell. We are also interested in a Float Trip and UTV experience. We also want to visit Horseshoe Bend (at least the overlook view). What is your best advice to make all of this happen? I would be interested in speaking with you directly if that is possible too. Also, what is the taxi and uber system like in the area?

Daniel C

July 17, 2018 at 11:28 PM

Hi,

We’re getting up to Page late on a Monday night in September and are considering doing two slot canyon tours the next day. Do you think it is feasible to do an Antelope X tour in the morning and a Cathedral Canyon tour in the afternoon? Would we have to drive in between or are they walking distance from each other and what do you think about this approach?

We would plan to do a Kayak tour the next morning and see Horseshoe bend in the afternoon.

Thanks so much!
Danny

Julie Howard

July 16, 2018 at 12:26 PM

I have a question. My sister and I are planning to do the Glen Canyon half-day float trip in the morning, so it ends around 11:30. We want to tour Upper Antelope Canyon, also. There is a 3:00 tour for that. I’m not sure how far apart the two are. Would we have time to finish the boat tour, grab a bite to eat and make the Upper Canyon tour at 3:00?

Mark Citsay

July 15, 2018 at 3:36 AM

Self-driving sounds a lot more fun and you are definitely right that it offers more flexibility. Who wouldn’t a fun road trip with a couple of good friends right? Although we do have to be cautious just like you mentioned especially when driving at night, but there’s always a challenge to everything! So, that’s gonna make the trip much more exciting. Antelope Canyon sounds like a great place to visit after all.

Sue

July 13, 2018 at 8:57 PM

Hello Alley,

The information you are sharing is certainly valuable considering time changes, multiple canyon choices, and photography timing. Like most, I have to make a choice of which slot canyon to photograph because of time constraints. We will be heading to Page from the north rim the morning of Sept 18. I actually cancelled a tour in Antelope Canyon due to all the negative info I was reading about crowds. I am looking at either Canyon X Photography tour or Horseshoe Bend Canyon tour. I am a photographer and would just like a little help in picking. Thanks so very much for your input.
Sue

Christina Nguyen

July 13, 2018 at 1:58 PM

Hey Ryan! My boyfriend and I are planning to head to antelope canyon around labor day weekend. We are unsure to tour the upper or lower antelope canyon. I’ve done my own research and still can’t decide. It is both of our first time there. What would you recommend for first timers? What time should we do the tour that you recommend?

Denine

July 13, 2018 at 10:07 AM

Hello Ryan, this page was very helpful. My mother and I will be visiting Vegas first week in August. We arrive in Vegas on August 5th plan to drive to the South Rim early Tuesday morning and then drive t Page AZ. We plan to book a tour for Wednesday to see Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend. After the tour drive to Sedona spend all day Thursday before driving back to Vegas on Friday for our late night flight back to Philly.

What do you think?

Norma S Buhrman

July 12, 2018 at 9:47 PM

Thanks for all the great info. I live in Glendale and am planning a trip to Page for this December. Will it be too cold to go to Antelope Canyon and/or take a boat ride? How soon should I make reservations? And it is possible to take the Upper and Lower tours in the same day and hit the best time for photographs at a least one of the areas?

Thanks in advance for any help.

PS Your site is great!

Noel

July 12, 2018 at 6:53 PM

Nice video on lower Antelope canyon walk & gave us a good idea of the walk, but I noticed you’re not offering this tour , and only Upper ? Is there a video also of the Upper Canyon that you offer ? Thanks

Justin Bowen

July 10, 2018 at 7:08 PM

I’d like to throw my two cents in from someone who hiked to The Wave last week (yes, it was hot).

Choose your hiking partner(s) wisely.

I traveled with my family to Utah for six days between this week and last to do some hiking. The Wave was not part of the itinerary, but I figured that since we were in town it couldn’t hurt too much to apply in-person. If we won we would then have an awesome opportunity to see a one-of-a-kind phenomenon; if we lost, then we’d just be late in getting to our destination (Zion). Imagine my surprise, then, when I learned that we’d won (I actually forgot my number so I had to go up and look after the drawing was over).

Fast forward to the trip, the whole day didn’t start out great. The other half isn’t a morning person. So getting her and the kid up at 4:00 AM (after having had less than 6 hours of sleep because they refused to listen to me about the need for sleep) to get ready for the trip and to drive to the trailhead proved to be almost too much; had I known where the keys were I literally would have left them and went alone. The road, as has already been mentioned, is rough. So driving over the bumpy road with a grumpy person next to me made the morning even worse.

Once there, things were literally no better. I tried to convince her that she needed long sleeves and pants. Nothing I said mattered.

“Why would I wear long sleeves and pants in the desert?”

She put on her shorts and a sleeveless shirt and donned her pack – which did NOT have the gallon of water in it that the ranger recommended (I wasn’t going to make my 11-year old – whose pack only carried 1.5L – carry a full gallon of water, so I attached eight extra 1.5L hydration packs onto my bag – which already contained 3L of water and snacks – so that we wouldn’t run out of water).

On the actual trail, things only got worse. She complained about the uphill slogging through the sand. She complained about the heat. She wanted to go off-trail to find a shorter route to the place that she’d never been to before…in the desert. And then there were the variations on “How much longer?” and “I’m not going any further!” whines from her (my 11-year old was actually perfectly fine for almost the whole trip). Once there, her reaction was essentially “This is it?”.

The outbound was no better than the inbound. More whining. More wanting to take “short cuts”. More complaints about the heat. More comments about not going any further. Suffice it to say, we’re never hiking together again.

Now, you might ask: why would you bring someone on a hike who didn’t like to hike? Well, the answer is this: I didn’t know that she was going to be like this. Based on previous hikes, I actually figured that this would actually be a step down. A couple years prior, we actually hiked into Bryce Canyon FROM Tropic. We took a back road to the outskirts of Bryce Canyon, hiked all the way to Sunset Point, refilled, and hiked back to our car (round trip: over 13 miles – in August). We’ve climbed mountains in Yellowstone, did the Angels Landing trail in Zion, hiked and snorkeled in the Galapagos, and have done so much more that led me to believe that she could easily handle this. I was totally taken aback by her reaction to the hike.

So my lesson that I want to impart to you is, again, to choose your hiking partner(s) wisely. If you are not absolutely 100% confident that your hiking partner(s) will be as excited as you are about the trip, find a different partner. Given that you have a small chance of winning the lottery once, don’t let someone else ruin what might be a once-in-a-lifetime trip for you.

Melissa W

July 09, 2018 at 9:21 PM

We have a 9:30-11:00 tour planned for Upper Antelope canyon. We’d like to do the half-day float of Glen Canyon but would need to check in by 12pm for the 1pm rafting trip. Can we realistically arrive in time for the boat trip? i don’t want to book it if the timeline doesn’t work.

Diedre Morris

July 08, 2018 at 2:24 PM

We are visiting the Grand Canyon in October. I’m finding all the tour company options for Antelope Canyon confusing. Do they all do the same area. For instance I was booking through Navajo tours but reviews are awful where as Antelope slot canyon has great reviews.This may be a once in a lifetime trip so want the best.

Greta

July 07, 2018 at 3:20 AM

Hello! I love this itinerary! I wonder if you could guess a ballpark cost range for this week’s intinerary for a low-maintenance family of five in budget-friendly hotels. I have one year to save for our trip. Would this itinerary be doable in an RV instead of hotels?

Tatiana

July 03, 2018 at 8:24 PM

Hi Alley,

We are planning to travel for 4 days from Aug 31 to Sep 3 and want to start in Las Vegas going to Zion-Bryce-Antelope-Page and back to Las Vegas . We are thinking to spend Aug 31 in Zion, Sep 1- in Bryce, Sep 2- in Antelope and Horseshoe bend and drive back to Vegas on Sep 3 . Our Google map gives us I-15, US- 89 and AZ-389 to get there so could you advise if another route from Horseshoe to Vegas can be taken . Is anything else we can see on our way back.

Thank you very much,

Tatiana

Danette

July 03, 2018 at 7:13 PM

Is canyon x the friendlier option for families as an alternative?

Alyssa

July 03, 2018 at 3:13 AM

Hi! I’m visiting Lower Antelope Canyon at the end of July. There are only two time slots 6:15am or 3:30pm (I guess I’m booking late). Which time do you recommend for the best lighting and/or less crowds?

Also, when is the best time to view Horseshoe Bend based on lighting? I wish I was a good photographer and I love taking pictures so lighting is a huge factor for me.

Any thoughts would be appreciated! Thank you!

Ben

July 03, 2018 at 12:49 AM

Hi Alley, we are planning a driving trip starting from LV in mid September and finish at Los Angeles in 7-8 days. We like to cover Grand Canyon (N and/or S Rim), Antelope Canyon plus something along the way, in no particular order. Would appreciate your input.

Sandi

July 01, 2018 at 7:28 PM

Hi, I just found your page a couple pf hours ago and have been working on a plan but it is overwhelming to me still. 1. What is the best time of year to go when its not terrible hot? 2. Is Sedona more popular than Las Vegas? 3. If you had to pick 4-5 things to do and stay a little longer in a couple of places what would you do? I realize its a lot of driving ust worried about spending so much time in the car.

Tami Fagan

June 29, 2018 at 12:18 PM

Do they only allow 20 permits per day or 20 people on the trail per day? If I am hiking with two friends, do we all need a permit or does just one of us need a permit? If one wins a permit and the other two don’t, do they have to sideline?

Carla Werning

June 28, 2018 at 3:10 PM

Hello – this page is SO awesome. Can you please give me some advice. We are headed your way on Friday via Iowa through South Dakota. Then we have from July 6-13 in the area. Below is my time near the North Rim and the Antelope Canyon. Could you possibly shed some light on what may be the best options for my family since we have not booked anything in advance for this portion of our trip. We are driving and we have my husband and myself in our 40’s and two teenage girls 13 and 16. All of us are active and I would say love moderate hikes and are very good on water. My youngest does not love to kayak, but we could probably convince her. It seems the lower and upper Antelope canyon trips may all be filled per what I am reading, but I heard this is a must not miss. We are wondering about what else may be just as lovely and maybe not as crowded. Or if you can shed any light on some places to stay (we have a tent with us, but can also book a hotel). Below is our itinerary. If it makes more sense to do these in reverse order that is okay too. Any advice on North Rim and Page would be appreciated.

July 10th: Leave early morning from St. George and head to North Rim of Grand Canyon spend the day here (what to do) and then head up to Page AZ/Lake Powell for nice dinner check out the town.
Things to do at North Rim:
Take Shuttle
North Kiabab Trail??
Hikes

Things to do near Page area:
Antelope Canyon
Wallweep Marina
Glen Canyon Dam
Lake Powell Lake Tour Boat Ride?
July 11th: Leave Page later in the day and head to Moab via Monument Valley and Mexican Hat route (5 hour drive) explore part of the day in Moab (biking?) or one of the parks.

Ed

June 27, 2018 at 3:55 PM

Hey, thanks so much for the great information in your articles – most helpful!

The 4 of us will be touring the area around the 10th of November and are trying to plan for Antelope canyon and the surrounding areas – can you tell me how long (time wise) is the Lower Canyon Tour? The morning tour at 9am would fit our schedule best, but would the canyon be still too dark then? Any insights would be appreciated!

Also, we would love to do the water activities, but seems like that the couple of weeks around Nov 10th are the “dead” weeks where nothing happens – are there really no tours we could go onto for Lake Powell?

Thanks so much!

Tita

June 27, 2018 at 7:03 AM

How’s the weather in the month of july? We are planning to visit next month. How much is the entrance fee?

Thanks!

Mark

June 27, 2018 at 4:02 AM

Hi Alley,

We will be passing through and were hoping to visit on Sunday July 1st (will be waking up in South Campground, Zion National Park, and checking out Antelope Canyon on our way to Grand Canyon, camping that night) — do we need to book a tour in advance, or can we show up, pay, and jump in line?

Thanks,
Mark

ina

June 26, 2018 at 3:06 PM

Hey Ryan, i need some help planning my trip.
I fly into Phoenix AZ AT 10AM on friday. I was planning on renting a car and driving 4 hrs up to Horseshoe bend and Antelope Canyon. I think i might arrive to either location around 3pm on Friday. Do you recommend me doing Horseshoe bend on Friday and then visit the antelope canyon the next day in the morning? Or i could still have time to visit both? How long does each one last? and do you recommend visiting the antelope canyon by boat or just regular?

Tonya

June 25, 2018 at 7:12 PM

Do you have to take a tour to Antelope Canyon or are you able to get there on your own ?

Kyna Byerly

June 22, 2018 at 12:39 PM

Hi Alley-
We (2 adults 2 teens )are visiting the North Rim in July, and will be stopping in Page on our way in. We camp and hike a lot, and would like your advice. We would love to see Antelope canyon, and have a tour of the lower booked for 3:45. The morning was booked. I am concerned it may be closed to heat, or not so enjoyable due to crowds and heat. We’ve looked at Canyon X or a tour of multiple canyons including Owl, but that is pretty expensive. We also plan to rent kayaks for a morning. Is going to another less crowded canyon a better idea? Antelope looks so stunning, but not sure if we would be better off going elsewhere at a better time, or if it’s worth the price to see the multiple canyon tour. Any suggestions?

Bethanne Baretich

June 22, 2018 at 4:55 AM

Hello! I have enjoyed reading all the lovely suggestions and insights! I am an avid horseback rider and was hoping to do a riding tour anywhere in between Antelope and Zion or surrounding areas. I will be there July 6-9 so trying to do some last-minute planning with fingers crossed!
Any recommendations for four-legged companions?
Thanks so much 🙂

Bonnie

June 20, 2018 at 1:47 PM

Hi Ryan:
Trying to use your 1-Day Itinerary for Page, Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend. We would be driving from Williams that morning. Should we still follow that itinerary..this is very helpful. Any thoughts on whether to do Upper or Lower because of 1 day? Lunch still at that Marina?

Tena Hargrove

June 14, 2018 at 6:24 PM

Alley,

Have you ever done the Dark Ranger Telescope Tours at the Dark Ranger Observatory in Bryce Canyon?

Tena

Saptaparni

June 13, 2018 at 12:42 PM

Hi Alley,

Thanks for the great information. I have a question regarding my upcoming visit to Page on July 2-3. I can make it to only one slot canyon due to limited time and here are my options.
1. Upper – – 4:30 pm (July 2); 6:00 am (July 3)
2. Lower – 3:30 pm and later (July 2); 6:15 am (July 3)
3. Canyon X – July 3; as of now all time slots are available.

I am not sure which would be the best canyon and time to visit. Any suggestion would be helpful! Thank you!

Kristine

June 11, 2018 at 4:07 AM

Hi Alley,

My family are planning a visit to Grand Canyon and Page in August. We were planning to spend 4 days, with the following route:

Day 1 – Arrive @ PHX , drive to Grand Canyon and stay overnight
Day 2 – Grand Canyon
Day 3 – Antelope Canyon (3pm tour), Lake Powell
Day 4 – Horseshoe Bend, Lake Powell, drive back to PHX airport

Do you think we should drive out to Page in the afternoon of Day 2 or early morning of Day 3? Or should we flip our itinerary and have Page first before Grand Canyon? Open to suggestions. Thanks!

Dewi

June 08, 2018 at 2:38 AM

We plan to visit Antelope Canyon and we have 5 years old boy. Is this a good idea to do both of tour Upper & Lower Canyon? Is it going to be difficult for my son in the Lower canyon?
What is the best time to visit the Upper & Lower Canyon in the summer?

Nerea

June 07, 2018 at 10:45 PM

Hi, i have a problem i make a reservation in the website that i give you.
Its for 15Aug, at 11:00a.m. And the problem is that when i saw your website, that its the official i dont see this hour and the hours that this web offers.
before buying these tickets I tried in another websites, the the nearest hour to 12:00 but in this dates its very difficult
Do you know this website?
Do you think that with those tickets we can enter without problems?

april azarian

June 07, 2018 at 8:57 PM

What month is the best to visit Antelope Canyon?

QUYNH NGUYEN

June 07, 2018 at 6:20 PM

Hello Alley,

Thank you for answering questions. I would like to ask you few questions. I am planning to take my mom to grand canyon south rim, antelope canyon, and horseshoe bend. I have 2 days. I am planning to drive from Las Vegas to Grand canyon south rim to . After that I will arrive to Page on the same day Day 1. Day 2 I will start visit antelope canyon and horseshoe bend from 8-1 pm. I will drive back to Las Vegas that day around 2 pm and will reach Las Vegas around 8 pm.
1/ Should I visit Lower or upper Antelope?
2/ Can I visit Antelope without a tour? I see the tour is about 90 minutes or more.
3/ Will I be able to visit Antelope, horseshoe bend and drive back to Las vegas on a same day?
4/How long to visit lower Antelope.
Thank you very much and I appreciate your kindness.

Lilja H Ingibjargardottir

June 07, 2018 at 12:57 AM

Hi,
I wanted to ask if it is necessary to book a tour in advance for the lower canyon or is it possible to book it when we arrive?
We are thinking of coming on Saturday around 12/1pm and we want to take pictures and take our time looking but we are not professional photographers.
Would you advise to book the photography tour then? Or will it be as packed as the other one?

Best regards,
– Lilja

Christine

June 06, 2018 at 8:19 PM

What is the best time of day in September to visit the Lower Antelope Canyon?

Renju

June 05, 2018 at 8:01 PM

Hi Alley ,

We are planning 3 day trip .We start from Las vegas and planned to cover Antelope ,horse shoe bend, Zion National Park ,Monument valley and Grand canyon .we arrive on friday night and planning to start on saturday early morning to antelope.I still have a doubt whether it is doable .We need to return to LV airport on Monday night .
Would you please suggest an Itenary .Also what all this we need to book in advance if we are taking a rental car (thinks like permit).Will we be able to take own vehicle to all the attractions ?or Do we need to depend on guided tour ?.Please suggest

Ashley

June 04, 2018 at 9:36 PM

Hello, I am looking at having engagement photos taken at Antelope Canyon. Do you know if there is a specific tour or website that I could find information about this?

Carol

June 04, 2018 at 3:59 PM

how can I find out who won the lottery for August 2018?

Bobbi-Sue Harrington

June 04, 2018 at 1:23 AM

Hi Alley
I do a ton of research for my roadtrips and your blog is amazing. Tell me what you think of this and please give some suggestions on tweaking or adding. We don’t want to shop, would like to avoid hikes over 1.5 hours and would take the road less travelled to see more scenary even if it took longer and wasn’t well known 🙂
We are coming Oct 10-17th
We have the NP annual pass, We are renting a vehicle(type tbd by roads we will travel)

Staying in Phoenix Night 1
Day 2 Drive to Sedona stopping at Montezuma castle on the way
Night 2 Stay in Sedona
Day 3 Drive to Grand canyon south Rim and then to page, with hopes to see horseshoe bend on the way up( what is the hike time to see the overlook?) ,maybe new wave??
Night 3 Staying in Page,
Day 4 Lower Antelope early morning, drive to zion, (SOO torn on what route to take!)?? Help
Night 4 Stay in St.George
Day 5 Drive to Vegas(I have no stopping points this day…. Help again!)
Night 5 Staying in Vegas
Day 6 TBD…..
Night 6 TBD……
Day 7 Drive back to Phoenix
Night 7 Staying by the airport
Thank you So much for any help!!

Beth and Bob Grubbs

June 03, 2018 at 2:40 AM

Hi Ryan! This might be an ambitious question to ask, but I saw all your great suggestions regarding itineraries. My husband and I are planning on a trip in late Sept.-we can spend up to 2 weeks. We will probably fly into PHX and would like to hit Sedona, antelope Canyon and a boat trip on the lake, and whatever else we should see in that area,North Rim of the Grand Canyon-we have been to the south rim and then going to the national parks in Utah. Zion, Bryce, Arches, Canyon lands and Capital Reef. Do you have a suggestion for the order of our stops. Because of the huge cost difference in returning a car at a different location, we will have to make a loop. We will do some hiking in the parks, but not too ambitious-we are in our late 60s-70’s. Maybe about 5-6 miles a day. Thanks for your thoughts! Beth

Sindy

June 02, 2018 at 3:11 AM

Hi Ryan,

I have never been to Antelope Canyon so I am very excited about our trip next week but at the same time, I’m a little clueless. I will be traveling with my husband, three teenagers and 4 elderly parents – my parents and my in laws. Some questions for you:

– Is Antelope Canyon suitable for my elderly parents (between 65 – 70 years of age)? If so, lower or upper canyon?
– As a first timer, should I choose lower or upper canyon or both?
– We will also be visiting Horseshoe Bend too. Should we do Antelope Canyon first then Horseshoe Bend or vice versa?
– Any general tips you can give me for the above locations?

Thank you so much!

Kind Regards,
Sindy

Judy

June 01, 2018 at 7:36 AM

Hello Alley, so glad that I come across your web page here. And hope you can give me some suggestions.

We are planning a few days trip (5-6 days) from Las Vegas in July. Target must go are the Bryce Canyon, Antelope Canyon, and the Horseshoe Band.

Since it is high season in July, we have to secure hotels and antelope tours first. We have already booked hotels at Bryce for July 6, two nights, and then at Page for July 8, two nights. Booked Lower Antelope Tour on July 9 morning, and Upper Antelope Tour in the afternoon.

We will arrive Las Vegas and stay nearby on July 5, and target to leave Page and stay near Las Vegas on July 10, going back to SF the following day.

Where should we chip in the Horseshoe Band visit?
Any other ‘must see’ that are on our way that we can include?
Is our route sensible and feasible?
What are the things that we should pay attention to?

Would very much appreciate your suggestions and comments. =)
Judy

Christine

June 01, 2018 at 1:12 AM

Hi,
Currently planning a trip to Grand Canyon and area in August. You mentioned the 4.5 hr Float Tour which we’re planning to do. Is it really not advisable to do the one that starts at 1pm at this time of year (Aug 27 – 28). I did want to do the morning tour but to fit in other things to do, the afternoon one might fit better. How hot does it get? Heat stroke level? Hot enough it lessens the enjoyment?

We’ll be driving from Bryce Canyon National Park on the morning of the 27th and leaving the area afternoon of the 28th, hoping to reach Wupatki National Monument around 4pm.
So I thought to do the Float Tour when we get to Page and see Upper and Lower Antelope Canyon the next day.
A lot of the tours are fully booked at this time already. And the only time for Upper Antelope we can do is either 3 pm on the 27th or 8:45 am on the 28th. Neither of which are when you can see the popular beams of light. There are more options for the Lower Antelope Canyon but I gather from what I’ve read, are more chaotic and longer wait times.
So I thought we could do the Upper Antelope at 8:45 to 10:15 am and then the Lower at either 11:30 or 11:45. Check out Glen Canyon Dam Overlook either before 8 or after the Lower canyon tour.

I guess this long tale leads to these questions, is this plan realistic and doable?
And is it worth it to see both upper and lower canyons, esp if it’s not during the time when the beams are seen? And how much time between the two tours should I allow? With this plan it’s 45-60 mins although I gather they are abt 5 min drive apart from Upper canyon tour site to the Lower.

Thank you for any info, tips or guidance you can give.
Christine

Anurag Vishnoi

May 30, 2018 at 3:28 PM

Hello, we are a family of 3, me, wife and 6 year old kid. We plan to visit Utah/Arizona in 4th july week for 5 day trip. We have been to Grand canyon and Vegas before. We have got good information from this post and the comments and your prompt responses.
I plan to fly to Vegas, then start with Zion national park, followed by Page (antelope canyon, monument valley), then arches national park and then bryce canyon before travelling back to vegas.
I am not sure if I am planning too much for a 5 day trip or if there is a better plan. What are the best places to be visited alongwith them? Would any of these be tough for a 6 year old kid to go to? I earlier thought of Buckskin Gulch but it seems tough for a kid after reading the reviews.
Since I am in the planning phase, the inputs will help.

Thanks
Anurag

Chrys

May 30, 2018 at 2:53 AM

Hello! Thank you for all of the helpful information that you’ve provided! Our family will be traveling to AZ in early September with our kids, ages 14 and 10. We are thinking of signing up with Adventurous Antelope Canyon Photo Tours for their tour of Upper Antelope and Rattlesnake Canyons. So, I have a couple of questions —

First, are these canyons different enough to warrant the cost of touring both? And would they be too strenuous for my kids? They’re in good health, but I’ve read about a lot of climbing with regard to Rattlesnack……not sure if this is accurate or not.

Second, I worry about flooding. Will the first week of September still be monsoon season? I read your comment to someone else about trying to go early, but we will be driving from Flagstaff that morning. There are two tours: 9:30am and 2:30pm. With needing to arrive an hour early, I’m concerned about making it there in time, especially because we aren’t familiar with the area. Do you think we’d possibly miss seeing the canyons because of bad weather if we schedule the 2:30pm tour?

I really appreciate any insight you can provide. Thank you!

Mariann

May 29, 2018 at 4:51 PM

Hi Alley,
Thank you for this detailed information. I am part of a group of four that is trying to get tickets for October 2018. We have a fairly flexible schedule, so can plan our trip around our Wave permits (if we get them.)
My questions are:
1. Do you increase your chances of getting a permit if you enter May 1 as opposed to May 31 or is the lottery based on the entire month and what day you apply doesn’t affect your chances? If so, would it be better to wait until the last day and see which days have the least applications?
2. Can each of our party of 4 submit a different application or can only one person from the group apply?
Thank you,
Mariann

Zaldy

May 28, 2018 at 2:29 PM

July 2018 Trip : 1st timer planning to visit with a 14 & 8 y/o . Arriving Vegas July 5 from Connecticut and driving to Gilbert, AZ to visit a relative. Planning a July 6-8 antelope & horse shoe tour (maybe Sedona ) using your recommendation then stay in Las Vegas 7/8 – 7/12..

Patti

May 27, 2018 at 4:36 PM

Ryan
Thank you for the video it’s the best so far! Do you have any videos of hiking down Havasupi?

Or could you recommend anything? I saw the only way down to the fall was climbing down a chain link ladder.

Lisa

May 27, 2018 at 4:20 PM

This site has been so incredibly helpful. Thank you so much for sharing your expertise!

Our family of four (2 adults and 2 kids ages 10 and 12) will be in Page in early June for two nights between Bryce and Zion and are trying to make some decisions. We are hoping to do Horseshoe Bend, one or two canyons, the dam, and a water activity. Here are our questions:

1. Water activity, which one? – Guided kayak (to either Antelope Canyon or Lone Rock), Glen Canyon Float, Antelope Canyon boat tour? We would likely do it either in the morning or afternoon of our one full day in Page. Is morning best for this? If we can only get an afternoon time for the Glen Canyon Float, will it be too hot? Afternoon of that same day, thinking to tour either Canyon X (or another canyon) or Glen Canyon Dam (is it easy to walk up and get on a tour fairly quickly?).

2. Canyons – We were able to get a fairly last minute tour at Lower Antelope for the day we depart at 11:45. Should we do one other canyon? If so, would you recommend Upper Antelope (if we can get a time; most likely very early), Canyon X, Secret Canyon, or something else? We could either do it on the morning of afternoon of our full day there or the morning we depart before Lower Antelope. I know Lower Antelope will be crowded, but was thinking we should go to either upper or lower Antelope since they just seem so amazing.

We will likely do Horseshoe bend on the afternoon/evening that we arrive.

Also wondering – I think the kids want to sled/slide at Coral Pink Sand Dunes if we stop there on the way from Page to Zion. As we will be flying in and driving a rental car, what is the best way to get something to slide on? Do you know if it is it easy to get cardboard or rent a sled there?

Thank you so much for any suggestions you can provide!

Fio

May 26, 2018 at 7:21 PM

Hello, We’re going on a Lower AC tour in mid June. Unfortunately, We were only able to book a 6:30am tour. It looks like the sunrise time is a little after 5am. Logically, it’s bright enough at 6:30am. However, could you please reassure me that there will be some light shine * into * the lower AC at 6:30am?? I don’t think we could come back to AC anytime soon or ever… We really wish to see this amazing place at the best lighting possible.
Many thanks.

Lydia

May 26, 2018 at 5:32 PM

Hi Ryan & Alley,

I have relatives from Italy who will be in Canada in August and have expressed an interest in visiting Arizona. They want to visit Aug 6 – 11 and want to see Antelope Canyon, Lake Powell, Monument Valley and the Grand Canyon Skywalk / Grand Canyon area. I’m trying to determine the best itinerary for them as well as the best airport to fly into…Las Vegas or Phoenix. I’d love your help.

Thanks a bunch.

Lydia

Telynn

May 23, 2018 at 5:32 AM

Hey Ryan,
We are leaving Vegas very early on June 11 and driving to see the GC, then to Horseshoe Bend and ending the day with a tour into Lower Antelope Canyon. We plan to stay in Page overnight before continuing on to our next adventure Yellowstone). What would be the best part of the Grand Canyon for us to visit before coming to Page? It will be our first trip to the GC and Page area.

Alijay

May 22, 2018 at 5:16 AM

I am so glad I found this site. I am planning my Utah Arizona border trip this Sept.
The plan is to fly to Vegas on a Thursday and head east and make a round trip. I am hoping to hit Zion, Horseshoe Bend, Lower (or Upper?) Antelope Canyon, Monument Valley and one day passing through the Grand Canyon. Is it possible to cover all of these sites (and perhaps Lake Powell) in about 6 (or 7) days?
Also, would driving to Grand Canyon first be better or Zion? Would love to “hike” a little.
If you also have lodging recommendations for one that are reasonable (or if either Airbnb or camper car be an option?) – that would be helpful.
I am hoping it won’t be over ambitious for a road trip.
Finally – for car rentals, would a regular sedan be doable or would you recommend a van or SUV?
I appreciate your suggestions in advance. 🙂

Jessica Sugar

May 22, 2018 at 2:04 AM

Hello, I’m wondering what happens if there are ever cancellations? Thank you!

Rani

May 22, 2018 at 12:50 AM

Hi Alley,

Your itinerary suggestions have helped us chalk out a plan for our visit really well. Thanks for the same.

We have overlapped a lot of your suggestions as shown below. However we are undecided for Day 5 & 6. Is it better to skip Bryce and go straight to Zion on Day 5 OR skip Monumental Valley and add in Bryce plus Zion, so we have more quality time there and save driving time as well?

Day 1 (June 7):
Arrive in Las Vegas @ 8AM
Sightsee Las Vegas, stay the night

Day 2 (June 8) :
Drive to Williams, AZ via Hoover Dam visitor center
Hotel check-in?
OR
Drive straight to Grand Canyon South Rim
Lunch at El Tovar with reservation
Free shuttle to viewpoints on West Rim/Hermit’s Rest Road
Sunset watch and stay in Williams

Day 3(June 9):
Drive to Monument Valley, UT (3-5 hrs)
Stop at Little Colorado River Outlook
Visit Cameron Trading Post / Navajo Taco 🙂
Stop at Moenkopi Dinosaur Tracks OR Navajo National Monument / Sandal Hike / Puebloan Architecture
Stop at Tribal Park Visitor Center at MV for views
Stay at MV

Day 4 (June 10):
Guided tour of MV (Book in advance)
Drive to Page (2-3 hrs)
Antelope Canyon afternoon tour (Book in advance)
Stop at Horseshoe Bend, trail
Stay at Page, AZ

Day 5 (June 11):
Glen Canyon Half Day Float Trip (Book in advance)
Have lunch
Drive to Bryce Canyon National Park, UT (2-4hrs)
Stay at hotel

Day 6 (June 12):
Do horse or ATV ride at BC
Drive to Springdale UT / Zion National Park (2-3hrs)
Hike the Narrows (1 hour)
Stay at Springdale

Day 7 (June 13):
Drive to Las Vegas (3-5 hrs)
Depart to Atlanta @ 3:45pm

Craig Budde

May 21, 2018 at 10:48 PM

Hi Ryan and Alley –

I’ve learned a lot by reading your suggestions! Would you be able to suggest an itinerary for 2 days (including all driving time round trip)? Three (3) people leaving early morning from North Phoenix – we are first timers and would like to tour Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend and the Grand Canyon (in whatever order makes the most sense and staying at a cheap hotel one night maybe in Page). Also, any ideas on how to best experience the Grand Canyon, for example is there a partial hike in/out? Or a key spot part way in? Thanks!

Rani`

May 20, 2018 at 9:12 PM

Hi Alley,

Your itinerary suggestions have helped us chalk out a plan for our visit really well. Thanks for the same.

We have overlapped a lot of your suggestions to our visit given below. We are undecided for Day 5 & 6. Is it better to skip Bryce and go straight to Zion on Day 5 OR skip Monumental Valley and add in Bryce plus Zion, so we have more quality time there and save driving time as well?

Day 1 (June 7):
Arrive in Las Vegas @ 8AM
Sightsee Las Vegas, stay the night

Day 2 (June 8) :
Drive to Williams, AZ via Hoover Dam visitor center
Hotel check-in?
OR
Drive straight to Grand Canyon South Rim
Lunch at El Tovar with reservation
Free shuttle to viewpoints on West Rim/Hermit’s Rest Road
Sunset watch and stay in Williams

Day 3(June 9):
Drive to Monument Valley, UT (3-5 hrs)
Stop at Little Colorado River Outlook
Visit Cameron Trading Post / Navajo Taco 🙂
Stop at Moenkopi Dinosaur Tracks OR Navajo National Monument / Sandal Hike / Puebloan Architecture
Stop at Tribal Park Visitor Center at MV for views
Stay at MV

Day 4 (June 10):
Guided tour of MV (Book in advance)
Drive to Page (2-3 hrs)
Antelope Canyon afternoon tour (Book in advance)
Stop at Horseshoe Bend, trail
Stay at Page, AZ

Day 5 (June 11):
Glen Canyon Half Day Float Trip (Book in advance)
Have lunch
Drive to Bryce Canyon National Park, UT (2-4hrs)
Stay at hotel

Day 6 (June 12):
Do horse or ATV ride at BC
Drive to Springdale UT / Zion National Park (2-3hrs)
Hike the Narrows (1 hour)
Stay at Springdale

Day 7 (June 13):
Drive to Las Vegas (3-5 hrs)
Depart to Atlanta @ 3:45pm

Teresa

May 19, 2018 at 10:51 PM

Hi Ryan!
So I’m planning on getting into Page in the afternoon on a Friday, and leaving Saturday late afternoon to head to Monument Valley. I already have both an upper and lower tour scheduled. Do you think also doing Canyon X will have us canyon-ed out? lol. Would it even be worth it to do all 3 or will upper and lower suffice. Also trying to decide if we have time to fit in horseshoe bend and a boat tour too. What do you think?

Catina

May 18, 2018 at 10:43 PM

Hey Alley, I am so glad that I found your website and suggestions!
We live in Phoenix, AZ and my niece will be visiting us from NC in July.
We are looking to plan a 3/4 day trip to Grand Canyon, Antelope Canyon, and Horseshoe Bend(and any other suggestions you can give).

We will be traveling by RV.
Question, from Phoenix should we start our trip with the Grand Canyon or Page?

Also, I am open to visiting Slot Canyon vs Antelope Canyon since it will be during July and I know that Antelope can get very crowded. I was looking at using Horseshoe Bend/Slot Canyon Tours??

I would appreciate any suggestions!
Thank you so much for your help!!
Catina

Carol

May 16, 2018 at 10:16 PM

Hi Alley,
Great website, lots to see, so little time.
Our highlight of this 4 night family trip will be staying in page for 3 nights.
We will arrive from Mexico to Phoenix and drive to Sedona for our 1st night.
1) Any reccommendations at what to see and not miss in Sedona. We will arrive at about 7pm. Depart the next day early…. but can drive through anywhere you tell us is a must.
2) from Sedona to Page; do you reccommend either a) going through Sunset, Trading Post, Dinosaur and Horseshoe Bend (if yes, why and where to eat and what to see); or b) going through Grand Canyon Village, take a peek at GC, Trading Post, Horseshoe Bend.
And then arrive at Page for sunset.
3) we go to Antelope Canyon the next day to see Owl, Rattlesnake and Upper Canyon; should we also see other canyons i.e. X, Waterholes, Secret?
We are not really crazy about riding a boat or kayak…. where can we “enjoy” the view of Lake Powell without the on-water experience…. or it is a must?
Any suggestion for last day?
We return from Page to Las Vegas… we need to catch a plane at 3… however any suggestion to see on our way? Probably now is a good time to see GC? From where?
Thanks
We want to make the best out of this trip to this marvelous site
Thanks for your prompt response! We leave tomorrow

Josh

May 15, 2018 at 7:14 PM

Thank you for your sincere commitment on helping these lost ppl including myself. I hope we could get your comment before we touch down in Phoenix in few hours!

Our plan is this,
1st day: arrive @ 3:30pm Sedona(cathedral rock-devils bridge) spend a night at sedona
2nd day: Page(horse shoe, antelop canyon lower) dinner at Mariannes? Sleep @ page
3rd day: Grand Canyon hike from south rim, sleep @ flagstaff
4thday: Grand Canyon activities(flight tour, maybe zip lime or mule ride) sleep at flagstaff
5thday: going back to airport at 2:00pm

Its for our first anniversary and we want to make the most out of it. Any suggestion for dinning, brunch, activities, filling in stop-bys, are super appreciated. If i dont get to hear from you in time, all of us are still grateful for your help!

Thx

Dianna

May 14, 2018 at 10:39 PM

Hello,
Me and my husband are planning a trip to Antelope Canyon, Horse shoe bend and a lake around there . We have all day Friday and Saturday and we would leave on Sunday. I love the 1 day itinerary you’ve put up but I was wondering should we add more stops (lakes, food, hikes ext.) and spread out the 3 ( Antelope Canyon, Horse shoe bend, and the lake tour) over the course of Friday and Sat or should we keep it as one day and spend one of the other days full of other tours.

My thoughts were that we would head out Friday morning do the one day intinerary you have posted then Sat we could do more exploring (any recommendations for Sat?) and Sunday morning we head back .

Does this sound good? If so any recommendations for Sat and if not what would your ideal itinerary be?

Thank you!

William

May 14, 2018 at 4:19 PM

Hi, Ryan and all,
Thank you so much for sharing with us the information right here. We are a family of four and planning for a trip to Grand Canyon, Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend and adjacent areas in late July this year. We will go to Grand Canyon by driving from La Jolla and have booked the Arizona Highlights Day Trip: Antelope Canyon, Lake Powell, and Glen Canyon with River Rafting and intend to book one day Grand Canyon river rafting. For these two tours, we need to stay in Tusayan for two days and Peach Spring for two days as both of them start in early morning and finish in late afternoon. I just wonder and would like to seek your recommendations if we can stay in Page for one or two days instead to visit Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend, Lake Powell or even Monument Valley so that we can cut travelling back and forth and then stay longer in Grand Canyon and Peach Spring later on. Or we should join a 2-3 days tour covering these locations and activities?

Thank you!

William

Michelle Touriz

May 14, 2018 at 2:41 PM

Hi! We are staying in Henderson, NV for a few days at the beginning of August and planning on driving out to Page, AZ. Looking for recommendations of places to see/visit along to way. We are taking I-15 North and according to map we’ll drive by St. George and Colorado City. It’s quite a drive, so we will be staying in Page overnight. Our plans in Page include Antelope Canyon, a boat ride from antelope point marina, and horseshoe bend. Anything else we should visit while in Page?
How about places to eat?
Appreciate your input.
-Michelle

Lena

May 10, 2018 at 12:36 AM

Hi, thank you for this great itinerary. Do you think there’s enough time to drive from the GC, see the sites in Page, then drive to Monument Valley all within the same day?

Luca

May 08, 2018 at 6:45 PM

Thanks so much for creating this site! I thought I’d ask for guidance. We will be driving from Grand Canyon South Rim and our intention is to check out of the hotel there in the morning and end our day at sunset at Monument Valley. So naturally we want to hit Page on the way…it seems that the best sequence of things would be Horseshoe Bend, then upper and then lower antelope before continuing our trek. Is that too ambitious? We don’t mind the drive – mostly I am trying to figure out how much time to allow for each site, and also hopefully some food at some point 🙂 Is there anywhere to eat around the canyons? If not, we may just get something on the road…

Thanks!

Jeff

May 06, 2018 at 11:19 PM

Thanks for the nice summaries of alternative slot canyons. For Canyon X is there any “best time of day” to go? We will be in the area area around June1st. Also, we wanted to be more adventurous, such as rappelling into slot canyons or similar, I was told about a company Seldom Seen Adventures. However, not sure if they still exist (based out of Kanab). If not them, do you know of any similar outfit that might offer a bit more challenging hike/tour?

Laura

May 02, 2018 at 7:10 PM

Hi. The video is very helpful, thank you. Between March and end of September, what would be a better choice from a weather perspective?
Could a 8 year old visit the canyon?
Thank you!
Laura

Connnie

May 01, 2018 at 2:47 PM

Hi, and thanks for the wealth of info, plus taking the time to answer questions! Totally appreciated!
We’re spending a bunch of time up in the Virgin, Utah area in September and wanted to visit either The Wave or Antelope Canyon. We’ve applied for the Wave, but that’s a long shot.

How far in advance would we want to book ahead for either an Upper or Lower canyon tour at Antelope Canyon for September? Are the tour groups pretty big? I ask because I see so many beautiful photos online but that would be hard to do if you’re in a large group… We don’t have a DSLR camera, so that tour is out.

What would be the best time of day at that time of year (I’ve made note that Utah observes DST while Arizona does not)? Would the upper or lower canyons be cool at that time or warm?

I have some respiratory limitations and can get winded with bike riding hills for example but I’ve looked at the video and, while there are some stairs, it looks like a lot of it is pretty flat and not at a rushed pace. Am I reading this right?

Thanks again!!

Oooooh! Maybe we should do upper and lower if we’re coming that far??

dan

April 29, 2018 at 6:39 PM

Hi Alley,

Thank you for being so patient and thorough in reading and answering all the comments on your website.

We will be driving from Moab through Monument Valley and spend the night in Page on the 10th of September. We plan to visit the Horseshoe Bend Overlook and the Lower Antelope Slot Canyon the following day before we continue on to Jacob Lake.

I am hoping to get your expert opinion on what places to visit in Page to get the most out of our day. What is the best time to go to the the slot canyon and the overlook? Will it be better to get the first hour tour of the slot canyon in the morning then drive to the overlook or the other way around?

There are 6 of us in our group between the ages of 50-65 and an amateur photographer in our group who’s hoping/wanting to take pictures of this beautiful area you call home.

As you mentioned in your website, book a tour ahead to get the time slot we want. Any suggestion will be very much appreciated.

Thanks again,
Dan

Gina

April 29, 2018 at 5:31 PM

Hi Alley,

Thank you for all the information you share on this website. The best part is that you take your time to respond to all questions being sent through this website!!! It is much appreciated.

We are planning a trip to do the Grand Circle Tour for 2 weeks (from LV, Zion, Bryce, Capitol Reef Nat’l Park, Moab, Page, Jacob Lake (to visit the GC North Rim), Grand Canyon South Rim and back to LV) to start in the beginning of September.

From Moab we will drive to Page through Monument Valley. We will stay overnight in Page, AZ and visit one of the slot canyons and the Horseshoe Bend Overlook the following day. Then we continue on to Jacob Lake to stay for the night.

There are 6 of us in our group ages 51-67. We plan to go to the Horseshoe Bend overlook in the morning to take pictures and then visit one of the slot canyons after. Which slot canyon would be a better option for us? We plan to reserve a slot for the Lower Antelope Slot Canyon but reading your website, I might suggest to our group the alternate canyons such as the Horseshoe Bend Slot Canyon, as well as the Water Hole Slot Canyon, are they one and the same? We thought this will be closer to the Horseshoe Bend Overlook and save us time driving around from one place to the other.

Thank you in advance for reading and responding to my questions.

Regards,
Gina

Thomas

April 28, 2018 at 3:08 PM

Hi Alley,

am so glad to stumble upon your site… I am planning a trip to visit the Grand Canyon and Antelope Canyon in November. My initial plan is to drive from Vegas to Page on Day One, spend a night there and move on to the Grand Canyon on Day Two and spend a night there, and on Day Three to drive back to either Vegas or Phoenix to catch a late night flight to Orlando. Can u give me some suggestions on the itinerary as this will be our first trip there! Thank you in advance!

Thomas

Komal

April 28, 2018 at 2:40 AM

Hi! I am so happy I found your website because I need some serious guidance.

I am flying into Phoenix Tuesday night, August 7 and flying out Sunday night, August 12th.

This is my plan thus far:

Stay in Phoenix Tuesday night.
Drive to the Grand Canyon Wednesday morning.
Stay at the GC Wednesday night and Thursday night.
Drive to Antelope Canyon Friday morning (figure out a time to see the Horseshoe – I’m thinking about the Canyon tour)
Stay in Page Friday night.
Drive to Sedona Saturday morning. Spend the day. Not sure what to do. Maybe go to a vortex, the desert.
Spend the night in Sedona.
Sunday afternoon drive to Phoenix. Spend the day there and fly out at night.

Any recommendations are welcome.

Kristie

April 27, 2018 at 5:59 PM

Hello There

We will be traveling from Zion National Park, Springdale area to the Flagstaff area towards the end of June. I would really like to try and fit Antelope Canyon, Upper or Lower, into the plans but I’d like to know if this is doable?
If so do you recommend the Lower or Upper Canyon? and which company to tour with?
We are only checking into a hotel that evening in Flagstaff for our Grand Canyon Railway trip which is the next morning. Thank you for your help!!

Tricia Oakes

April 27, 2018 at 12:37 AM

Hi
I’m sort of doing a hybrid of the 7 day tour you have mapped out here. My question is : I will be flying into Phoenix and driving up to Williams. Staying in Williams for 3 nights and using it as a base to visit Grand Canyon. I probably waited too long to make my accomodations, therefore, the reason for staying in Wiliams (actually a VRBO cabin outside of Williams). I plan to leave the cabin on day 4 (July 7) and travel to Bryce. I have 3 grandchildren with me (ages 10, 13 and 15). I believe Williams to Bryce is too much / long of a drive for all of us. I need an overnight stay. My thoughts are to drive either to Page (seems to be the shorter distance) or to Kanab (a little bit longer drive) and spend the night. Up eary to drive to Bryce. So, I have basically 1 day in Bryce which would be July 8. I plan to leave Bryce on July 9 and travel to Zion. Will be in Zion for 9,10,11 and leave early on the 12 for Vegas and fly home on July 13th.
What would your suggestion be – stay in Page or Kanab? And how could we use our time wisely and see the most of Bryce as we can? Thanks!!!

Elizabeth B.

April 25, 2018 at 6:58 PM

Hi,

My brother and I will be driving in from Zion in mid-May and just have that one day in Page before driving onward to Texas. I expect that we’ll get on the road by 7 or 8am with a 3 hour drive to Page. I’m looking at tours of Upper Antelope Canyon, and it looks like our best option is either at 2:30 or 3. What would you recommend for our one day? We would like to see Horseshoe Bend as well, but I wasn’t sure if sunset that day or sunrise on our drive out of town would be better. Our Airbnb host also recommended Horseshoe Bend Slot Canyon or the Rim View Trail that’s near where we’re staying, but I mainly wanted to see one of the Antelope Canyons unless you think the Horseshoe Bend Slot Canyon would be of similar experience. We are open (hiking, kayaking, boating, etc) as long as we get to some beautiful canyons!

I appreciate your help!

Thanks,

Elizabeth

Tee Goh

April 25, 2018 at 1:10 PM

Thanks very much for this info. I have been wanting to do something like this for a long time, with some adjustments. I am wondering why you did not recommend a stop at the Grand Staircase Escalante Natl Monument since the routing goes right past it. I am also thinking of making it a 10-12 day itinerary.

Shannon

April 25, 2018 at 12:54 AM

Hi! Just curious, why do you discourage nighttime driving in the area??

Lynn B

April 24, 2018 at 3:05 PM

I might have missed this, but how many miles did you end up traveling (with a start and end in Vegas)?

This is a great plan!

Laurie

April 22, 2018 at 11:31 PM

My husband and I are both overweight, are there areas that are very narrow to get through? Watching the video it is hard to get perspective in a few places of how small the trail gets?

Lorraine

April 22, 2018 at 3:37 PM

Hi Alley! Your website is extremely helpful! We live just west of Phoenix, and we have seen the south rim a bit. We have a couple visiting from NYC at the beginning of May and will be taking my 9 year old daughter. Unfprtunately, we only have 2 full weekdays, but I was hoping to take them to the Grand Canyon, Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend, maybe the New Wave. I am thinking about camping overnight, but might be easier to stay at a hotel. Anyway, my thoughts were: Thursday am: drive to south rim, then drive to Page, stay overnight, and Friday, do Antelope Canyon tour and Horseshoe Canyon, drive back. We have to be back by Saturday 9 am. Do you think this is feasible with our 9 year old? As i believe you mentioned, we have to hike 12 miles at Horseshoe Canyon. We could alternatively do some of the activities backwards. We will have a regular sedan.
Thank you for all your thoughtful responses on this page. It has been useful! Any tweaking or recs or thoughts on New Wave would be great!

Ma

April 21, 2018 at 4:18 PM

We are planning to visit middle of June, but with a big group, families from cali. Not sure how many, but we have kids ranging from 5 and up as well. There will be about 25+. What’s the best way to do…this? Do we have to have reservations and tour guides? Are there camping grounds we can set up and stay in?

Any info would be greatly appreciated. We are excited to experience this as a family.

Jill Romano

April 20, 2018 at 1:57 AM

The description of the author is priceless!

Julie

April 19, 2018 at 10:23 PM

Hi Alley,
Hope this isn’t too redundant of a question, because i do see that you have suggested several times that touring more than one slot canyon is not necessary, but would lower Antelope Canyon and Canyon X be different enough to make it worth it? (A lot of sites say Upper and Lower are different enough that one should do both if able.) We aren’t there for that long but could definitely fit this in. We are also going to do a visit to Horseshoe Bend and maybe kayak Lone Rock Canyon.
Thank you!!
Julie

Joe McDermott

April 18, 2018 at 8:41 PM

Hey there,

So much info here. I am looking at getting into Page May 5th from flagstaff and staying until the 7th. I would like to do Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe bend, Lake Powell, and the Grand Canyon. I will get into Page in time to see Horseshoe bend on Saturday. But looking for advice to hit the rest..

Noel

April 18, 2018 at 5:01 PM

Hi Alley-

Hope all is well. We are planning to visit GC and surroundings in Mid June (6.12 – 6.18). I am sure the weather will be very mild. We’ll be arriving on 6.12 at night in LV. Thinking to stay 3 days in Flagstaff so it’s closer to visit GC and surroundings. Our schedule to visit; South rim, Horse shoe bend, Antelope Navajo, Cathedral rock trail, Devil bridge and may be Zion or Bryce canyon in Utah. Do you think, we schedule enough time to do all of that? Beside that, what do you think staying at airbnb in flagstaff? Do you think it is worth it, to buy “America the Beautiful – National Parks & Federal Recreational Lands Annual Pass”?

From 6.16 to 6.18, schedule to visit Phoenix, Tucson and surroundings. Any recommendations, since we are from East Coast.

Thanks.

Katherine

April 18, 2018 at 4:54 PM

Hello Alley,

We are planning our trips to Upper Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend and Grand Canyon on May. We will fly to Las Vegas and stay for 2 days there. On May 14, we will drive from Las Vegas to visit Upper Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend and Grand Canyon. We will stay in Page (close to Lone Rock Ct.) for one night, and drive back to Las Vegas on May 15. There are 7 adults, and we will rent two vehicles. I don’t know if we need to book a tour for any of these places in advance. We have no idea which one we should go first. I appreciate if you can give me some advices for our trips.

Thank you!

JD

April 18, 2018 at 2:00 PM

Hi there, hoping to get some advice on how to best schedule an itinerary from Sedona to the Grand Canyon and Antelope Canyon. I have a 5-day itinerary (end of May) and wondered about Days 2 and 3:

Day 1: Fly into Phoenix and drive to Sedona. Afternoon and overnight here.
Day 2: Drive to the Grand Canyon early morning and spend half a day. Drive to Page for the afternoon and try to see Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe bend. Stay overnight in Page.
Day 3: Perhaps do a Lake Powell excursion or hike surrounding area in the morning if it isn’t too rushed. Drive back to Sedona mid-afternoon. Stay overnight in Sedona.
Day 4: Sedona all day. Overnight here.
Day 5: Drive back to Phoenix for my flight out.

Alternatively, wondering if I should drive to Page from Sedona on Day 2 and try to get in Antelope canyon and Horseshoe bend. Then drive from Page to the Grand Canyon for sunset, overnight, and sunrise. Spend about half the day here before driving back to Sedona for the afternoon and the rest of the day.

Would appreciate your thoughts.

Liana

April 18, 2018 at 8:48 AM

Hi, do you think it would be possible to do this whilst holding a nearly 2year old?

Peter V

April 17, 2018 at 11:42 PM

Hey Alley,

My wife and I are planning a summer or early fall week in Page. Flying into either Las Vegas or Phoenix. We’ve already been to the Grand Canyon, Bryce, Zion, Monuments and Lake Powell. Other than Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend, what else is within easy driving distance of Page

Brian

April 17, 2018 at 6:19 PM

Helllo we will be in the Wahweap RV resort for five days starting April 25th. After reading about the area, Canyon X , Horseshoe bend(secret canyon) and Cathedral sound interesting to me. I would also consider the 1/2 day float trip and a boat trip to Rainbow bridge. We are also golfers so would consider a round of golf. Would you recommend doing any, all 3 of the canyons or possibly just the lower antelope canyon. We do like somewhat adventurous hiking but would really like to make sure we see what would be considered the “best “ canyon visually. Thanks

Maria Turner

April 17, 2018 at 2:29 PM

I would like more information on the two day trip.
Thanks!

shannon

April 17, 2018 at 1:28 AM

Hi, my sister and I are planning a trip to Page and Antelope Canyon. We are definitely interested in the Kayaking tour but I’m wondering, will we see all of Lower Antelope Canyon the same as we would with one of the foot tours? We were looking at the Hidden Canyon Kayak tour (4 hours). Or would we need to schedule a foot tour in addition to the Kayak tour? We want to see as much as we can without having an insanely packed day. We are driving in the evening prior and staying the night of – May 10th would be our outing day. Any recommendations of what all to squeeze into the day?

Freeman Wu

April 16, 2018 at 7:22 PM

Hi there!

My family and I are hoping to visit Antelope Canyon in early May. I myself have been to both Lower and Upper Canyon, and my family doesn’t have very strong preferences over which one to visit, but my brother is hoping to bring my 5 month old niece on the tour, so I was wondering if you had any suggestions on the type/kind of tour you’d recommend for parties traveling with an infant. My gut tells the Upper Canyon would probably be more doable, since it doesn’t involve all those stairs, but I’ve been looking for different Upper Canyon tours and it doesn’t look like all of them accept infants. Any insights/suggestions you might have would be greatly appreciated. Thank you in advance for your help!

Freeman

JD

April 16, 2018 at 1:24 AM

Hi, Alley,

Thank you for your itinerary. It is exactly what I am looking for. I plan to have a trip from June 1 to 10. I will travel with my 9-years daughter from Cincinnati to arrive late night at 8:20 PM in Las Vegas. I will mainly follow your itinerary with slight adjustment, instead of stay one night at Grand Canyon, I am thinking to stay two nights at Grand Canyon, which means, spend a entire day to explore those points that you suggest to stop on the way heading to Monument Valley:
Grand View
Zuni
Moran
Lipan
Desert View Watchtower
etc

Any advise are welcome.

Thanks

Peter

April 16, 2018 at 12:09 AM

Hey Ryan
My wife and I are planning a trip to Page. We can fly into either Las Vegas or Phoenix. We’re planning on staying for a week. Is there enough there to do for that length of time. We’re planning on going to Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend and doing some kayaking. We’ve already been to the Canyon, Bryce, Zion and Lake Powell. What else is there to do?

Debra cysiewski

April 15, 2018 at 6:30 PM

Hello Ally!
I’m doing some research on this area and wondering if you can answer a few questions.
I see the North Rim of the Grand Canyon closes mid October. At the end of November, would we be able to do any touring in the area of Antelope Canyon? If not is there anything else of interest in the area that time of year?
Thank you!

Hannah

April 15, 2018 at 2:23 AM

Hi Alley/Ryan,

I am planning to arrive at Page between 4-5 pm and will stay at Hyatt Place Page/Lake Powell. My goal is to visit the Horseshoe Bends and the Antelope and Grand Canyon. Will it be possible to complete all of these attractions by 5 pm the next day.
Thank you for your expertise advise!

Hannah

Toni

April 14, 2018 at 3:41 PM

Hi there,
I live in Mesa and am planning a trip for may 4-8th to page. Unlike most people on here I would like to camp. I was wondering about a place to make base camp and then from there go to all the different places. There will be a group of us of about 8. Definitely want to do Horshoe Bend and a canyon tour. I have been reading on canyon X and secret canyon and then a few others that are three canyons on the same tour. Then the rest is up in the air. Possibley kayaking at Lake Powell. Can you please make suggestions on camping and then possible itenerary for our time frame and maybe some additional suggestions. We would like to see as much as possible in that time in that area and along the way but without being rushed.
Thank you so much!

Muhammad Irfan

April 14, 2018 at 11:30 AM

Hi Alley Keosheyan ,

The site is really interesting and informative. We (my wife) plan to stay one night at Vegas and then next day to Grand Canyon and Antelop. Also staying in Grand Canyon or Antelop (no idea where to stay), for next day trip. So in total 2 days and one night. We can’t self drive. Suggestions required please. Also we plan to leave for Chicago on second day evening or night.

Thank you.

Imma

April 13, 2018 at 10:35 PM

Hi hi!
I will be travelling to LAS very soon and we have rented a car for visiting the area.
I am arriving to Page in the afternoon so I will be visiting The Horseshoe on that day 29/04.
I want to visit Antelope Canyon and Monument Valley on 30/04. Not sure if I could do both Upper and Lower in the morning and then heading MV? Upper takes 90min but can you please confirm how long the Upper takes? In case these fits in one day, can you please confirm if starting with Lower would be more convenient?
I am planning to sleep in Page on 29/04 and visiting Gran Canyon on 30/04.
Can you please help me and let me know if this is feasible or crazy?
Thank you very much!

Phillip L.

April 12, 2018 at 6:55 PM

Hi,

First off, this site is incredibly helpful! Thank you! Given your experience, I would like your advice:

I fly into Phoenix next Saturday, April 21, arriving at 1 p.m. I will then drive to Page directly and spend the night at a hotel. As such, I have all day Sunday free. I want to see the “must sees” in your 1 day itinerary but not sure how to best go about it. At the minimum, I want to see Horseshoe Bend, Lake Powell (I believe my hotel has a view? or closeby? Its the Hampton Inn) and Antelope Canyon. I am leaning towards the Lower Canyon and also want some really good photos. I was reading about Canyon X too as an alternative since that is less crowded. Should I do that instead or try to do Lower + Canyon X? I plan on driving back to Phoenix on Monday but I can do anytime (preferably late morning) so I could theoretically squeeze something in the morning too.

Many many thanks!

Amy

April 12, 2018 at 5:39 AM

Hi Alley,
this itinerary looks wonderful! I learned about many hidden gems in AZ that I didn’t see from other itineraries.

I am planning for a 7-8 day trip in late May, and I really want to include Sedona in this trip. So I modified your suggested plan and the following is the draft.

D1. Phoenix (early afternoon arrival)-Sedona
D2. Sedona
D3. Leave for GC in the morning, thinking about staying at the north rim lodge. It still has availability.
D4. Spend morning in GC, leave for MV around lunch
D5. MV Tour in the morning, leave for page
D6. horseshoe band / antelope, white pocket, leave for Bryce
D7. Bryce.
D8. Bryce to LV or Phoenix. Will determine based on the flight ticket price

Does this plan look reasonable? We will not do any evening/night driving. I feel like I should drop one of these – MV /Bryce/Sedona. I’ve only been to GC (long time ago) and all the other places are new to me. If my trip should be 7 days, which one do you think should be dropped? I’m more prone to skip GC, but skipping Bryce looks more reasonable given the total driving hours (then I think I’ll do the rainbow bridge boat tour!).

I’d appreciate your opinion on this schedule. Thank you so much in advance!

Jillian

April 11, 2018 at 7:50 PM

Hello, I have found your site very helpful so I thought maybe you would have some suggestions for my trip. My friend and myself will be drive up to Lake Powell on 4/27 from Southern California and will stay there until 4/29. I have already booked a room at the Lake Powell Resorts, we wanted to check out the Lower Antelope Canyon and the Horseshoe Bend, yet I’m not sure how much time we will actually have.

Thank you

Manish

April 11, 2018 at 3:27 PM

Hi,
We are starting our trip from Phoenix on Saturday and we need to return back to Phoenix by Monday noon to catch the flight. On this trip we are planning to visit Grand Canyon, Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend and Sedona (ATV ride). It is indeed a short trip to cover all these beautiful places. I appreciate if you can help us to finalize this itinerary.

Erin W

April 11, 2018 at 2:02 PM

Hi Ryan!

Couple questions. I will be departing las Vegas on 4/27 and have two nights stay in Page, AZ. Is there anything you can recommend we can see on our drive from Vegas to Page on 4/27? Is stopping at Zion or Bryce too ambitious?

We plan to do an antelope canyon tour and leaning towards the lower canyon. What the best time to visit ? Any recommendations on a tour company?

Lastly, are there any boat tours for Lake Powell?

Thank you!

Raffaella

April 10, 2018 at 8:29 AM

Hi Ryan, I’m keen on dancing and I like to take videos of my dance at every place I visit as memories. They are all for myself not for commercial, and usually are about a minute. Can I also do it in antelope canyon and do I need to fill the form as well? Thank you so much and best regards. Raffaella

Mindy

April 09, 2018 at 10:05 PM

Hi, I’ll be in Bryce for a race on 6/2nd and drive to Antelope canyon after race. I have about 2-3hr early AM on Sunday. I would like to do a tour (1st tour available in early AM) cause I have to drive back (about 6hr drive back to Salt Lake international Airport) my flight leave 6pm
And I want to do a lower tour.
What would you recommend?

Rose Miranda

April 08, 2018 at 7:35 PM

Hello! We are a family of 4 our kids are 10yrs old and 13yrs old. We would love to visit Antelope Canyon, we will be driving up from Tempe, Az. Which location would be more beneficial for us? Lower or upper and would Page be the best place to stay verses Sedona or Flag? Which tour would you recommend? We are not experience hikers but we can manage. Any other recommendations for our crazy Az roadtrip? Thanks for your help!

John E Dobbins

April 08, 2018 at 5:04 PM

Ryan, thank you for the awesome video!

Fran

April 08, 2018 at 2:29 PM

Are service dogs allowed?

Caroline

April 08, 2018 at 3:21 AM

Thank you for your video, this is really helpful !

I am wondering, what was the camera you were using in order to film this video ?

CONSEIL

April 06, 2018 at 6:36 AM

Hello,
Thank you for your very interesting article about the wonderful canyons around Page. We are a french family with two children (14 and 11 years old) and we wish to visit canyons but away from the Antelope Canyon’s crowd. We hesitate between canyons and wish to have your opinion:
– Secret Canyon + Canyon X
or
– Rattlesnake Canyon + Owl Canyon + Mountain Sheep Canyon
What are the most impressive, the most colorful ?
Thank you for your reply.
Have a good day.
Valérie.

Silke

April 05, 2018 at 4:10 PM

Hi,

We are planing on staying on Page from Friday to Sunday next week and we would like to see upper and maybe lower Antelope canyon. We have a 1 1/2 half year old son traveling with us. Is it okay to take him on a tour? He would probably ride in a child back carrier with my husband all the time. Is there any particular tour you can recommend to do with children? Thanks,
Silke

amalesh

April 04, 2018 at 4:35 PM

Hi
I want to tour Grand Canyon, Monument valley, Antelope, if possible(zion and bryce). I am planning with my wife and a kid of 2 yrs. I know driving but it will be single driver. So want to check if any good tour company within $2000 budget for 2Adult and 1 kid.
Is it possible ?
I checked for Bundu Bus hop on hop bus but it doesn’t show any reservations from GC to Page or Page to Bryce, Zion etc. It only shows Vegas to GC and GC to Vegas.
Can anyone tell me how should I plan ?
You can contact me directly amalerchithi@gmail.com

mel

April 03, 2018 at 8:02 PM

Hi Alley,

I have 3 days trip. My family is coming from Tucson ( Univ. of Arizona) and plan to visit Antelope Valley and need to be back in LA by Monday evening. Can you give us suggestions for planning our trip. Thanks

Carolyn

April 02, 2018 at 9:20 PM

Hi Alley,
Husband and I are visiting Las Vegas & Arizona in Sept. driving from Las Vegas to Page on Monday morning and flying out of Phoenix on Friday evening. Wanting to stop at horseshoe bend, antelope canyon etc, then drive down to Phoenix via Sedona. Do you think 5 days (Monday afternoon to Friday afternoon) is enough time? What would you recommend to see after leaving Page?

Navish

April 01, 2018 at 7:00 PM

Hi Ryan,

Thanks for the excellent 1 day itinerary suggestion.
We were planning to do the South Kaibab Trail head upto Cedar Point in South GC and then drive up to Page. I reckon we would be there by 3 or maybe 4:30 and probably take the 3:30 or 5 oclock boat tour; then go to horseshoe bend for sunset perhaps?
Would this be feasible? Also, is it rather recommended to do the boat tour in the morning or any time of the day is good? Our travel dates are 28th April – 29th April for the above.

Thanks!

Leo Zabala

March 31, 2018 at 8:29 PM

Hi Ryan,
My wife and my two daughters are planning to take a long drive from San Diego California starting April 19, Thursday through April 22, Sunday. We hope to visit Lower Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend during the dates I mentioned with Sunday reserved for our travel back to San Diego. Can you advise us of a viable itinerary? Thanks
Leo

Deepak

March 31, 2018 at 4:16 AM

Hi,

We are planning a 5 day trip flying to las vegas with 4yr & 11 yr boys in April, definitely want to go to antelope & grand canyon, would really appreciate any suggestion so as to best utilize the time & enjoy the drive.

Thanks much.

Amy Hirschoff

March 30, 2018 at 7:49 PM

Help! I’m overwhelmed! lol. We are visiting the area, flying into Vegas, with our four children this summer and want to see GC, Bryce, Zion, Antelope, Horseshoe Bend, etc. We are staying in flagstaff for 5 nights and are cool with day trips so we were thinking we’d do Sedona, South Rim, etc. Then we move up to Cedar City for 3 nights and could hit Zion, Bryce then. Then moving to Monticello for two nights (Arches, Canyonland) and finally flying out of SLC after the fourth of July.

When should we do Antelope and Horseshoe? And what part of Antelope should we do? Not being from the area or knowing the area at all, it is all a little daunting.

What are the MUST SEE’s for us? Like the things I’d be disappointed if I found out later I missed… Oh, and we aren’t the type that likes to have everything scheduled out minute by minute, but is that a must for a trip like this? Thank you for any help you can give!!!!
Amy

Alley Keosheyan

March 29, 2018 at 5:21 PM

Hi Lisa,
Glad those helped! Good call on making a reservation in Page, and on eating at In-N-Out Burger. They’re not available where I live either, and I miss them terribly LOL
RE: having dinner at El Tovar, guests of other hotels in the area can and should make reservations 30 days out. Call 928-638-2631 and ask to be transferred to x6432 when you’re ready. Dinner is the only meal they take reservations for, breakfast and lunch are first-come, first-served.
Have fun!
Alley 🙂

Courtney Canady

March 26, 2018 at 5:48 PM

Hi, I am planning on flying into Vegas either in May or June of this year to visit antelope canyon and horseshoe bend. The plan is for a 3 day 2 night trip total, with our flight getting in around 9-10 the first day and leaving on a late night flight the third. I was planning on leaving Vegas after lunch time the first day to head towards page and go to antelope canyon and horseshoe bend the second day and either head to phoenix or back to vegas to fly home the third day. Do you have any suggestions for stops along the way? I was considering Zion National park if we have time.

Lisa

March 25, 2018 at 10:49 PM

We are planning a trip for the end of June – early July and just came across your website and am finding it so very helpful. This was last minute so I know things are booking up like crazy! I was wondering what you thought of our itinerary so far and if you have any suggestions. We have older children 19 and 16.

Day 1 – Arrive PHX airport from Detroit (approximately 4-hour flight) at 9:37 am.

We are not sure if it would be too much to drive to Tunaysan after we eat lunch and rent a car or if we should stay the night in Phoenix and start in the morning?

Day 2 – Arrive at Grand Canyon and check in hotel. The only thing planned so far is a sunset Jeep tour at 5:30 and will spend the night in Tuyasan.

Day 3 – We definitely want to head to Page and see Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend but don’t know if we should check out of the hotel in Tuyasan and get one in Page for the night and drive to Sedona the next day?

Day 4 – We have hotel reservations in Sedona available at 3:00 pm

Day 5 – Sedona

Day 6 – Sedona – checkout of hotel and head to PHX

Day 7 – Flight home from PHX at 12:00

I would really like to avoid checking in and out of hotels but if the travel is too much, I can do it!

Thanks in advance for any ideas or suggestions!

Kristin

March 25, 2018 at 9:12 PM

Hi. We’d like to book some alternative tours for tomorrow on Tuesday morning. Who should we call?

Aldaron

March 25, 2018 at 1:21 AM

Do you have a map of the area that the tour traverses? Do you kayak up the canyon and back down?

Yaniv

March 24, 2018 at 9:24 PM

Can we visit the lower or upper canyon without a tour? or you must be part of a tour in order to enter?

Thanks a lot!

Fernando Moreno-Castillo

March 23, 2018 at 12:43 AM

Can pets (on a leash of course) come?

Stephen

March 22, 2018 at 12:24 AM

Hi Ryan and Alley,

I will be flying into Phoenix, Arizona later this month, arriving at around 11:30am on a Friday. I’ve read lots of great stuff about Grand Canyon, Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend and Zion Park. Unfortunately I will be very short on time and need to end up in Las Vegas by Saturday night. I’m really looking for some help with putting together a little itinerary. Want to make sure that that the places I do visit are done at a good time of day, and that I don’t get stuck out on the roads after dusk. Thanks!

Andy

March 21, 2018 at 7:15 PM

Alley,
You are a fountain of knowledge and extremely kind to spend the time helping us strangers out.
Here are, hopefully, a couple of different questions for you about the Page area:
1. I was going to get a permit to go to Waterholes Canyon in the late afternoon, particularly to get some pictures of the wall near sunset. If we hike the canyon can we get out at the wall or do we have to walk along the edge to get to the wall area?
2. I wanted to get to the second slot area, further south, but it’s about 8 miles round trip and I simple don’t have the time for this hike. Is there an accessible route/entrance off of Coppermine Rd? I’ve seen one outfit that does tours here, Horseshoe Bend Tours, might be the only option?
3. Given decent, dry weather, how’s Smoky Mountain Road from Big Water to Escalante? Hopefully our rental car will be at least an AWD SUV.
4. at the least, if we go up to Alstrom Point for sunset is it safe/smart to drive back to Page in the dark?
Thanks for opinion and advise.

Leanne Paul

March 20, 2018 at 12:42 AM

Hi – thanks for the great information! We are planning a trip for August 2018, myself, my husband, 17 and 15 year old boys, and will only be in Page for one day. I was going to book a tour of lower Antelope Canyon, but then found information about Hidden Canyon Kayak Tours. In your opinion, will we see the same features of the slot canyon if we choose to kayak rather than do the walking tour? Will we miss out on anything (besides the crowds) if we kayak? Thanks! Leanne

Axel

March 18, 2018 at 9:51 AM

Dear Alley,
we are planning our trip in August. Our schedule is to arrive from Grand Canyon with an RV on Aug 14th. Since I’m a passionate photographer I plan to do Horseshoe bend in the morning of Aug 15th. Afterwards I was thinking of joining a photo tour of the upper antelope canyon- which operator can you recommend (who is giving me the best chances of getting “the perfect shot” ;).
Since I’m traveling with my wife and our little daughter (aged 3 1/2 by that time) I was wondering whether it is possible to take both of them on a tour to the lower antelope canyon on that day or early morning the next day? Both won’t join me on the photo tour on Aug 15th.
Thanks for your advice in advance!
Best
Axel

Rick Bazemore

March 17, 2018 at 8:20 PM

Hi Alley!

We are planning a trip to the Page area in October 2018 and need some specific help in planning where to fly in to.

We covered Vegas and Zion this past spring and don’t want to do that area again.

Spots we’d like to cover include Page, Grand Canyon North Rim, Bryce Canyon, Monument Valley, Moab, Arches, Canyonlands, Capitol Reef, etc.

Since my friend Lee McMichael, was tourism director for Page for a couple of years we’d like to spend at least 48 hours there.

What would you recommend as a fly in point and 8-day intinerary say like October 6-13?

Any help would be greatly appreciated! Thanks!

Marichu Lim

March 14, 2018 at 7:36 PM

Hello Ryan,

We are planning to go to Vegas end of May and would like to do a day trip to Antelope Canyon. Pls. suggest an itinerary. I am with husband and 2 kids (ages 20 and 10). I know we won’t have much time so please only suggest the “must see” attractions.

Thank you so much.

Donna

March 13, 2018 at 11:09 PM

This was very helpful for a trip I’m planning this summer! I had a question about the marina. I’ve been reading that there is a $25 7-day parking pass that people had to pay for just spending lunch hour at the marina. Is this true?

Thanks.

Irina

March 13, 2018 at 9:31 PM

Dear Ryan,

Could you give me a hint on how I can get from Page to the Monument Valley, considering that I don’t drive a car and can only go with a bus. I plan to make this route on May, 3rd this year. I have seen on the map that it’s just a 2 hour drive. Are there any regular or tourist buses / couches going there from Page? If not, can it be somehow possible to hitchhike on that route? And after visiting the Monument Valley I will have to make my way back to Kanab ( not Page) on the same day and get there by midnight latest. Kanab is within a 3 h10min drive away from the Monument Valley, so it all seems to be feasible regarding timing. The thing is that I plan to travel as a member of a small tourist group which is not going to the Monument Valley while for me this place is a must see, so I’ll have to get there on my own somehow.
Any suggestions?
Thanks in advance !

Kimberly

March 12, 2018 at 6:08 PM

Do you know anything about getting a permit for West Canyon? I know it is on Indian land.
Know of any boat shuttles to get there?

Michele

March 12, 2018 at 2:32 AM

Thank you so much for your wonderful site. I have been reading all the articles as I am planning for our upcoming trip this June to the Southwest. I will be with my husband and 2 boys (age 9, 15). We have never been to the area and are taking 3 weeks in a campervan going to Zion, Bryce, Page, Monument Valley, 4 corners (boys insist), Petrified Forest, Grand Canyon, Death Valley,, Yosemite, and Alcatraz. We will end up in Page 6/9-10 Any general advice is most welcome, but my specific question has to do with the Page tours you recommend. I am thinking the ww.horseshoebendslotcanyonadventures.com you recommend for one day and then being on the water a second day. At first I was thinking Hidden Canyon Kayak Tours but then reading this post was wondering if we should do Glen Canyon Half Day Float Trip. What is your advice with the kids? Also do you have any recommendations for campgrounds? Thanks in advance for your time and expertise!

MICHELLE

March 11, 2018 at 7:51 PM

I will have two days trip. I will drive from Phoenix to antelope canyon on first day, and drive back to phoenix on later afternoon second day. Can somebody give me some suggestions for planning my trip.

Thank you

Jacqueline

March 11, 2018 at 10:36 AM

Can you tell me the difference between upper and lower? Which has better views? Also, is there a tour that contains both Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend? My friend and I are considering a trip and are very outdoorsy, so difficult hikes won’t be a problem. Just looking to experience the best Mother Nature has to offer!

Andrea

March 11, 2018 at 2:21 AM

Hello, Alley!

Thanks so much for the amazing itinerary. We’re planning on going to the national parks this July, it’s going to be a 7-8 day trip. I’m wondering if it’s feasible to shorten the itinerary you gave if we’re just wanting to focus on seeing the national parks and the views, but not much on the museums and other activities? And is it feasible to go to arches also and when? So my draft itinerary is something like this—

Day 1
AM arrival to vegas, drive to grand canyon, watch the sunset.
PM drive to monument valley. Check in

Day 2
Monument valley
PM drive to Page. Check in.

Day 3
Antelope canyon, horseshoe bend overlook. Leave for Bryce canyon. Check in.

Day 4
Bryce and Zion

And then we go back to vegas and spend the rest of our days there

Victor Albanese

March 07, 2018 at 6:15 AM

Hey Ryan,
I’m planning a solo trip through AZ. Im starting Sedona- a few spots there , then the Grand Canyon, horseshoe bend, Antelope canyon, I wanna see Lake Powell if possible.. followed by the petrified forest. I guess I’d like to know if you think thats a good plan? Also do I need to purchase permits ahead of time? or do you think doing those tours are worth it? Any and all advise would be greatly appreciated.
Thank you in advance,
Victor

Neeka27

March 05, 2018 at 9:27 PM

Thank you for your itinerary & tips- this has seriously been my favorite road trip write up I have seen so far (and there has been many!). *high five*

Mrs.Hemali Mehta

March 01, 2018 at 7:37 AM

Dear Alley,

Hello,

We are a group of three people( my husband,myself and my 10yr old son) traveling from INDIA to LA on 24th May.We are coming to LAS Vegas on 28th April by flight.Further we are going to stay 5 nights in Las Vegas till 3rd May.From 3rd may we are joining 15days Trafalgar Summer scenic package 2018 (which we have already booked)……Trafalgar is going to provide us stay for 1 night on 3rd May at hotel Tropicana…

Now can u assist/suggest us for the best hotel (4* or 5*) with no resort fees and best package for 5 nights for the group of 3 people!!! on the center strip with lots of vegetarian food options in the surrounding walkable distance….Since we are from INDIA we eat Pure vegetarian food only without eggs.

Also we want to do 1 day trip of Hoover dam……1 day trip Grand canyon west rim air+ ground+sky walk , 1 day trip Death valley, 1 day trip antelope canyon(whichever side u suggest us)….. and 1 day night tour of Las vegas strip….Also if any best family entertainment shows available in Las vegas during our stay then please suggest us for sure.

I hope u can help us for sure!

Awaiting your immediate reply!

Thanks and Rgds,
Mrs.Hemali Mehta
(INDIA)
+91 98981 91250
(whatsapp no)

Lily Chau

February 27, 2018 at 9:03 AM

Hi Alley, I enjoyed your page so much! all the tips are really useful. And I would like to ask for your comments about my plan.

My family are planning to visit the region in September this year. Our plan is:
Day 0: Fly in to Vegas
Day 1: Drive out from Vegas to antelop canyon and visit Horseshoes bend on the first day. (Not sure which one to go first tho), Stay in Page
Day 2: Drive to GC south rim, and stop by hoover dam on the way back to Vegas.

May I ask:
1) If this will be too physical for my parents (They are not too old, just almost 60), or I can add a little bit hiking in between?
2) Is there anything you recommend us to visit as well?

Any advice/suggestions are very much appreciated! Thank you very much!

Venkat

February 26, 2018 at 1:13 AM

Hi,
We are planning to visit both the lower and upper canyon the upcoming weekend. I was wondering if there will be enough sunlight during the day to enjoy the views of the canyon. Also, if the lower canyon tour at 9:30am will be good time to visit the canyon. We plan to visit the upper canyon early afternoon.

Thanks!

Erin Leduc

February 24, 2018 at 11:29 PM

Hi Ryan,
Thank you for this great info it’s very helpful! I noticed the boat tour of Waheap is closed in March? We’re planning to visit Monday March 12th and I’d like to follow your advice of a boat tour on Lake Powell and Antelope Canyon exploring.

kathy

February 23, 2018 at 8:40 PM

Hi Alley,
Thank you for the quick response. Yes, I know staying in Flagstaff is not optimal but there are absolutely no accommodations to be found in the Grand Canyon, closest was Williams. I guess I need to think about adding another day and perhaps spend 1 night in Page.
Thank you for the recommendations, it’s difficult trying to fit everything in a weeks time.
Disregard my last entry, I didn’t think my first one went through….thank you again for your time Alley! 🙂

kathy

February 23, 2018 at 8:13 PM

Hi guys,
I’m wondering if you could verify the plans I’ve tentatively made for when my family will come to the area the first week of April.
Day 1: Fly into Phoenix at 9 am. Make our way via car to flagstaff, stopping along the way to take in the sights.
Day 2:Wake early and take in Horseshoe bend and make 11:30 tour of upper Antelope Canyon. Check out Glen Canyon Dam and perhaps wine pass to Buckskin hike. Head back to Flagstaff.
Day 3: Early start to Grand Canyon south rim, explore and hike and take in all there, heading back to Sedona.
Will 2 nights give us time to do all that or would you suggest anything different?
Thank you!

kathy

February 23, 2018 at 5:11 PM

Hi Ryan,
My family of 4 (boys 17 and 14) will be flying into Phoenix April 1. I thought we’d drive to Flagstaff and stay 2 nights to explore the area.
Monday, I thought we’d drive to Page and take in upper Antelope Canyon … reading that the midday tour is best for taking pictures , so working around that…..any suggestions at what else we should add for that day and then back to Flagstaff. Tuesday explore South rim and then head to Sedona for the night. Just trying to plan our 2 days and keep it exciting for the boys:)
Thanks!
Kathy

Ania

February 21, 2018 at 10:27 PM

Hello Alley,

this is awesome! So so helpful!

Thank you for sharing!

Best,
Ania

Ronnya

February 21, 2018 at 10:53 AM

Hey Allie what hike do you recommend for Zion National Park. One of the girls is scared of really difficult trails. Also for the new wave do you have an address we can put in ? We are flying in now!

Rekha

February 20, 2018 at 6:51 PM

Hi Ryan,
Thanks for the one day schedule to do at Page. I was wondering if at all adding Bryce and Zion to day 2 of this schedule is doable. We will be driving from Vegas on Day 1 and need to return to Vegas end of day 2. Thanks.
Rekha

Pallavi

February 14, 2018 at 4:26 PM

Wonderful itinerary. We were looking for one like this.

We are planning to make a visit in First week of March.What we had was antelope canyon and horseshoe bend for a days visit. We have booked 10:30 tour for lower as well as upper antelope canyon. We are still confused which one to visit ? Do you have any suggestions for this time of the year ?

Also Lake Powell boat tour was not in our list. But it seems a good ride seeing your itinerary. Will we get enough light in horse shoe after the boat trip in March first week?

We do not want to miss anything in your itinerary. Everything looks so good.

Nancy

February 12, 2018 at 9:53 PM

Wow! This site is getting me very excited about our trip to Lake Powell and Antelope Canyon in September. A friend told me about a raft trip near or through Antelope Canyon. Do you know of any such trip? I have not been able to find anything like this in my searches. Thank you. Nancy

Ronnya Peter

February 12, 2018 at 5:24 PM

Hi Alley!

I’m making a trip out in A couple weeks and wanted some advice on the tours.

I’m doing the hike tour at Zion National Park on February 21st. After the tour, we are driving to Page, Arizona and spending the night. The following day, 22nd, me and two friends wanted to do both upper/lower Antelope canyon as well as visit the horseshoe bend. I was wondering if you can help me make out this itinerary. For upper Antelope canyon, the open slots are 8:30am, 1030, 1:00pm, And 3:00. For lower Canyon, there are slots open every half hour all morning and afternoon on the 22nd. When do you rwant commend to do the upper and lower? Also, do you recommend us to go to horseshoe bend before the canyon starts or after?

Is there anyway you can give me an idea of what the horseshoe be d hike consists of? Are we taking a hike or are we driving to that scenic visual? How long does will we be at horseshoe bend?

We are driving to Vegas the night of the 22nd.

Thank you! 🙂

Thomas Reuting

February 11, 2018 at 2:26 PM

Hi,
how long is one tour in hours? I will stay in july with two other families.
Kind regards, Thomas

Tessa

February 09, 2018 at 8:24 AM

Hello Alley!!
Just reading your posts makes me excited 😊
So, we were planning babymooning in Page. March 8 th weekend is the only available time we can visit. 6 mnths prego and would love to see the horseshoe bend and upper antelope ( since you suggest it to be less physical).
Can you please suggest a boat / bus tour that will cover theses attractions and be ok for a pregnant woman? ( probaby its a crazy idea but I would love to do it now than latter😊)

Lorna

February 09, 2018 at 12:46 AM

Hi we were planning to go to upper or lower canyon this coming Feb 18 what are the requirements. we are coming from Vegas.

Thanks,

Lorna

Armando Silva Jr

February 08, 2018 at 5:53 AM

Hi Ryan,
Thank you so much for all the information you have given us. We will be going to Sedona from 2/21-2/25/18 and want to go out to Page on that Thurs. We are staying in Kachina Village which says it’s about a 2 1/2 hour drive. We have one day to spend there and want to get as much as we can in, what do you recommend as far as time effective and being that it’s late Feb.? Thank you so much

Alex

February 07, 2018 at 10:38 PM

Hi Alley,

Your page has been extremely helpful in planning an upcoming vacation my friends and I want to take to the Grand Canyon/Antelope Canyon/Horseshoe Bend & possibly Zion. I was wondering if I could run my itinerary by you and get your opinions/suggestions. We are going to be travelling in the mid-end of May and have 4 full days.

Option 1:
Day 1: Drive from PHX airport to hike Grand Canyon
Day 2: Grand Canyon Sunrise, Drive to Page for Lower Antelope Canyon Tour, Kayak Lake Powell, Sunset Horseshoe Bend
Day 3: The Wave/Zion
Day 4: The Wave/Zion, Fly out of LAS
*With this option, we are not sure if we will be able to see the Wave but we have heard of the “New Wave”?

Option 2:
Day 1: Drive from PHX airport to hike Grand Canyon
Day 2: Grand Canyon Sunrise, Drive to Page, Kayak on Lake Powell
Day 3: Lower Antelope canyon tour, Sunset Horseshoe Bend
Day 4: Drive to Zion Utah, Fly out of LAS
*Can we do Zion in one day? We would try to take an overnight flight home in order to do so, but it seems like a lot of driving in one day?

Option 3:
Day 1: Drive from PHX airport to hike Grand Canyon
Day 2: Grand Canyon Sunrise, Breakfast in canyon, Drive to Page, Kayak on Lake Powell
Day 3: Antelope canyon tour, drive to Utah side of Lake Powell, Sunset Horseshoe Bend
Day 4: Sedona/Flagstaff, Fly out of PHX

Since we are so close to Utah we really want to see the state if at all possible!
Have heard great things about Zion. Any travel tips you have would be greatly appreciated!!

Aemillia

February 02, 2018 at 10:45 PM

Hello,

We will either flying to Las Vegas and drive to Page and Sedona or fly to Phoenix and drive there. Which is a shorter drive or what do you recommend?

In Page and Sedona, what do you recommend to do? We will be there 5 days and traveling with two kids 5 and 10 years old.

Thank you for your time.

Beth

February 02, 2018 at 9:40 PM

What company does these tours? We are going down Feb 19th and all we can find companies don’t start tours until March.

Melissa D

February 01, 2018 at 11:28 PM

Love all your suggestions and would love your perspective on ideally what would be good to do with a limited time frame. I am taking my college age brother on a trip for Spring break and due to my time constraints can’t be gone that long. So, we are flying into Phoenix early on Sunday, March 11th and Leave Wednesday the 14th. Currently, I absolutely want to do Sedona, Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend…outside of that, I would love your suggestions and I would love your opinions and thoughts on order and timing. Any food places to stop are good too! We are true foodies…Elote is already on the list in Sedona because it’s amazing.
Thank you in advance!!!
Mel

Thomas Fung

January 31, 2018 at 3:41 PM

I’m flying over with a frd from Hong Kong. I would like to make a reservation on either 14/15 Feb. How is there any chance to get 2 lottery?

Thank you

Bonnie Z

January 27, 2018 at 3:39 PM

Hi – thanks for all your helpful information. We are going to spend one night in Page in late March 2018 and would like to visit both lower and upper antelope canyon. It sounds like we should do the 10:30 tour of Upper Antelope to catch the light but I am not sure what time to book for the lower canyon. you mention that tours have often been delayed and that our reservation won’t be honored if we arrive late so…. What time can we reasonably book the lower canyon tour and not arrive late? We will be driving on to the southern rim at the end of the day so we don’t want to leave it too late. Or should we go on an earlier tour as the light beams may not happen in March anyhow? Additionally, I did not see any one company offering tours of both canyons, is that correct? So if we have to use two different companies, we won’t want to have to drive back into Page between tours…. Which companies should we use to allow us to park somewhere near both? And where ? Or is there a shuttle? Not sure how to handle the logistics of this. Thank you for your advise!

Sarah

January 26, 2018 at 7:59 PM

Which (upper or lower) do you suggest if we will have our 20month old son with us?

Margaret

January 25, 2018 at 4:28 AM

We are planning a trip to Antelope Canyon in March during spring break. What is the best time of day to schedule a tour. Which would you recommend: upper or lower canyon? How strenuous is the hike? Thinking of bringing my 70 year old (in pretty good shape) mom along. There are several tour companies out there. Can you suggest which one to go with?

Alli K.

January 25, 2018 at 4:01 AM

Hello!

I am trying to plan a trip to go in the beginning of March, around the 5-9 (our spring break, so maybe it will be a little busier then?). How will the light and pictures be around that time? And it won’t be super busy right? I’m guessing not because it will probably still be a little chilly? What are your thoughts?

Thank you!!

Jessnom

January 24, 2018 at 11:29 PM

Hi , I stumbled across your website today and found your post very helpful for planning our upcoming honeymoon visit to the US. I am planning to spend about 5-6 days in the Utah/Arizona. I wish to visit the lower antelope canyon, horseshoe bend, monument valley and zion national park. Also, I saw that there is a nice glamping in moab (under canvas moab) in the dessert area.

i have two options here :

option A – (do you think there will be too much of driving for option A?)
day 1 Vegas -Zion national park
day 2 under canvas moab (have to do more research for places to go in this area)
day 3 Monument valley (have to do more research for places to go in this area) – page
day 4 Lower Antelope canyon, horseshoe bend
day 5 back to Vegas

Option B-
day 1 Vegas -Zion national park, under canvas Zion
day 2 Zion national park – page
day 3 Lower Antelope canyon, horseshoe bend – Vegas

Could you please give me some advice on it?
Thank you very much !

Jin Choo

January 23, 2018 at 12:11 PM

Hello …been googling but cannot find the website of the provider of this Antelope Canyon/Horseshoe Bend Air Tour? Can you email me a link for me to get to book it. tks/ jin

Adrianne

January 22, 2018 at 7:38 PM

Hi. I am planning a visit to Antelope Canyon with my kids, and came upon the kayak tour which looks cool. Does the kayak tour offer you equivalent views as either the upper or lower canyon tour? We won’t be there when the beam of light touches the floor anyway, but as far as the colors and they other majesty of the canyon, can we get that on the kayak tour, or do we need to do both? Also, do we have to have a guide to hike Cathedral Canyon or can we do that on our own?

Thanks!

Deedra

January 22, 2018 at 4:16 AM

Hi Alley – this is really great. I’ve been scouring the internet and maps trying to figure everything out. But I think I made a mistake when I booked our lodging at Grand Canyon many months ago. We are flying into Vegas Friday evening or Saturday (March 23 or 24), and flying out the next Wednesday or Thursday (March 28 or March 29). But we have reservations for GC on Sunday and Monday (March 25 and 26) We don’t necessarily need to stay both though. How much can we see with these parameters? And it what order? Also we are traveling with our nine year old and I don’t want to be too ambitious. Any suggestions??

Vishal

January 22, 2018 at 4:02 AM

Hi,

Can you please advise us which tour time should we choose for Lower Antelope and Boat tour for Feb 25th?

Tour for Lower Antelope Canyon Check in by 11 and Depart by 11:30 is sold out. Should we choose check in by 10:30 and Depart by 11:00 or Check in by 11:30 /depart at 12:00?

We also wanted to cover Boat tour and horseshoe bend on same day.

We will be staying in near by hotel.

Thanks
Vishal.

Ellen

January 20, 2018 at 6:03 PM

Hi Alley,

Your site has been my go-to resource for my upcoming trip at the end of this month and I want to thank you for the helpful information. I also wanted to ask you a bit more about Waterholes Canyon? I’m planning to do an engagement shoot in Page and was debating between Canyon X and Waterholes Canyon. I know Canyon X would be better in terms of crowds, but Waterholes Canyon seems like it would be a good option also since it does not require a tour and therefore we would not be restricted for time. I’d love to find out what you know about Waterholes Canyon in terms of accessibility and any other important information.

Thank you in advance!

Larry H

January 19, 2018 at 10:46 PM

Hi Alley. Your website is the BEST! Wealth of great info. On 5/21/18 we are driving from Williams to GCNP South Rim. Plan to hike 1 mile or less down Bright Angel trail. Then drive to Page, stopping at Cameron Trading Post for lunch. Doing 4:30 pm Upper Antelope Canyon tour (booked), staying 1 night Best Western Plus at Lake Powell. Horseshoe Bend on way to Cedar City, UT and points north. 4 senior citizens who start early, pack light, and go go all day! (me and my gal celebrating 50th anniversary, bringing our best friends)

cara

January 19, 2018 at 4:19 PM

Hi Alley,
I’m a bit confused with the Wave tours… Do we need to apply for the lottery if we are on a tour? Wouldn’t that be included on our tour? Also, do you recommend any tour companies that take you in?
Thank you so much!

Alex

January 17, 2018 at 12:42 AM

Hi Alley!
We were planning to do a tour of upper and lower antelope canyon, but we saw that one of the tour companies has additional private canyons that can be bundled with a tour of upper canyon. We are going in May 2018 so we thought it might be nice to go in the private canyons because they might be fewer crowds, but then we would miss lower canyon. What would you recommend? Is lower antelope canyon something we should not miss?

Ashley Ocampo

January 14, 2018 at 7:24 PM

Hi,

I’ll be in Tucson on 2/24 to speak on a panel and would like to see the canyon’s while in the state as I have never been and have always wanted to go! The plan would be to fly into Tucson and fly out of Phoenix as I believe that’s the best option, right?

But, and correct me if I’m wrong, this seems to be off season so a tour would not be available? If so, is there anything I can do at this time?

Appreciate any help!

Helen

January 13, 2018 at 8:26 PM

My friend and I are visiting Arizona in mid March, staying for a day in Page. We plan to do the lower antelope canyon around 10 am on the 17th of March and possibly another short slot canyon before we off to the South rim of Grand Canyon. Can you recommend one (possibly X canyon or horse shoe canyon?) for us? We are in 50s and feel like the lower antelope may not be enough to experience the slot canyon but wonder if its worth to try another canyon due to time constraint as we dont want to drive too late to the grand canyon. Thanks much

Trudy

January 11, 2018 at 4:59 PM

I am trying to plan a trip to Antelope canyon with my husband and 3 kids. Is there someone who can help me put together an itinerary?

Erica Spears

January 03, 2018 at 6:12 AM

Hello wanting to go visist antelope canyon in april or may for maternity photos. Do you have recomendations how/when to get the best pictuers. As well as recommendations for a local photagrapher around the area

Jen

January 03, 2018 at 12:01 AM

Hi – I’m wondering how to increase my chances of winning the lottery?

I’ve been listing my party as 4 people. Does this give me a smaller chance of winning, than if my party size was only 2 people?

Aside from my husband, I’d like to bring our two good friends (who we often hike with).

Do they mean they draw passes for 10 parties (of varying sizes), or 10 unique individuals? In other words, if my party of 4 got a pass, would they draw for 9 other parties, or just 6 other people?

Tina

December 21, 2017 at 11:54 PM

Hi Alley

Our group of 10 people want to book a tour to canyon x. We are driving from las vegas to the tour place and got a tour time of 1:00 pm. On december 28. Just want to ask is that a good time of the day to hike, consider the light. And how difficult it is as our youngest member is a 10 years old

Thanks

Tracy

December 21, 2017 at 5:30 AM

Hi Alley,

I accidentally clicked on your site and found it’s superb – a lot of useful information. A job well don!

We (husband, 20 yo daughter and I) are planning to drive from Lake Havasu City to Hurricane on 12/27, overnight stay there. 12/28 visit Zion NP, then drive to Page before dark. Stay two nights in Page. 12/29 visit Upper or Canyon X, then Lower Antelope Canyon, HSB, Lake Powell. 12/30 drive to Bakersfield, CA.

First of all, is our plan realistic? Any good stops on our drive to/from Page? Should we do Canyon X instead of Upper (both booked, but need to cancel one ASAP)?

Any advice/suggestions are very much appreciated!

Thank you and Happy Holidays!

Iza

December 17, 2017 at 3:19 PM

Hi!!
I’m going to California next month and I’m wondering if it’s a good time to visit Antelope (Upper or Lower?) and Horseshoe Bend. What is the best time of the day for each one, where can I find the guided tour to purchase (in advance or at the entrance)?
Thanks for your help!

Vui

December 16, 2017 at 7:22 AM

Do you think seniors ~70 will be able to make to the lower Antelope?

Sam Cohen

December 11, 2017 at 12:17 AM

Enjoy reading the information you provide. Thank you. My wife and I just returned back after kayaking Antelope Canyon , then taking the Lower tour as we’ve done on a number of occasions. I was advised by a visitor to our center
( Springdale Visitor Center) just outside of Zion Nat’l Park about a Slot canyon on native property , just North of Page and you don’t require a tour. You do need a paid permit receipt though. On our way back , I was searching for signage , but no luck. Wracking my brain for the name of it and just can’t. She said you don’t have to go in a long ways , but the canyon can be as long as 16 miles…. it had a catchy name and I did look it up on Google while we were talking… dang it all !
Ring any bells for you ?
Thanks.
Sam- Hurricane,UT

Marie

December 08, 2017 at 11:04 PM

Hi Alley,
Thnx for the info. I live in NY and we do get snow so I am used to it.
I wondered how bad or should I say how much snow do you guys get over there at the Canyon?

mrose

December 08, 2017 at 10:51 PM

From LV, we are driving and will stay in Page for the night. Will first week of January be also a good time to see the Canyons?

Marie

December 08, 2017 at 10:38 PM

How about early January, it is worth visiting the canyons?

laurent

December 08, 2017 at 3:20 AM

Hey Alley,

We are planning on driving from Vegas to see Grand Canyon and Antelope Canyon in two days and one night if possible. Any recommendations, tips, and or advice would be appreciated. Which place would you recommend we stop and stay over night?

Oyin

December 02, 2017 at 2:04 PM

Hi!
Thank you so much for this post.
I’m looking for some recommendations.
Will be coming to Arizona Dec 31 – Jan 4
Planning Grand Canyon, Page and Sedona. Initially had a plan but switched itinerary around a bit as my travel partner has to be back at work on the 2nd (Leaving from Flagstaff at 2am!!)
Flying into Phoenix, landing at 12
Any tips on how I should work this? (With the idea that Sedona is closest to Flagstaff I think).
Thinking Page, Sedona, Grand Canyon.

Not sure what to do in Page on 31st as we will likely arrive around 5pm (renting car). Saw something about Glen Canyon overlook. Maybe Cameron Trading Post?
1st – Antelope canyon and Horseshoe bend (anthing else to do?).
Drive to Sedona (Anything to do since it is evening time).
2nd – Pink Jeep Tour, Montezuma Castle and well (Anything else).
Drive to Grand Canyon. See the sunset at the South Rim.
3rd – Bright Angel Hike, maybe walk about town/Tusayan.
4th – Head home.
Any tips/itinerary ideas would be appreciated.

HL

November 29, 2017 at 5:38 AM

Hello Ryan/Alley!

I have always wanted to go to Antelope Canyon and horseshoe bend, but due to various reasons I’ll only be able to visit for two days.

I’ll be arriving at PHX friday morning (around 10:30AM) and my flight to leave PHX is at 6AM Sunday (I’m going to spend a night at the airport).

The plan right now is to visit GCNP for a few hours (I can’t hike, but I’m hoping to get a glimpse of it) then drive to our hotel near the antelope canyon at night. Saturday morning I would go on the antelope canyon tour & horseshoe bend, and drive back to PHX at night.

The only issue I have right now is the driving. I’ve read a few posts about how dark is it at night and how there are animals roaming around and now I’m kind of scared. I don’t really have any experiences with driving in really rural places and I’m wondering if you think I should skip GCNP all together and just drive to antelope canyon when I arrive at PHX, and return to PHX the following day in the afternoon.

I apologize for the lengthy post. Thank you for your help!

Dooie Kim

November 29, 2017 at 3:32 AM

Is it worth going to both Lower and upper? or not worth visiting both?
If one is good enough, what’s better?
it will be for 3 adults, 2 in 30s, 1 in 60s.

Sou

November 25, 2017 at 7:42 AM

Hi,

We are planning to visit Antelope Canyon and Horse shoe bend next month for 1 day tour, would you recommend to self drive , please provide any suggestions.

Thanks

Jeannie Lam

November 21, 2017 at 5:42 AM

Hi Ryan/Alley
So glad I found your page here, We will visit Phoenix in this coming Dec 16-24.
We already booked hotel in Phoenix, I think we will waste a lot of travel time by return trip every day.
We have 4 days for sight seeing & 3 days golf. Do you think we can make it ?
We plan to go Sedona, Lake Powell, GC National Park & Sky walk, Meteor Crater, Hole in the rock etc. Is it possible to visit Horseshoe, Antelope upper & Lower within 1 day ?
Can you please advise, what is the best way to cover all our destination.
Best,
Jeannie

Sol

November 12, 2017 at 5:45 PM

Hi Alley, we are planning a visit in March to the Utah-AZ National Parks. Antelope Canyon area is certainly a “must-see-must-do” on your list. We have a few questions which will help us plan properly. Is there an email address we can communicate our questions?

Michael

November 10, 2017 at 7:43 PM

Alley, the 7 day trip in Northern Arizona / Southern Utah is well done – I really appreciate the detail and links. If we travel the end of November, would there be any weather issues to be concerned with… especially with driving a rental car in icy/snowy conditions?

Georgia L.

November 10, 2017 at 7:00 AM

Hi Ryan & Alley,

Thanks so much for this website post and answering all of the comments so thoroughly. It is so helpful!

So we’re planning a trip to Northern AZ in a couple weeks and at the last minute discovered Antelope Canyon and decided to make a detour there. Couple of questions, I tried to look in the comments but nothing addresses at least my first question in particular. I saw something regarding older/not physically fit folks probably not being able to do the lower canyon, but I didn’t see anything with regards to the upper canyon. We are taking my parents (age 70) & my kids ages 9, 7 & 4. My mom & kids I am not worried about. My dad uses a walker and walks slowly and I just assumed he would not be able to do either canyon and we were gonna leave him at the hotel while the rest of us did the lower canyon tour, but upon reading about the walk to upper canyon being a flat walk, (it still seems like a long one though), would it still be advisable that he not try to do that (upper canyon) tour? And as another option, are you actually able to see into the slot canyons on a boat tour?

Second question, does this itinerary sound doable? – Day 1 leaving Cottonwood, AZ, leisurely driving through Sedona and taking in the sites and getting to Horseshoe bend before Sunset, staying overnight in Page. Day 2 early morning antelope caynon tour (just one tour, but probably lower, depending on your answer to question above), lunch at cameron trading post, then through the grand canyon, mostly stops at different viewpoints but not too much hiking/walking around because of grandpa, drive to flagstaff with enough time to hit up the lowell observatory for a couple hours (we have free tix). they close at 10 pm, my kids are fine with staying up late.

another question with regards to horseshoe bend. If we are there for the sunset, how is the lighting for the walk back to the car? Is it a dangerous walk at that point?

Thank you so much for your help. I look forward to hearing from you.

cindy

November 10, 2017 at 12:29 AM

When did you take this video? We are planning to visit it in December. Will we see the different scenes or the same? Will the weather be good for this? Many thanks.

Aniketh

November 08, 2017 at 8:00 AM

Hi! Thanks for this information.

I’m planning to visit antelope canyon and grand canyon this december. My itinerary is as follows:

I’m planning to start from Las Vegas on 21st December morning. I’m planning to stay in Page for 2 nights. I would want to cover upper antelope canyon tour, horseshoe bend on 21st.
On 22nd I have planned a drive down to Grand Canyon South Rim do a small hike if possible and drive back to Page.
I was thinking to avoid stay at Grand Canyon village because it is relatively colder than Page and I would definitely want to avoid the chill as much as possible. Or the weather doesn’t differ much between these two places ? In such case I can spend night at Grand Canyon so that I can view sunrise next day morning in Grand Canyon.
I would want to return to Las vegas by 23rd evening and cover hoover dam on the way.

Is this itinerary good enough and doable ? Please suggest if I need to make any changes ? And also how is the visibility in December generally ? I’m visiting this part of US for first time and I surely want my first visit a life time memory and experience.

Thanks in Advance 🙂

Cindy

November 01, 2017 at 1:46 AM

Going to try tour lower antelope canyon Thursday, what time are they? How far from Page

CurtissAnn Birdwell

November 01, 2017 at 12:31 AM

Thanks for sharing. This is on my bucket list and I’m not getting any younger so I had better get it done after watching this.

Toni Bright

October 30, 2017 at 5:59 PM

Hello Ally,
We are planning to be in the area the first week of January. We will only be able to do the Upper Canyon tour due to my wife’s physical limitations.
My question is how far in advance do we need to book a tour? We will be driving up from Sedona early in the morning on Wed or Thurs so I believe we can get a tour as early as 11 A.M.
This trip is to expose our daughter from the Philippines to the wonders of the Southwestern U.S. She is a travel and tour adviser there. and I will be adding to our own travel website thebrightwayrvrs.com.
Your website is very informative and will aid us in our travels in your area.
Thanks in advance for your advice,
Toni and Sally Bright
thebrightwayrvrs.com

Chana rachel

October 18, 2017 at 5:50 AM

Hi,
I am planning a trip to las Vegas and would really just live to see antelope canyon- and stay in Page for 2 nights while I’m there. What’s the best tour option- from last Vegas and how can I book in advance?
Thanks so much,
Chana Rachel

Myke Edwards

October 15, 2017 at 6:10 AM

So if I am just a hobbiest, and never plan on selling any images, am I still required to fill out an application for a permit. Also does this apply for Horseshoe bend as well? And I can only assume if it does apply for both locations I’d have to process an application for each location.

Rahul

October 11, 2017 at 5:53 AM

Thanks for this post – it is super helpful. You have mentioned three touring companies, but there seems to be a fourth one (https://navajotours.com/) which is offering tours to the upper antelope canyon. How are they different? And not listed here? Is it the same tour that they are offering?

Tracy

October 08, 2017 at 8:17 PM

Hello. We are staying in Page AZ in early October and would like to do the North Rim. From Page what sites can we take in on our way to the North Rim or on our way back to Page (same day). Thanks

Stephanie

October 05, 2017 at 1:32 AM

Hi Alley, You are amazing and superb in providing information on Arizona. I’m planing on a trip to Antelope and after reading your blog i have figured out where and what i can do.

I’m plaining for 7 days trip in 28th Jan. Take a flight to Las Vegas and spend 2 night there then rent a car to Grand Canyon South rim for 2 nights then head to Page for 3 nights and head home from Page airport.

But i have problem finding car rental to drop off the car at Page airport.
Any suggestion on my trip or what other options do i have ?

Thank You
Stephanie

Kevin

October 01, 2017 at 5:44 PM

Hey Rick/Alley,

We are planning to be in Page on Sunday, Oct. 8th and all tour companies are sold out (no surprise, we decided last minute to make this detour on our way to Phoenix). I read on a few other blogs (i.e. Tripadvisor, Fodor’s, etc.) that you can simply drive to the Upper Canyon parking lot/entrance, pay your fees and hire a guide form there? Is this still true? Appreciate your assistance. Thank you! Kevin

Pia

September 28, 2017 at 3:06 AM

Hi Alley,

We are visiting AZ on Thanksgiving week (Nov 22-26). Planning to visit Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend, Red Rocks, and Grand Canyon. Will there be tours operating during those dates?

Also, where is the best place to stay to photograph the sunrise and sunset? Is there any overnight tours available on Thanksgiving week?

Thanks,
Pia

Ricardo

September 26, 2017 at 11:35 PM

Hi Alley,

My name is Ricardo and would like to visit Antelope on 16th December 2017.

Besides driving, are there any transportation services which I can use to go to Page or Antelope ?

I will be staying in Vegas.

Thank you.

Ricardo

Stacey

September 24, 2017 at 12:57 PM

Hi! Thanks for all this great information!

My boyfriend and I are planning to travel to Page from Las Vegas around Nov 20. We are unclear if we should do the upper or the lower antelope canyons or both. We are both physically fit so the ladders don’t scare us. Can you do both in one day? What tour company do you recommend – is there one that does both canyons? At that time of the year (Nov) what time of day is best to visit the canyons?

We are then going to drive to the Grand Canyon South – any recommendations on how long to visit there? We are not hardcore hikers but would love to see the views.

Thank you!!!

Thomas

September 22, 2017 at 1:04 PM

Is Take Tours a good tour company trying to book a day trip to Antelope Canyon?

Sourav

September 21, 2017 at 6:23 PM

Hello Alley,

This is Sourav here, I and my Wife , we will be going for Leisure trip to Las Vegas on Dec-23-2017 to Dec-29-2017, while each evening and Night we are planning to spend in Vegas only. This is our first trip to Vegas

During the day, I am planning to visit Horseshoe bend and Antelope canyon,
Can you kindly add some more to my list during the day visit..

Regards
Sourav
+19016029371

JoAnna

September 21, 2017 at 12:46 AM

Dear Alley!
Thank you so much for the advice! I completely forgot about this walk to the Bend in the middle of nowhere 🙁
That would definitely make me end up driving to GC at night… which I definitely don’t want to do.

Your comment about potential nightly escapade brought back a frightening memory. When I was serving in the Army and stationed at Fort Huachuca, I took the trip with a friend from the base to Lake Powell, staying in Page, then in Flagstaff, visiting everything at fast pace, only to be stuck on the scenic route towards Sedona. My friend and I didn’t make reservation there and of course by the time we made it to town it was way after midnight and no place to stay. So we kept on driving through the night looking for any hotel, which we finally found, at 7 am, in… Phoenix. It was after the sunrise, so the heat was already scorching. I don’t even remember how we even made it back to Fort Huachuca… !
No thanks, never again. This drive in pure darkness, sharp switchbacks, fairly narrow roads – was beyond frightening.

My lesson learned was quite simple: always reserve places to spend night and be familiar with the terrain (distances to drive/walk and the time it takes to travel these distances depending on the time of the day).

Now, 16 years later, I intend to fix my reckless mistake; I’m planning ahead, measuring twice, and asking for advice. Thankfully, I have more time now to visit than back in 2001 (4-day pass). Miraculously, I just reserved a hotel in Page, on exactly the same day as all those years ago… arriving there on May 26, ha, ha! It must be a sign, right?

Anyway, thanks so much for bringing me back to reality, I’m making adjustments to my original plan 🙂

Best!
Jo

JoAnna

September 20, 2017 at 2:26 AM

Alley,
Thank for this wonderful website and information! I need your priceless advice!

I will be in Page on May 28, 2018. I’m planning the following for this day:
Page area:
Heli Butt Landing Tour @ 730 am,
Upper Canyon Tour (Ekis) @ 1130 am, and maybe
Antelope Canyon Tour on Lake Powell (by boat) @ 230 pm…

Then, drive South to GC Village while stopping by Horseshoe Bend (spend there an hour or so?)

Is this feasible? Or should I skip the boat trip?
I understand, from the Horseshoe Bend to the GC Village is about 2.5 hr drive…

Please help…
Thanks!
Jo

Angie C

September 12, 2017 at 5:47 AM

We’re flying to Vegas Thursday next week and will be starting our hike early from Valley of the Fire in Nevada Friday then drive same day to spend two nights in Page for Horseshoe bend/Antelope Canyon. Can you recommend other interesting stops along the way before we hit Page? I saw Grand Staircase Escalante but it’s so huge and can’t find any info if there’s any entrance along 89.

Vivl

September 03, 2017 at 4:54 AM

Our family of 4 (almost 5 and 10 yr old boys) + 69 year old grandma are planning to go during Thanksgiving week. I was thinking of both the upper and lower antelope canyons and also Horseshoe Bend Slot Canyon. Is that too much for 2 days? When would be the best times to book the tours for each one?

Ashley

September 03, 2017 at 12:53 AM

Ryan,
My husband and I are taking a day trip to Page in 2 weeks. We plan to dive from Sedona that morning, with a 10:30 tour of Canyon x as the first stop.

We will then drive to lower antelope, eat lunch at the marina and hopefully catch a tour of lower antelope prior to 1:30. (The visitor center told us they’re first come, first serve.)

I’m wondering how far of a drive it is to Horseshoe Bend from Lower Antelope?

Secondly, we want to make part of the drive to Scottsdale that night, but want to avoid too much diving in the dark. Is Flagstaff the best place for us to stay between Page and Scottsdale? Looking for a nice place.

Thanks!

El

August 18, 2017 at 9:31 AM

Hi Ryan,

Thank you for the informative post.

I am looking to travel to Grand Canyon NP in December 20/21/22/23. I will be staying over at Page on the night of 21 Dec, and looking to tour the Antelope Canyons and Horseshoe Bend on 22 Dec.

May I ask you for advice on the following:

1) Is there any one tour provider that handles both Upper and Lower Antelope Canyons, or is it usual of other travellers to engage two separate tour providers for Upper and Lower sections?

2) Any recommendation for the tour provider(s)?

3) In terms of timing, I was told before that it will take the morning to tour Lower Antelope Canyon and the afternoon to tour Upper Antelope Canyon, leaving a bit of time to drive over to catch sunset at Horseshoe Bend. Is this a feasible plan?

4) Finally on lake powell ride. Since it is winter, I suppose we can give this a miss, both from the perspective of weather and feasibility.

France Fehr

August 17, 2017 at 11:01 PM

Hello. I have read many of the questions/answers here and I have learned many things. I am planning to be in Page at the end of March. I would like to visit Upper and Lower Antelope Canyon. Is it possible to do it in one day ? is there a combo (package) if we want to do both? what is the best website to reserve our visit ? Should I do it now (7 months ahead to be sure I have a spot)?
I was told that Lower Canyon can be a little difficult for someone who is not comfortable in tight space ( claustrophobia), can it be a problem ?

If later during that week I visit Monument Valley , the fee payed for the Navajo Tribal Park would be already done ( is it good for one week) because we need to pay it when we visit Antelope Canyon ?

thank you so much for helping me making sure my planning goes well.

Laura

August 17, 2017 at 5:30 PM

Hi Ryan,

I want to get some good photos of Rainbow Bridge. I noticed a lot of tours leave around 7:30am and last around 6-8hrs. This is way too long and also this will be a non-ideal time to take photos. Do you know of any shorter tours that also leave later in the day?

Bonita

August 15, 2017 at 6:19 PM

Hi, We are planning to visit Lower Antelope on Sep. 5th 2017. If we book an early am tour(before 8am) , can we avoid the long wait times and tour buses? Will there be enough light in the canyon at that time for decent photography? Thanks for your thoughts ! Bonita Kolb

Zina Dolzikova

August 15, 2017 at 12:52 AM

Hi,

Let me start off by saying that I think you are doing a great service for helping people who visit your area 🙂 Hoping that you will be able to help us out too.

A quick overview of our plan so far: We are planning to visit the Grand Canyon, Page, Monument Valley, Sedona and, if possible, maybe stop by the Marble Canyon on the way to Page. We are hoping to see the sunset in Monument Valley. We are not experienced hikers but like to do so at a reasonable length and would also like to take a short boat tour in the Page area. We are driving from Hoover Dam on October 7th (Sedan car, if that helps) and are planning to leave just after 9 am. We booked 1 night in Williams (Grand Canyon is too expensive), 2 nights in Page, 1 night in Flagstaff, and 2 nights in Sedona.

What specific sightseeing spots, that you can recommend, can we fit in these days?

Do we need to book a tour to the Lower Antelope Canyon through the tour company in Page or drive directly to the canyon and get a ticket there?

Does the Grand Canyon have a specific website for tourists?

Thank you for your help,

Zina

kosaku

August 15, 2017 at 12:49 AM

Hi. I have found this site really useful! Thanks for all the info!

I understand that tours to Antelope are crowded and I need reservations well in advance. I plan to visit Page in February 9, next year. I am driving from Sedona and what is the weather like? And do you think there will be a pack of people as usual in February?

I saw a TV program in Japan last August about Secret Canyon, and it said the tour was operated by Slot Caynon Hummer Adventures ONLY. I sent an email but I haven’t heard from them. I also tried to reach by phone, and it has been disconnected. I guess they are not in business any more. Do you know what happend to them?

Thanks to this website, the tour operator to Secret Cantyon now seems Horseshoe Bend Slot Canyon Adventures. In February, their Slot Canyon PLUS Horseshoe Bend Overlook tours are offered at 7:45 am and 2:45 pm. Which one would you recommend?

I appreciate your help and tips!

Thanks again,
Kosaku

Clax Basso

August 13, 2017 at 8:27 PM

I understand the necessity to preserve this beuatiful spot. But I live in Europeand I came 3 times in three different years to Kanab to try to see the Wave, and I never got a permit, in a total of 12 attempts.
To be honest is rubbish, especially becaue you have to be every day in it to have a walk in permit ( after failed the online lottery obisuly) for 12 mornings I wasted most of my morning to attend a lottery. I am sorry but I think that in the 21st century there should be a better system. Even because then the few pwoplw allowed to get to the wave they make every single stupoid pictures the a man mind is allowed to think of, making it probably more dangerous for the wave than 100 toruist per day consciousnly respecting the place. I am sorry but I have seen now hundreds and hundreds of stupid pictures on internet of people going to the Wave, bringing no respect. and I am a photographer. This is very, very disappointing

Ricky

August 13, 2017 at 1:41 PM

We are planning to see Antelope Canyon 1st week of Oct. What would the weather be like then? Does it usually rain during that time ? Can you recommend a good iterinary for us we have 2 girls, 7 and 10. Thanks.

Sophia

August 10, 2017 at 11:39 PM

Hi! I’m planning 5 days trip to Grand Circle early Oct start from Phoenix or Las Vegas. Noted it’s tight, so the key spots will be Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend, Moument Valley, Arch National Park, Canyonland and Bryce. Does it works in terms of distance?
Also any recommendation for me in transportation as I don’t drive. Believed it’s tough.

Michael Lim

July 26, 2017 at 12:09 PM

Thanks Alley! Your website is a real life-saver and informative too. I’m from Singapore and I’m afraid I booked a little too late so didn’t get a good time slot and from what I hear of the crowds, I felt like I had little choice but to get ready for a wonderfully awful experience. Finding the options and tour operators on your site got my adrenaline pumping as I am bringing my sister and daughter and want to give them the best experience possible. Hope to meet you in person and thank you face-to-face. Thanks again.

Brenda

July 26, 2017 at 2:16 PM

We are coming to Page in September, arriving Friday afternoon Sept 8. We have reservations at Best Western Plus at Lake Powell.
First, about how long does it take to climb Horseshoe Bend? Perhaps we could do that after our arrival from GCNP that day.
Then, on Sat, Sept 9, we want to do Upper Antelope and the calm river rafting that we will have to meet at 12:30 PM. I’m concerned the 10:30 canyon tour will be too close in time to be able to get to Colorado River Discovery Center……how far apart are the two venues? Will we be likely to see any light if we take the 8:30 or 9:30 AM slot Canyon? Thanks!!

Ted johns

July 25, 2017 at 11:54 PM

Can you recommend anyone that will set up the hotels for a driving 7 day trip around the canyon and surrounding area like your 7 day trip?

Stefano RUZZINI

July 19, 2017 at 8:10 AM

My wife and I will be in Las Vegas on October 20, evening flight from Salt Lake city. So we will start our tour Oct. 21 early morning and we have until Oct. 24 :Late afternoon flight to San Francisco.
What should we not miss in 4 days? And would Arches Canyon be too far to consider? We will be driving a rented SUV from LAS.
Thank you for your very useful tips.

Franziska

July 17, 2017 at 10:18 PM

Hi there!
We will be in Page for two full days on October 13th and October 14th 2017 and would like to see at least one of the slot canyons during our stay. As we are not very fond of large crowds but don’t want to spend a fortune on our tour either, we were thinking about taking the Canyon X tour. We were wondering though, what would be the best time of the day to visit Canyon X? Hope you’ll be able to help us with that. Thanks!
Franziska

james hallett

July 13, 2017 at 9:55 AM

Hi,
Thank you for your info. I AM making a flying visit with a friend in early march next year. It sounds like even then Antelope canyon will be very busy. And sadly we are due to be there for a Saturday. Of all the ones you list which would you say is the best one to see. We are both up for some fairly strenuous visits – especially if it means no crowds. Cardiac canyon sounds like a good one! Happy to d a couple of excursions before moving on. Any help gratefully received.
Look forward to hearing from you.
James.

Amy Dexheimer

July 11, 2017 at 1:28 AM

Alley – I am so happy I came across your information! I booked a Canyon X tour with one of the links you provided. Thanks for the info!

Debra Miller

July 09, 2017 at 12:11 AM

We were just talking about doing something like this in the beginning of June. Looks like a great trip.

Yiling

July 06, 2017 at 10:49 PM

Hi! I am planning to visit Antelope Canyon in this August and have already booked a Upper Antelope tour at 2:30 pm. However, I have just found a same tour available at 1:30 pm. Since I would very love to see the famous light beam, I am wondering whether it is possible for the tour at 1:30 pm to see the light beam and whether it is necessary for me to book it.

Thanks!

Rose Smith

July 06, 2017 at 1:07 PM

what would be the best and easiest hiking trail 4 my kids and me?

Ricardo

June 30, 2017 at 2:54 AM

Hi, thanks for all your ideas on trips to antelope canyon.

Unfortunately due to time constraints, I arrive in LV on 13 july and am taking a flight out on 16 july. Is there anyway I can squeeze in a trip to Grand Canyon, antelope canyon and horseshoe bend? Will the drives be too long and tiring, or which should I take out.

Thanks for the help!

Rick Reicker

June 24, 2017 at 2:56 PM

Thanks so much for taking the time to put this together. Exactly what we were looking for!!

Astrid

June 24, 2017 at 6:03 AM

Hi,
thank you for listing these alternative tours.
We have already booked the Lower Antelope Canyon for July 20th. Now I am thinking of either:
– doing Canyon X additionally
– cancelling Lower Antelope and visiting Canyon X only
– cancelling Lower Antelope and visiting Horseshoe Bend Slot Canyon only
What would be your personal preference?
I would be glad to receive your comment.
Kind regards from Germany,
Astrid

Jan

June 18, 2017 at 4:01 AM

Hello!
Please could you confirm my planned trip, is possible to do it in one day? We plan our trip on the end of june.. Our group has 3 children (10-13 Y). We will be in Page overnight. We want to visit Antelope Canyon in the morning (8:00?), which one is better for us, upper or lower? How much time does the visit take? Then we want to go to the Monument Valley. During the way to MV, where do you recommend to take lunch? And again how much time do we need for the visit of MV? After MV we want continue to Moab, where we want stay for two nights.
Thanks a lot for your help!
Jan

Mike

June 13, 2017 at 9:05 PM

Hello,

Spending a week in Kanab so we can stay in one spot and still see lots. Curious your thoughts on our itinerary and feel free to give feedback or suggestions.

Spend 2 days in Zion- one day doing the Narrows and one day doing Angel’s Landing. (Have done them both and the reason we are going back)

1 day driving up to Bryce and Hike the Navajo Loop and Queens Garden Trail. If time we might go to Calf Creek Falls Recreation Area.

1 day of complete relaxation in Kanab

Thinking of combining Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend, Navajo Bridge and North Rim all in one day. 6 hours of driving which makes for a long day but then frees up another day.

My main question is do you think that the North Rim deserves its own day or does it make sense to combine them all because if we go to Navajo Bridge then to head back to Kanab we go through Jacob’s Lake which is about an hour from the North Rim? We did the south rim 2 years ago and my kids got bored after a few hours so not sure if the North rim is worth it’s own day or just make it a long day.

Thank you!

jamie

June 13, 2017 at 1:31 AM

Hi Alley,
We will visit Page in the end of July. Like to tour both upper and lower antelope canyon. So I already book the 12:00 tour for lower, what is the best time to book for upper canyon? 9:30?
Thank you for all your tips of travelling,
Jamie

Elena

June 09, 2017 at 3:40 AM

I and 3 others friends are planning to visit Havasu Falls, Grand Canyon, south rim of Antelope, horseshoe bend, and Powell river in 4 nights/ 5 days ( June 30-July 4). We are planning to fly to Las Vegas and drive through those places. In what order should we take to make most of our time? Also, do We need to sign up for a tour or we can hike alone? Do we need permits? Where are the best places to stay for those places? Thanks, Elena

Mandar

June 08, 2017 at 10:25 PM

Hi,
Could you please suggest a good company for helicopter tours in Grand Canyon? Thanks in advance

Erin M

June 07, 2017 at 8:03 PM

I stumbled across your website today and found many posts so very helpful for planning our upcoming visit to Page. Thanks for all the guidance!

Beth

June 04, 2017 at 4:11 AM

I’m planning to visit Antelope Canyon this year and was wondering if there is a season that makes the canyon more beautiful. I did see in the comments that the light beam is present in late spring, summer, and early fall, and strongest… I have a very flexible schedule for travel and wanted to know if have a recommendation for a time of year that affords better conditions/weather or fewer people. I appreciate any help you can provide!

Cindi

June 03, 2017 at 11:23 AM

Alley, any ideas on my above comment…where to add another day?
Thanks!

Cindi

June 02, 2017 at 12:36 PM

I understand how a long-winded question can get buried…no problem. I appreciate your help immensely! So if I am able to cut out a night a Bryce, where would be the best place to add on? I chose two nights for Bryce because I figured after flying to Vegas, getting luggage, getting rental car and then driving at least 4 hours to Bryce, we wouldn’t have any time to see or do much that day. I thought we’d spend the next day at Bryce and then start out fresh and early the next a.m. to Capitol Reef. What do you think? Again, thank you, thank you, thank you!

Cindi Holgash

June 02, 2017 at 2:39 AM

any answer on my itinerary posted before Sal’s?
Thanks!

sal

May 30, 2017 at 12:42 AM

Hello,

I have found very useful information here. Thank you.

I will be driving from Las Vegas to Page on Saturday. Planning to visit Lower Antelope Canyon then head to Horseshoe Bend. Is it possible/ advisable to both lower and upper canyons on the same day? I’ll be heading back to Las Vegas on Sunday with no rush. Is there anything else to see/visit near Page or on the way back to Las Vegas that doesn’t require advance preparations?

Kathy

May 29, 2017 at 1:50 AM

We’re going to go to Antelope on September 5th of this year. What is the best time of day for light and photos??
Thanks!!

Cindi Holgash

May 22, 2017 at 9:24 PM

I am still trying to streamline my itinerary…
Please let me know if this works…
Fly to Vegas (arrive 11 a.m.)
Drive to Bryce –4 hours (stay 2 nights)
Drive to Capitol Reef – 2 hours (stay one night)
Drive to Moab – 2 1/2 hours (stay 2 nights) Arches,* Dead Horse State Park, Canyonlands
*I realize there will be construction starting 7 p.m. on the road to Arches
Drive to Monument Valley – 2 1/2 hours (stay one night) Sunset Navajo Spirit Tour
Drive to Lake Powell — 2 hours (2 nights) Antelope Canyon, Lake Powell Boat tour, Horseshoe Bend
Drive to Desert Pearl in Zion – 2 hours (2 nights)
Zion to Las Vegas – 2 1/2 hours (2 nights in Vegas)

Suzette

May 22, 2017 at 5:29 AM

Hi Alley! So glad to have found this site – your responses are a wealth of information!

My friend and I have 2 days/1 night planned in the area and we want to visit GC South Rim and Antelope Canyon/Horseshoe Bend. We’re flying into Phoenix the first day, and probably staying in Page for the night. What do you suggest we visit/do to make the most of our trip??

Your expertise and insights are welcomed! Thank you in advance!

Suzette

Janice Lipshy

May 21, 2017 at 7:47 PM

Planning to go to Antelope Canyon from Detroit Michigan the last week in October2017…and wondering where we should fly into…..have previously been to Grand Canyon, Bryce, Zion, Vegas, etc….but would not be opposed to a revisit….just want to get to Page the most scenic and beautiful route…have have nine days, eight nites start to finish…please assist and thank you for your time.
jan

Teresa

May 15, 2017 at 12:35 PM

Hello all!!

Thank you so much for all the very useful information!!!

I am planning a trip for my parents and myself, we plan to drive to Antelope Canyon and take one of the upper tour.

However, that’s all I have planned, wondering if there is any advise on what’s the best way to see the other amazing spots in the area? Perhaps not too tiring as they are not young?

I see there’s the Rainbow Bridge, Horseshoe Bend, Lake Powell (whats the best way to see them?)

Thank you so so much, you very kind people!!!

Shab

May 12, 2017 at 3:36 AM

Hi, love your website and all the articles!

I am planning a solo trip from Vancouver, BC to visit Antelope Canyon and Horse Bend from June 1-5. My plan is to rent a car from Vegas to Page although a bit nervous about the drive. Any recommendations for this first time solo traveler? Love to make the most of my time while there and hopefully get to do the things you suggested in Ultimate 2-day Itinerary.

So lucky to have come upon this site. Thank you for all your guidance!

Cindi

May 12, 2017 at 3:14 AM

Thanks so much, Alley. I appreciate your bringing the construction problem to my attention. I will certainly keep it in mind when planning. I checked into it after you wrote about it and people have commented that they made sure they visited first thing in the morning to avoid the most traffic.

Yes, you are correct about the Grand Canyon-I have visited a few years ago, so I will concentrate on other national parks and sites besides the Grand Canyon and Sedona.

Would it make any difference if I reversed your proposed itinerary? Start with Vegas, then Bryce, then Escalante, then Capitol Reef, etc. Any advantage one direction vs. the opposite?

Thanks for all your help!

Cindi Holgash

May 07, 2017 at 1:42 AM

This is an amazing site! Thanks for all your wealth of information. I need help with my planning of our Utah trip. We plan on flying to Vegas –not sure whether to start at Zion/Bryce or go to Lake Powell first.
Vegas to Lake Powell– one night in Lake Powell (boat tour)
Lake Powell to Monument Valley –one night in Monument Valley. My dream is to do a sunset jeep tour if possible here.
Antelope Canyon, Horshoe Bend
Monument Valley to Canyonland to Moab
One – Two nights in Moab (Arches, Canyonland, 7 Dead Horse State Park)
Moab to Capitol Reef (Arches
Capitol Reef to Escalante
Escalante to Bryce/Zion (portion of The Narrows) other various sites there
2-3 nights in Zion
2 nights in Vegas
I am in fair shape but I do have rheumatoid arthritis in my legs. I am 60 and my husband is 63. I would say hiking in the moderate range would be the best bet. Also when would be the best time to go to the Antelope Canyon? Which would be best for us to tackle?
Thanks so much for your help!

Does this sound like a plan? If you have a better itinerary, please give me your better ideas.

forgot to mention that we are thinking of taking the trip mid-July or early August. Thanks!

JR

May 04, 2017 at 11:09 AM

Will be in Antelope Canyon area abt 16th or so of May. Please tell me what tours/outfitters have easier DoD cuz my husband has foot pain. which he can bear but we do limit hiking & climbing.

John McKearney

May 02, 2017 at 1:41 PM

Alley:

Do you have to book a tour to visit antelope canyon? or can you go there on your own? It seems that you can only book a tour. However, if I can do it on my own with a friend (even if there is a fee involved) where can I find that information.

Thank you

John M.

Matan

April 26, 2017 at 9:01 PM

Hi..

Just a quick question – I have a full day in page, and I was wondering if I should do both upper and lower canyons or just one of them… either way I plan on doing horseshoe bend at sunset.. would love to hear your opinion..

Thanks, Matan

Ashley Fisher

April 17, 2017 at 8:42 PM

Do you have a recommendation on a hotel that is nearby this area? I’m doing the full hike with the antelope canyons, horseshoe bend and Zion all included. If you have a suggestion on a unique place to stay that would be most helpful. I’d rather a more rural, rustic place rather than your typical hotel.

Thank You
Ashley

mina

April 17, 2017 at 3:25 AM

thanks Alley, can you confirm drive from southrim to horseshoe bend boat trip ( do you know how long drive woul be)then I could drive from end ofboat trip to antelope canyon (do you know how long this drive would be and from what point?. Also are we able to drive any car on these roads?

mina

April 11, 2017 at 11:11 PM

hi can you do a tour of the upper and lower antelope canyon? Also would like to get down onto river to do boat tour including horseshoe in boat? Would travel from south rim to stay overnight in page and get up early to do these 2 tours if it all fits in one day?

Scott

April 07, 2017 at 8:28 PM

Hi Ryan. We will be spending 3 days and two nights in early may in the Page area. Of coarse plan on visiting Antelope canyon and Lake powell. We would like to camp and have a four wheels drive vehicle. Can you recommend any 4×4 accessible remote beautiful places to set up camp?
Thanks
Scott

Audra Johnston

April 06, 2017 at 7:55 PM

Hey Ryan,

Thanks for this one day intinerary! I am planning my first day (and first time) in Page with it! I’ve enjoyed your website about Antelope Canyon and all the post and comments so much. After two days in Page, I am heading to the South Rim of the Grand Canyon. I hope you don’t mind me asking about the South Rim. Any suggestions? Must dos and don’t dos?

Can’t wait to visit. Thanks for this website, it has been very helpful!

From Texas,
Audra J.

Ivy

April 05, 2017 at 5:44 PM

Hi Ryan,

We’re planning on visiting Antelope Canyon both upper and lower in late Oct to early Nov. What is the best time for lights at both upper and lower canyons at that time of the year?

cynthia

April 04, 2017 at 8:57 PM

I am interested in staying inside the park for one night around the 8th of October. What facilities or links to lodging do you know of that provides lodging inside the park?

ml

April 05, 2017 at 1:01 AM

by the way Alley,

suggested hotels above will be very useful the next visit!
thanks very much indeed!

ml

April 05, 2017 at 1:00 AM

Thanks Alley:-)
Appreciate the tips!
so, our final trip will be:

-staying at scottsdale overnight upon arrival
-early morning heading and exploring Sedona for one day (rock slide -swimming/holy cross chapel
-in the early evening, heading to flagstaff hotel (2nights)?
-early morning next day heading to horseshoe bend and entelope
-overnight stay again in flagstaff
-early morning heading to grand canyon south rim and explore
-leave grand canyon by 2pm ? and headback to scottsdale (4.5hrs drive)

is grand canyon south rim explorable by 3hrs max??

thanks Alley
any inputs will be much appreciated.
God speed!

ml

April 02, 2017 at 6:40 PM

Hello Ryan,

Thank you for your amazing replies and comments, these sure are a great help especially for first time travellers like ourselves.
we are arriving in Phoenix and staying in scottsdale hotel. Our trip is for five days. travelling with kids (9 and 3 yrs old).
Planned itineraries:
day 1 – exploring/driving to sedona then back to scottsdale
day 2 – driving to page for horseshoe bend and antelope canyon in one day (back to scottsdale end of day), although looking for a night to stay in page but hotels are either fully booked or pricey
day3- grand canyon
any suggestions will be much appreciated.
Thanks!

Arby

March 29, 2017 at 1:33 AM

Hi Ryan or Alley,
We are flying into Flagstaff and have 4 days and we want to see Grand Canyon,-1day, 1day- antelope canyon, horseshoe bend and 1day-Sedona.
1. Please suggest the sequence?
2. And also suggest the sequence for antelope canyon and horseshoe bend?
3. Also suggest must places to see in Sedona? Thanks a lot

Paul Kristoff

March 24, 2017 at 2:34 PM

Ryan,

Thank you for all the wonderful information. I was wondering if the light beam would be available in late April (29th-May 2) and also if the beams appeared in the lower canyon?

This is not quite on the slot canyon but on horseshoe bend. Is it better to do sunrise of sunset as far as photographing?

Thank you so much.

Paul

Charles DEBRAH

March 21, 2017 at 4:12 PM

Hi Ryan,
Can’t praise you and your team enough for the insightful info on your site. Very much appreciated by all who stumbles on your site.

My wife and I are taking a 7 day trip to see the Utah’s Mighty 5 and Antelope canyon (lower and upper), Horseshoe bend and a tour on Lake Powell (at least we hope).
We are renting a car and drive from Las Vegas to Page on Jul 8th then spend a night in Page and do the Antelope etc then drive to Arches etc to Zion then back to Las Vegas to catch a flight back to Iowa on 7/14 at 8pm
Could you please advice as how best to maximize our time and a suitable itinerary. Thank you so much in advance.

Sally

March 20, 2017 at 5:50 PM

Hi Alley/Ryan,

Thanks so much for the wonderful information. This is a great website! We plan to visit Grand Canyon/Page/Bryce/Zion end of this April. 2 adults and 2 kids (age 14 and 10). We will head out from Las Vegas early morning on Monday to Grand Canyon. Currently I have 2 nights in park lodging and don’t have overnight at Page, we plan to drive to Page then to Bryce same day on Wednesday. Will one night at Grand Canyon be enough (we would love to hike down to the canyon a little bit and don’t want to rush) so I can allocate one night to Page? Instead of leaving Wed morning to Page, doing Horseshoe Bed and Antelope Canyon tour, then to Bryce, should we leave Tuesday afternoon from Grand Canyon and get to Page, so we can have a bit relaxed time on Wednesday exploring Antelope Canyon and enjoy the scene/hike while heading to Bryce before sunset? Please let me know. Thanks!

Diana

March 19, 2017 at 6:56 PM

Thanks for this great itinerary. We’re visiting Page next month with our 6 and 9 year old sons as part of our Sedona and Grand Canyon trip. We have booked the half day raft trip and have one more day to plan. Based on your recommendation we’ve booked Lower Antelope Canyon and will definitely check out Horseshoe Bend. Do you think it still makes sense to do the Lake Powell boat trip being that we’ll be on the water for half of the previous day? We were thinking of squeezing in a hike between Lower Antelope and Horseshoe Bend. The boys like scramble on rocks but I don’t want any dangerous ledges for them.

Thanks!
Diana

Aggie

March 12, 2017 at 3:02 PM

Ryan
We will be in Page in early August. Is there a better time of day to hike the lower and upper canyon?
Thanks
Aggie

Janeese Lewis

March 11, 2017 at 10:20 PM

Hey, Ryan and Alley! My husband and I are planning a trip from March 31 – April 3 but keep running into logistic problems. We want to see Upper Antelope Canyon when the light is shining through so preferably midday, lower antelope canyon, Horseshoe Bend either at sunrise or sunset and Monument Valley at either sunrise or sunset. The problem is we haven’t decided where we should fly in and out of as far as Utah, Phoenix or Vegas? And we don’t know where we should set up a base as far as the hotel to be able to see these three at times we want to see them? Any advice would be greatly appreciated.

Lorena

March 08, 2017 at 6:33 PM

Hi,

I’m considering take a family trip during spring break (last week of March). My kids love exploring and I think Antelope Canyon would be beautiful and education for our kids (and us parents too!). I like that the lower Antelope Canyon is less crowded but the stairs may be too difficult for my kids (ages 3.5 and 6). Do you have any other recommendations for places to visit in the area that are good for little kids?

Thank you!

Jade Delarosa

March 07, 2017 at 4:16 AM

Hello,

Is there an itinerary on the best way to hike just Antelope canyon and Horseshoe Bay in one day?

sandy

March 06, 2017 at 9:16 PM

Hi,

Planning on coming in July & was just wondering if I was interested in doing the following 3 activities and trying to fit it all in one day: Upper Antelope Canyon, Lower Antelope Canyon & the Horseshoe Bend. What order of those 3 do you suggest that I should start off with and end with to make use of the best lightening, time, weather and heat during that time frame? I notice that only Lower is offered; is there none for Upper? Please kindly advise. Thanks!

Nakul Bhadoria

March 01, 2017 at 7:27 PM

Hey Ryan,

Very informative web page.

I need your help in preparing my itinerary, My dates are 30th April & 1st May and I want to Cover Grand Canyon, upper & lower antelope canyon and horse shoe band. Please help me in my itinerary. I will be driving my personal car with my wife and daughter.

Any other option to see any good place and if possible will be good.

Shoba

March 01, 2017 at 12:57 AM

Is it safe to drive to antelope canyon from Vegas and back same day .

Rick

February 22, 2017 at 2:33 AM

Thanks Ryan! Coming in April! Can’t wait! Think about a week there before going on to zion with the rv. Another other great hikes i need to do??

Neal

February 19, 2017 at 3:50 PM

Ryan – Thank you for all the helpful information! Is there an ideal time of day you recommend scheduling a tour for the best lighting in the canyon? Best regards! Neal.

Eric

February 12, 2017 at 11:56 PM

Very informative website, thank you. Apologize if you have answered a similar question before, but if the lower and upper Antelope Canyon are very similar, would you advocate hitting both of them in the same day (one in morning, one in the afternoon) or would we be basically seeing the same thing? We’re staying in Flagstaff on March 9th and have hotel in Page for the 10th and 11th right now – I’m wondering if Lower Antelope morning of the 10th, lunch then Horseshoe Bend in the afternoon might be enough?

Irene Miranda

February 06, 2017 at 11:28 PM

HI Ryan,

Your website is very useful!
I would like to show the itineray I am planning for June 2017.
20th of June leaving Las Vegas early in the morning to Grand Canyon south rim ( helicopter tour) Sleep at Cameron overnight.
21st Leaving Grand Canyon around lunch time to go to Monument Valley.
After being there driving to Page and sleep there.
22nd Rafting +Antelope, Horseshoe bend
23rd Leaving Page early in the morning to Las Vegas (Our flight back home is at 9 pm)

I would like to know what you think or if u have any suggestions! thank you

Irene

Ankit

February 05, 2017 at 9:00 PM

Hi Ryan,

Your itinerary looks great. It is super useful for folks visiting the area for the very first time and have a little idea about how to plan an itinerary (google has too much info). We are planning to visit Las Vegas and Utah for 10 days (June 1 – 10). Parents (about 60 yrs old), brother, his wife and 2 yr old kid, myself and my wife. Total of 6 adults, 1 kid. After reading your post, I definitely want to visit Page, but wondering how long should I plan to stay at Page. Here is what my current itinerary looks like:

Planning to rent class C RV.

1. June 1 – 3: Vegas, leave for Grand Canyon South Rim, stay overnight
2. June 4: 1 day at South Rim, locations still to be finalized, leave for Page in evening, overnight at Page
3. June 5 and 6: Page. Upper / Lower Antelope, Horseshoe bend and probably boat tour because of parents. Leave for Bryce National Park
4. June 7: whole day at Bryce National Park, leave for Zion
5. June 8: whole day at Zion National Park, overnight at Zion
6. June 9: most likely leave back to Vegas depending on when I book my flight

I was wondering if June would be too hot and how long should we stay at Page, especially because we might not be able to hike everywhere given that parents are with us. Also, is one day good enough for South Rim? Initially I had planned Arches National Park from Page and then drive to Bryce, which could mean we extend the trip by a day and leave back home on June 10 from vegas.

Your help will be very much appreciated. Thank you.

Julie

February 03, 2017 at 3:04 PM

Hi Ryan,
Love your incredible website. You are generous with advice and hoped you could help us as well.
Visiting end of April. Our arrival and departure cities are set, but the order of everything else is flexible. Here’s what we want to do, but not certain how to fit it all in.

Day 1/2: Drive from SLC to Arches. Catch many views of Arches and hikes.

Day 3: Drive to and Tour Monument Valley. ? Where to stay?

Day 4: Horseshoe Bend, Antelope Canyon (we will split into 2 groups due to ability at Antelope Canyon) ?where to stay?

Day 5: Drive to Zion

Day 6: Angels Landing at Zion

Day 7: Bryce, drive to Las Vegas, arrive late at night

Thanks so much for your help. This is a beautiful part of our country!

Enrique

February 02, 2017 at 10:20 PM

Hi Alley or Ryan,

I will be in Arizona in August and I have some doubts about my trip. I will be in Flaggstaff all my days so I would like to know if its possible to see Upper and Lower Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend and Monument Valley (or “The wave” if it’s not possible the first option) the same day (and comeback to Flagstaff).

It’s only me so I don’t mind to waking up early and come back to Flagstaff late.

Another question is if there is any atraction between Flagstaff and Page on the road besides Antelope and Horseshoe Bend.

Thank you so much and sorry for my english 🙂

Enrique,

Vassily

February 02, 2017 at 4:18 AM

Hi Alley or Ryan,
I thought maybe you could comment on our plan, too. My wife and I are thinking about doing Monument Valley and Antelope Canyon in one day (in mid-April). The plan is to stay overnight somewhere as close to Monument Valley as possible and next morning go on a sunrise tour (pre-booked, of course), then drive to Page and go on a tour of Upper Antelope Canyon (also pre-booked), and then stay overnight in Page. Do you think it’s feasible? If so, what time do you think we should book the Upper Antelope Canyon tour for?
Thank you,
Vassily

Pam

January 28, 2017 at 4:26 PM

Hi Ryan,
I tried looking for the answer to this on in your previous answers and couldn’t quite find it. So, here it goes: We will be in Williams and were planning on doing Grand Canyon south rim (we are not too outdorsy so, maybe just a quick hikes at some point to snap some pics and that’s it) and I really really want to go up to antelope canyon to do both a lower antelope tour and the lake powell boat tour. I checked this all with google maps and it seems possible, although I’m not sure how much time would the grand canyon take. Any thoughts on this? we only have 1 day to do this and we are staying that night at Page to leave the following day to horseshoe bend, zion park and drive to Mesquite to stay the night before getting to vegas. Basically the question is: is this possible?

hope that was clear enough 🙂

Thanks!

Dani

January 17, 2017 at 7:36 PM

Hey Ryan,

I just had some question and I was wondering if you can help me out. My friends and I are staying in Lake Powell and trying to cover Horseshoe Bend, Antelope Canyon (lower or upper which ever is best?), and Havasa Falls . I was wondering how you would suggest about planning the day and what are the most affordable tour you would suggest to see all these places, we all are from NYC and we just don’t want to get lost, thank you.

Shira

January 16, 2017 at 10:36 PM

Hi,

I’m super excited to see Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe bend, and was hoping for some help with our itinerary. We are a group of 3 fit girls and planning on driving up from Phoenix early friday morning, staying the night in Page, and driving back to Phoenix either Saturday night or Sunday morning. Any recommendations on how best to plan this out?

Lisa Friebel

January 13, 2017 at 6:47 PM

Your website is awesome. My family and I are flying into Phoenix on Wed, March 15th. If I told you Antelope Canyon and Grand Canyon are a must on our list, could you recommend a day by day itenary? We have until Monday March 20th. I’m overwhelmed what to see first, what city to drive too, etc. Happy to have other suggestions of what to see also. Horseshoe Bend? We’re an active, outdoorsy kinda family.
Much success and blessings to you-
Lisa

Alexander

January 04, 2017 at 3:50 AM

Hi, Ryan! My girlfriend and I are going to Phoenix from NJ on Feb 4, for 8 days. Going back on 2/12. I want to take her to Antelope, Lake Powell, Zion, Grand Canyon, Sedona and whatever other natural wonders we can make in 8 days. What’s the best way to do it? We can skip Las Vegas.

Noi

December 30, 2016 at 3:17 PM

Hello Ryan,

Thank you so much for your ursful review. I do now need help as i have booked flight to Phoenix on 1st Jan 2017 and will arrive at noon. I have no idea or plan for this but what i want to do are to visit Antelope canyon and horseblend follow by your review plan. Im not really sure what to do! I found a one day tour but it costs up to $200 and it picks up at Flagstaff. Are there any recomend from must be much more appreciate. Im thinking on stay overnight at Page at the arriving day but my question is how to get from airport to Page i couldnt drive so far. What tour or what should i do to get to the places from page are there recomend one day tour which cover all with reasonable price?

Thank you alot
Noi

Prashant

December 29, 2016 at 2:09 AM

Hello Ryan,

Could you pls recommend itenarary for 2 days and 1 night covering Page and Monument Valley. How are roads to MV? Is it safe to drive through own car?

Thanks,
Prashant

Bryan Armstrong

December 29, 2016 at 12:02 AM

Ryan,

End of January is our industry annual convention in Las Vegas. Myself and 4 other colleagues are arriving the Friday beforehand and driving to Page to complete this exact itinerary on Saturday and then back to Vegas for the convention on Monday.

What suggestions do you have for the drive there and back. We are looking for great views, sights, hikes and experiences! Feel free to email me for more details.

Akshay

December 20, 2016 at 4:37 AM

Hi Ryan,
First of all thanks a ton for posting the 1 day itinerary for Page. I am planning to do the same. I shall be driving from Kanab to Page . Plan is to do Upper and Lower Antelopes, Horse show bend and Lake Powell at Page and leave for Flagstaff by evening. I would be there December 27th or 28th.

Do you think I can cover all those part and still be able to drive back to Flagstaff? The reason I am planning to stay at FLag staff is that I shall be going to grand canyon the following day.
Thanks again and I would deeply appreciate your suggestions

Johanna

December 14, 2016 at 2:36 AM

Hi Ryan,
Is it worth the drive to go grand canyon south rim from antelope canyon going back to vegas? I’m thinking of this itinerary
Day 1 : land to las vegas and drive to zion and do a quick hike at riverside trail. Stay the night. Or just stay the night in vegas and drive early morning to zion?
Day 2: hike at zion, maybe emerald pool . Stay there for atleast 4hrs. Then head to bryce canyon then head to Page
Day 3: antelope canyon and horseshoe bend. Stay at page again.
Day 4: grand canyon south then head back to vegas
Should I jusy eliminate one of the park? If so, which one? Is grand a canyon a must? For sure I want to antelope canyon. How about lake powell?
Thank you in advance. We’ll be travelling this coming week… winter time. I’d appreciate your advice.

Chris Molina

December 07, 2016 at 5:54 PM

Hey Ryan,

First off, I just wanna say great site! A lot of useful info. My wife and I are interested in visiting Antelope Canyon in Jan. She’ll be 3mos pregnant by then. Between upper and lower, which do you recommend? And how is touring in January?

Thanks,

Chris

Karl Dubravs

December 04, 2016 at 4:35 AM

Hi Ryan

We will be staying in Page for 2 nights and have the entire day (June 9th, 2017) to experience this amazing place. I liked your one day itinerary. Would you be able to suggest the best way to maximise our experience – we will have a rental car available to us? Any advice greatly appreciated.

regards
Karl

Michelle

November 29, 2016 at 12:23 AM

Thank you for all the great info! What are your thoughts on Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument in Page vs. the one in Utah ?

Ken

November 14, 2016 at 11:12 PM

Hi Ryan,

I am planning to visit Grand Canyon and Antelope Canyon from Las Vegas by car. What would the best route to and from and where I can stay one overnight.

Probably leaving Vegas around noon in mid-December.

Thank you for your suggestion.

Nirali

November 14, 2016 at 6:02 AM

Hi Ryan,

Thank you so much for having this site up for us curious folk. I’d like to pick your brain a little bit too 🙂

I live in Tucson, and my parents (68 and 57) are finally going to visit me from the East Coast. This will probably be their only trip to the SW, and I really want to make it memorable. I want to show them Grand Canyon South Rim, Antelope Canyon Upper, and horse shoe bend at least. Lake Powell sounds excellent too, and I’d like to add that in some how if feasible. We will be leaving Tucson on November 25 and returning on November 27- two nights and 3 days. I really want to break up the driving and avoid night time driving. I was contemplating overnighting in Sedona. I’d also like to try some guided tours, bus vs jeep vs etc– so we can learn things! I found a few bus tours to GC from sedona, and also to antelope canyon from sedona. But I can’t afford to do both, and I also can’t figure out the logistics of when to do what.

What are your thoughts? My parents are not the most adventurous, and I will certainly be pushing them a bit but I don’t want to overdo it either. If the above spots are not feasible in my time frame, what should I nix? Where should we overnight?

Thank you in advance, and Happy Thanksgiving!!

Abby

November 11, 2016 at 3:17 AM

Hi Ryan,

Thank you for the 1 day trip iternary. Me and my pals are planning a 2 days trip with overnight stay in page.

We want to visit Grand Canyon south rim, Horseshoe bend, lower antelope canyon. We will be be driving from Phoenix on Saturday early morning.
We are not that much into hiking. Return back on Sunday evening to Phoenix.
Can you please suggest us a good 2 day itinerary with good hotels to stay in Page.

Thanks
Abby

Antonia

November 07, 2016 at 4:13 AM

Hey Ryan, your website is awesome. Thanks a lot for sharing it. We are a couple with a 11 months daughter and we have a weekend (2 nights) to explore GC, Page (Antelope, lake powell and horseband) and zion.

I was planning to leave early on Friday visit GC, overnight in Page, in the morning Antelope, lake powell and horseband. Overnight in Springdale, morning in Zion and return to LV.

What part of the grand canyon do you recommend to visit for this plan? Can you recommend a short hike to do in GC? Do you have a better idea of schedule?

Thanks a lot

Susanna

November 01, 2016 at 9:47 PM

What a super site and such great inside knowledge one would never get from a travel agency! We will visit West Coast US late July – probably from around 20 July onwards and having such hard time trying to decide what to visit! Our list seems to get longer and longer.. Travelling with 3 kids of 17, 15 and 13. Current thinking to get a flight to Salt Lake City, drive southbound and start the visits from Zion, followed by Bryce then Antelope followed by Grand Canyon. One night in Las Vegas before moving to the coast. Hubby wants to also include Monument Valley. It would be great to combine different types of activities as well; hikes, even horses to keep kids also interested – therefore what should we definitely NOT miss, how much time should we foresee for different canyons, parks and places (e.g. places not to miss the sunset or alternatively the sunrise; set XYZ as the base and do different trips from one there; a lodge not to miss etc). Happy for any suggestions you may have to get us started with something more concrete than a never ending list of more and more names.
Susanna from Belgium

Sheenz

October 03, 2016 at 2:45 PM

Hey Ryan!

My friend and I are planning to do this ultimate one day itinerary you’ve laid out (which is great btw!), but starting from Vegas on Nov 7th.

Do you think it’s possible to do it all in one day, and drive back to Vegas at the end? Or do you recommend staying overnight in Page?

Any recommendations for activities during night time at Page?

Thanks!

Irene

September 26, 2016 at 7:10 AM

Hi Ryan,

Do you know what the opening business hours are for Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend (if there are any)?

Also, I read that you have to book a tour guide to Antelope Canyon. Is it possible to just drive to Antelope Canyon by yourself and pay there?

Thanks in advance! You’re post is helpful!

Colette

September 20, 2016 at 1:47 PM

Hi Ryan
My partner and I are coming to Kanab Oct 4-7. We are trying to balance doing the touristy stuff with some ultimate experiences. I had originally thought I wanted to do the upper antelope canyon, but the more I read about the crowds, the less inclined I am to want to do it. Is it a must do while we are there? Is there a different experience you would recommend? What would your 3 day itinerary look like if you were a first time visitor and had picked Kanab as your home base for the 3 days?

Rick

September 15, 2016 at 9:42 AM

Ryan, I want to let you know how much I appreciate all this very valuable information you have posted about the Page area. My wife and I are planning a trip there in October and I have spent quite a bit a time here preparing for our trip. Thank you very much!

Rick

Madisen

September 14, 2016 at 1:54 PM

Hi!
My friend and I are in our early 20s and looking for a weekend from LA to do Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend and hopefully the Grand Canyon as well. We’re active and full of energy so don’t mind long days at all! Ideally, we want Horseshoe Bend and Antelope Canyon at optimal time for photos. Which city would be easiest to fly into/leave from? Page and Flagstaff don’t have flights into them so I’d assume either fly into Vegas or Phoenix? Can we do both Antelope/Horseshoe from either of those locations in a day or two? Or should we fly in then drive to another city to complete the trips before flying out of Vegas or Phoenix?

Thank you!

Matt

September 11, 2016 at 5:46 PM

Ryan-
Best website I’ve seen on this topic, thanks. The wife and I are planning a week long (spring break) trip to Utah/Grand canyon/page April 8-16. I like your itinerary for a day. What are your thoughts on this: We will be in Grand Canyon the day before, only have one fullish day there could you recommend a hike? Spend the night outside GC and leave for page early in the morning, do your itinerary, and then head to monument valley to hopefully see the sunset and spend the night. Is this doable? We’re mid 30’s, good shape, love to hike. We’re doing an 8 day road trip from Vegas airport, what would be your “must see” attractions during this time? Trying to do the “mighty 5”, but looks like we might cross arches and capital reef off the list.
Also, is it crowded during this time? Wife is a school teacher, and we try to avoid crowds (kids) during her spring break.
Thanks!

Jared

August 31, 2016 at 4:07 PM

Hi Ryan,

Your quality content and personal responses to each comment are amazing.

I’m going to visit the Page and Grand Canyon area (driving up from Tucson, AZ) in late October. My group is 4 active adults in good shape. Half the group have never been to the Grand Canyon so we want to make that a full experience. We have about 3.5 days to explore both areas.

How would you recommend splitting the time/ where to spend more time hiking?

Thanks!
Jared

marie

August 25, 2016 at 5:28 PM

Hi Ryan!

Thanks for this post! extremely helpful. You note on lines and busy days is useful. We’ll be in Zion-Page from Sep 2-6, Labor Day weekend to do tours and perhaps moderate hikes. Can you suggest when to do what, considering the possible crowd? Thanks!!!

Nessie

August 23, 2016 at 1:46 PM

Hi ryan,! Thanks for your post. 3 of us are going on a roadtrip from vegas to phoenix this nov 8-20. We start in vegas-zio-bryce and i was planning a day in page then grabd canyon-sedona-phoenix. Can we do upper and lower antelope canyon and horseshoe bend in a day or just one one canyon the n horseshoe bend? If i have to choose between upper or lower which would u recommend? Can u recommend a tour company as well? We are staying in page then plan to start antelope tours/horseshoe bend and end of the day drive to grabd canyon. Is this doable?

Ernie

August 21, 2016 at 3:21 PM

Hi Ryan,

My wife and I are driving up to Flagstaff or Page on Monday September 19th and would like to see Horseshoe Bend, Antelope Canyon and still do the Grand Canyon. We need to be in Las Vegas on Wednesday September 21th to see a evening show. We also thought about a short stay at Zion National park. What would your recommendations be to do this. Vegas is not so important as we are just heading there for the show and then heading back east to Indiana. We will be in Tucson, AZ before driving up to Page or Flagstaff.

Shruthi

August 12, 2016 at 6:21 PM

Hi Ryan,

We are a group of 10 with one child of 2years age and one Old couple whose age is above 60 years.

It would be great if you could let us know the best tour option in the Antelope Canyon considering the age factors.

Thank you!

Xavi

August 08, 2016 at 12:57 PM

Hi Ryan,

First of all, congrats for your site! Here I’ve found really interesting information that didn’t find in other sites.
We are planning to visit Antelope or Cathedral Canyon, but don’t have enought time to see both places. So the question is: Which one should we choose, Upper Antelope, Lower Antelope or Cathedral Canyon? I’ve read in past comments that Upper seems to be the easiest option, but also the most popular (and crowded too), we don’t have problems to climb/walk for a couple of hours, furthermore if we can avoid big groups of people.

Reagards,
Xavi

Alex

July 22, 2016 at 5:17 AM

Hi Ryan,
we are from Israel & love the desert, We travel in the Israeli desert with our ATV as my wife has mobility problems (can walk up to 1 mile). We are planning on visiting your area in October. Can you suggest a 3-4 day tour of the area with the above limitations?
TNX BR
Alex

dahil

July 02, 2016 at 7:33 AM

Hi Ryan,

Thank you for creating this page, very helpful. My question is would you recommend Horseshoe bend to a 6 y.o kid (were planning on going to Antelope canyon -upper and the Marina), and maybe going to Horseshoe bend.

kudos,
Hilda

Emmy

June 30, 2016 at 6:54 AM

Hi Ryan,

I’m so glad I stumbled upon this website loads of full info about this macnificent place. Will November around thanksgiving week too cold to tour around antelope canyon? When is the nice weather to visit? Spring break? My group will include seniors and young kids. Thanks!

Dave

June 14, 2016 at 9:58 PM

Hi Ryan:

Came across your website and really like what you had to say. Taking my 3 boys to see Antelope Canyon, GC and maybe Marble Canyon from 7/28-7/30. Seems like Lower Antelope Canyon is better. Not sure I really need the sunlight pictures plus will be less crowded and more to see. Agree?

Can you suggest the best itinerary for 2 full days knowing the canyons we want to see and if there is anything else? Much appreciated.

Dave

Jill

June 11, 2016 at 2:07 AM

Ryan, I appreciate your site and find your advice very helpful. My family and I (family of 4 w/ 17- and 13-year olds) will be traveling in Arizona/Utah for 10 days later this month. I’ve planned 3 nights in Sedona, 2 at Grand Canyon south rim, a night at the north rim, 2 at Bryce, and 1 at Zion. After reading about Page, we’ve decided to skip the north rim and head to Page instead.

We’ll be traveling from the south rim, so I figure we could see Horseshoe Bend and Antelope Canyon on our drive north. After spending the night in Page, any suggestions for a day in the area before driving to Bryce that evening? So many great things to do on the water, but they are rather pricey.

James

June 08, 2016 at 10:22 PM

Hi Ryan,

Thanks for providing the great info. If driving from Las Vegas, would it be possible to see part of Grand Canyon in addition to visiting Antelope (upper), and the Horseshoe bend in a single day? If so, in what order would you recommend organizing the itinerary?

Thank you!
James

Van

May 27, 2016 at 1:12 AM

Ryan,

The wife and I are going to be in Peoria for the week of July 17-23, 2016. I am a shooter and want to get images in South Antelope. I’ve read where I can purchase a permit to shoot “commercially” and get extra time in the lower canyon. Is that true? Let me know as soon as you can so I can prepare. I want to shoot Horseshoe as well that late afternoon/sunset.

Beth

May 11, 2016 at 4:57 PM

if you had to choose, the boat tour or a walking tour, which do you recommend? We will be coming from Holbrook in the morning and going on to Vegas that evening so I know it will be a long day and I’m not sure we will be able to do both tours but really want to see the canyon!

anna

April 20, 2016 at 7:02 PM

hi Ryan!
thank you so much for one day programm!) it is what i was looking for!)
we are planning to visit page on 25 of june. there will be 2 older ones (60 yo) and 1 – 5 yo. is it tooo hot in the end of june? can we manage 1 day programm and not die?)
thank you in advance!

Mira

April 12, 2016 at 8:01 AM

Hi Ryan,

Thanks so much for the informative post! After reading through all the comments and answers and not finding what I am looking for I decided to post my own question 🙂

My friend and I will be traveling to Las Vegas from 31 May – 4 June. We booked a two day tour on 1-2 June, from Las Vegas that visits Zion and Bryce Canyon on day 1 and Lake Powell and Antelope Canyon on day 2 before heading back to Las Vegas.

However, we are considering staying an extra night in Page instead of heading back to Vegas as we would like to do a third day in the desert to visit Horseshoe Bend and the Grand Canyon (either South Rim or Grand Canyon National Park?)

What would be the best option considering we need to be back in Vegas by Friday evening, 3 June:
– Rent a car in Page and drive to Las Vegas, stopping at Horseshoe Bend and Grand Canyon
– Tour options starting in Page and ending in Las Vegas?
– Transport options from Antelope Canyon to Page (the tour we booked ends here before heading back to Vegas so we would need to find our own transport to Page if we want to stay an extra night)
– If you have any other suggestions of things to see I would greatly appreciate the recommendations!

Thanks again!

Mira

Dolores

April 11, 2016 at 1:20 AM

is the lower tour safe for kids?

David

March 31, 2016 at 3:21 PM

We’ll be visiting the area in September of this year. Are reservations required for this tour?

elaine mei

March 23, 2016 at 9:17 AM

Hi Ryan

Do we have to go to the antelope canyon with tours?? Is there self guide option???

Alice

March 06, 2016 at 8:06 PM

Hi Ryan,
7 of my friends & I will be driving to Page, AZ from Phoenix metro next weekend….Staying for 2 nights…..Not so much into hiking but we’d love to see beautiful sights around the area……..Do you recommend doing both lower & upper Antelope Canyon?…..We are leaving around 7am, any suggestions along the way?…..Plan to see the sunset on Saturday….Would really appreciate your feedback……Good day…..

Kate

March 01, 2016 at 8:09 PM

Awesome information Ryan! Thank you so much for creating this website! This is the most helpful website I’ve found so far for Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend. Going alone for my first time and SO looking forward to it. Going to use as many of your tips as possible!

Ginny

February 20, 2016 at 9:45 PM

Ryan,

If I understand what I have read correctly, the entrance to Lower Antelope Canyon is a set of staircases you have to climb down. Is that correct? And it is one-way. So, what are the details on the exiting. I am traveling with older parents who are in fairly good shape and could hopefully manage the climb down, but I wanted to know how we get back out and how difficult that might be. Is it back up more stairs?
Do you think traveling with older folks that going to upper might be a better idea.
Thanks for the info.
Ginny

Vid

February 20, 2016 at 1:32 PM

Ryan,

Great info. This is exactly what I was looking for. One question, we are driving from Phoenix and are planning to spend 2 days in Page and then drive to Sedona. We like to hike. Do you have any recommendations for the 2nd day that we have at Page? It looks like there are some nice hiking opportunities there.

Thanks again.

Vid

Amber

February 11, 2016 at 1:52 PM

Hey Ryan!
Your post is awesome and I am so excited to have come across it. I see that i can do this great trip in one day, so if I have four days and three nights (April 8-11) is that too much time in which I should include a hike elsewhere? I was hoping to start at the Grand Canyon South Rim and drive up to do your above itinerary. In addition, I wanted to possibly do a photo shoot with a bride/groom in Antelope Canyon… So I’m guessing I should maybe try to do Antelope Canyon on Monday so I won’t have too many people around for the shoot? I don’t know how busy Antelope Canyon is in April.

Thanks!

Jenevie

February 01, 2016 at 10:18 PM

Hi Ryan,

Do you recommend a certain time to hike Antelope Canyon, when the sun hits in between the slots the best?

I was thinking of hitting Horseshoe Bend first then going to Antelope Canyon.

Thanks!

Bhea

January 19, 2016 at 4:59 AM

Hi Ryan,

I am planning to go to Las Vegas on Feb.2-6 and will take Grand Canyon tour and would love to go for Antelope Canyon as well. I am a solo traveler who cannot drive in your place so I’m thinking how will I do my itinerary covering Grand Canyon, Antelope, Lake Powell, and Horse Shoe bend. I can adjust the departure location in either Las Vegas or Phoenix, depends on accessibility and availability of the tours.

Colleen

January 04, 2016 at 2:55 AM

Love this itinerary!!! We are planning our visit for early June with 3 kids (10, 13, 15) We will have a little more time. Maybe another half of a day. What would you add for an activity? Also which RV campground would you recommend?

Paggy

January 01, 2016 at 11:01 AM

Hi Ryan, do you know if Antelope Canyon still open in January 2016? I plan to visit it on 1/1 or 1/2. Happy new year!

Visitor

December 26, 2015 at 5:57 PM

Hello, I find your introduction from Google, very useful. Would you like to share some experiences about going to Antelope Canyon in the end of January? I planned to go there but finds some comments say it’s NG for Antelope Canyon in winter due to the sunshine concern… Thanks for your advise! 🙂

Margie

December 22, 2015 at 3:29 AM

My husband is driving to Antelope Canyon from GC. We would like to see the lower and horse shoes bend. Is it a must to join a tour or We are able to tour ourselves?

raquel hurst

November 27, 2015 at 10:32 PM

how far is skywalk to antelope canyon and the horsebend

Diana

November 26, 2015 at 4:57 PM

HI Ryan,

First of all thank you for this wonderful one-day itineirary in Page, AZ. Would like to verify some things regarding doing upper and lower antelope. We are a big family of 9 people, and we’re on a budget, so as much as possible we want to do research first before going and not hire tour guides once we get there on January 3rd. (I believe the antelope and horseshoe bend are open already during this time). We will be driving a private car coming from Grand Canyon South Rim. I was wondering if on Jan. 3 the road to upper antelope is open and can we park there? Is trekking both upper and lower antelope is do-able on our own, without hiring any tour guide? Also how much would permit costs for day-trek? how long does it take to do each leg? Same for horseshoe bend is parking available? Hike do-able on our own? Any permits to pay?

Also, any other suggestion that we can do while in Page for a day, that does not involve so much paying for tour guides, instead spending on local food, things, scenic views?

Thank you!

Noor

October 29, 2015 at 2:50 AM

Hi Ryan,

Hope you are well. Is there any way to cover Antelope Canyon, Lake Powell, Horseshoe Bend through a tour bus? Are there any tour companies that might have packages for these 3 spots combined. I’m asking because I don’t have a license, so can’t drive to these locations. Please let me know.